Catalogue Exp

Flamco Product Overview
Flamco Group
Product Overview
P.O. Box 502
3750 GM Bunschoten - the Netherlands
Amersfoortseweg 9
3751 LJ Bunschoten - the Netherlands
T +31 33 299 18 00
F +31 33 298 64 45
E info@flamcogroup.com
I www.flamcogroup.com
Edition 56
Copyright Flamco B.V., Bunschoten, The Netherlands.

No part of this publication may be reproduced in any way without explicit consent
of Flamco B.V. and reference of the source. The data listed applies solely to
Flamco products. Flamco B.V. is in no way liable for the misuse of the equipment
or incorrect interpretation of the technical information contained herein.
Flamco B.V. reserves the right to change designs and technical specifications of
its products.
Edition 56
MC00466/04-2013/exp
Flamco B.V. refers you further to its international sales and delivery conditions as
drawn up by Orgalime S-2000.
Dear valued client,
Flamco is continuing to invest in research, product development and growth. In collaboration

with installation engineers, we are working constantly on the development of new products.
This latest version of our catalogue gives you a user-friendly overview of our entire product
range. Whether you need expansion vessels, storage vessels, water heaters, air and dirt
separators or accessories for your heating and sanitary installations, installation brackets, wall
brackets, floor brackets, pipe hangers, rail and rail accessories, terminal rosettes or radiator
brackets, Flamco has the answer!
Youll find more information on our website, including the online catalogue with technical data
sheets, manuals, brochures and product images. We also offer you various calculation tools.
We hope that youll find this new catalogue both interesting and informative. Our employees
would be pleased to help you choose the right Flamco solution for your application. Weve
been doing this for over fifty years and always work to our three basic principles: high quality,
excellent service and sound advice.
Yours faithfully,
Martin P.N. Verdegaal

Managing Director
Flamco: supplying quality products across the globe!
2 Product overview 2013 We reserve the right to change designs and technical specifications of our products.

Flamco: Your reliable partner worldwide
Flamco focuses on the development, production and Flamco has seven production locations and delivers
sale of quality products for heating, ventilation, drinking successful and innovative products for the installation
water, air conditioning and cooling. industry in more than 60 countries. All of these
With more than 55 years of experience and around 550 products are available from technical wholesalers.
employees, Flamco is a global leader in its industry.
Australia Finland Jordan Peoples Republic Slovakia Ukraine

Austria France Kuwait of China Slovenia United Arab Emirates
Bahrain Germany Latvia Poland South Africa United Kingdom
Belgium Greece Lebanon Portugal Spain United States
Chili Hungary Lithuania Qatar Sweden
Cyprus Iceland the Netherlands Romania Switzerland
Czech Republic India New Zealand Russia Syria
Denmark Italy Norway Saudi Arabia Taiwan
Estonia Japan Oman Singapore Turkey
Product overview 2013 We reserve the right to change designs and technical specifications of our products. 3
Contact
Were pleased to be of service to you
Flamco is known around the world for its quality and service. You can rely on our experience, quality products
and service at all times.
If you have any questions or would like information of a more general nature on Flamco products, then visit our
website or get in touch with one of the staff members in our sales department.
For an immediate answer to your technical question, call one of our product specialists or send them an e-mail.
If you have a question or a situation that requires on-site service, then contact our Service department.
The team is standing by to arrange an appointment with you at the earliest opportunity.
Our field sales staff will also drop by to offer you no-obligation advice on the best and fastest solutions using
Flamco products.
Turkey/Africa/Americas China
Flamco B.V. Flamco Heating Accessories
Jacques Vroemen (Changshu) Ltd,Co.
P.O. Box 502 Frank Niu
3750 GM Bunschoten No. 1, Nan Tong Road
the Netherlands Yushan Hi-Tech Industrial Park
T +31 33 299 18 12 Changshu (Jiangshu Province)
M +31 6 51 25 57 42 Peoples Republic of China
F +31 33 298 64 45 T +86 512 528 41731
E jacques.vroemen@flamco.nl F +86 512 528 41731
E yecho@flamco.com.cn
Asia/Russia/Oceania/
Middle East/Egypt Southern and Eastern Europe
Flamco Middle East Flamco B.V.
Jim Martin Jrg Bodenbender
P.O. Box 262636 P.O. Box 502
Dubai 3750 GM Bunschoten
United Arab Emirates the Netherlands
T +971 4 8819540 T +31 33 299 75 00
F +971 4 8819560 M +49 172 971 56 78
E jim.martin@flamco-gulf.com F +31 33 298 64 45
E jorg.bodenbender@flamco.nl

Flamco B.V.
Postbus 502
3750 GM BUNSCHOTEN
Amersfoortseweg 9,
3751 LJ BUNSCHOTEN
the Netherlands
T +31 33 299 18 00
F +31 33 298 64 45
E info@flamcogroup.com
I www.flamcogroup.com
Flamco Online
3D CAD Symbols
Flamco Rail
Calculation Tools
BSA
Pictures
Prescor
Flamcomat
News Online Catalogue
Flexcon
Animations Manuals
Airfix Support
Flamco
www.flamcogroup.com
..
Contents
3.

2/
1/
Flamco Expansion Systems and Accessories
1. Expansion Vessels 16
2. Pressurisation and Expansion Automats 44
3. Accessories for Heating and Cooling Installations 80
4. Expansion Vessels for Sanitary Installations 112
5. Accessories for Sanitary Installations 132
7. Accessories for Water Heaters and Storage Vessels 144
6. Water Heaters and Storage Vessels 156
8. Venting Range and Dirt Separators 196
9. Flamco T-Plus 244
Flamco mounting material
10. Universal Clips 254
11. Wall and Floor Clips 294
12. Pipe Hangers 306
13. Flamco Smart System 324
14. Rail and Rail Accessories 340
15. STRUT Rail and Accessories 372
16. Mounting Accessories 380
17. Stainless Steel Mounting Material 410
18. Pipe Rosettes 416
19. Clevis Hangers and Accessories 422
Flamco Expansion Systems Accessories for automats
Drain and Refill Sets......................................................................... 67
and Accessories Steel Cabinet.................................................................................... 67
Bimetallic Temperature Switch.......................................................... 67
Soft Foam Heat Insulation................................................................. 67
1. Expansion Vessels Ball Valve.......................................................................................... 68
Flexible Connecting Kit..................................................................... 68
Contra-Flex Gas Sensor Connecting Group......................................................... 68
Contra-Flex W 8 - 35........................................................................ 30 Backflow Security............................................................................. 69
Contra-Flex W 50 - 80...................................................................... 30 Surge Vessel (PN 6).......................................................................... 69
Contra-Flex 100 - 200...................................................................... 30 Impulse Output Water Meter............................................................. 69
Flexcon C Rotating Connection, Face Sealed.................................................... 69
Flexcon C 2 - 25............................................................................... 31 Optional control units
Flexcon C 35 - 80............................................................................. 31 Easycontact..................................................................................... 69
Flexcon C 110 - 1000....................................................................... 32 Diaphragm Rupture Sensor.............................................................. 69
Flexcon Soft Starter for Pumps...................................................................... 69
Flexcon 110 - 1000 - 6.0 bar............................................................ 33 Analogue Signal Output.................................................................... 70
Flexcon 110 - 1000 - 10.0 bar.......................................................... 34 Bus Coupler LONWorks Standard.................................................... 70
SD Card Module............................................................................... 70
Flexcon Top
Flexcon Top 2 - 25............................................................................ 35 Flexcon MPR-S - pump units
Flexcon Top 35 - 80.......................................................................... 35 MPR-S Single Pump Unit................................................................. 71
MPR-S Double Pump Unit................................................................ 71
Flexcon Solar
Flexcon Solar 8 - 25......................................................................... 36 Flexcon M-P
Flexcon Solar 35 - 80....................................................................... 36 Flexcon M-P/G Main Vessels............................................................ 72
Flexcon Solar 110 - 1000................................................................. 36 Flexcon M-P/B Auxiliary Vessels....................................................... 72
Cubex R Flexcon M-P 10-60

Cubex R........................................................................................... 37 Accessories for filling
Flexcon P MVE 1 Direct Pressurisation Control................................................. 73
Flexcon P......................................................................................... 37 MVE 2 Solenoid Valve Unit................................................................ 74
NFE 1 Top-up Unit............................................................................ 74
Flexcon M NFE 2 Top-up Unit............................................................................ 74
Flexcon M - 6.0 bar.......................................................................... 39 NFE 3 Ball Valve With Dirt Collector.................................................. 74
Flexcon M - 10.0 bar........................................................................ 39 Flamco-Fill PE Top-up Unit (pressurisation)....................................... 74
Flexfiller Selection Guide................................................................... 76
Flexcon PRO
Flexfiller Mini..................................................................................... 76
Flexcon PRO.................................................................................... 41
Flexfiller Midi..................................................................................... 76
Flexcon intermediate vessels Flexfiller Standard............................................................................. 76
Flexcon VSV - 6.0 bar....................................................................... 43 Flexfiller Twin System........................................................................ 77
Flexcon VSV - 10.0 bar..................................................................... 43 Flexfiller Digital Glycol Pressurisation Unit.......................................... 77
Flexcon V-B - 6.0 bar....................................................................... 43 Technical specifications Flexfill Plus & Midifill Plus............................. 77
Flexcon V-B - 10.0 bar..................................................................... 43 Flexfill Plus........................................................................................ 78
MidiFill Plus....................................................................................... 78
2. Pressurisation and Expansion Automats Flexcon packaged sealed system units and sets
Presspak Digital Packaged Sealed System Sets............................... 79
Flexcon M-K/U Compressor expansion automat Basepak Expansion Equipment........................................................ 79
Flexcon M-K/U - 6.0 bar................................................................... 54 Flexconpak Expansion Equipment.................................................... 79
Flexcon M-K/U - 10.0 bar................................................................. 54
Flexcon M-K/C Compressor expansion automat 3. Accessories for Heating and
Flexcon M-K/C - 6.0 bar................................................................... 55
Cooling Installations
Flexcon M-K/S Compressor expansion automat
Flexcon M-K/S - 3.0 bar................................................................... 56 Connection sets and isolating unions
Flexcon M-K/S - 6.0 bar................................................................... 57 Flexcon Connection Set ................................................................ 86
Flexcon M-K/S - 10.0 bar................................................................. 57 Flexcon Connection Set 1................................................................. 86
FlexControl....................................................................................... 87
Extra compressors Reduction Fitting.............................................................................. 87
Second Compressor Unit................................................................. 58 Flexfast............................................................................................. 87
Flexcon M-K auxiliary vessels Wall mounting
Flexcon M-K - 3.0 bar...................................................................... 58 Flexconsole .................................................................................. 88
Flexcon M-K - 6.0 bar...................................................................... 59 Flexconsole Plus............................................................................... 88
Flexcon M-K - 10.0 bar.................................................................... 59 Flexconsole S 20.............................................................................. 88
Flexcon M-K Connecting Kit (pneumatic).......................................... 59 Flexconsole Plus S 20...................................................................... 89
Flange Connection........................................................................... 59 Flamconsole S 25............................................................................. 89
MB................................................................................................... 90
Flamcomat - pump units
Cubex R Bracket.............................................................................. 90
Single Pump Control (PN 10)............................................................ 64
Single Pump Control (PN 16)............................................................ 64 Dosing pots
Double Pump Control (PN 10).......................................................... 65 Mild Steel Dosing Pots...................................................................... 91
Double Pump Control (PN 16).......................................................... 65
Flamco relief vessels
Flamcomat vessels Flamco EG....................................................................................... 91
Flamcomat GB Main Vessels............................................................ 66
Flamcomat BB Auxiliary Vessels....................................................... 66
..
Contents
3.

2/
1/
Safety valves 5. Accessories for Sanitary Installations
Prescor............................................................................................. 94
Flopress........................................................................................... 95 Prescor B safety valves
Prescor Solar.................................................................................... 95 Prescor B....................................................................................... 136
Prescor S......................................................................................... 96 Prescor SB..................................................................................... 136
TRD Safety Valves............................................................................ 97
AirfixControl
Selection Table For TRD Safety Valves (capacity In kW).................... 97
AirfixControl.................................................................................... 136
Red Brass Safety Valve..................................................................... 98
Prescomano..................................................................................... 98 Wall mounting
Flopressmano................................................................................... 98 Flexcon DT..................................................................................... 137
Prescofiller........................................................................................ 98 SB-A Band..................................................................................... 137
Manofiller.......................................................................................... 99 MB................................................................................................. 137
Prescorplus T ............................................................................... 99
Tundish............................................................................................. 99 Safety groups
Prescor IC...................................................................................... 139
Flexcon pressure gauges Flexbrane....................................................................................... 139
Pressure Gauges............................................................................ 100
Thermo Pressure Gauges............................................................... 100 Flexofit S water shock arrestor
Shut-off Valves............................................................................... 100 Flexofit S........................................................................................ 142
Precharge Pressure Tester.............................................................. 101 Flexofit S T-fitting............................................................................ 142
System accessories Vessel carrier

Pressure Reducing Valves............................................................... 101 Vessel Carrier................................................................................. 142
WMS Low Water Level Protection Device....................................... 101
WMS-E Low Water Level Protection Device.................................... 102
Flexcon DT..................................................................................... 102 7. Accessories for Water Heaters
Vessel Carrier................................................................................. 102 and Storage Vessels
Pressure Safety Switch................................................................... 102
Flanged Lock-shield Valves PN 6.................................................... 103 Tank accessories
Flanged Lock-shield Valves PN 16.................................................. 103 IVS Isolating Joints......................................................................... 148
Flexcon GVA 90.............................................................................. 103 Foot Levelling Set........................................................................... 148
PSV Additional Connection Sleeves................................................ 148
FlexBalance hydraulic balancer
FlexBalance F................................................................................. 106 Anodes
FlexBalance S................................................................................. 107 FSA Anode..................................................................................... 148
FlexBalance R................................................................................ 107 FSA/E Anode.................................................................................. 148
MgA Anode.................................................................................... 148
FlexBalance Plus Hydraulic Balancer
FlexBalance Plus F......................................................................... 108 Flanges
FlexBalance Plus S......................................................................... 109 Reducing Flange............................................................................. 149
FlexBalance Plus R......................................................................... 109 Blind Flange.................................................................................... 149
Gaskets.......................................................................................... 149
FlexBalance EcoPlus C
Flexbalance EcoPlus C................................................................... 111 Thermostats
ATH Build-on Thermostat............................................................... 149
EBTH Built-in Thermostat............................................................... 149
4. Expansion Vessels for TH Tank Thermometer.................................................................... 149
TR Immersion Pipe......................................................................... 149
Sanitary Installations
Heating elements
Airfix A EHF Heating Element..................................................................... 150
Airfix A............................................................................................ 121 EHK Heating Element..................................................................... 150
Airfix D RWT Finned-pipe Heat Exchanger.................................................. 150
Airfix D............................................................................................ 121 Duo/Duo-Solar insulation
Airfix D-E Insulating Mantle Duo/Duo-Solar.................................................... 151
Airfix D-E - 10.0 bar........................................................................ 126 LS insulation
Airfix D-E - 16.0 bar........................................................................ 126 Insulating Mantle LS....................................................................... 151
Remote Signaller for Diaphragm Rupture Sensor............................ 126
FWP/Duo FWS insulation
Airfix D-E-L Fleece Insulation Mantle FWP/Duo FWS......................................... 154
Airfix D-E-L..................................................................................... 127 Insulating Mantle FWP/Duo FWS.................................................... 154
Airfix D-E-B KPS insulation
Airfix D-E-B - 10.0 bar.................................................................... 128 Insulating Mantle KPS..................................................................... 154
Airfix D-E-B - 16.0 bar.................................................................... 128
Airfix D-E-B - 25.0 bar.................................................................... 129 PS(-R) insulation
Insulating Mantle PS(-R).................................................................. 155
Airfix D-E(B) separate connections Fleece Insulation Mantle PS/PS-R.................................................. 155
Mono Connections......................................................................... 129
Duo Connections............................................................................ 129
Airfix P 6. Water Heaters and Storage Vessels
Airfix P 2 - 35.................................................................................. 130 Duo water heaters
Airfix P 50 - 300.............................................................................. 130 Duo 120 - 500................................................................................ 168
Airfix P 500 - 3000.......................................................................... 131 Connection Diagram Duo 120 - 500............................................... 169
Airfix P Horizontal........................................................................... 131 Selection Guide (Imperial)............................................................... 169
Technical Specifications.................................................................. 169
Duo 750 - 1000.............................................................................. 170
Connection Diagram Duo 750 - 1000............................................. 170
Duo 1500 - 2000............................................................................ 171 LPG tanks
Connection Diagram Duo 1500 - 2000........................................... 171 LPG Tanks...................................................................................... 195
Duo Solar water heaters Custom made vessels
Duo Solar 200 - 500....................................................................... 172 Flamco Large and Custom Made Vessels....................................... 195
Connection Diagram Duo Solar 200 - 500...................................... 172
Duo Solar 750 - 1000..................................................................... 173
Connection Diagram Duo Solar 750 - 1000.................................... 173 8. Venting Range and Dirt Separators
WPS-E stainless steel heat pump cylinder Flexvent automatic air vents
WPS-E 200 - 500........................................................................... 174 Flexvent.......................................................................................... 204
Connection diagram WPS-E 200 - 500........................................... 174 Flexvent H...................................................................................... 204
Flexvent Top................................................................................... 204
Duo HLS water heaters Flexvent Super................................................................................ 205
Duo HLS 300 - 500........................................................................ 175 Flexvent MAX................................................................................. 205
Connection Diagram Duo HLS 300 - 500....................................... 175 Flexvent Solar................................................................................. 205
Duo HLS-E stainless steel high performance cylinder Flexvent Top Solar.......................................................................... 205
Duo HLS-E 100 - 500..................................................................... 176 Air accumulator
Connection diagram Duo HLS-E 100 - 500.................................... 176 Flamco LTA Air Accumulator........................................................... 205
Duo HLS-E 750 -910...................................................................... 177
Connection diagram Duo HLS-E 750 - 910.................................... 177 Flexair Air Separators
Flexair G......................................................................................... 207
HLS Solar water heaters Flexair S......................................................................................... 207
HLS Solar 400 - 500....................................................................... 178 Flexair S......................................................................................... 207
Connection Diagram HLS Solar 400 - 500...................................... 178 Flexair F - PN 10............................................................................. 208
Duo HLS-E Solar stainless steel high performance cylinder Flexair F - PN 16............................................................................. 208
Duo HLS-E Solar 200 - 500............................................................ 179 Flexair F - PN 25............................................................................. 209
Connection diagram, Duo HLS-E Solar 200 - 500.......................... 179 Flexair accessories
Duo HLS-E Solar 750 - 910............................................................ 180 Automatic Air Vent.......................................................................... 209
Connection diagram Duo HLS-E Solar 750 - 910........................... 180
Flamcovent microbubble air separators (22 mm - 2")
DWH direct water heaters Flamcovent..................................................................................... 220
DWH Water Heaters....................................................................... 181 Flamcovent V.................................................................................. 220
Heating Elements Selection Guide.................................................. 181 Flamcovent Smart.......................................................................... 221
Technical Specifications.................................................................. 181 Flamcovent EcoPlus....................................................................... 221
U-HP water heaters Flamcovent EcoPlus V.................................................................... 222
U-HP 110 - 160.............................................................................. 182 Flamcovent Smart EcoPlus............................................................. 222
Flamcovent Solar............................................................................ 223
TS water heaters Flamcovent Solar V......................................................................... 223
TS 120 - 200.................................................................................. 183
Connection Diagram TS................................................................. 183 Flamcovent S/R/F microbubble air separators (DN 50 - DN 600)
Flamcovent S................................................................................. 229
HZWH Indirect Water Heaters Flamcovent R................................................................................. 229
HZWH Water Heaters..................................................................... 183 Flamcovent F - PN 10..................................................................... 229
Flamcovent F - PN 16..................................................................... 230
LS storage vessels
Flamcovent F - PN 25..................................................................... 230
LS 200 - 2000................................................................................ 184
Accessories Flamcovent
LS-E Stainless steel cylinder
Automatic Air Vent.......................................................................... 231
LS-E 300 - 500............................................................................... 185
Flamco IsoPlus............................................................................... 231
Connection diagram, LS-E 300 - 500............................................. 185
LS-E 750 - 1000............................................................................. 186 ENA de-aeration and make-up
Connection diagram, LS-E 750 - 1000........................................... 186 ENA 5 - 30..................................................................................... 234
Gas Sensor.................................................................................... 234
PS storage vessels
PS 50 - 850.................................................................................... 187 Flamco Clean dirt separators (22 mm - 2")
Connection Diagram PS 50 - 850................................................... 187 Flamco Clean................................................................................. 235
PS 1000 - 3000.............................................................................. 188 Flamco Clean V.............................................................................. 235
Connection Diagram PS 1000 - 2000............................................. 188 Flamco Clean Smart....................................................................... 236
Flamco Clean EcoPlus.................................................................... 236
PS-R Storage vessels
Flamco Clean EcoPlus V................................................................. 237
PS-R 500 - 750.............................................................................. 189
Flamco Clean Smart EcoPlus......................................................... 237
Connection Diagram PS-R 500 - 750............................................. 189
PS-R 1000 - 1500.......................................................................... 190 Flamco Clean dirt separators (DN 50 - 600)
Connection Diagram PS-R 1000 - 1500......................................... 190 Flamco Clean S.............................................................................. 239
Flamco Clean F.............................................................................. 239
KPS combi vessels
Flamco Clean R.............................................................................. 239
KPS 500......................................................................................... 191
Connection Diagram KPS 500........................................................ 191 Flamco Clean accessories
KPS 750 - 1000............................................................................. 192 Dirt Wiper....................................................................................... 240
Connection Diagram KPS 750 - 1000............................................. 192 Flamco IsoPlus............................................................................... 240
Duo FWS combi vessels Flamcovent Clean air & dirt separators (22 mm - 2")
Duo FWS 550 - 1000..................................................................... 193 Flamcovent Clean........................................................................... 241
Connection Diagram Duo FWS 550 - 1000..................................... 193 Flamcovent Clean Smart................................................................ 241
Flamcovent Clean Smart EcoPlus................................................... 241
FWP combi vessels
FWP 750 - 1000............................................................................. 194 Flamcovent Clean air & dirt separators (DN 50 - DN 600)
Connection Diagram FWP 750 - 1000............................................ 194 Flamcovent Clean S........................................................................ 242
Flamcovent Clean R....................................................................... 243
..
Contents
3.

2/
1/
Flamcovent Clean F........................................................................ 243 11. Wall and Floor Clips
Flamcovent Clean accessories For all types of pipe
Automatic Air Vent.......................................................................... 243 BMA-SU Wall Clips......................................................................... 298
BMA-HK Wall Clips......................................................................... 299
9. Flamco T-Plus For steel pipes

BM-SU Wall Clips........................................................................... 300
Flamco T-plus BM-HK Wall Clips........................................................................... 301
T-Plus Cast Iron.............................................................................. 250 BM-HL Wall Clips........................................................................... 301
T-Plus Brass................................................................................... 251
T-Plus Brass With Ball Valve............................................................ 251 For copper pipes
BMK-SU Wall Clips......................................................................... 302
BMK-HK Wall Clips......................................................................... 303
Flamco mounting material BMK-HL Wall Clips......................................................................... 303
For steel pipes
DP Double Pipe Clips..................................................................... 304
10. Universal Clips DP Double Pipe Clips..................................................................... 304
For all types of pipe For gas and potable water pipes
BSA M 8 Clips................................................................................ 258 Omega Clips.................................................................................. 305
BSA M 8/10 Clips........................................................................... 259
BSA M 10 Clips.............................................................................. 259 For plastic pipes
BSA M 12 Clips.............................................................................. 259 PC Plugclips................................................................................... 305
BSA M 16 Clips.............................................................................. 260
BSA Clips................................................................................... 260
BSA / M 10 Clips........................................................................ 261 12. Pipe Hangers
BSA-S Clips................................................................................... 262
For all types of pipe
BSB Clips....................................................................................... 263
BKI Pipe Hangers........................................................................... 310
BSI M 8/10 Clips............................................................................ 264
BSC Pipe Hangers......................................................................... 311
BSI M 10/12 Clips.......................................................................... 264
EB Eye Bolts For BSC.................................................................... 311
BSI-WH Clips................................................................................. 265
BSI-HDI M 8/10 Clips..................................................................... 266 For steel pipes
BSH M 8/10 Clips.......................................................................... 267 BK M 6 Pipe Hangers..................................................................... 312
BK M8 Pipe Hangers...................................................................... 313
For plastic pipes
BK M12 Pipe Hangers.................................................................... 313
BSG M 8 Clips................................................................................ 268
BSG M 10 Clips.............................................................................. 268 For copper pipes
BSA-G Clips................................................................................... 269 BKK Pipe Hangers.......................................................................... 314
For copper and thin-walled steel pipes For plastic pipes
Variofit Clips.................................................................................... 272 BKP Pipe Hangers.......................................................................... 315
KS Clips......................................................................................... 272
KSC Clips....................................................................................... 273 Pipe hanger accessories
KSD Clips....................................................................................... 273 BO/BOK Extension Pieces.............................................................. 316
KSDC Clips.................................................................................... 273 T Caps........................................................................................... 316
ST Spreader Plates......................................................................... 317
For chilled water pipes
CA Clips - 9 mm............................................................................. 276 For sprinkler systems
CA Clips - 13 mm........................................................................... 277 BKS Pipe Hangers.......................................................................... 320
CA Clips - 19 mm........................................................................... 277 BES Pipe Hangers.......................................................................... 321
CB Clips - 13 mm........................................................................... 278 BCS Pipe Hangers......................................................................... 322
CB Clips - 19 mm........................................................................... 279 BDS clips....................................................................................... 322
CC Clips - 30 mm.......................................................................... 280 Mounting strips
CC Clips - 40 mm.......................................................................... 281 LB Mounting Strip.......................................................................... 323
For steel pipes EB-LB Eye Bolts............................................................................. 323
BSF M 8 Clips................................................................................ 282 HM Mounting Strip Accessories...................................................... 323
BSF M 8/10 Clips........................................................................... 282
BSF M 10 Clips.............................................................................. 283
BSF M 12 Clips.............................................................................. 283 13. Flamco Smart System
BSF M 16 Clips.............................................................................. 283 FlamcoFit
BSF Clips................................................................................... 284 FlamcoFit Rail................................................................................. 330
BSF / M 10 Clips........................................................................ 285 FlamcoFit Unit................................................................................ 330
BSF-D Clips................................................................................... 286
BSU M 8/10 Clips........................................................................... 287 Click-In
BSU M 10/12 Clips......................................................................... 287 BSA M 8 Click-In............................................................................ 331
UB U-bolts..................................................................................... 288 BSA M 10 Click-In.......................................................................... 331
KB Fixed Point Clips (Hot Dip Galvanized)...................................... 289 GP Click-In..................................................................................... 331
KB Fixed Point Clips (Steel)............................................................ 290
ClickFit
For air duct fixing ClickFit M....................................................................................... 332
BSL Clips....................................................................................... 291 ClickFit HB..................................................................................... 332
BSL-A Clips.................................................................................... 292 ClickFit HBS................................................................................... 333
ClickFit K........................................................................................ 333
ClickEasy
ClickEasy........................................................................................ 334
ClickEasy HB.................................................................................. 334
ClickEasy HBS............................................................................... 335 15. STRUT Rail and Accessories
ClickEasy K.................................................................................... 335
STRUT Rail
ClickConnection STRUT Rail..................................................................................... 374
ClickConnection............................................................................. 336 STRUT Rail Consoles..................................................................... 374
ClickConnection RH....................................................................... 337 STRUT Dual Rail Consoles............................................................. 374
ClickConnection PS31.................................................................... 338
ClickConnection RZ-V.................................................................... 338 STRUT sliding nuts
ClickConnection RZ-H.................................................................... 339 STRUT M Sliding Nuts.................................................................... 375
STRUT M-SS Sliding Nuts.............................................................. 375
STRUT M-SL Sliding Nuts.............................................................. 375
14. Rail and Rail Accessories STRUT M-RAPID Sliding Nuts........................................................ 375
STRUT HBS-RAPID Hammer-head Bolt Sets................................. 375
Flamco rail
R Flamco Rail................................................................................. 350 STRUT accessories
Dimensions R Flamco Rail.............................................................. 350 STRUT SP Clamping Plates............................................................ 376
STRUT RV Flat Rail Connectors...................................................... 376
Insert rail STRUT UK Mounting Crosses........................................................ 376
R1i Flamco Insert Rail..................................................................... 351 STRUT RH Mounting Angles.......................................................... 377
A1i Anchor Bracket........................................................................ 351 STRUT ZK Mounting Crosses......................................................... 377
Rail consoles STRUT RL Rail Extensions.............................................................. 378
R .x... Rail Console......................................................................... 352 STRUT VL Floor Consoles.............................................................. 378
STRUT RP Profile Fixings................................................................ 379
Rail end caps
RD Rail End Cap............................................................................ 353
Rail clamp squares
16. Mounting Accessories
PS 31 Rail Clamp (square).............................................................. 353 Threaded rods and studs
D Threaded Ends........................................................................... 384
Angle support
Threaded Tube............................................................................... 384
HS 1 Angle Support Set................................................................. 354
Threaded Tube............................................................................... 384
HS 2 Angle Support....................................................................... 355
DS Threaded Nipples..................................................................... 384
HS 3 Angle Support....................................................................... 356
HO Dowel Screws.......................................................................... 385
Rail support saddles HD Dowel Screws.......................................................................... 386
RZ-V Rail Support Saddles............................................................. 357 HO-K Threaded Studs With Collar.................................................. 386
RZ-H Rail Support Saddles............................................................. 358 HZ Hex Head Wood Screws........................................................... 387
HZI Wood Screw Studs.................................................................. 387
Rail support flanges D Threaded Rods........................................................................... 387
KF Rail Support Flanges................................................................. 359 SCS Self Tapping Concrete Screw.................................................. 389
Mounting angles SCS-St Self-tapping Concrete Screw............................................. 389
RH Rail Angle................................................................................. 360 SCS-I Self-tapping Concrete Screw................................................ 389
SCS-P Self-tapping Concrete Screw.............................................. 389
Rail extensions
RL Rail Extender............................................................................. 361 Anchors
AS Segment Anchor....................................................................... 390
Sliding nuts AP Push-in Anchor......................................................................... 390
M..s Sliding Nuts............................................................................ 361 APP Pin.......................................................................................... 390
M..SR Sliding Nuts......................................................................... 362 AB Brass Anchor............................................................................ 390
AT Tipping Dowel........................................................................... 391
Nuts PM Steel Plug................................................................................. 391
M Nuts........................................................................................... 362 PP Plastic Plug............................................................................... 391
M..h Nuts....................................................................................... 362
Drive tool
Clamping plates Drive Tool....................................................................................... 391
SP Clamping Plates........................................................................ 363
SP..SR Clamping Plates.................................................................. 363 Noise suppression strips
SR.................................................................................................. 392
Washers SR 4............................................................................................... 392
S Washers...................................................................................... 364
S..s Washers.................................................................................. 364 Connectors
S..SR Washers............................................................................... 364 KSM Connectors............................................................................ 393
Bushing.......................................................................................... 393
Fixed point constructions Connector...................................................................................... 394
BVP Fixed Point Construction......................................................... 365 AD Adapters................................................................................... 394
Hammer head bolts PV Parallel Connectors................................................................... 394
HB Hammer Head Bolts................................................................. 366 K Ball Hangers................................................................................ 395
HB..SR Hammer Head Bolts.......................................................... 366 KK Short Ball Hangers.................................................................... 395
HBS Hammer Head Bolt Sets......................................................... 367 Backplates
Mounting plates and corners GP Backplates 60....................................................................... 396
VH Corner Brackets....................................................................... 368 GP Backplates 80 x 30................................................................... 396
VP Corner Plates............................................................................ 369 GP Backplates 120 x 40................................................................. 397
VG Angle Plate............................................................................... 370 GP Backplates 70 x 20................................................................... 397
Backplates GPS............................................................................. 398
Rail girder clips Backplates RTG 4.......................................................................... 398
RB Rail Girder Clips........................................................................ 371 GPK Backplates 80 x 30................................................................ 398
Gas wall consoles Expansion units
GWK Console................................................................................. 371 GK 50 Expansion Units................................................................... 399
..
Contents
3.

2/
1/
GK 150 Expansion Units................................................................. 399 RMD Double Pipe Rozettes............................................................ 421
GK 500 Expansion Units................................................................. 400
GK 750 Expansion Unit.................................................................. 400
19. Clevis Hangers and Accessories
Profile fixings
KC Profile Clamps.......................................................................... 401 Clevis hangers
KCK Profile Clamps........................................................................ 402 CH - G Clevis Hangers................................................................... 425
KCH Profile Clamps........................................................................ 402 CH - E Clevis Hangers.................................................................... 426
KCL Profile Clamps........................................................................ 403 CH - GL Clevis Hangers................................................................. 427
KVS-D Profile Clips......................................................................... 403
Pipe Covers
BC Profile Clips.............................................................................. 404
CPS Pipe Covers............................................................................ 428
Trapezium fixings CPS Shield Size No. Selection........................................................ 429
Trapezium Fixings........................................................................... 404 CPS Shield Size No. Selection........................................................ 429
Trapezium Pliers............................................................................. 405
Roller Hangers
Air duct brackets RHA Roller Hanger......................................................................... 430
LR Air Duct Bracket........................................................................ 405 RRH Roller Hanger......................................................................... 431
LZ Air Duct Bracket........................................................................ 405
Roller Chair
LL Air Duct Bracket........................................................................ 406
RC Roller Chair............................................................................... 432
Backplate assemblies
Pipe Roll Stands
BME Backplate Assembly............................................................... 406
RS Pipe Rol Stand.......................................................................... 433
BMD Backplate Assemblies............................................................ 407
RSA Pipe Rol Stand....................................................................... 434
BMV Backplate Assembly............................................................... 407
BMU Backplate Assembly.............................................................. 407 Pipe Roller Supports
BMF Backplate Assemblies............................................................ 408 PRS Pipe Roller Support................................................................ 435
BMG Backplate Assembly.............................................................. 408
Protection Saddles
Noise-suppression fixtures CS Protection Saddles................................................................... 436
DA Noise-suppression Fixtures....................................................... 409
Standard Riser Clamps
SRC Riser Clamps.......................................................................... 438
17. Stainless Steel Mounting Material Conversions and calculations
Stainless steel clips
(Metric and Imperial)
BRS M 8/10 - SST Clips................................................................. 412
BRS-A M 8/10 - SST Clips............................................................. 412 Dimensions and weights for tubes
BSF / M 10 - SST Clips.............................................................. 413
BSA / M 10 - SST Clips.............................................................. 413 Dimensions and weights for flanges
Stainless steel rail

R . Rail - Stainless Steel.................................................................. 414
Stainless steel rail consoles
R . x ... Rail Consoles - Stainless Steel........................................... 414
Stainless steel rail support nuts
M ..s Rail Support Nuts - Stainless Steel......................................... 414
Stainless steel washers
S Washers - Stainless Steel............................................................ 414
Stainless steel nuts
M Nuts - Stainless Steel................................................................. 414
Stainless steel threaded products
D Threaded Rods - Stainless Steel................................................. 415
Wood Screw Studs - Stainless Steel............................................... 415
HO Wood Screw Studs - Stainless Steel........................................ 415
Bushing - Stainless Steel................................................................ 415
Stainless steel backplates
GP Backplates - Stainless Steel...................................................... 415
Stainless steel hammerhead bolt sets
HBS - Stainless Steel..................................................................... 415
18. Pipe Rosettes

Standard
RK Pipe Rozettes........................................................................... 418
RKW Pipe Rozettes........................................................................ 418
RV Pipe Rozettes........................................................................... 419
RVC Pipe Rozettes......................................................................... 419
RME Pipe Rozettes........................................................................ 420
Double Pipe Rosettes
HRDB/RDC Double Pipe Rozettes.................................................. 420
RVD Double Pipe Rozettes............................................................. 421
RVDC Double Pipe Rozettes.......................................................... 421
Expansion Systems and
Expansion Vessels Pressurisation and Expansion Automats
Expansion Vessels for Sanitary

Installations Accessories for Sanitary Installations
Accessories for Water Heaters and

Storage Vessels Venting Range and Dirt Separators

d Accessories Accessories for Heating
and Cooling Installations
Water Heaters and Storage Vessels
Flamco T-Plus
1.
Expansion Vessels
Flamco produces a comprehensive range of diaphragm expansion
vessels. Both the steel vessel and the diaphragm are of the highest
quality. They are compliant with all prevailing European standards and
carry the CE mark of conformity. Flamco vessels are available for both
potable, chilled and heated water systems in sizes ranging from 2 litres
up to 8,000 litres.
Expansion Vessels
Expansion Vessels Overview
Fixed Diaphragm Removable bladder

Diaphragm Removable
Flexcon Intermediate
bladder Vessels
Flexcon C Flexcon M Flexcon VSV

2 - 80 litres. 80 - 8,000 litres. For central heating systems in which
Max. operating pressure: 3 bar Max. operating pressure: the inlet temperature exceeds 90 C or
For small installations. 6/10/16/25 bar. the return temperature exceeds 70 C.
High-quality industrial tank. Max. operating temperature: 160 C.
Larger dimensions available on Operating pressure: 6/10 bar.
request.
Contraex Flexcon PRO Flexcon V-B

18 - 1,000 litres. 2 - 1,000 litres. For central heating systems in which
Max. operating pressure; Max. operating pressure: 6 bar. the inlet temperature exceeds 90 C or
3 bar: 18 - 35 litres, the return temperature exceeds 70 C.
6 bar: 50 - 1,000 litres. Max. operating temperature: 120 C.
Max. operating pressure: 6 bar.
Cubex
18 - 600 litres.
Max. operating pressure;
3 bar: 18 - 35 litres,
6 bar: 50 - 600 litres.
Flexcon
2 - 1,000 litres.
Max. operating pressure:
3 bar: 2 - 80 litres,
6 bar: 110 - 1,000 litres,
10 bar: 110 - 1,000 litres.
For systems large and small.
The Flexcon 18 litre model is also
available in white.
Flexcon TOP
2 - 80 litres.
High-pressure alternative
for smaller systems.
Flexcon P
18 - 50 litres.
Space-saving alternative
for smaller systems.
Flexcon Solar
8 - 1,000 litres.
Max. operating pressure:
8 bar: 8 - 80 litre,
10 bar: 110 - 1,000 litres.
For solar systems.
Expansion Vessels
1
Flexcon P: Space Saving Expansion Vessels
of Superior Quality
Butyl rubber diaphragm: Excellent pre-charge gas pressure maintenance.
Pre-formed convex diaphragm with exible 'rolling' action prevents the
diaphragm from stretching.
The proven Flamco clamp ring construction permits the use of a butyl
rubber diaphragm that is approximately half the size of a full diaphragm in a
comparable vessel. This ensures reduced permeability and a long service
life for the expansion vessel. FLEXCON P 18
Quick, easy and space saving installation using the wall mounting bracket.
5 year warranty.
FLEXCON P 25
FLEXCON P 35
FLEXCON P 50
Vessel Calculation for Central Heating Systems
Calculation for a Flexcon expansion vessel
for central heating systems with fixed or Initial pressure of the Flexcon expansion vessel
removable diaphragm This is the pressure measured at the nitrogen filler
valve at ambient temperature and atmospheric
Basic parameters for the calculation of a Flexcon pressure. The pressure is equivalent to the static
expansion vessel. height, rounded up to a factor of 0.5 bar.
Vessel volume Maximum working pressure

This is the total capacity of the Flexcon expansion This is the maximum permissible system pressure at
vessel. the Flexcon expansion vessel. The maximum
working pressure may not exceed the maximum
Vessel efficiency value indicated on the expansion vessel.
This is the maximum amount of expansion water
that can be contained in the vessel. Output
This is the ratio between the gross and net vessel
Static height capacity.
This is the height of the system from the Flexcon Net contents
expansion vessel connection to the highest point of Output =
Gross capacity
the system measured in water column metres,
(1 wcm 0.1 bar). The output is determined by the ratio between initial
and end pressure. In formulaic form, this is as
shown below (derived from Boyle's Law):
end pressure initial pressure
Output =
end pressure
Pre-charge
pressure
Pre-charge pressure 0.5 bar Pre-charge pressure 1.0 bar
Expansion Vessels
1
Note: Expansion volume
pressure in bar absolute The expansion volume is calculated as follows:
Max. output of Flexcon expansion vessels expansion volume = water capacity x increase in
with fixed diaphragm 0.63. volume at average heating temperature.
Max. output of Flexcon 800 litre expansion
vessel = 0.5, Example: heating temperature 90/70 C
Flexcon 1,000 litre expansion vessel = 0.4. (average 80 C) = 2.89%.
Max. output of Flexcon M = 0.72.
Safety factor
If the maximum output of an expansion vessel is We recommend including a margin of 25%
exceeded, the diaphragm may be subjected to tensile when calculating the expansion volume.
stress. This could lead to damage to the diaphragm
or even cause it to rupture. Gross capacity of Flexcon expansion vessels
The gross capacity of Flexcon expansion vessels is
System water capacity calculated as follows:
This is the total volume of water in the entire system
expansion volume x 1.25
including heat source, radiators, pipe work etc. Gross capacity of vessel =
output
Increase in volume of water in % Temperature in the Flexcon expansion vessel
The table below shows the percentage volume The maximum continuous temperature in the
increase of water as temperature increases from Flexcon expansion vessel is 70 C.
10C to 110C. The minimum permissible temperature in the Flexcon
expansion vessel is -10 C.
Temperature increase Volume increase

[C] [%]
10 - 25 0.35
10 - 35 0.63
10 - 40 0.75
10 - 45 0.96
10 - 50 1.18
10 - 55 1.42
10 - 60 1.68
10 - 70 2.25
10 - 80 2.89
10 - 90 3.58
10 - 100 4.34
10 - 110 5.16
4
Volume increase [%]
0
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
Temperature [C]
FLAMC 1273
Expansion Vessels
1
Output
In this table you can read off the output for various levels of initial and end pressure.
We recommend a margin of at least 1.5 bar between the initial and end pressure.
Static height Initial pressure End pressure
[m] [bar] [bar]
3 6 8 10
5 0.5 0.63 - - -
10 1 0.50 0.71 - -
15 1.5 0.38 0.64 0.72 -
20 2 0.25 0.57 0.67 -
25 2.5 0.13 0.50 0.61 0.68
30 3 - 0.43 0.56 0.64
35 3.5 - 0.36 0.50 0.59
40 4 - 0.29 0.44 0.55
45 4.5 - 0.21 0.39 0.50
50 5 - - 0.33 0.45
55 5.5 - - 0.28 0.41
60 6 - - 0.22 0.36
65 6.5 - - 0.17 0.32
70 7 - - - 0.27
75 7.5 - - - 0.23
80 8 - - - 0.18
Approximation of the water capacity Central heating system with Capacity

[l/kW] [860 kcal/h]
of the system
convectors and/or air heaters 5.2
induction units 5.5
In order to be able to determine the required capacity air treatment systems 6.9
of the Flexcon vessel, the water capacity of the system panel radiators 8.8
central heating utilities mix 10.0
as a whole must be calculated. If it is not possible to column radiators 12.0
determine the capacity of the system, it can be cooled water utilities mix 20.0
approximated using the historic data shown here, heated ceiling and/or
18.5
under-floor heating
based on a supply/return temperature of 90/70 C. extensive pipework
25.8
(district heating)
The water capacity of the system can be approximated
by multiplying the output of the system by the values
specified in the table. The table refers to new systems.
For older systems, we recommend using higher values.
This method is an indication only and does not
guarantee a precise calculation of the capacity required
for your Flexcon expansion vessel.
Example calculations for Flexcon expansion vessels
Example 1 Example 2
Data Data
- water capacity = 340 liters - capacity unknown
- average heating temperature (90/70 C) = 80 C - boiler output = 280 kW
- system height =8m - average heating temperature (80/60 C) = 70 C
- end pressure = 3.0 bar - system height = 12 m
- Flexcon expansion vessel and boiler placed above. - end pressure = 3.0 bar
- Flexcon expansion vessel and boiler placed below.
Calculation - system components: 100% panel radiators
Increase in volume in % = 2.89% 2.9%
Calculation
340 x 2.9
Expansion volume = = 9.86 liters Calculated system capacity = 280 x 8.8 = 2,464 liters
100
Reserve 25% = 9.9 x 1.25 = 12.4 liters Increase in volume in % = 2.25%
(3.0 + 1) - (0.5 + 1) 2,464 x 2.25

Output = = 0.63 Expansion volume = = 55.4 liters
(3.0 + 1) 100
Reserve 25% = 55.4 x 1.25 = 69.3 liters
Required gross capacity of the
(3.0 + 1) - (1.5 + 1)
12.4 Output = = 0.375
Flexcon expansion vessel = = 19.7 liters (3.0 + 1)
0.63
The ideal model is a Flexcon 25/0.5. Required gross capacity of the
69.3
Flexcon expansion vessel = = 184.8 liters
0.375
The ideal model is a Flexcon 200/1.5.
Expansion Vessels
1
Theory
Minimum working pressure An incorrect, excessive boost pressure may lead to

Specific circulation pumps demand a certain pressure problems. If the system in which a expansion vessel
(for instance 1 bar) in their suction pipe in order to is fitted and an initial pressure of 0.5 bar is filled to
function properly. Many modern central heating 2 bar rather than 0.8 bar, 30% more of the gross
boilers are protected to a minimum working pressure capacity will already have been used up before the
of 0.8 or 1 bar. If such a pump or boiler is built in to a central heating water expands due to the increase in
central heating system with a low static height, it may temperature!
be more sensible to set the initial pressure of the
(3 + 1) - (0.8 + 1)
expansion vessel to 1 bar rather than 0.5 bar. A = = 0.55 = 55%
Note that the increased initial pressure does not (3.0 + 1)
ensure that the minimum working pressure is
(3 + 1) - (2 + 1)
replicated throughout the system! The chance of B = = 0.25 = 25%
negative pressure being created high up in the system (3 + 1)
when it is cooling down, which would cause air
circulation problems, is greater if the initial pressure is, Difference in output (): 30%
say, 1 bar than if the initial pressure were set at 0.5
bar. If the pressure in the system drops below 1 bar,
expansion vessels with initial pressure of 1 bar cannot Conclusion
give back water to the system as the expansion vessel
would run dry! A higher initial pressure in a expansion vessel does
not guarantee higher system pressure.
Boost pressure
In order to prevent negative pressure and air An incorrect, excessive boost pressure has an undue
circulation problems, it is of the greatest importance impact. Flamco recommends filling the system to
that the expansion vessel does not run dry. This is the right pressure, preferably 0.2 to 0.3 bar above
why Flamco recommends that you fill the system the initial pressure of the Flexcon expansion vessel
when it is cold and at a pressure equal to the initial (when cold).
pressure plus 0.2 to 0.3 bar (if you are topping up a
warmer system, the pressure must, accordingly, be
higher). Assistance
To make the correct calculation in respect of which

Flexcon expansion vessel to use, Flamco can offer
all sorts of assistance; we can provide technical
documentation, disc calculators and computer
programs.
N.B.: The right place for the expansion vessel is in the

systems return line, on the suction side of the
circulation pump.
Vessel Calculation for Cooling Systems
In a cooling system, Flexcon expansion vessels may The Expansion Coefficient of Antifreeze
have the following functions:
As the system cools, the volume of the cooling water All Flexcon expansion vessels can be used in systems
shrinks. The Flexcon expansion vessel thus gives in which glycol-based anti-freeze is added to the
water back to the system, maintaining system system water.
pressure. The table below shows the increase in volume of
If the system is turned off, the water can return to various water/ethylene glycol mixing ratios. These are
the ambient temperature, allowing it to expand. average values.
The vessel absorbs this expansion volume.
Expansion coefcient of water with and without added anti-freeze

Temperature Percentage of glycol
[C]
0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50%
10 0.04 0.35 0.67 0.89 1.31 1.63

20 0.18 0.50 0.82 1.04 1.46 1.78
30 0.43 0.75 1.07 1.29 1.71 2.03
40 0.79 1.11 1.43 1.65 2.07 2.39
50 1.21 1.53 1.85 2.07 2.49 2.81
60 1.71 2.03 2.35 2.57 2.99 3.31
70 2.25 2.60 2.92 3.14 3.56 3.88
80 2.89 3.22 3.54 3.76 4.18 4.52
90 3.58 3.91 4.23 4.45 4.87 5.19
100 4.35 4.63 4.95 5.17 5.59 5.90
5
Volume Increase [%]
4
]
C
0
[-4 ]
l.% C ]
3 vo [ - 30 5 C ]
52 2
l.% [- 0 ]
C
vo l.% [-2 C
44 9 vo l.% [-15 C]
3 vo .% -10
l
2 34 vo .% [ ter
28 vol wa
20 =
1,31 l.%
vo
1 0
0,78
0,64
0,44
0,28
0,13 0
-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
Temperature [C]
Expansion Vessels
1
Calculation for a Cooling System
The following data is required to calculate the required The initial pressure of the expansion vessel is selected
volume of Flexcon expansion vessel: to match the static height of the system (above the
Volume of system water. expansion vessel). The following formula can be used
Percentage of added anti freeze. to calculate the fill level of the expansion vessel at the
Lowest system temperature. lowest operating pressure.
Maximum system temperature
(= highest ambient temperature).
Water - anti-freeze mix expansion (percentage).
Static height of the system above the vessel.
Maximum working pressure.
lowest operating pressure - initial pressure

I = fill level
lowest operating pressure
This means that the residual factor of the expansion vessel can be determined.
Residual factor = 1 - fill level.
The end pressure must be 0.5 bar lower than the set pressure of the safety valve.
The output is calculated using the formula below:
end pressure - lowest operating pressure

II x residual factor = output
end pressure
Note:
Pressure in bar absolute.
Max. output of Flexcon expansion vessels with fixed diaphragm 0.63.
Max. output of Flexcon 800 liter expansion vessel = 0/5, Flexcon 1.000 liter expansion vessel = 0/4.
Max. output of Flexcon M = 0.72.
The temperature in the Flexcon expansion vessel must remain above -10 C.
A buffer vessel or Flexcon intermediate expansion vessel may have to be fitted between the
system and the Flexcon expansion vessel.
For calculations of Flexcon expansion vessels for Solar installations, refer to the spreadsheet on
www.amcogroup.com.
Flamco Flexcon
The Top in Pressure Expansion Vessels
Why Flexcon is the best choice
Flamcos standard programme covers a wide range of The rolling action of the diaphragm prevents
expansion vessels from 2 - 8,000 liters with a wide stretching.This has a significant impact on its
choice of pre-charge pressures and maximum service life.
operating pressures. All models are characterised by The unique clamp construction damages neither the
their construction, superior quality diaphragms or diaphragm nor the two halves of the expansion
bladders, high quality coating on the expansion vessel.
vessel itself and efficient production methods. The thread of the water connection is uncoated to
ensure easy and water tight installation.
All vessels are factory tested.
Flexcon expansion vessels

The two halves of the vessel are
are delivered in a stackable
coated prior to assembly.
cardboard packaging with
hand grip and each box
contains clear assembly
instructions.
Flexcon expansion vessels
are always in stock at our
wholesalers and our own
warehouses.
Qualified Flamco employees

will be happy to give you
advice and support. They
are just a telephone call
away.
FLEXCON 2 - 4 FLEXCON 8 - 25 FLEXCON 35 - 80 FLEXCON 110 - 1,000
Other reasons for choosing Flexcon

Excellent service before, during and after The nitrogen valve of Flexcon 8 - 80 litre expansion
installation. vessels is countersunk and and is protected by a
Handy accessories for mounting or disconnecting dust cap and plastic cover.
Flexcon expansion vessels. The two halves of the vessel are coated prior to
Our diaphragms are suitable for use with anti- assembly.
freeze. Exact details are available on request.
Expansion Vessels
1
4 4
Systems with Flexcon expansion
2 vessels
1. Flexcon expansion vessel.
3 2 1
2. Prescor Safety valve.
6 3 5 3. Flamco tundish.
5 6
4. Flamcovent or Flexair air separator.
5. Flexfast quick-release coupling.
1 1 6. Flexcon pressure gauge.
The diaphragm has a

extremely low permeability
The thread of the water

connection is uncoated to
ensure easy and water tight
installation.
The rolling action of the

diaphragm prevents stretching.
This has a significant
impact on its service life.
The unique clamp

construction damages
neither the diaphragm
nor the two halves of the
expansion vessel.
The nitrogen valve of Flexcon
8 - 80 litre expansion vessels is
countersunk and and is protected
by a dust cap and plastic cover.
When cold, the nitrogen When heated, the expansion When heated further, the If the pressure rises too high,
cushion presses the vessel partially fills with water expansion vessel portion the Prescor valve opens.
diaphragm against the wall of and the nitrogen gas is fully fills with water and the The excess water/steam is
the Flexcon expansion vessel. compressed. nitrogen gas is fully discharged.
compressed.
CONTRA-FLEX
For sealed heating and chilled water (cooling) installations.
When the temperature in the installation rises, the system water will expand. The expansion water is stored temporarily in the
expansion vessel to keep the pressure in the installation at the correct level. Each vessel is factory tested.
Diaphragm: Flexible rubber with rolling action.

Suitable for addition of glycol-based anti-freeze up to 50%.
Max. temperature on diaphragm (EN 13831/8): 70 C.
Max. temperature at (heating) outlet: 120 C.
In accordance with Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC.
Contra-Flex W 8 - 35
Maximum operating pressure: 3.0 bar.
Deep drawn zinc plated steel clench ring.
White (RAL 9010) epoxy powder coating.
Type Capa- Pre- Dimensions Syst. Weight Order
city charge conn. [kg] Code
[l] [bar] H. (M)
[mm] [mm]
Contra-Flex W 8 8 1.5 245 304 3/4" 2.2 50 26063
Contra-Flex W 12 12 1.5 286 336 3/4" 2.1 36 26153
Contra-Flex W 18 18 1.5 328 328 3/ "
4 3.7 24 26163
Contra-Flex W 25 25 1.5 358 380 3/ "
4 4.5 18 26233
Contra-Flex W 35 35 1.5 396 439 3/ "
4 5.4 18 26333
Nr. 0343
Contra-Flex W 50 - 80
[l] [bar] H. (M)
[mm] [mm]
Contra-Flex W 50 50 1.5 435 495 /4"
3 11.2 12 26483
Contra-Flex W 80 80 1.5 519 551 1" 15.0 12 26783 Nr. 0343
Contra-Flex 100 - 200

All welded construction.
Red (RAL 3002) epoxy powder coating.
[l] [bar] H. (M)
[mm] [mm]
Contra-Flex 100 100 2.5 484 784 1" 23.8 12 26105
Contra-Flex 200 200 2.5 484 1300 1" 38.1 1 26215 Nr. 0343
Expansion Vessels
1
FLEXCON C
The diaphragm is clamped between two vessel halves, preventing mechanical damage to the diaphragm or vessel halves
during use. Compared to other bladder type vessels, the clamp ring construction cuts the air to water diaphragm surface
ratio in half, resulting in a much lower permeability of the gas charge, a greater reliability and overall life expectancy of the
vessel.
The thread of the system connection is uncoated, ensuring problem free connection.
Flexcon C 2 - 25
[l] [bar] H. (M)
[mm] [mm]
Flexcon C 2 2 0,5 216 152 3/4" 1,1 120 13211
Flexcon C 2 2 1.5 194 152 3/4" 1.1 120 13213
Flexcon C 4 4 0,5 194 257 3/ "
4 1,6 90 13411
Flexcon C 4 4 1.5 194 257 3/ "
4 1.6 90 13413
Flexcon C 8 8 1.5 245 304 3/ "
4 2.2 60 16077
Flexcon C 12 12 1.5 286 336 3/ "
4 2.1 60 16127
Flexcon C 18 18 0,5 328 328 3/ "
4 3.7 30 16175
Flexcon C 18 18 1.5 328 328 3/ "
4 3.7 30 16177
Flexcon C 25 25 0,5 358 380 3/ "
4 4.5 24 16245 Nr. 0343
Flexcon C 25 25 1.5 358 380 3/ "
4 4.5 24 16247
Flexcon C 35 - 80
[l] [bar] H. (M)
[mm] [mm]
Flexcon C 35 35 1.5 396 439 3/4" 5.4 24 16347
Flexcon C 50 50 0,5 435 495 3/4" 11.2 12 16491
Flexcon C 50 50 1,0 435 495 3/ "
4 11.2 12 16492
Flexcon C 50 50 1.5 435 495 3/ "
4 11.2 12 16493
Flexcon C 50 50 1.5 435 495 3/ "
4 11.2 12 16493
Flexcon C 80 80 0,5 519 551 1" 15.0 12 16815
Flexcon C 80 80 1,0 519 551 1" 15.0 12 16816
Flexcon C 80 80 1.5 519 551 1" 15.0 12 16817 Nr. 0343
Flexcon C 80 80 1.5 519 551 1" 15.0 12 16817
Flexcon C 110 - 1000
city charge conn. [kg] 8 Code
[litres] (bar) (M)
Height
[mm] (mm)
Flexcon C 110 110 0.5 484 784 1" 23,8 17110
Flexcon C 110 110 1.0 484 784 1" 23,8 8 17111
Flexcon C 110 110 1.5 484 784 1" 23,8 8 17112
Flexcon C 110 110 specify 484 784 1" 23,8 8 17114
Flexcon C 140 140 0.5 484 950 1" 25,3 8 17115
Flexcon C 140 140 1.0 484 950 1" 25,3 8 17116
Flexcon C 140 140 1.5 484 950 1" 25,3 8 17117
Flexcon C 140 140 specify 484 950 1" 25.3 8 17119
Flexcon C 200 200 0.5 484 1300 1" 38,1 8 17120
Flexcon C 200 200 1.0 484 1300 1" 38,1 8 17121
Flexcon C 200 200 1.5 484 1300 1" 38,1 8 17122
Flexcon C 300 300 0.5 600 1330 1" 56,9 6 17130
Flexcon C 300 300 1.0 600 1330 1" 56,9 6 17131
Flexcon C 300 300 1.5 600 1330 1" 56,9 6 17132
Flexcon C 425 425 0.5 790 1180 1" 76,4 1 17140
Flexcon C 425 425 1.0 790 1180 1" 76,4 1 17141
Flexcon C 425 425 1.5 790 1180 1" 76,4 1 17142
Flexcon C 600 600 0.5 790 1540 1" 92,9 1 17160
Flexcon C 600 600 1.0 790 1540 1" 92,9 1 17161
Flexcon C 600 600 1.5 790 1540 1" 92,9 1 17162
Flexcon C 800 800 1.0 790 1888 1" 126,9 1 17180
Flexcon C 800 800 1.5 790 1888 1" 126,9 1 17181
Flexcon C 1000 1000 1.5 790 2268 1" 145,9 1 17190
Nr. 0343
Expansion Vessels
1
FLEXCON
Flexcon 110 - 1000 - 6.0 bar

[l] [bar] H. (M)
[mm] [mm]
Flexcon 110 110 0.5 484 784 1" 23.8 8 16115
Flexcon 110 110 1.0 484 784 1" 23.8 8 16116
Flexcon 110 110 1.5 484 784 1" 23.8 8 16117
Flexcon 110 110 2.0 484 784 1" 23.8 8 16119 Nr. 0343
Flexcon 110 110 2.5 484 784 1" 23.8 8 16120
Flexcon 110 110 specify 484 784 1" 23.8 8 16110
Flexcon 140 140 0.5 484 950 1" 25.3 8 16145
Flexcon 140 140 1.0 484 950 1" 25.3 8 16146
Flexcon 140 140 1.5 484 950 1" 25.3 8 16147
Flexcon 140 140 2.0 484 950 1" 25.3 8 16141
Flexcon 140 140 2.5 484 950 1" 25.3 8 16142
Flexcon 140 140 3.0 484 950 1" 25.3 8 16143
Flexcon 140 140 specify 484 950 1" 25.3 8 16140
Flexcon 200 200 0.5 484 1300 1" 38.1 8 16205
Flexcon 200 200 1.0 484 1300 1" 38.1 8 16206
Flexcon 200 200 1.5 484 1300 1" 38.1 8 16207
Flexcon 200 200 2.0 484 1300 1" 38.1 8 16208
Flexcon 200 200 2.5 484 1300 1" 38.1 8 16209
Flexcon 200 200 3.0 484 1300 1" 38.1 8 16210
Flexcon 200 200 specify 484 1300 1" 38.1 8 16200
Flexcon 300 300 0.5 600 1330 1" 56.9 6 16301
Flexcon 300 300 1.0 600 1330 1" 56.9 6 16302
Flexcon 300 300 1.5 600 1330 1" 56.9 6 16303
Flexcon 300 300 2.0 600 1330 1" 56.9 6 16304
Flexcon 300 300 2.5 600 1330 1" 56.9 6 16305
Flexcon 300 300 3.0 600 1330 1" 56.9 6 16306
Flexcon 300 300 specify 600 1330 1" 56.9 6 16300
Flexcon 425 425 0.5 790 1180 1" 76.4 1 16421
Flexcon 425 425 1.0 790 1180 1" 76.4 1 16422
Flexcon 425 425 1.5 790 1180 1" 76.4 1 16423
Flexcon 425 425 2.0 790 1180 1" 76.4 1 16424
Flexcon 425 425 2.5 790 1180 1" 76.4 1 16425
Flexcon 425 425 3.0 790 1180 1" 76.4 1 16426
Flexcon 425 425 specify 790 1180 1" 76.4 1 16420
Flexcon 600 600 0.5 790 1540 1" 92.9 1 16601
Flexcon 600 600 1.0 790 1540 1" 92.9 1 16602
Flexcon 600 600 1.5 790 1540 1" 92.9 1 16603
Flexcon 600 600 2.0 790 1540 1" 92.9 1 16604
Flexcon 600 600 2.5 790 1540 1" 92.9 1 16605
Flexcon 600 600 3.0 790 1540 1" 92.9 1 16606
Flexcon 600 600 specify 790 1540 1" 92.9 1 16600
Flexcon 800 800 0.5 790 1888 1" 126.9 1 16801
Flexcon 800 800 1.0 790 1888 1" 126.9 1 16802
Flexcon 800 800 1.5 790 1888 1" 126.9 1 16803
Flexcon 800 800 2.0 790 1888 1" 126.9 1 16804
Flexcon 800 800 2.5 790 1888 1" 126.9 1 16805
Flexcon 800 800 3.0 790 1888 1" 126.9 1 16806
Flexcon 800 800 specify 790 1888 1" 126.9 1 16800
Flexcon 1000 1000 0.5 790 2268 1" 145.9 1 16901
Flexcon 1000 1000 1.0 790 2268 1" 145.9 1 16902
Flexcon 1000 1000 1.5 790 2268 1" 145.9 1 16903
Flexcon 1000 1000 2.0 790 2268 1" 145.9 1 16904
Flexcon 1000 1000 2.5 790 2268 1" 145.9 1 16905
Flexcon 1000 1000 3.0 790 2268 1" 145.9 1 16906
Flexcon 1000 1000 specify 790 2268 1" 145.9 1 16900
Flexcon 110 - 1000 - 10.0 bar
[l] [bar] H. (M)
[mm] [mm]
Flexcon 110 110 0.5 484 784 1" 38.5 6 16101
Flexcon 110 110 1.0 484 784 1" 38.5 6 16102
Flexcon 110 110 1.5 484 784 1" 38.5 6 16103
Flexcon 110 110 2.0 484 784 1" 38.5 6 16104 Nr. 0343
Flexcon 110 110 2.5 484 784 1" 38.5 6 16105
Flexcon 110 110 3.0 484 784 1" 38.5 6 16106
Flexcon 110 110 specify 484 784 1" 38.5 6 16100
Flexcon 140 140 0.5 484 950 1" 44.6 6 16131
Flexcon 140 140 1.0 484 950 1" 44.6 6 16132
Flexcon 140 140 1.5 484 950 1" 44.6 6 16133
Flexcon 140 140 2.0 484 950 1" 44.6 6 16134
Flexcon 140 140 2.5 484 950 1" 44.6 6 16135
Flexcon 140 140 3.0 484 950 1" 44.6 6 16136
Flexcon 140 140 specify 484 950 1" 44.6 6 16130
Flexcon 200 200 0.5 600 960 1" 49.3 6 16191
Flexcon 200 200 1.0 600 960 1" 49.3 6 16192
Flexcon 200 200 1.5 600 960 1" 49.3 6 16193
Flexcon 200 200 2.0 600 960 1" 49.3 6 16194
Flexcon 200 200 2.5 600 960 1" 49.3 6 16195
Flexcon 200 200 3.0 600 960 1" 49.3 6 16196
Flexcon 200 200 specify 600 960 1" 49.3 6 16190
Flexcon 300 300 0.5 600 1330 1" 73.7 6 16291
Flexcon 300 300 1.0 600 1330 1" 73.7 6 16292
Flexcon 300 300 1.5 600 1330 1" 73.7 6 16293
Flexcon 300 300 2.0 600 1330 1" 73.7 6 16294
Flexcon 300 300 2.5 600 1330 1" 73.7 6 16295
Flexcon 300 300 3.0 600 1330 1" 73.7 6 16296
Flexcon 300 300 specify 600 1330 1" 73.7 6 16290
Flexcon 425 425 0.5 790 1180 1" 105.5 1 16411
Flexcon 425 425 1.0 790 1180 1" 105.5 1 16412
Flexcon 425 425 1.5 790 1180 1" 105.5 1 16413
Flexcon 425 425 2.0 790 1180 1" 105.5 1 16414
Flexcon 425 425 2.5 790 1180 1" 105.5 1 16415
Flexcon 425 425 3.0 790 1180 1" 105.5 1 16416
Flexcon 425 425 specify 790 1180 1" 105.5 1 16410
Flexcon 600 600 0.5 790 1540 1" 132.0 1 16591
Flexcon 600 600 1.0 790 1540 1" 132.0 1 16592
Flexcon 600 600 1.5 790 1540 1" 132.0 1 16593
Flexcon 600 600 2.0 790 1540 1" 132.0 1 16594
Flexcon 600 600 2.5 790 1540 1" 132.0 1 16595
Flexcon 600 600 3.0 790 1540 1" 132.0 1 16596
Flexcon 600 600 specify 790 1540 1" 132.0 1 16590
Flexcon 800 800 0.5 790 1888 1" 182.0 1 16791
Flexcon 800 800 1.0 790 1888 1" 182.0 1 16792
Flexcon 800 800 1.5 790 1888 1" 182.0 1 16793
Flexcon 800 800 2.0 790 1888 1" 182.0 1 16794
Flexcon 800 800 2.5 790 1888 1" 182.0 1 16795
Flexcon 800 800 3.0 790 1888 1" 182.0 1 16796
Flexcon 800 800 specify 790 1888 1" 182.0 1 16790
Flexcon 1000 1000 0.5 790 2268 1" 210.0 1 16891
Flexcon 1000 1000 1.0 790 2268 1" 210.0 1 16892
Flexcon 1000 1000 1.5 790 2268 1" 210.0 1 16893
Flexcon 1000 1000 2.0 790 2268 1" 210.0 1 16894
Flexcon 1000 1000 2.5 790 2268 1" 210.0 1 16895
Flexcon 1000 1000 3.0 790 2268 1" 210.0 1 16896
Flexcon 1000 1000 specify 790 2268 1" 210.0 1 16890
Expansion Vessels
1
FLEXCON TOP

Max. operating pressure: 6.0 bar.
Flexcon Top 2 - 25
[l] [bar] H. (M)
[mm] [mm]
Flexcon Top 8 8 0.5 245 280 3/4" 3.2 77 16008
Flexcon Top 8 8 1.0 245 280 3/4" 3.2 50 16009
Flexcon Top 8 8 2.5 245 280 3/ "
4 3.2 50 16010
Flexcon Top 8 8 specify 245 280 3/ "
4 3.2 50 16011 Nr. 0343
Flexcon Top 12 12 0.5 286 313 3/ "
4 4.5 60 16012
Flexcon Top 12 12 1.0 286 313 3/ "
4 4.5 36 16013
Flexcon Top 12 12 2.5 286 313 3/ "
4 4.5 36 16014
4 4.5 36 16015
Flexcon Top 18 18 0.5 328 306 3/ "
4 5.7 24 16018
Flexcon Top 18 18 1.0 328 306 3/ "
4 5.7 24 16019
Flexcon Top 18 18 2.5 328 306 3/ "
4 5.7 24 16020
4 5.7 24 16017
Flexcon Top 25 25 0.5 358 359 3/ "
4 7.3 18 16025
Flexcon Top 25 25 1.0 358 359 3/ "
4 7.3 18 16026
Flexcon Top 25 25 2.5 358 359 3/ "
4 7.3 18 16027
4 7.3 18 16030
Flexcon Top 35 - 80
[l] [bar] H. (M)
[mm] [mm]
Flexcon Top 35 35 0.5 396 416 3/4" 8.8 18 16035
Flexcon Top 35 35 1.0 396 416 3/4" 8.8 18 16036
Flexcon Top 35 35 1.5 396 416 3/ "
4 8.8 18 16039
Flexcon Top 35 35 2.5 396 416 3/ "
4 8.8 18 16037
Nr. 0343
4 8.8 18 16038
Flexcon Top 50 50 0.5 435 473 3/ "
4 11.2 12 16051
Flexcon Top 50 50 1.0 435 473 3/ "
4 11.2 12 16052
Flexcon Top 50 50 1.5 435 473 3/ "
4 11.2 12 16050
Flexcon Top 50 50 2.5 435 473 3/ "
4 11.2 12 16053
4 11.2 12 16054
Flexcon Top 80 80 0.5 519 540 1" 15.0 12 16081
Flexcon Top 80 80 1.5 519 540 1" 15.0 12 16085
Flexcon Top 80 80 2.5 519 540 1" 15.0 12 16083
Flexcon Top 80 80 specify 519 540 1" 15.0 12 16084
FLEXCON SOLAR
Expansion vessels for solar powered installations.

Flexcon Solar 8 - 25
Maximum temperature load on the diaphragm: 110 C.
[l] [bar] H. (M)
[mm] [mm]
Flexcon Solar 8 8 2.5 245 280 3/4" 3.2 50 16060 Nr. 0343
Flexcon Solar 12 12 2.5 286 313 3/4" 4.3 36 16061

Flexcon Solar 18 18 2.5 328 306 3/ "
4 5.7 24 16062
Flexcon Solar 25 25 2.5 358 359 3/ "
4 7.3 18 16063
Maximum temperature load on the diaphragm: 110 C.
[l] [bar] H. (M)
[mm] [mm]
Flexcon Solar 35 35 2.5 396 416 /4"
3 8.8 18 16064 Nr. 0343
Flexcon Solar 50 50 2.5 435 473 /4"

3 11.2 12 16065
Flexcon Solar 80 80 2.5 519 540 1" 15.0 12 16066

Maximum temperature load on the diaphragm (EN 13831/8): 70 C.
[l] [bar] H. (M)
[mm] [mm]
Flexcon Solar 110 110 3.0 484 784 1" 38.5 8 16067 Nr. 0343
Flexcon Solar 140 140 3.0 484 950 1" 44.6 8 16068
Flexcon Solar 200 200 3.0 600 960 1" 49.3 8 16069
Flexcon Solar 300 300 3.0 600 1330 1" 73.7 6 16070
Flexcon Solar 425 425 3.0 790 1180 1" 105.5 1 16071
Flexcon Solar 600 600 3.0 790 1540 1" 132.0 1 16072
Flexcon Solar 800 800 3.0 790 1888 1" 181.8 1 16073
Flexcon Solar 1000 1000 3.0 790 2268 1" 211.0 1 16074
Expansion Vessels
1
CUBEX R

Cubex R
[l] [bar] H. (M)
[mm] [mm]
Cubex R 12 12 0.5 387 133 3/4" 5.1 48 13212
Cubex R 14 14 0.5 387 153 3/4" 5.3 48 13214
Cubex R 18 18 0.5 387 183 3/ "
4 6.4 48 13218
Nr. 0343
FLEXCON P
Expansion vessel with reduced height and suspension eye for use in sealed heating and cooling installations.
The oval shape combined with the practical suspension eye enables quick and easy mounting, optimising the use of space.
Thanks to the design no rest water remains in the vessel.

Suitable for addition of glycol based anti freeze up to 50%.
Max. working pressure: 3.0 bar.
Max. temperature on diaphragm (EN 13831): 90 C.
Vessel of high tensile steel.
Diaphragm material: butyl rubber.
Flexcon P
[l] [bar] H. (M)
[mm] [mm]
Flexcon P 18 18 1.0 387 226 3/4" 5.7 30 13316
Flexcon P 25 25 1.0 435 256 3/4" 7.7 20 13326
Flexcon P 35 35 1.0 435 333 3/ "
4 8.9 20 13336
Flexcon P 50 50 1.5 515 344 3/ "
4 11.8 12 13357
Nr. 0343
Flexcon M
A Flexcon M expansion vessel offers you All Flexcon M expansion vessels are fitted with an
advantages in installations with big differences in exchangeable bladder. This bladder forms the
the static pressure and set pressure separation between the expansion water inside the
of the safety valve. bladder and the nitrogen cushion.
The Flexcon Ms flange

construction allows you to
replace the butyl-rubber
bladder.
As an option, the
Flexcon M expansion
vessel can be fitted
High efficiency means that with a Flexvent Super
the capacity of the vessel is Automatic Air Vent.
used to best effect.
Each Flexcon M expansion

vessel is fitted with a
pressure gauge as standard. From 2,800 litres all
Flexcon M expansion
vessels are fitted with
an adjustable foot.
FLEXCON M
Systems with more than one boiler:

1. Flexcon expansion vessel (depending on boiler capacity).
2. Prescor safety valve or Prescomano.
3. Flamco tundish.
4. Flexcon Connection Assembly ".
5. Flexcon pressure gauge or combined pressure gauge/thermometer.
6. Flamco venting equipment.
7. One or more Flexcon M vessels.
8. Flamco pressurisation unit.
Expansion Vessels
1
FLEXCON M
For heating and chilled water (cooling) installations.
The vessel is equipped with a replaceable bladder made from high-quality butyl rubber in compliance with EN 13831/8.
Particular benefits of use are achieved in installations with large variations between static pressure and pre-set pressure of the
safety valve. Accessories to be ordered separately.
Replaceable bladder.
With inspection cover and pressure gauge.
With height-adjustable feet (From 2,800 litres).
Delivered ready for connecting to system.

Material quality:
- ASTM/ISO: A181 class 60 / S235JRG2.
Flexcon M - 6.0 bar

Type Capa- Dimensions Syst. Weight Order
city conn. [kg] Code
[l] H. (M)
[mm] [mm]
Flexcon M 80 80 450 770 1" 40 1 22101
Flexcon M 400 400 750 1335 1 1/4" 115 1 22104
Flexcon M 600 600 750 1755 1 1/4" 145 1 22105
Flexcon M 800 800 750 2155 1 1/4" 180 1 22106
Flexcon M 1000 1000 750 2710 1 1/2" 215 1 22107
Flexcon M 1200 1200 1000 1940 1 1/2" 285 1 22108
Flexcon M 1600 1600 1000 2440 1 1/2" 340 1 22109
Flexcon M 2000 2000 1200 2180 2" 425 1 22110
Flexcon M 2800 2800 1200 2780 2 1/2" 510 1 22118
Flexcon M 3500 3500 1200 3580 2 1/2" 620 1 22111
Flexcon M 5200 5200 1500 3560 2 1/2" 1050 1 22112
Flexcon M 6700 6700 1500 4450 DN 100 * 1200 1 22113
Flexcon M 8000 8000 1500 5090 DN 100 * 1410 1 22114
* Flanges as per EN 1092-1 PN 16.
Flexcon M - 10.0 bar

[l] H. (M)
[mm] [mm]
Flexcon M 80 80 450 770 1" 40 1 22141
Flexcon M 400 400 750 1335 1 1/4" 160 1 22144
Flexcon M 600 600 750 1755 1 1/4" 200 1 22145
Flexcon M 800 800 750 2155 1 1/4" 250 1 22146
Flexcon M 1000 1000 750 2710 1 1/2" 300 1 22147
Flexcon M 1000 1000 1000 1690 1 1/2" 385 1 22155
Flexcon M 1200 1200 1000 1940 1 1/2" 410 1 22148
Flexcon M 1600 1600 1000 2440 1 1/2" 485 1 22149
Flexcon M 2000 2000 1200 2180 2" 600 1 22150
Flexcon M 2800 2800 1200 2780 2 1/2" 725 1 22158
Flexcon M 3500 3500 1200 3580 2 1/2" 900 1 22151
Flexcon M 5200 5200 1500 3600 2 1/2" 1330 1 22152
Flexcon M 6700 6700 1500 4480 DN 100 * 1690 1 22153
Flexcon M 8000 8000 1500 5090 DN 100 * 2140 1 22154
* Flanges as per EN 1092-1 PN 16.
Flexcon Pro
A Flexcon Pro expansion vessel offers you Diaphragm pressure expansion vessel with an
extra-special advantages in installations with big exchangeable bladder according to DIN 4807/3.
differences in the static pressure and set pressure For the use in heating installations with a working
of the safety valve. temperature of 120 C (maximum temperature
(bladder) of 70 C) and for chilled water (cooling and
airconditioning) installations.
From 770 liters or more the Flexcon

Pro expansion vessels are fitted with a
pressure gauge.
High efficiency means that the

capacity of the expansion vessel is
used to best effect.
Thanks to its threaded connection,

a Flexcon Pro expansion vessel
can be installed easily and cost-
effectively onto the system.
FLEXCON PRO
Systems with more than one boiler:

6 1. Flexcon expansion vessel (depending on boiler capacity).
2. Prescor safety valve or Prescomano.
2 3. Flamco tundish.
4. Flexcon Connection Assembly ".
3
4
7
5. Flexcon pressure gauge or combined pressure gauge/thermometer.
1 5 8 6. Flamco venting equipment.
7. One or more Flexcon M vessels.
8. Flamco automatic top-up unit.
Expansion Vessels
1
FLEXCON PRO
Material quality: ASTM/ISO: A181 class 60 / S235JRG2.
Flexcon PRO
[l] [bar] H. (M)
[mm] [mm]
Flexcon PRO 200 200 2.5 550 1150 1" 47 1 25420
Flexcon PRO 250 250 2.5 550 1400 1" 55 1 25425
Flexcon PRO 300 300 2.5 550 1650 1" 63 1 25430
Flexcon PRO 370 370 2.5 650 1350 1" 74 1 25431
Flexcon PRO 430 430 2.5 750 1170 1" 87 1 25443
Flexcon PRO 540 540 2.5 750 1420 1" 108 1 25454
Flexcon PRO 650 650 2.5 750 1670 1" 125 1 25465
Flexcon PRO 770 770 2.5 750 1950 1" 153 1 25477
Flexcon PRO 870 870 2.5 750 2200 1" 172 1 25487
Flexcon PRO 1000 1000 2.5 750 2450 1" 180 1 25500
Flexcon VSV/VB Intermediate Vessels
In sealed heating systems, the supply temperature can In this intermediate vessel the expansion water is
reach 120 C. allowed to cool.
The maximum permissible continuous temperature The maximum supply temperature of the water for
load on the diaphragm in the Flexcon vessels is 70 C Flexcon VSV/VB vessels is 160 C. The extent to
in compliance with the appropriate standard. That is which the expansion water is cooled depends on the
why Flexcon expansion vessels must be fitted in the volume of the intermediate vessel.
return line. An intermediate vessel must not be insulated.
If the temperature in the return line is not capped at Around the vessel and between the vessel and the
70 C, an intermediate vessel must be fitted. ceiling there must be clearance of at least 400 mm.
Calculation for a Flexcon VSV/VB intermediate

System water flows from
vessel
the installation into the top The required volume of a Flexcon VSV/VB intermediate
of the intermediate vessel. vessel depends on the supply temperature and a
percentage of the net expansion volume as per the
table below.
Supply temperature Flexcon intermediate vessel volume
% of the net expansion volume
The hot water mixes in the 90 - 110 C 15
vessel with the cold water 111 - 125 C 25
already in the vessel. 126 - 140 C 40
141 - 150 C 60
Example calculation for a Flexcon intermediate

From the bottom of the
vessel, significantly cooler vessel
water is fed into the
expansion vessel.
Data:
- expansion volume = 1.740 litres
- supply temperature (105/95 C) = 105 C
The temperature of the
expansion water that is
Calculation:
supplied to the Flexcon
expansion tank remains Required vessel volume = 15% of the expansion
under the maximum volume
temperature permissible 15 x 1.740
for the membrane. = = 261 litres
100
The ideal intermediate vessel is thus the Flexcon

VSV 350.
(Automatic)
Flexcon intermediate vessel connection diagram Vent
The intermediate vessel functions according to the
principle that hot water is lighter than cold water.
As the intermediate vessel is filled with water from the
top, the heat will be concentrated there.
FLEXCON VSV
System water that has been allowed to cool will,
due to its greater density, fall and this cooler water will
naturally be forced towards the connection on the
underside of the expansion vessel.
Expansion
Drain line
Expansion Vessels
1
FLEXCON INTERMEDIATE VESSELS
Vessels to protect Flexcon expansion vessels on elevated temperature systems.
The vessels are fitted in between the expansion vessel and the system return.

Material quality: ASTM/ISO: A181 class 60 / S235JRG2.
Flexcon VSV - 6.0 bar

Maximum working temperature (design): 160 C.
Type Capa- Dimensions Connection to Weight Order
city [kg] Code
[l] H. Vessel System
[mm] [mm] (F) (F)
Flexcon VSV 200 200 484 1304 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 36 1 23380
Flexcon VSV 350 350 484 2124 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 55 1 23381
Flexcon VSV 500 500 600 2025 2" 2" 64 1 23382
Flexcon VSV 750 750 790 1863 2" 2" 96 1 23383
Flexcon VSV 1000 1000 790 2238 2" 2" 114 1 23384 Nr. 0343
Flexcon VSV - 10.0 bar

Type Capa- Dimensions Connection to Weight Order
city [kg] Code
[mm] [mm] (F) (F)
Flexcon VSV 200 200 484 1304 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 51 1 23300
Flexcon VSV 350 350 484 2124 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 80 1 23301
Flexcon VSV 500 500 600 2025 2" 2" 96 1 23302
Flexcon VSV 750 750 790 1863 2" 2" 142 1 23303
Flexcon VSV 1000 1000 790 2238 2" 2" 172 1 23304 Nr. 0343
Flexcon V-B - 6.0 bar

Type Capa- Dimensions Connection Weight Order
city [kg] Code
[mm] [mm] (M) (F)
V-B 1600 1600 1000 2480 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 340 1 22717
V-B 2000 2000 1200 2220 2" 2" 425 1 22718
Flexcon V-B - 10.0 bar

Type Capacity Dimensions Connection Order
[l] Code
H. Vessel System
[mm] [mm] (M) (F)
V-B 1600 1600 1000 2700 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 1 22737
V-B 2000 2000 1200 2435 2" 2" 1 22738
2.
Pressurisation
and Expansion
Automats
For large or tall sealed systems traditional expansion vessels are not
the most efcient solution in terms of operational pressure or physical
footprint. Flamco Expansion Automats balance the system pressure,
using a highly efcient vessel design and control equipment.
We produce a comprehensive range of models that offer high-quality
performance and versatility which may be further enhanced by the
addition of numerous optional accessories. This makes the Flamco
expansion automats suitable for use in a variety of situations.
As demands and preferences differ worldwide, Flamco has opted for an
adaptable, modular range to suit every clients requirements.
Pressurisation and Expansion Automats
Pressurisation and Expansion Automats Overview
Compressor-driven Pump-driven Refilling devices
M-K/U Flamcomat MVE 1 solenoid valve unit

400 - 3,500 litres. 150 - 10,000 litres. Solenoid valve unit with maximum
Operating pressure: 6 / 10 bar. Maximum operating pressure: 16 bar. vulhoeveelheid bewaking en min./
Maximum heating capacity: 12 MW. Maximum heating capacity: 12 MW. Maximum pressure alarm for
Maximum cooling capacity: 24 MW. Maximum cooling capacity: 24 MW. systems with expansion vessels or
Expansion system with the Combined expansion, devices.
'next generation' SPC control unit. de-aeration and topping-up device. With digital control, pressure sensor
Available in models with one or two and ball valve.
pumps. Maximum operating pressure: 10 bar.
Maximum operating temperature:
M-K/C 90 C.
110 - 425 litres. Flexcon MPR-S Power supply: 230 V / 50 Hz.
Maximum operating pressure: 6 bar. Pressure range: 16 - 25 bar.
Maximum heating capacity: 7 MW. Maximum heating capacity: 0.9 MW.
Maximum cooling capacity: 11 MW. Maximum cooling capacity: 6.1 MW. MVE 2 solenoid valve unit
Expansion system with an SCU Combined expansion and Solenoid valve unit for systems with
control unit. topping-up device. devices with SPC/SCU control units
Available in models with one or two or other 230 V top-up signal.
pumps. With ball valve.
Maximum operating pressure: 10 bar.
M-K/S Maximum operating temperature:
400 - 10,000 litres. 90 C.
Maximum operating pressure:
3 / 6 / 10 bar. NFE 1 refill unit
Maximum heating capacity: 12 MW. Comprises a BA reflux guard, water
Maximum cooling capacity: 24 MW. meter, dirt filter, ball valve and non-
Extensive selection of compressors return valve.
and vessels. Maximum operating pressure: 10 bar.
65 C.
Flexcon M-K auxiliary vessels
Maximum operating temperature
(at diaphragm): 70 C (343 K) NFE 2 refill unit
(EN13831/8). Comprises a water meter, dirt filter,
With removable butyl-rubber ball valve and non-return valve.
diaphragm. Maximum operating pressure: 10 bar.
Vessels have adjustable foot height. Maximum operating temperature:
Exclusive air-side connection 90 C.
between the vessel (and control unit)
and the additional vessel, using a NFE 3 refill unit
pressure hose. The water-side Comprises a dirt filter, ball valve and
connection must be made in situ. non-return valve.
Maximum operating pressure: 10 bar.
90 C.
Flamco-Fill PE top-up device

For topping-up mains water in
sealed heating systems and for cool-
ing systems with expansion vessels
and devices.
Power supply: 230 V / 50 - 60 Hz.
Maximum water main pressure:
10 bar.
Maximum system operating
pressure: 9 bar (PN 10).
30 C.
Flexfiller Mini
Compact, fully-integrated topping-up
and filling unit.
Max. operating pressure: 3 bar(g).
One or two pumps (130D/230D).
Flexfiller Midi
Compact, fully-integrated wall
mounted topping-up and filling unit.
Max. operating pressure: 2.7 / 8.0
bar(g).
One or two pumps
(125D/150D/225D/250D).
2
Packaged sealed system sets
Flexfiller Standard Presspak

Compact, fully-integrated free Digital Packaged Sealed System Set.
standing topping-up and filling unit. Presspak pressurisation unit,
Max. operating pressure: 2.7 / 8.0 Flexcon expansion vessel(s) and
bar(g). connecting hose kit included.
One or two pumps (125D/150D/ One pump.
225D/250D/280DS/2100D).
Basepak
Flexfiller Twin System Skid Mounted Packaged Sealed
Compact, fully-integrated topping-up System Set.
and filling unit for two systems. Flexfiller pressurisation unit, Flexcon
Max. operating pressure: 2.7 / 8.0 expansion vessel and connecting
bar(g). hose kit included.
One pump for each system One pump.
(125D/150D/180DS).
Flexconpak
Flexfiller Glycol Cabinet Housed Packaged Sealed
Compact, fully-integrated topping-up System Set.
and filling unit. Pressurisation unit and Flexcon
Two tanks: a water tank and a expansion vessel included (integral).
glycol tank. Glycol is introduced on One pump.
demand
bar(g).
Two pumps (225D/250D).
Flexfill Plus
Compact, fully-integrated unit for
pressurisation and Pressure Step
Degassing.
Two microprocessors for
independant control.
bar(g).
Two pumps (250D/280DS).
Midifill Plus
Compact, fully-integrated unit for
pressurisation and Pressure Step
Degassing.
Two microprocessors for
independant control.
Max. operating pressure: 8.0 bar(g).
One pump (150D).
Sizing Expansion Automats
Basic Concepts for the Calculation of System water capacity
Expansion Automats This is the total volume of water in the entire system
including heat source, radiators, pipe work etc.
To select the right expansion automat it is necessary
to understand the following principles: Increase in water volume (in %)
The table below shows the percentage volume
Static height increase of water as temperature increases from
This is the height of the system between the 10 C to 110 C.
connection of the Flexcon expansion appliance and
the highest point, measured in water column metres Expansion volume
(1 wcm = 0.1 bar). The expansion volume is determined in the following
way: expansion volume = capacity x increase in
volume at the average heating temperature.
Increase in temperature Increase in volume 6
[C] [%]
5
10 - 25 0.35
10 - 30 0.43
Increase in volume [%]
4
10 - 35 0.63
10 - 40 0.75 3
10 - 45 0.96
10 - 50 1.18 2
10 - 55 1.42
10 - 60 1.68 1
10 - 70 2.25
10 - 80 2.89 0
10 - 90 3.58 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
10 - 100 4.34 Temperature [C]
10 - 110 5.16
Flexcon M-K Compressor Curves

Flexcon M-K selection graph. Typical heating installation (nominal characteristics)
10 PN16
9 PN10
FLAMC 1273
8
2x
7 K-0
42
Set system pressure [bar]
6 2x
1x K-0
4 PN6
K-0
5 4 2
2x 1x
K- 1x K-0
02 4 2x
4 K-0 K-0
3 3
3 1x
K-0
1x 2
2
K/C
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
FlExCon M-K / U Heating capacity [MW]
2
Example: heating temperature 90/70 C The factor of 1.3 is based on the following
(average 80 C) = 2.89%. assumptions:
The expansion vessel has to hold at least 10%
Heating/Cooling power more than the calculated expansion volume.
This is the sum of the nominal heating capacities. The volume of the vessel allows for refilling
and min./max. levels.
Capacity of the expansion automat Corrections to tolerances which, according to
The capacity of a pump expansion automat is various standards, are admissible for parts of the
determined in the following way: capacity of system.
expansion appliance = 1.3 x expansion volume (in
the case of the Flexcon M-K / C the factor is 1.4).
Flamcomat Pump Curves

System set pressure = Pstatic height +
Pvapour+ Ppos+ (0.3 ... 0.5 bar)
working pressure [bar]
System set pressure,
Boiler output [MW]
Nominal flow rate

[m/h]
Nominal flow rate [m/h]
Flamcomat selection graph. Typical heating installation (nominal characteristics)
Calculations for Expansion Automats in Heating Installations
ExAmplE 1
DATA
- heating power = 1,500 kW
- average heating temperature (90/70 C) = 80 C
- static height = 20 metres
- system volume = 15,400 litres
- provision for expansion (vessel) situated at the bottom of the system.
CAlCUlATION OF VESSEl CApACITY

Increase in volume in % = 2.89% 2.9%
15,400 x 2.9
Expansion volume = = 447 litres
100
Required expansion reservoir capacity = 447 x 1.3 = 581 litres
YOUR CHOICE
Alternative I : Flamcomat GB 600.
Calculation - control unit with pump.
Nominal operating pressure = 2 + 1 = 3 bar.
The 1.5 MW - 3 bar point is under the M 02 pump curve
(see Flamcomat pump characteristics graph).
Selected: Flamcomat GB 600/m 02.
Alternative II : m-K/U 600, 6 bar model,

possibly in combination with an ENA 20 de-aeration appliance.
ExAmplE 2
DATA
- average heating temperature (70/40C) = 55 C
- static height = 37 metres
- system volume = unknown
- provision for expansion (vessel) situated at the bottom of the system.
- system components: mixed utility.

System capacity calculation = 7,000 x 10 = 70,000 litres
Increase in volume in % = 1.42%
7,000 x 1.42
100
Required expansion reservoir capacity = 994 x 1.3 = 1,292 litres
2
YOUR CHOICE
Alternative I : Flamcomat GB 1600.
Calculation - control unit with pump.
Nominal operating pressure = 3.7 + 1 = 4.7 bar.
The 7 MW - 4.7 bar point is on the D 20 group curve
Selected: Flamcomat GB 1600/D 20.
Alternative II : m-K/U 1600, 6 bar model,

possibly in combination with an ENA 30 de-aeration appliance.
Calculation for Expansion Automats in Chilled Water Systems

ExAmplE 1
DATA
- system volume = 95,000 litres
- static height = < 5 metres (with vessel above)
- temperature (6/12 C) = 9 C
- max. ambient temperature = 30 C
- no glycol

Increase in volume at 30 C, without glycol = 0.43%
95,000 x 0.43
100
Required expansion reservoir capacity = 409 x 1.3 = 531 litres
YOUR CHOICE
Alternative I : Flexcon m-K/U 600,
6 bar model, possibly in combination with an ENA 10 de-aeration appliance.
Alternative II : Calculation - control unit with pump.

Nominal operating pressure = 0.5 + 1 = 1.5 bar.
As the selection table shows heat capacity, the aforementioned cooling capacity will have
to be converted using a conversion factor of 0.412.
The selection point is then 5,400 kW x 0.412 = 2,225 kW (2.2 MW) and 1.5 bar.
The 2.2 MW - 1.5 bar point is on the M 02 pump curve
Selected: Flamcomat GB 600/m 02.
Flexcon M-K/U, the reliable
compressor expansion automat
The Flexcon M-K/U compressor expansion automats
store the expansion water from the system.
They also hold the system pressure at the pre-set level
within clearly defined limits. Water and compressed
air are separated from each other by a removable
high-quality butyl-rubber bladder which has a high
diffusion density (low gas permeability).
Noticeable features of the Flexcon M-K/U are the high

level of reliability and sturdiness. The Flexcon M-K/U
is adaptable to a wide range of situations and there
are plenty of optional accessories which mean that it
can be put to many different uses in countless
systems. They are low-noise compressors that require
no oil.
The entirely micro-processor driven control unit in the

Flexcon M-K/U expansion automat has a number of
parameters that can be set to any variable within a
given range.
The benefits of the Flexcon M-K/U

Stable system pressure and a large working vessel
volume.
With red epoxy-powder coating.
Easy to install and commission.
Intuitieve SPC controller. This is a 'plug and
play' control system including clear
instructions via the sensor touch screen,
intuitive and easy to use with economic
energy-save mode.
FLEXCON M-K/U
1. Cold 2. Warming up
The automat contains a The volume of water, and
small amount of water. thus the system pressure,
The automat is at rest. increases.
The controller responds to
this by discharging air from
the vessel and, as a result,
the expansion water flows
into the bladder.
2
Flexcon M-K/U
(SPC-control unit).
Solenoid valve assembly.
Compressor.
Exchangeable bladder of
high-quality butyl-rubber.
Foot-height adjuster for leveling.
Weight/capacity sensor.
3. Full power 4. Cooling down

By storing increasing When the volume of water and
amounts of water in the thus the system pressure
vessel the controller decreases, the controller will
keeps the system respond by increasing the air-
pressure at a constant pressure in the vessel with
level. When the system displacement of water back into
has warmed up the system as a result.
completely, the vessel This restores equilibrium in the
will be almost full to system pressure.
capacity.
FLEXCON M-K/U COMPRESSOR EXPANSION AUTOMAT
Ideal for larger systems and systems which cannot tolerate the rise in pressure associated with standard sealed system
equipment.
These units are distinguished by their wide range of applications. Installation is both simple and cost-effective due to the
adjustable system connection and the fact that the systems come complete and ready to operate. The unit is combined with
the latest technology SPC control unit.
Compact, space saving unit, which has a low noise, oil free compressor. This compressor expansion automat has a simple and
clear control panel which can be connected to a building management system or system monitoring device.
Internally uncoated (internal coating available to special order).
Maximum temperature on bladder (EN 13831/8): 70 C.
Min. temperature at (heating) outlet: 0 C.
In accordance with European Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC.
Material quality:
- EN/ISO: P245N.
Flexcon M-K/U - 6.0 bar

Maximum operating pressure: 5.2 bar, design pressure PN 6.
Type Capa- Dimensions Com- Syst. Weight Order
city pressor conn. [kg] Code
[l] H. ISO
[mm] [mm] 228-1
(F)
Flexcon M-K/U 400 400 750 1369 K-011 G 1 1/4" 153 1 23824
Flexcon M-K/U 600 600 750 1789 K-011 G 1 1/4" 183 1 23826
Flexcon M-K/U 800 800 750 2189 K-031 G 1 1/4" 218 1 23828
Flexcon M-K/U 1000 1000 750 2689 K-031 G 1 1/2" 253 1 23830
Flexcon M-K/U 1200 1200 1000 2025 K-031 G 1 1/2" 313 1 23832
Flexcon M-K/U 1600 1600 1000 2525 K-031 G 1 1/2" 368 1 23836
Flexcon M-K/U 2000 2000 1200 2277 K-031 G 2 1/2" 453 1 23840
Flexcon M-K/U 2800 2800 1200 2877 K-031 G 2 1/2" 538 1 23848
Flexcon M-K/U 3500 3500 1200 3677 K-031 G 2 1/2" 648 1 23855
Flexcon M-K/U - 10.0 bar

[l] H. ISO
[mm] [mm] 228-1
(F)
Flexcon M-K/U 400 400 750 1369 K-011 G 1 1/4" 188 1 23864
Flexcon M-K/U 600 600 750 1789 K-011 G 1 1/4" 228 1 23866
Flexcon M-K/U 800 800 750 2189 K-031 G 1 1/4" 258 1 23868
Flexcon M-K/U 1000 1000 750 2689 K-031 G 1 1/2" 308 1 23870
Flexcon M-K/U 1200 1200 1000 2025 K-031 G 1 1/2" 418 1 23872
Flexcon M-K/U 1600 1600 1000 2525 K-031 G 1 1/2" 508 1 23876
Flexcon M-K/U 2000 2000 1200 2277 K-031 G 2" 618 1 23880
Flexcon M-K/U 2800 2800 1200 2877 K-031 G 2 1/2" 785 1 23888
Flexcon M-K/U 3500 3500 1200 3675 K-031 G 2 1/2" 938 1 23895
2
FLEXCON M-K/C COMPRESSOR EXPANSION AUTOMAT
For smaller heating and chilled water (cooling) installations.
This product is especially designed for smaller commercial systems with limited space, providing all the benefits of an automat at
an affordable price.
Diaphragm: Fixed flexible rubber diaphragm with rolling action.

Maximum temperature on diaphragm (EN 13831/8): 70 C.
Min. temperature at (heating) outlet: -10 C.
Material quality:
- S235JRG2 / EN10025.
For stand-alone applications only.
Flexcon M-K/C - 6.0 bar

[l] H. ISO
[mm] [mm] 228-1
Flexcon M-K/C 110 110 509 1215 K/C (F)
G1" 37 1 23225
Flexcon M-K/C 200 200 600 1391 K/C G1" 71 1 23226
Flexcon M-K/C 350 350 790 1459 K/C G1" 81 1 23227
Flexcon M-K/C 425 425 790 1612 K/C G1" 91 1 23228
Nr. 0343
FLEXCON M-K/S COMPRESSOR EXPANSION AUTOMAT
High efficiency units with Flexcon S microprocessor control unit designed to operate heating and air conditioning systems at a
constant pressure. Ideal for larger systems and systems which cannot tolerate the rise in pressure associated with standard
sealed system equipment.
These units are distinguished by their wide range of applications. Installation is both simple and cost effective due to the
adjustable system connection and the fact that the systems come complete and ready to operate. Installation parameters are
programmed before operation.
Compact, space saving unit, which has a low noise, oil free compressor. This compressor unit has a simple and clear control
panel which can be connected to a building management system or system monitoring device.
Material quality:
- EN/ISO: P245N.
Flexcon S control unit is capable of operating together with up to 2 other controllers in the same system. Details on request.
Flexcon M-K/S - 3.0 bar

[l] H. ISO 228-1
[mm] [mm] (F)
Flexcon M-K/S 5000 5000 1500 3550 K-031 Rp 1 1/2" 976 1 23858
Flexcon M-K/S 6500 6500 1800 3465 K-031 Rp 1 1/2" 1476 1 23859
Flexcon M-K/S 8000 8000 1900 3565 K-031 Rp 1 1/2" 1581 1 23860
Flexcon M-K/S 10000 10000 2000 3985 K-031 Rp 1 1/2" 1821 1 23861
2
[l] H. ISO 228-1
[mm] [mm] (F)
Flexcon M-K/S 400 400 750 1369 K-011 G 1 1/2" 153 1 22901
Flexcon M-K/S 400 400 750 1369 K-031 G 1 1/2" 153 1 22903
Flexcon M-K/S 400 400 750 1369 K- 04 G 1 1/2" 170 1 22906
Flexcon M-K/S 600 600 750 1789 K-011 1 1/4" 186 1 22907
Flexcon M-K/S 600 600 750 1789 K-031 G 1 1/2" 189 1 22909
Flexcon M-K/S 600 600 750 1789 K- 04 G 1 1/2" 200 1 22911
Flexcon M-K/S 800 800 750 2189 K-011 G 1 1/2" 221 1 22912
Flexcon M-K/S 800 800 750 2189 K-031 G 1 1/2" 224 1 22914
Flexcon M-K/S 800 800 750 2189 K- 04 G 1 1/2" 235 1 22916
Flexcon M-K/S 1000 1000 750 2689 K-011 G 1 1/2" 256 1 22917
Flexcon M-K/S 1000 1000 750 2689 K-031 G 1 1/2" 259 1 22919
Flexcon M-K/S 1000 1000 750 2689 K- 04 G 1 1/2" 270 1 22921
Flexcon M-K/S 1200 1200 1000 2025 K-011 G 1 1/2" 316 1 22922
Flexcon M-K/S 1200 1200 1000 2025 K-031 G 1 1/2" 319 1 22924
Flexcon M-K/S 1200 1200 1000 2025 K- 04 G 1 1/2" 330 1 22926
Flexcon M-K/S 1600 1600 1000 2277 K-031 G 1 1/2" 374 1 22929
Flexcon M-K/S 1600 1600 1000 2525 K- 04 G 1 1/2" 385 1 22931
Flexcon M-K/S 2000 2000 1200 2277 K-031 G 2" 459 1 22934
Flexcon M-K/S 2000 2000 1200 2277 K- 04 G 2" 470 1 22936
Flexcon M-K/S 2800 2800 1200 2877 K-031 G 2 1/2" 544 1 22939
Flexcon M-K/S 2800 2800 1200 2877 K- 04 G 2 1/2" 555 1 22941
Flexcon M-K/S 3500 3500 1200 3677 K-031 G 2 1/2" 654 1 22944
Flexcon M-K/S 3500 3500 1200 3677 K- 04 G 2 1/2" 665 1 22946

Maximum operating pressure: 8.0 bar (with K-04: 8.8 bar), design pressure PN 10.
[l] H. ISO 228-1
[mm] [mm] (F)
Flexcon M-K/S 400 400 750 1369 K-011 G 1 1/2" 201 1 22950
Flexcon M-K/S 400 400 750 1369 K-031 G 1 1/2" 204 1 22952
Flexcon M-K/S 400 400 750 1369 K- 04 G 1 1/2" 215 1 22954
Flexcon M-K/S 600 600 750 1789 K-011 G 1 1/2" 241 1 22955
Flexcon M-K/S 600 600 750 1789 K-031 G 1 1/2" 244 1 22957
Flexcon M-K/S 600 600 750 1789 K- 04 G 1 1/2" 255 1 22959
Flexcon M-K/S 800 800 750 2189 K-011 G 1 1/2" 291 1 22960
Flexcon M-K/S 800 800 750 2189 K-031 G 1 1/2" 294 1 22962
Flexcon M-K/S 800 800 750 2189 K- 04 G 1 1/2" 305 1 22964
Flexcon M-K/S 1000 1000 750 2689 K-011 G 1 1/2" 331 1 22965
Flexcon M-K/S 1000 1000 750 2689 K-031 G 1 1/2" 334 1 22967
Flexcon M-K/S 1000 1000 750 2689 K- 04 G 1 1/2" 345 1 22969
Flexcon M-K/S 1200 1200 1000 2025 K-011 G 1 1/2" 441 1 22970
Flexcon M-K/S 1200 1200 1000 2025 K-031 G 1 1/2" 444 1 22972
Flexcon M-K/S 1200 1200 1000 2025 K- 04 G 1 1/2" 455 1 22974
Flexcon M-K/S 1600 1600 1000 2525 K-031 G 1 1/2" 519 1 22977
Flexcon M-K/S 1600 1600 1000 2525 K- 04 G 1 1/2" 530 1 22979
Flexcon M-K/S 2000 2000 1200 2277 K-031 G 2" 634 1 22982
Flexcon M-K/S 2000 2000 1200 2277 K- 04 G 2" 645 1 22984
Flexcon M-K/S 2800 2800 1200 2877 K-031 G 2 1/2" 759 1 22987
Flexcon M-K/S 2800 2800 1200 2877 K- 04 G 2 1/2" 770 1 22989
Flexcon M-K/S 3500 3500 1200 3677 K-031 G 2 1/2" 934 1 22992
Flexcon M-K/S 3500 3500 1200 3677 K- 04 G 2 1/2" 945 1 22994
EXTRA COMPRESSORS
The second compressor unit is assembled on a second console on the Flexcon M-K/S or M-K/U compressor expansion
automat. Both compressors must be of equal capacity and type. Delivered complete, assembled and ready for use.
Note: This configuration comes with failure changeover operation option only.
Second Compressor Unit
Type Application Order

Code
Compressor K-011 Flexcon M-K/S & M-K/U 1 23618
FLEXCON M-K AUXILIARY VESSELS

Without control unit.

Material quality:
- EN/ISO: P245N.
Flanges as per DIN 2633 PN 16 with adapter available (to be ordered separately).
Flexcon M-K - 3.0 bar

Design pressure: PN 3.
[l] H. ISO 228-1
[mm] [mm] (F)
Flexcon M-K 5000 5000 1500 3550 1 1/2" 980 1 22060
Flexcon M-K 6500 6500 1800 3465 1 1/2" 1480 1 22061
Flexcon M-K 8000 8000 1900 3565 1 1/2" 1585 1 22062
Flexcon M-K 10000 10000 2000 3985 1 1/2" 1825 1 22063
2
[l] H. ISO 228-1
[mm] [mm] (F)
Flexcon M-K 400 400 750 1335 1 1/4" 130 1 22040
Flexcon M-K 600 600 750 1755 1 1/4" 160 1 22041
Flexcon M-K 800 800 750 2155 1 1/4" 195 1 22042
Flexcon M-K 1000 1000 750 2710 1 1/2" 230 1 22043
Flexcon M-K 1200 1200 1000 1940 1 1/2" 290 1 22044
Flexcon M-K 1600 1600 1000 2440 1 1/2" 345 1 22045
Flexcon M-K 2000 2000 1200 2180 2" 430 1 22046
Flexcon M-K 2800 2800 1200 2780 2 1/2" 515 1 22048
Flexcon M-K 3500 3500 1200 3580 2 1/2" 625 1 22047

[l] H. ISO 228-1
[mm] [mm] (F)
Flexcon M-K 400 400 750 1335 1 1/4" 175 1 22070
Flexcon M-K 600 600 750 1755 1 1/4" 215 1 22071
Flexcon M-K 800 800 750 2155 1 1/4" 265 1 22072
Flexcon M-K 1000 1000 750 2710 1 1/2" 305 1 22073
Flexcon M-K 1200 1200 1000 1940 1 1/2" 415 1 22074
Flexcon M-K 1600 1600 1000 2440 1 1/2" 490 1 22075
Flexcon M-K 2000 2000 1200 2180 2" 605 1 22076
Flexcon M-K 2800 2800 1200 2780 2 1/2" 730 1 22078
Flexcon M-K 3500 3500 1200 3580 2 1/2" 905 1 22077
Flexcon M-K Connecting Kit (pneumatic)

Type Suitable for Order
Code
Connecting kit (2 vessels) Flexcon M-K 1 22380
Connecting kit (3 or more vessels) Flexcon M-K 1 22381
Flange Connection
With flange connection PN 16.
Suitable for 6.0 and 10.0 bar vessels.
Volume of tank Connections L. Suitable for Order
[l] [mm] Code
In PN 16
400 - 800 1 1/4" DN 32 350 Flexcon M & M-K 1 23795
1000 - 1600 1 1/2" DN 40 470 Flexcon M & M-K 1 23796
2000 2" DN 50 560 Flexcon M & M-K 1 23797
2800 - 3500 2 1/2" DN 65 560 Flexcon M & M-K 1 23798
Tomorrow's Technology in Today's Flamcomat
The Flamcomat is a modern, pump-driven In this way we can tailor the equipment precisely to
pressurisation unit. Thanks to its sophisticated the needs of your system.
construction we have made it possible to
incorporate important functions into one The Flamcomat is suitable for any size of heating
compact unit. installation and for both refrigeration and air-
conditioning installations. The Flamcomat makes sure
The Flamcomat consists of a pump unit and a that the system pressure remains within precise limits
pressureless vessel. This modular expansion system and that the system is topped-up automatically should
can be expanded with additional vessels and there be any requirements. The venting process is
accessories from our comprehensive range. incorporated, dynamic and energy-efficient.
Flexvent Super floatvent

with air-intake preventer.
Steel vessel at atmospheric pressure.
Flexible hoses.
Lockshield ball valves with drain.
Single or double pump configuration.
Touch pad control panel.
Top-up hose.
FLAMCOMAT GB
Benefits of the Flamcomat

The Flamcomat combines pressure-control unit,
dynamic de-aeration and topping-up all in one.
Choice of a range of pump modules.
Proven de-aeration results, as tested independently
by WL / Delft Hydraulics.
Expansion fluid is stored at atmospheric pressure in
a removable butyl-rubber bladder.
2
Connection assembly sensor (optional)
The Flamcomat de-aeration process can be performed
even more economically. When the pre-set minimum
gas volume has been reached, the normal de-aeration
process is stopped until the next time the sensor
detects an excessive level of gas in
the expansion fluid.
Atmospheric ventilation.
Removable bladder of
high-quality butyl-rubber.
Gas-rich water De-aerated water PALL RINGS.

from the system. to the system.
FLAMCOMAT GB
Active de-aeration
By using an integrated PALL ring box it is possible
to de-aerate the installation continuously and
completely.
The Turbo-vent function significantly increases
the de-aeration capacity.
The Flamcomat is a versatile expansion equipment
with supreme technical performance. The de-aeration
capacity is not dependent on the circulation speed or
the pressure in the system. In systems with a large
difference between summer and winter operation, we
recommend using a double (load-dependant)
pumpunit.
Pump discharge line, from expansion vessel

to the system.
Pressure sensor.
Solenoid valve.
Safety valve, to protect atmospheric vessel.
Sealable filling/draining valve.
Example installation of Flamcomat Conguration of Flamcomat with double
with double pump control unit pump, basic and additional vessels and
intermediate vessel.
Supply temperature < 120 C
* = Supplied as standard
Control unit * Heat source 1 Heat source 2
Automatic oatvent
with aeration arrestor * ** = Accessories
}*** = Shut-off valve, additional accessories

E
or in combination with special model
RS485
Minimum pressure limiter **
error
AI
Return temperature < 70 C
AP 230V50Hz L N PE
MDB
RS 485 data output
Additional vessel **
F/A
Error log sensor
Shut-off valve **
Shut-off valve **
Basic vessel *
Top-up
Expansion line, discharge side
M1 M2 M1 V2 M3 M/A
Capacity, analogue
Pressure, analogue
Shut-off valve ** Diaphragm-rupture sensor
Level sensor
Intermediate vessel ** 2)
Expansion line, inlet side
Vessel connection **
}*** 1) Additional vessel(s) connection must have the same pipeline diameter
Basic vessel connection set * and vessels must be congured symmetrically.
2) Use if return temperature > 70 C.
Connection from additional
Top-up line
vessel - pump
for mains water
Connection from additional
vessel - valve
Shut-off valve ** BA reux guard with dirt lter **
2
How the Automat Works
1. Cold
The automat contains a small
5. Topping-up amount of water. The automat 2. Warming up
If the water level in the vessel is still at rest. The volume of water and the
drops to a critical level, an system pressure increases. The
appropriate amount of water will unit responds to this by opening
be carefully pumped into the the solenoid valve. Water flows
system from the water mains. into the pressureless vessel. The
This water will be de-aerated (by water in the vessel is de-aerated
pressure loss and the PALL rings), due to both the drop in pressure
before entering the vessel. and the presence of the PALL rings.
3. Full power
4. Cooling down When the system has warmed up
The volume of water and the completely, the vessel will be
system pressure decreases. almost full to capacity.
The de-aerated water is 1 2
pumped from the 0 bar

3
pressureless vessel back

into the system. This 2
70 C
restores the system 1 bar 3
pressure.
FLAMCOMAT - PUMP UNITS
Flamcomats with pump units are used for storage of expansion water, de-aeration and topping up your installation automatically
as an integrated controlled unit carried out with state of the art micro-electronics.
The easy to use, detachable control unit shows all system operation and fault conditions clearly and conveniently. The control
unit can also be used remotely, up to a distance of 500 metres, so that you can view the system from your workstation and
may be interfaced with external systems to give a networked control and alarm system.
By using Flamco-patented PALL-rings, gas bubbles down to a size of 18 microns can be removed from the system. The
PALL-rings have a large adhesive surface, which means that the Flamcomat can eliminate large and small air bubbles from
your system. This is described further in the independent research report commissioned from the Technical University of Delft,
the Netherlands, which can be obtained from Flamco.
State-of-the-art technology gives low power usage, long life and ease of maintenance.
Maximum temperature at (heating) outlet: 120 C.
Single Pump Control (PN 10)

Type* Pump Maximum Dimensions Connection (F) to Weight Order
orientation working L. x W. x H. [kg] Code
pressure [mm] Tank System Water
[bar] supply
MM (PN 6) hor. 3.0 660 x 420 x 330 G 1" Rp 3/4" Rp 1/2" 12 1 17880
M0 hor. 3.5 840 x 530 x 540 G 1 1/4" G 1 1/4" Rp 1/2" 35 1 17786
M 01 hor. 3.5 840 x 530 x 540 G 1 1/4" G 1 1/4" Rp 1/2" 35 1 17787
M 02 hor. 3.5 840 x 530 x 540 G 1 1/4" G 1 1/4" Rp 1/2" 35 1 17789
M 10 hor. 5.0 840 x 530 x 540 G 1 1/4" G 1 1/4" Rp 1/2" 40 1 17780
M 20 hor. 5.0 840 x 530 x 540 G 1 1/4" G 1 1/4" Rp 1/2" 40 1 17781
M 60 vert. 8.5 842 x 610 x 535 G 1 1/2" G 1 1/2" Rp 1/2" 60 1 17784
* For larger, more powerful systems please contact Flamco.
Single Pump Control (PN 16)

[bar] supply
M 80 vert. 10.2 878 x 610 x 595 G 1 1/2" G 1 1/2" Rp 1/2" 70 1 17882
M 100 vert. 14.1 1030 x 610 x 595 G 1 1/2" G 1 1/2" Rp 1/2" 75 1 17884
M 130 vert. 14.4 1190 x 610 x 595 G 1 1/2" G 1 1/2" Rp 1/2" 85 1 17886
2
Double Pump Control (PN 10)
[bar] supply
DM hor. 3.0 660 x 385 x 340 G 1" Rp 3/4" Rp 1/2" 14 1 17881
D02 hor. 3.5 840 x 900 x 670 G 1 1/2" G 1 1/2" Rp 1/2" 65 1 17788
D10 hor. 5.0 840 x 900 x 670 G 1 1/2" G 1 1/2" Rp 1/2" 75 1 17782
D20 hor. 5.0 840 x 900 x 670 G 1 1/2" G 1 1/2" Rp 1/2" 75 1 17783
D60 vert. 8.5 842 x 850 x 580 G 1 1/2" G 1 1/2" Rp 1/2" 116 1 17785
Double Pump Control (PN 16)

[bar] supply
D 80 vert. 10.2 878 x 910 x 580 G 1 1/2" G 1 1/2" Rp 1/2" 140 1 17883
D 100 vert. 14.1 1030 x 910 x 580 G 1 1/2" G 1 1/2" Rp 1/2" 144 1 17885
D 130 vert. 14.4 1190 x 910 x 580 G 1 1/2" G 1 1/2" Rp 1/2" 162 1 17887
FLAMCOMAT VESSELS
A multi function product which provides all the essential requirements for a sealed chilled or heated water system i.e. automatic
expansion control, pressurisation, de-aeration and make-up.
Pressureless vessel without automat.

Automatically maintains volumetric control during heating or cooling cycles along with automatic make-up.
Total air removal, even when the system is in a state of equilibrium, unique turbo de-aeration facility provides continuous de-
aeration when required.
Low pressure de-aeration using the patented PALL-ring coalescence process which leads to a long life cycle and improved
efficiency.
Maximum working pressure (design): 3.0 bar.
Flamcomat GB Main Vessels

[l] H. (M)
[mm] [mm]
GB 150 150 550 1350 G 1 1/2" 56 1 17710
GB 200 200 550 1530 G 1 1/2" 71 1 17711
GB 300 300 550 2030 G 1 1/2" 91 1 17712
GB 400 400 750 1535 G 1 1/2" 131 1 17713
GB 500 500 750 1760 G 1 1/2" 151 1 17729
GB 600 600 750 1955 G 1 1/2" 161 1 17714
GB 800 800 750 2355 G 1 1/2" 196 1 17715
GB 1000 1000 1000 1915 G 1 1/2" 261 1 17726
GB 1000 1000 750 2855 G 1 1/2" 227 1 17716
GB 1200 1200 1000 2210 G 1 1/2" 291 1 17717
GB 1600 1600 1000 2710 G 1 1/2" 346 1 17718
GB 2000 2000 1200 2440 G 1 1/2" 431 1 17719
GB 2800 2800 1200 3040 G 1 1/2" 516 1 17720
GB 3500 3500 1200 3840 G 1 1/2" 626 1 17721
GB 5000 5000 1500 3570 G 1 1/2" 1241 1 17722
GB 6500 6500 1800 3500 G 1 1/2" 1711 1 17723
GB 8000 8000 1900 3650 G 1 1/2" 1831 1 17724
GB 10000 10000 2000 4050 G 1 1/2" 2026 1 17725
Flamcomat BB Auxiliary Vessels

[l] H. (M)
[mm] [mm]
BB 150 150 550 1350 G 1 1/2" 55 1 17760
BB 200 200 550 1530 G 1 1/2" 70 1 17761
BB 300 300 550 2030 G 1 1/2" 90 1 17762
BB 400 400 750 1535 G 1 1/2" 130 1 17763
BB 500 500 750 1760 G 1 1/2" 150 1 17779
BB 600 600 750 1955 G 1 1/2" 160 1 17764
BB 800 800 750 2355 G 1 1/2" 195 1 17765
BB 1000 1000 750 2855 G 1 1/2" 226 1 17766
BB 1000 1000 1000 1915 G 1 1/2" 260 1 17776
BB 1200 1200 1000 2210 G 1 1/2" 290 1 17767
BB 1600 1600 1000 2710 G 1 1/2" 345 1 17768
BB 2000 2000 1200 2440 G 1 1/2" 430 1 17769
BB 2800 2800 1200 3040 G 1 1/2" 515 1 17770
BB 3500 3500 1200 3840 G 1 1/2" 625 1 17771
BB 5000 5000 1500 3670 G 1 1/2" 1240 1 17772
BB 6500 6500 1800 3500 G 1 1/2" 1710 1 17773
BB 8000 8000 1900 3650 G 1 1/2" 1830 1 17774
BB 10000 10000 2000 4050 G 1 1/2" 2025 1 17775
2
ACCESSORIES FOR AUTOMATS
Drain and Refill Sets

Type Order
Code
Drain set with pulse water meter small - 16 m3/h 1 17650
Drain set with pulse water meter large - 20 m3/h 1 17651
Drain set with water meter small - 16 m3/h 1 17652
Drain set with water meter large - 20 m3/h 1 17653
Standard refill system with pulse hot water meter - 50 Hz / 60 Hz 1 17654
Steel Cabinet
Type Order
Code
Steel cabinet for mono pump horizontal (M 0 - M 20) 1 17655
Steel cabinet for mono pump vertical (M 60 - M 130) 1 17656
Steel cabinet for dual pump horizontal (D 0 - D 20) 1 17657
Steel cabinet for dual pump vertical (D 60 - D 130) 1 17658
Bimetallic Temperature Switch

Type Order
Code
Bimetallic Temperature Switch 1 17659
Soft Foam Heat Insulation

For Flamcomat vessels.
For type: Order
Code
Flamcomat 150 1 17744
Ball Valve
With drain connection.
Rp R
Type Connection For pump set Order

Code
Rp G R Drain
Valve DN 20 3/4" 1" 3/4" G 3/4" MM, DM 1 17734
Valve DN 25 1" 1 1/4" 1" G 3/4" M 01, M 10, M 20 1 17737
Valve DN 32 1 1/4" 1 1/2" 1 1/4" G 3/4" D 02, D 10, D 20, M 60, D 60 1 17738
Ball valve with draining DN 25 without adapter 1" 1 1/4" - 3/ "
4 MM, M 01, M 10, M 20 2 17660
PN 16 - 120 C
Flamcomat valve caps DN 32 without adapter 1 1/4" 1 1/2" - 3 /4" D 02, D 10, D 20, M 60, D 60 2 17661
PN 16 - 120 C
Flexible Connecting Kit

For connecting the Flamcomat main or auxiliary vessel to the pump-unit, face sealed female, with ball valve and drainage valve.
Type Suitable for Connection Order

Code
Pump-unit Vessel sizes Vessel Pump-unit
[l]
Flexible connection 1 MM, DM 150 - 1600 G 1 1/2" G 1" 1 17841
Flexible connection 2 MM, DM 2000 - 10000 G 1 1/2" G 1" 1 17842
Flexible connection 3 MM - M 20 150 - 1600 G 1 1/2" G 1 1/4" 1 17741
Flexible connection 4 MM - M 20 2000 - 10000 G 1 1/2" G 1 1/4" 1 17742
Flexible connection 5 M 60, D 02-60 150 - 1600 G 1 1/2" G 1 1/2" 1 17755
Gas Sensor Connecting Group

For connecting the Flamcomat main vessel to the pump unit, face sealed female, with ball valve and
drainage valve. Includes a de-aeration sensor for signalling the control unit to continue or stop active de-aeration.
Type Optional for Connection to Order

Code
Pump-unit Vessel sizes Vessel Pump-unit
[l]
Sensor connecting group 1 MM, DM 150 - 1600 1 1/2" 1" 1 17810
Sensor connecting group 2 MM, DM 2000 - 10000 1 1/2" 1" 1 17811
Sensor connecting group 3 M 01 - M 20 150 - 1600 1 1/2" 1 1/4" 1 17812
Sensor connecting group 4 M 01 - M 20 2000 - 10000 1 1/2" 1 1/4" 1 17813
Sensor connecting group 5 M 60, D 02-60 150 - 1600 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 1 17814
2
Backflow Security
Including strainer and shut-off valves.
With multiple potable water approvals.
Type Connection Weight Order
(F - M) [kg] Code
Backflow security 1/2" - 1/2" 0.6 1 17736
Surge Vessel (PN 6)

Type Capacity Dimensions Syst. Weight Order
[l] conn. [kg] Code
H.
[mm] [mm]
Surge vessel type M 18 286 600 1/ "
2 8.5 1 17732
Surge vessel type D 18 286 600 1 1/4" 10 1 17733
Impulse Output Water Meter

Type Features Order
Code
Impulse output water meter 1 impulse/10 litres 1 17739
Rotating Connection, Face Sealed

Type Connection to Weight Order
[kg] Code
Vessel Control unit
(F) (M)
Vessel connection type 3 1 1/2" 3/4" 0.4 1 17754
Vessel connection type 4 1 1/2" 1" 0.4 1 17730
Vessel connection type 5 1 1/2" 1 1/4" 0.5 1 17731
OPTIONAL CONTROL UNITS
Easycontact
Remote volt free failure contacts for pressure, level and thermal motor protection.
Type Control unit Optional for Order
Code
F SCU SPC M-K/S M-K/C M-K/U Flam-
comat
Easycontact 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 23649
Diaphragm Rupture Sensor

Remote monitoring.
Cannot be integrated at a later date.
Type External/ Control unit Optional for Order
Internal Code
S SPC M-K/S M-K/U Flam-
comat
Diaphragm rupture sensor External 4 4 4 4 - 1 22386
Soft Starter for Pumps

Internal.
Reduces the dynamic pressure at pump starts.
Code
F SPC M-K/U Flamcomat
Soft starter for M 80 - M 130 - 4 - 4 1 17662
Soft starter for D 80 - D 130 - 4 - 4 1 17663
Analogue Signal Output
Internal.
For analogue signalling (0-10 V) of vessel volume (0-100 %) and system pressure (0-16 bar).
Build-in afterwards is possible.
Setting up data processing and visualisation is left up to the contractor.
Code
Analogue signal output - 4 4 4 1 17802
Bus Coupler LONWorks Standard

External.
Interface converter from RS485 SDS to LONWorks for visualisation in LON networks and LON
building services control systems.
Code
F SCU SPC M-K/U M-K/C Flam-
comat
Bus Coupler LONWorks standard - 4 4 4 4 4 1 17795
- Module 40
SD Card Module
External.
For saving parameter files.
SD Card module used for:
Saving of SPC parameter files.
Downloading of files via SD Card to PC.
Transmission of the files to Service centre.
Uploading of files adapted by the service support.
Code
SD card module - 4 4 4 1 17803
2
FLEXCON MPR-S - PUMP UNITS
For expansion water control and topping up of heating and chilled water (cooling) installations.
Expansion water can be stored and topped up in your installation automatically, as an integrated unit controlled and carried
out with state of the art electronics.
The control unit is the proven "Steuerautomat" with convenient methods of programming.
MPRS pump sets operating range

23
System pressure (bar)
22
21 1.7;2.7
20
19
18
17 2.7
1.6;2.6
16
15
14
2.6
13
1.5;2.5
12
11
10
2.5
9
1.4;2.4
8
7
2.4
6
5 1.3;2.3
4 2.3
3 1.2;2.2
2.2
2
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Boiler output [MW] / cooling capacity [MW] = boiler output x 2.42
PN16 PN25
Boiler heating power (MW) Heating power rating (MW)

Single changeover operation Single changeover operation
Parallel operation Parallel operation
MPR-S Single Pump Unit
Suitable for boiler heating power range: 0.9 - 3.2 MW.
Type Pressure range Dimensions Weight Order
[bar] L. x W. x H. [kg] Code
[mm]
MPR-S / 1.2 PN 16 2.0 - 4.1 1716 x 1015 x 700 113 1 19741
MPR-S / 1.3 PN 16 3.2 - 5.9 1716 x 1015 x 700 115 1 19743
MPR-S / 1.4 PN 16 4.9 - 9.6 1716 x 1015 x 700 120 1 19744
MPR-S / 1.5 PN 16 6.8 - 13.3 1716 x 1015 x 700 124 1 19760
MPR-S / 1.6 PN 25 10.5 - 18.1 1716 x 1015 x 700 130 1 19770
MPR-S / 1.7 PN 25 13.2 - 22.0 1716 x 1015 x 700 140 1 19771
MPR-S Double Pump Unit

Suitable for boiler heating power range: 0.9 - 6.1 MW.
Type Pressure range Dimensions Weight Order
[bar] L. x W. x H. [kg] Code
[mm]
MPR-S / 2.2 PN 16 2.0 - 4.1 1716 x 1015 x 700 139 1 19750
MPR-S / 2.3 PN 16 3.2 - 5.9 1716 x 1015 x 700 143 1 19751
MPR-S / 2.4 PN 16 4.9 - 9.6 1716 x 1015 x 700 153 1 19752
MPR-S / 2.5 PN 16 6.8 - 13.3 1716 x 1015 x 700 161 1 19765
MPR-S / 2.6 PN 25 10.5 - 18.1 1716 x 1015 x 700 173 1 19775
MPR-S / 2.7 PN 25 13.2 - 22.0 1716 x 1015 x 700 193 1 19776
FLEXCON M-P
Pump controlled, pressureless vessels with replaceable butyl rubber bladder for high pressures.
Special microprocessor controlled automatic systems for water expansion management, pressure maintenance and controlled
top-up/pressurisation of hydronic cooling and heating installations with high pressure ratings or large heating/cooling outputs.
The system comprises of one or more expansion vessels, a single or dual pump unit, a microprocessor controller and the
appropriate sensors, valves and connection hardware.

Maximum working pressure (design): 3.0 bar.
Maximum temperature (EN 13831/8): 70 C.
Maximum temperature at (heating) outlet: 120 C.
In accordance with EN 13831/8.
Factory tested to PED97/23/EC standard.
Material quality:
- EN/ISO: P245N.
Flexcon M-P/G Main Vessels

First vessel in combination with MPRS pump unit. Includes weight sensor and
flexible connection 2".
Nominal pressure ratings: PN10, 16 and 25.

Maximum boiler output: 7 MW.
Maximum chiller output: 17 MW.
Larger volumes 6,500 - 10,000 litres available on request.
Type Capacity Dimensions Weight Order
[l] [kg] Code
H.
[mm] [mm]
Flexcon M-P/G 400 400 750 1535 131 1 22181
Flexcon M-P/G 600 600 750 1955 161 1 22182
Flexcon M-P/G 800 800 750 2355 196 1 22183
Flexcon M-P/G 1000 1000 750 2855 227 1 22184
Flexcon M-P/G 1200 1200 1000 2210 291 1 22186
Flexcon M-P/G 1600 1600 1000 2710 346 1 22187
Flexcon M-P/G 2000 2000 1200 2440 431 1 22188
Flexcon M-P/G 3500 3500 1200 3840 626 1 22190
Flexcon M-P/G 5200 5200 1500 3570 1241 1 22191
Flexcon M-P/B Auxiliary Vessels

As M-P/G but without a weight sensor.
Type Capacity Dimensions Weight Order
[l] [kg] Code
H.
[mm] [mm]
Flexcon M-P/B 200 200 550 1530 71 1 22301
Flexcon M-P/B 400 400 750 1535 131 1 22302
Flexcon M-P/B 600 600 750 1955 161 1 22303
Flexcon M-P/B 800 800 750 2355 196 1 22304
Flexcon M-P/B 1000 1000 750 2855 227 1 22305
Flexcon M-P/B 1200 1200 1000 2210 291 1 22306
Flexcon M-P/B 1600 1600 1000 2710 346 1 22307
Flexcon M-P/B 2000 2000 1200 2440 431 1 22308
Flexcon M-P/B 2800 2800 1200 3040 516 1 22309
Flexcon M-P/B 3500 3500 1200 3840 626 1 22310
Flexcon M-P/B 5200 5200 1500 3570 1241 1 22311
2
FLEXCON M-P 10-60
M-P 10-60 pump controlled, custom designed expansion automats for boiler power ratings between 10 and 60 MW.
Especially for district heating or cooling systems it is important to have a maximum reliability and adaptation to the system
parameters.
The M-P 10-60 basic design permits us to supply exactly to customers needs.
Maximum boiler capacity: 60 MW.

Maximum chiller capacity: 140 MW.
Larger systems available on request.
ACCESSORIES FOR FILLING

Twin outlet option available.
NFE 1.1 / NFE 1.2

MVE 1
Rp G
G Rp
NFE 2.1 / NFE 2.2
Rp G MVE 2
NFE 3
G Rp
Rp G
MVE 1 Direct Pressurisation Control

Automatic topping-up direct from water mains expansion automats (signal controlled) or self
supported with pressure sensor.
With digital control, pressure sensor and ball valve.

Maximum working temperature: 90 C.
Type L. Connection to Weight Order
[mm] [kg] Code
Potable System
water
MVE 1 300 G 3/4" Rp 1/2" 9 1 23785
MVE 2 Solenoid Valve Unit
Solenoid valve units for systems with expansion automats with SDS control units.
With ball valve.

[mm] [kg] Code
Potable System
water
MVE 2 175 G 3/4" Rp 1/2" 2 1 23786
NFE 1 Top-up Unit

Used for direct top up from potable water supply.
Consists of water meter, dirt collector, back flow prevention device and ball valve.
[mm] [kg] Code
Potable System
water
NFE 1.1 355 Rp 1/2" G 3/4" 3 1 23780
NFE 1.2* 355 Rp 1/2" G 3/4" 3 1 23781
* NFE 1.2 has an impulse output water meter (10 litres / impulse).
NFE 2 Top-up Unit

Used for top up from a water supply, where a backflow prevention device is not needed.
Consists of water meter, dirt collector, ball valve and non-return valve.
[mm] [kg] Code
Potable System
water
NFE 2.1 200 Rp 1/2" G 3/4" 2 1 23782
NFE 2.2* 200 Rp 1/2" G 3/4" 2 1 23783
* NFE 2.2 has an impulse output water meter (10 litres / impulse).
NFE 3 Ball Valve With Dirt Collector

Used for top up from a water supply, where a backflow prevention device is not needed.
Consists of dirt collector, ball valve and non-return valve.
[mm] [kg] Code
Potable System
water
NFE 3* 130 Rp 1/2" G 3/4" 0.5 1 23784
* NFE 3 is not necessary if the top-up water is free from impurities > 0.2 mm, the system has not been filled from a
district-heating system and sufficient filters have been fitted for the solenoid valve (MVE).
Flamco-Fill PE Top-up Unit (pressurisation)

The Flamco-Fill PE pressurisation units monitor the pressure in sealed heating and cooling
installations and tops them up as necessary. Topping-up depends on the pressure or level at a
pre-set interval. There are two working methods available. One for installations with expansion
automats (command based on level in automat) and one for installations with Flexcon expansion
vessels (command based on installation pressure).
All models have an impulse water meter for monitoring the amount of water topped up.
Any malfunctions will result in a visible alarm and may be made visible automatically in the
malfunction log, even via remote control (dead socket).
Type Dimensions Connection to Weight Order
[kg] Code
L. D. H. Potable System
[mm] [mm] [mm] water
Flamco-Fill PE 400 320 495 1/2 1 /2 25 1 23757
2
Flamco Digital Pressurisation Units
For large or tall sealed heated or chilled water We produce a comprehensive range of models that
systems traditional expansion vessels are not offer high-quality performance and versatility
always the most efcient solution in terms of which may be further enhanced by the addition of
operational pressure or physical footprint. Flamco numerous optional accessories.
expansion systems balance the system pressure, Flamco has an adaptable, modular range to suit
using a highly efcient vessel design and control every requirement.
equipment.
Digital pressurisation equipment including: supplies up to 240V with a maximum current draw of
5 amps.
Bright LED display incorporating scrolling messages
RS 485 Connectivity.
showing status and alarm modes.
Hours run counter (per pump).
Single or twin pump configurations.
12 month service reminder.
Complete with integral water break tank utilising an
Excessive start alarm (>3 times in 8 hours).
AB airgap and a WRAS approved float valve.
Pump pulse option (2 second pulse per pump if
Twin pump equipment operates as cyclic duty -
inactive for 60 days).
standby with automatic changeover.
Fill system option (Not available on 130D/230D).
Internal alarm with mute function.
Security password protected.
Flexconpak (cabinet housed) and Basepak (baseplate
Auto resetting low water detection, for pump protection.
mounted) packaged sealed system units, Presspak
Auto resetting high and low pressure alarm.
packaged sealed system units and floor standing
Digital pressure setpoint with adjustable differential.
pressurisation units are available with a range of
Flood protection provided by pump run time limiter.
options to suit your specific requirements.
Normally closed, common fault, volt free contact
For full details please contact our Sales Office.
(Boiler interlock).
Normally open, individual volt free contacts for pump
trip, high pressure, low pressure and sensor health.
All volt free contacts are for use with electrical
Selection Guide for Digital Pressurisation Units
Flexller 125D / 225D Flexller 150D / 250D Flexller 280DS

Delivery pressure [bar(g)]

Flow rate [l/min] Flow rate [l/min] Flow rate [l/min]
Mini 130D / 230D Midi 125D / 225D Midi 150D / 250D

Flow rate [l/min] Flow rate [l/min] Flow rate [l/min]
Flexfiller Selection Guide
HL switch kits available on request.
Mechanical Presspaks available on request.
Ref Description Automatic Nr. of Top up Maximum Minimum Full load Digital Digital
pump pumps flow rate output output current High / Low system
change-over (po. max.) pressure pressure [A] switches diagnostic
[ l/min.] [bar(g)] [bar(g)]
130D Mini digital - 1 0.4 3.0 0.5 3.0 4 4
pressurisation unit
230D Twin pump mini digital 4 2 0.4 3.0 0.5 3.0 4 4
pressurisation unit
125D Digital 25m head - 1 10.0 2.5 0.5 5.0 4 4
pressurisation unit
150D Digital 50m head - 1 6.5 5.0 1.0 5.0 4 4
pressurisation unit
225D Twin pump digital 25m 4 2 10.0 2.5 1.0 3.2 4 4
head pressurisation unit
Flexfiller Mini
Mini Pressurisation Unit for use on heating systems utilising a 300 litre expansion vessel or less,
or chilled systems utilising a 50 litre expansion vessel or less.
Electric pump, 220-240V 50Hz 1ph (110V 60Hz 1ph available upon request).
Type Pump Dimensions Syst. Dry Order
Qty conn. weight Code
W. D. H. BSP [kg]
[mm] [mm] [mm] (M)
Flexfiller Mini 130 D 1 245 155 485 1/ "
4 6 1 17455
Flexfiller Mini 230 D 2 245 155 485 1/ "
4 6.2 1 17456
Flexfiller Midi
Wall mounted pressurisation unit.
W. D. H. BSP [kg]
[mm] [mm] [mm] (F)
Flexfiller Midi 125 D 1 245 245 485 1/ "
2 13.5 1 17460
2 14 1 17461
2 16 1 17462
2 16 1 17463
Flexfiller Standard
Free standing pressurisation unit.
W. D. H. BSP [kg]
[mm] [mm] [mm] (M)
Flexfiller 125 D 1 470 320 800 1/ "
2 28 1 17395
Flexfiller 150 D 1 470 320 800 1/ "
2 28 1 17396
Flexfiller 225 D 2 470 320 800 1/ "
2 30 1 17397
Flexfiller 250 D 2 470 320 800 1/ "
2 40 1 17398
Flexfiller 280 DS 2 470 230 800 1/ "
2 42 1 17394
Flexfiller 2100 D 2 680 730 1590 1/ "
2 170 1 17393
2
Flexfiller Twin System
Compact, totally enclosed units with user-friendly microprocessor for use with Flexcon expansion
vessels in order to maintain a minimum system pressure. The controller provides low and high
pressure monitoring as well as system diagnostic tools.
W. D. H. BSP [kg]
[mm] [mm] [mm] (M)
Twinsystem 2 x 125 D 2* 470 320 800 1/ "
2 35 1 17464
Twinsystem 2 x 150 D 2* 470 320 800 1/ "
2 40 1 17465
Twinsystem 2 x 180 DS 2* 470 230 800 1/ "
2 42 1 17466
* 1 pump for each system.
Flexfiller Digital Glycol Pressurisation Unit

Compact, totally enclosed unit with user-friendly microprocessor for use with Flexcon expansion vessels in order to maintain a
minimum system pressure. The controller provides low and high pressure monitoring as well as system diagnostic tools. Glycol
is introduced on demand from a dedicated Glycol storage tank.
System quick-fill mode.

Manual mix options set on site up to 50%.
Password protection for parameter entry.
Service reminder option (12 months).
Pressure settings in 0.1 bar(g) increments.
Pump pulse option (2 second pulse if inactive for 60 days).
Flood protection options.
Event logging for pump start, individual pump run hours counter, electrical interruption and common alarm.
Volt free contacts for common fault, high pressure, low pressure, pump fault, pressure transducer fault.
Max. working pressure: 10 bar(g).
Type Max. Dimensions Connections Dry Order
delivery weight Code
pressure W. D. H. System Mains Drain [kg]
[bar(g)] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] Supply [mm]
[mm]
Flexfiller Glycol 225 D VBV 2.5 680 680 1200 15 (1/2") 15 (1/2") 22 80 1 17390
Technical specifications Flexfill Plus & Midifill Plus

Technical MidiFill Plus 150 D Flexfill Plus 250 D Flexfill Plus 280 DS
Maximum system volume 50,000 litres 300,000 litres 300,000 litres

Working pressure range 1.0 - 5.0 bar(g) 1.0 - 6.0 bar(g) 1.0 - 8.0 bar(g)
Break tank capacity 18 litres 18 litres 18 litres
Max. delivery pressure 5.0 bar(g) (Cold fill) 6.0 bar(g) (Cold fill) 8.0 bar(g) (Cold fill)
System temperature range 0 - 90 C 0 - 90 C 0 - 90 C
Ambient temperature range 0 - 45 C 0 - 45 C 0 - 45 C
Noise rating Approx. 75 dB(A) Approx. 75 dB(A) Approx. 75 dB(A)
Electrical requirements 220-240V 50Hz 1ph 220-240V 50Hz 1ph 220-240V 50Hz 1ph
Full load current 3.4 Amps 2 x 3.4 Amps 2 x 5.6 Amps
Power used 0.5 kW 2 x 0.5 kW 2 x 0.75 kW
Fuse rating 13 Amps 13 Amps 13 Amps
Safety rating IP 54 IP 54 IP 54
Maximum turbo runtime 168 hours (1 week) 168 hours (1 week) 168 hours (1 week)
Maximum normal downtime 180 minutes (3 hours) 180 minutes (3 hours) 180 minutes (3 hours)
Volt free contacts Common fault contact Common fault contact Common fault contact
Flexfill Plus
Compact, totally enclosed combined digital pressurisation unit with vacuum degasser for use on sealed systems in order to
maintain a minimum system pressure and effective dissolved gas removal.

Volt free contacts for common fault, high pressure, low pressure, pump fault, pressure transducer.
Vacuum degassing, turbo and normal interval modes.
Max. Degassing pressure: 10 bar(g).
Type Delivery Dimensions Connections Order

pressure Code
range W. D. H. System Mains Overflow
[bar(g)] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] supply [mm]
[mm]
Flexfill Plus 250 D 1.0 - 6.0 480 330 1160 2 x15 (1/2") 15 (1/2") 22 1 17375
Flexfill Plus 280 DS 1.0 - 8.0 600 330 1160 2 x15 (1/2") 15 (1/2") 22 1 17376
MidiFill Plus
Compact, totally enclosed wall mounted combined digital unit with vacuum degasser for use on sealed systems in order to
maintain a minimum system pressure and effective dissolved gas removal.

Volt free contacts for common fault, high pressure, low pressure, pump fault, pressure transducer.
Vacuum degassing, turbo and normal interval modes.
Max. working pressure: 10 bar(g).
Type Working Dimensions Connections Order

pressure Code
range W. D. H. System Mains Overflow
[bar(g)] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] supply [mm]
[mm]
MidiFill Plus 150 D 1.0 - 5.0 410 290 485 2 x15 (1/2") 15 (1/2") 22 1 FC FILL MIDIPLUS
2
FLEXCON PACKAGED SEALED SYSTEM UNITS AND SETS
Pump quantity: 1. High head and/or twin pumpsets available upon request.
Presspak Digital Packaged Sealed System Sets

Sealed system package which comprises of a Flexcon expansion vessel(s), a Presspak
pressurisation unit and a connecting hose kit.
Type Dimensions * Syst. Dry Order
Capacity conn. Weight Code
W. D. H. BSP (M) [kg] **
[l]
[mm] [mm] [mm]
Presspak 35 - 125 525 680 800 1/2" 32 1 19500
Presspak 50 - 125 525 680 800 1/2" 40 1 19501
Presspak 80 - 125 525 680 800 1/ "
2 45 1 19502
Presspak 110 - 125 525 784 800 1/ "
2 64 1 19503
Presspak 140 - 125 525 950 950 1/ "
2 70 1 19504
Presspak 200 - 125 600 960 1300 1/ "
2 67 1 19505
Presspak 300 - 125 600 1330 1330 1/ "
2 82 1 19506
Presspak 425 - 125 790 1180 1180 1/ "
2 101 1 19507
Presspak 600 - 125 790 1510 1540 1/ "
2 118 1 19508
Presspak 800 - 125 790 1890 1888 1/ "
2 162 1 19509
Presspak 1000 - 125 790 2270 2268 1/ "
2 171 1 19510
Presspak 2 x 600 - 125 790 1510 1540 1/ "
2 211 1 19511
Presspak 2 x 800 - 125 790 1890 1888 1/ "
2 299 1 19512
Presspak 2 x 1000 - 125 790 2270 2268 1/ "
2 317 1 19513
* With and depth variable.
**Quote gas charge when ordering.
Basepak Expansion Equipment

Skid mounted Flexfiller pressurisation unit complete with Flexcon expansion vessel.
Type Dimensions Syst. Dry Order
W. D. H. BSP (M) [kg] *
[l]
[mm] [mm] [mm]
Basepak 50 - 125 D 600 940 950 1/2" 46 1 19520
Basepak 80 - 125 D 600 940 950 1/2" 75 1 19521
Basepak 110 - 125 D 600 940 950 1/ "
2 90 1 19522
Basepak 140 - 125 D 600 940 1100 1/ "
2 98 1 19523
Basepak 200 - 125 D 600 940 1450 1/ "
2 105 1 19524
Basepak 300 - 125 D 600 940 1480 1/ "
2 135 1 19525
Basepak 425 - 125 D 800 1330 1170 1/ "
2 155 1 19526
Basepak 600 - 125 D 800 1690 1170 1/ "
2 190 1 19527
Basepak 800 - 125 D 800 2038 1170 1/ "
2 225 1 19528
Basepak 1000 - 125 D 800 2418 1170 1/ "
2 245 1 19529
Basepak 2 x 600 - 125 D 800 1690 2000 1/ "
2 323 1 19530
Basepak 2 x 800 - 125 D 800 2038 2000 1/ "
2 391 1 19531
Basepak 2 x 1000 - 125 D 800 2418 2000 1/ "
2 431 1 19532
* Quote gas charge when ordering.
Flexconpak Expansion Equipment

Cabinet housed pressurisation equipment with integral Flexcon expansion vessel.
Type Dimensions Syst. Dry Order
W. D. H. BSP (M) [kg] *
[l]
[mm] [mm] [mm]
Flexconpak 25 - 125 D 680 730 1200 1/2" 84 1 19540
Flexconpak 35 - 125 D 680 730 1200 1/2" 86 1 19541
Flexconpak 50 - 125 D 680 730 1200 1/ "
2 90 1 19542
Flexconpak 80 - 125 D 680 730 1200 1/ "
2 95 1 19543
Flexconpak 110 - 125 D 680 730 1590 1/ "
2 114 1 19544
Flexconpak 140 - 125 D 680 730 1590 1/ "
2 118 1 19545
Flexconpak 200 - 125 D 680 730 1970 1/ "
2 138 1 19546
Flexconpak 300 - 125 D 730 780 1970 1/ "
2 170 1 19547
Flexconpak 425 - 125 D 940 990 1800 1/ "
2 215 1 19548
Flexconpak 600 - 125 D 940 990 2290 1/ "
2 258 1 19549
* Quote gas charge when ordering.
3.
Accessories for Heating
and Cooling Installations
Flamco has a complete range of products for safeguarding chilled and
heating systems. The various models of Flamco Prescor safety relief
valves are used around the world to prevent overpressure in sealed
systems. The FlexBalance and FlexBalance Plus are an excellent
solution for preventing hydraulic imbalance in sealed systems. Pressure
gauges and lling assemblies of various types are also available.
Accessories for Heating and Cooling Installations
Wall Mounting Safety Valves
Flexconsole Prescor Manofiller

For mounting Flexcon 8 - 25 Safety valves for sealed heating Filling group suitable for mounting on
vessels to a wall. and cooling installations. a radiator.
Available in red or white color. Ideal for installations in which the
pressure gauge has been installed
in close proximity of the boiler, but
filling of the installation has to take
place elsewhere (e.g. bathroom).
Flexconsole Plus Flopress May be mounted in any position
Suplied with Prescor " - 3 bar, Safety valves for sealed heating
Flexvent 3/8", Flexfast quick and cooling installations.
disconnect coupler and pressure
gauge.
Prescorplus T "
Wall mounting bracket MB Prescorplus T " is a Prescor safety
For easy connecting Flexcon and valve with an integrated T-piece
Airfix A/D 8 - 25 litres vessels Prescor Solar 22 mm.
to a wall For sealed solar installations.
According to TV. SV.08-118.SOL.
Working temperatures from -30 C
up to 160 C. Working temperature
is 120 C continuously. Funnel
Cubex R Bracket Fitted between the Prescor safety
For mounting Cubex R 12 - 18 litres valve and the discharge pipe.
vessels to a wall.
Prescor S
Safety valve for sealed heating and
Dosing Pots cooling installations.
Connection Sets and
With connections from 1" up to 2" Isolating Unions
these valves are ideal for protecting
larger commercial installations.
Mild steel dosing pots Connecting group "
For dosing sealed heating or chilled For connecting expansion vessels
systems with chemical additives. to a heating or cooling system.
Consists of a shut-off valve, a fill
TRD Full stroke safety valve and drain cock with hose
According to TRD 721-6 directive. connections.
Spring loaded, directly activated. Also available with optional
Specify set pressure up on order manometer.
(between 1 bar and 10 bar).
Relief Vessels Flexcon connecting set 1"
For connecting expansion vessels
Red brass safety valve to a heating or cooling system.
For sealed heating systems with Consists of a shut-off valve, fill
Flamco EG supply temperatures up to 120 C and drain cock with hose
Used in sealed heating systems with and for solar systems. connection".
high temperatures for separating Also available with optional
steam from condensate at safety manometer (0-12 Bar).
valve exit.
Used in combination with a full Prescomano
stroke safety valve. For sealed heating and
cooling installations. FlexControl "
Safety valves with The FlexControl connects the
pressure gauge (0 - 4 bar). Flexcon expansion vessel with the
central heating system.
Enables checking the pre-charge of
Prescofiller the Flexcon expansion vessel and
Filling and safety group suitable for topping up the system.
smaller domestic installations. Enables replacing the expansion
Combination of Prescor vessel without depressurising or
safety valve, Flexcon draining the system.
pressure gauge and a fill and
drain set. Flexfast "
Prescomano and ball valve are Quick disconnect coupler for check-
supplied separate from the T-piece ing the pre-charge of the Flexcon
and fill and drain set, so that mount- expansion vessels up to 25 litres.
ing in any position is made possible. Enables replacing the expansion
vessel without depressurising or
draining the system.
3
Auxiliary Products Hydraulic Balancers
Pressure reducing valves FlexBalance F Flexbalance EcoPlus C

For pressure regulation. Equalizes hydraulic imbalance Equalizes hydraulic imbalance
Compact and with excellent inbetween primary and secondary inbetween primary and secondary
performance. circuits. circuits.
Complete with an integral Flanged connection. Including air and dirt separation.
serviceable strainer. Internal flow rate reducing perforated Connection: includes four pre-
plate. assembled galvanized conical
Flexcon Pressure Gauges couplings.
De-aerator: Flexvent Top white,
FlexBalance S supplied separately in packaging.
Equalizes hydraulic imbalance Supplied with automatic float vent
Pressure gauge inbetween primary and secondary and a drain cock.
For monitoring system pressure. circuits. PUR hard foam insulation mantle.
Flexcon pressure gauges (80 mm Welding connections.
dia.) can be installed without de- Internal flow rate reducing perforated
pressurising or draining the system plate.
thanks to the self closing shut off
valve.
FlexBalance R
Thermo pressure gauges Equalizes hydraulic imbalance
For monitoring system pressure inbetween primary and secondary
and system temperature. circuits.
Axial connection. Grooved pipe system connection.
Internal flow rate reducing perforated
plate.
Test pressure gauge
For testing pre-charges of Flexcon
and Airfix expansion vessels. FlexBalance Plus F
Pressure range 0.4 - 6.8 bar. Equalizes hydraulic imbalance
inbetween primary and secondary
circuits.
Flanged connection.
System Accessories With Pall-rings.
Supplied with automatic float vent
and a drain cock.
WMS
Mechanical low water level FlexBalance Plus S
protection device. Equalizes hydraulic imbalance
inbetween primary and secondary
circuits.
Welding connection.
With Pall-rings.
Supplied with automatic float vent
WMS -E and a drain cock.
Electronic low water level
protection device.
For monitoring system pressure FlexBalance Plus R
and system temperature. Equalizes hydraulic imbalance
Maximum pressure: 10.0 bar inbetween primary and secondary
circuits.
Flexcon DT Grooved pipe system connection.
For unmounting Flexcon and Airfix With Pall-rings.
vessels. Supplied with automatic float vent
Suitable for 2 - 24 litre vessels. and a drain cock.
Pressure safety switch

Maximum pressure: 16 bar.
Flanged lock-shield valves

Available in 6 and 16 bar execution.
Flexcon GVA 90
Gas valve extension bent at 90 to
increase accessibility of Flexcon 110
- 1000 gas valves.
Quickly Connect, Disconnect and Inspect Flexcon
Expansion Vessels
Flexconsole Plus
A Flexcon vessel can be directly connected to a Supplied with:
pipeline. However, it is easier to use one of the Flexcon pressure gauge.
Flexfast quick-release couplings, Flexconsoles or Flexvent floatvent.
Flexcon connection assemblies shown here. Flamco safety valve.
These products make it easier to read off the Flexfast quick-release coupling.
pressure or to disconnect the vessel without having Fixing set.
to drain the system or release the pressure.
Valve closed.
Valve open.
FLEXCONSOLE PLUS
Valve closed.
Valve open. Flexconsole
This version is supplied
with a " radiator cap
plus manual de-aerator.
Vessel connected to the Vessel disconnected from the FLEXCONSOLE

system. system.
Flexfast
Flexfast quick-release couplings Easy to assemble with the right tools; then just
make the process of checking the screw in the components by hand.
initial pressure of Flexcon vessels up Saves a considerable amount of time when
to and including 25 litres quick and servicing a Flexcon vessel.
easy, and also enable you to change Version with internal thread and external
FLEXFAST " the vessel without having to release thread.
pressure or drain it.
3
Flexcon Connection Assemblies
Flexcon connection assemblies include a drain tap The Flexcon " connection assembly can be fitted to
and a lockshield valve. After the valve has been shut the expansion line, whereas the 1" version must be
off, the vessel can be drained, inspected or replaced. fitted to the water nipple of the Flexcon vessel.
Valve with
safety sleeve.
Installation
connection.
Ball valve for filling FLEXCON

and draining, with CONNECTION ASSEMBLY "
hose coupling
and cap.
Flexcon pressure
gauge, 50 mm
(0 - 12 bar).
Swivel coupling for

attachment to the FLEXCON CONNECTION
vessel. ASSEMBLY 1"
FlexControl M
For easy disconnecting of Flexcon vessels
without having to drain the vessel or release
pressure.
FLEXCONTROL M
CONNECTION SETS AND ISOLATING UNIONS
Flexcon Connection Set

Block and bleed valve PN 10.
The set consists of a lockshield shut-off valve, a fill/drain tap with hose coupling and optional pressure gauge (0 - 4.0 bar).
With compression/solder connections.
84
84
A B 97 A B 97
C C
51 51
Type Connection With pressure gauge Order

Code
A B C
["] ["] [mm]
Flexcon connection group 1/2 1 /2 12 mm*/ 1/2 13 yes 1 27290
Flexcon connection group 1/2 1 /2 12 mm*/ 1/2 13 no 1 27900
*Welding/Compression connection.
Flexcon Connection Set 1

PN10 block and bleed valve for Flexcon 110 - 1,000 litre expansion vessels.
The set consists of a lockshield shut-off valve, a fill/drain tap with hose coupling and pressure gauge (0 - 12.0 bar).
93
87.5
145 50
B
Type Connection With pressure Order

gauge Code
A B
["] ["]
Flexcon connection group 1 1F 1F yes 1 27293
Flexcon connection group 1 1 1 no 1 27289
3
FlexControl
This isolating union incorporates a lockshield block and bleed valve and connects the expansion vessel to the central heating
system and enables verification of the vessel's gas charge or, alternatively, allows you to replace it without draining the entire
system.
The " F version has a swivelnut connection to connect to the expansion vessel.

Type Connection Dimension Weight Order

C [kg] Code
[mm]
A B
["] ["]
FlexControl 3/4 F Rp 3/4 F G 3/4 F 100 0.38 1 28920
FlexControl 3/4 M R 3/4 M Rp 3/4 F 60 0.24 1 28925
Reduction Fitting
For the water connection of expansion vessels, to reduce the connection to a 12 mm soldered
connection.
Type Connection Used for Order
["] Code
Connecting set 3/4 /4 x 12 mm
3 35 - 50 litres 10 27941
Connecting set 1 1 x 12 mm 80 litres and up 10 27942
Flexfast
This isolating union makes it possible to check quickly and easily if a Flexcon expansion vessel is still working correctly (gas
charge) or if it needs to be replaced.
Type Connection Dimension Order

C Code
A B [mm]
["] ["]
Flexfast 3/4 /4 F
3 3/4 M 68 1 27920
WALL MOUNTING
For mounting a Flexcon expansion vessel (2 - 25 litres) to a wall.
Flexconsole
With the Flexconsole, the Flexcon vessel is set up vertically, fitted to the water connection, with the water nipple fitted on the
" connection of the console and the expansion pipe fitted to the " connection. Equipped with a wall plate with two slots for
accurate wall mounting.
42
B A
C
Type Connection Dimensions Order

Code
A B C D
[mm] [mm]
Flexconsole 3/4 x 1/2 F F 195 275 1 27910
Flexconsole 3/4 x 1/2 white F F 195 275 1 27989
Flexconsole 3/4 x 3/4 D F F 195 275 10 27911
Flexconsole Plus
As the conventional Flexconsole, but also with a Flexcon pressure gauge with shut off valve, a
Flexvent float vent with shut off valve, a safety valve set to 3.0 bar, and a Flexfast shut off valve.
Type Connection Order
Code
System Vessel
Flexconsole Plus 3 /4" F 3/4" F 1 27996
Flexconsole Plus 3/4 x 3/4 without 3/ "
4
3/ "
4 1 27988
Flexfast
Flexconsole S 20
D
G
F
E E
42
B A
C

Code
A B C D E F G
["] ["] [mm] [mm] ["] ["] [mm]
Flexconsole S 20 Rp 3/4" Rp 3/4" 236 305 Rp 3/8" R 3/4" 136 1 27992
3
Flexconsole Plus S 20
As the conventional Flexconsole S 20, but also with a Flexcon pressure gauge with shut off valve, a Flexvent float vent with
shut off valve, a safety valve, and a Flexfast shut off valve.
D
G
F
E E
42
B A
C

Code
A B C D E F G
["] ["] [mm] [mm] ["] ["] [mm]
Flexconsole S 20 Plus 3/4 F 3 /4 F 216 305 R 3/8 R 3/4 136 1 27993
Flexconsole S 20 Plus - 1.5 bar 3/4 F 3 /4 F 216 305 R 3/8 R 3/4 136 1 27994
Flamconsole S 25
C
Code A
B
E
A B C D E
["] ["] ["] ["] ["]
Flamconsole S 25 Rp 3/8 Rp 3/8 R1 Rp 1 G1 1 27991
D
MB
For mounting Flexcon/Airfix vessels of 8 - 25 litres. Provided with a slot into which the Flexcon vessel clamp ring fits precisely.
Tightening the two bolts is all that is needed to make a sturdy connection.
Material: DC01 A-m, zinc coated.

Connection to the wall with two 8 plugs and two 6 screws with hexagon head (wrench 10).
Connection of the vessel to the MB by means of two M5 bolts with cross head.
Separately available are sets of 5 hose clamps for connection vessels without clench ring (size approx. 325 mm).
MB 3: With spring and adapter for even more installation convenience.
Type Dimensions Order

Code
A B C
[mm] [mm] [mm]
Flexcon vessel support MB 2 94 113 26 25 27913
Cubex R Bracket
For easy connecting vessels to a wall.
Suitable for Cubex R vessel sizes: 12 - 18 litres.
Material: DD12.
Weight: 300 g.
Mounting bracket zinc plated.
Cubex-R expansion vessels have to be installed with the system connector facing downwards.
Connection to the clench ring of the vessel.
Connection of the vessel to the mounting bracket by one M8 x 45 bolt.

Code
A B
[mm] [mm]
Cubex R bracket 104.5 80 1 27915
3
DOSING POTS
Dosing pots are used for dosing sealed heating and chilled systems with chemical additives. Internally uncoated to guarantee
chemical compatibility with standard installations.
Mild Steel Dosing Pots

Dosing pots for sealed heating or chilled systems.
Type Dimensions System Weight Order

connection [kg] Code
H.
[mm] [mm]
Dosing pot 18 l 963 200 1" 23.5 1 17383
Dosing pot 25 l 1193 200 1" 29.5 1 17384
FLAMCO RELIEF VESSELS
Flamco EG
Flamco relief vessel for sealed heating systems for separate flows of gas and water. Used in sealed heating systems with high
temperatures for separating steam from condensate at safety valve exit. Used in combination with a full stroke safety valve.
Type For full-stroke Connections Order

safety valve Code
[DN] Inlet Outlet (2)
[DN] [DN]
Flamco EG 25 25 40 50 1 29390
Flamco EG 32 32 50 65 1 29391
Flamco EG 40 40 65 80 1 29392
Flamco EG 50 50 80 100 1 29393
Flamco EG 65 65 100 125 1 29394
Flamco EG 80 80 125 150 1 29395
Flamco EG 100 100 150 200 1 29396
Prescor Safety Valves:
A Complete Range for the Safety of Your System
If you are looking for reliable safety valves, you need The Benefits of Prescor
look no further than Flamco's Prescor range. The High-quality materials and construction guarantee
best protection for all sealed heating and chilled reliable function.
systems from overpressure. The Prescor valves are If there is a rapid build-up of pressure, the valve will
suitable for systems with a capacity of up to 580 kW 'pop' open. The pressure can then be discharged
at 3.0 bar. Systems with greater capacity will need quickly.
the heavy-duty Prescor S. CE conformity mark (PED 97/23/EC).
The opening pressure of all valves is individually
tested.
Cap of high-impact
plastic.
Anti-ageing spring steel prevents the

set pressure from drifting.
Robust brass housing.
The diaphragm prevents moisture and dirt

from getting into the moving parts of the
safety valve during blowing off.
Valve seal of high-quality rubber, heat-resistant

to 140 C. The hardness of the rubber is
adapted to the set pressure of the valve. These
properties mean that the valve will not stick to
the valve seat.
PRESCOR
All Prescor safety valves are set to the specified

opening pressure during manufacture. This setting
cannot be adjusted. It is important to check the
requirements for the Prescor valve in advance.
When choosing a Prescor safety valve, the capacity
shown on the safety valve must exceed the nominal
boiler capacity.
Mount on the boiler, or as close as possible to it, in the supply
line. Never fit a stopcock between the boiler and the valve.
3
Prescor S Safety Valves
With connection dimensions of 11/4" up to and Prescomano: a handy
Prescor safety valve and
including 2", these valves are the ideal safeguard for Flexcon pressure gauge
larger systems. in one.
More than one Prescor S safety valve may be fitted to
a system so that it can meet the required capacity if
the applicable regulations allow.
Lifting lever.
Prescor S type plate

showing the set pressure
Spring for setting the pressure. and the maximum boiler
This setting is locked. capacity for which
the valve is suitable.
Bonnet and body made entirely of brass.
Diaphragm that protects the spring,

preventing water leakage via the
spindle.
Valve with seal of

special rubber.
Brass valve seat.
PRESCOR S
SAFETY VALVES
Prescor safety valves have a special shape, which not only achieves a perfect seal, but also a large blow off capacity. The valve
seal is made of high quality rubber, which is heat resistant to 140 C, and where the hardness of the rubber adjusts to the set
pressure of the safety valve. In this way, the valve cannot stick to the seat.
All valves are tested before they leave our facility and are available for heating and cooling installations, as well as for protection
of various hot water storage appliances. For safety valves for potable water installations see "Accessories for potable water
systems".
Prescor
C
B
A
G
Type Set pressure Connection Dimensions Heating Order

[bar] capacity Code
A B C D [kW]
["] ["] [mm] [mm]
Prescor 1/2 ** 1.5 1/2 F 1/2 F 68.7 47.2 85 50 27608
Prescor 1/2 ** 1.8 1/2 F 1/2 F 68.7 47.2 95 50 27602
Prescor 1/2 ** 3.0 1/ F
2
1/ F
2 68.7 47.2 125 50 27665
Prescor 1/2 M ** 3.0 1/ M
2
1/ F
2 81.2 47.2 125 50 27675
Prescor 1/2 ** 4.0 1/ F
2
1/ F
2 68.7 47.2 155 50 27606
Prescor 3/4 1.5 3/ F
4
3/ F
4 70.9 49.2 115 50 27023
4
3/ F
4 70.9 49.2 125 50 27021
4
3/ F
4 70.9 49.2 150 50 27026
4
3/ F
4 70.9 49.2 165 50 27025
4
3/ F
4 70.9 49.2 200 50 27028
Prescor 1 1.5 1F 1 1/4 F 100.5 73.2 275 16 27042
Prescor 1 2.0 1F 1 1/4 F 100.5 73.2 320 16 27043
Prescor 1 3.0 1F 1 1/4 F 100.5 73.2 395 16 27045
Prescor 1 3.5 1F 1 1/4 F 100.5 73.2 445 16 27047
Prescor 1 4.0 1F 1 1/4 F 100.5 73.2 485 16 27040
Prescor 1 5.0 1F 1 1/4 F 100.5 73.2 580 16 27049
Prescor 1 1/4 3.0 1 1/4 F 1 1/2 F 108.5 73.5 580 16 27056
Prescor 1 1/4 4.0 1 1/4 F 1 1/2 F 108.5 73.5 710 16 27037
Prescor 1 1/4 5.0 1 1/4 F 1 1/2 F 108.5 73.5 845 16 27039
Prescor 50 - 1/2 * 2.5 1/ F
2
3/ F
4 74.7 53.2 50 1 27630
Prescor 50 - 1/2 * 3.0 1/ F
2
3/ F
4 74.7 53.2 50 1 27634
Prescor 50 - 1/2 M * 3.0 1/ M
2
3/ F
4 - - 50 1 27623
Prescor 100 - 3/4 * 3.0 3/ F
4 1F 76.8 55.2 100 40 27024
Prescor 100 - 3/4 * 2.5 3/ F
4 1F 76.8 55.2 100 40 27020
Prescor 200 - 1 * 3.0 1F 1 1/4 F 100.5 73.2 200 16 27048
Prescor 200 - 1 * 2.5 1F 1 1/4 F 100.5 73.2 200 16 27044
Prescor 350 - 1 1/4 * 2.5 1 1/4 F 1 1/2 F 108.5 73.5 350 16 27055
Prescor 350 - 1 1/4 * 3.0 1 1/4 F 1 1/2 F 108.5 73.5 350 16 27057
* Produced according to TRD directives.
** With NF approval. Nr. 0343
3
Flopress

[bar] capacity Code
A B C D [kW]
["] ["] [mm] [mm]
Flopress A 1/2 x 1/2 2.5 /2 F
1 1/2 F 53.6 43 90 50 27006
Flopress 1/2 x 1/2 3.0 /2 F
1 1/2 F 53.6 43 110 50 27005
Flopress 1/2 3.0 1/ M
2
1/ F
2 64.6 43 100 50 27015
Nr. 0343
Prescor Solar
For closed solar installations.
For temperatures of - 30 C up to 160 C.
According to TV. SV.08/118.SOL.
D
A
G

[bar] capacity Code
A B C D [kW]
["] ["] [mm] [mm]
Prescor Solar 1/2 3.0 1/2 F 3/4 F 69 50 50 40 28310
Prescor Solar 1/2 6.0 1/2 F 3/4 F 69 50 50 40 28311
Prescor Solar 3/4 6.0 3/ F
4 1F 77 56 100 40 28316
4 1F 77 56 100 40 28317
4 1F 77 56 100 40 28318
Prescor Solar 1 6.0 1F 1 1/4 F 101 74 200 16 28321
Prescor Solar 1 8.0 1F 1 1/4 F 101 74 200 16 28322
Prescor Solar 1 10.0 1F 1 1/4 F 101 74 200 16 28323
Nr. 0343
Prescor S
For sealed central heating and chilled water (cooling) installations.
D
F
B
E

[bar] capacity Code
A B C D E F [kW]
["] ["] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Prescor S 700 1 1/4 2.0 1 1/4 F 1 1/2 F 96 58 48 166 600 1 29201
Prescor S 700 1 1/4 2.5 1 1/4 F 1 1/2 F 96 58 48 166 704 1 29202
Prescor S 700 1 1/4 3.0 1 1/4 F 1 1/2 F 96 58 48 166 810 1 29203
Prescor S 700 1 1/4 3.5 1 1/4 F 1 1/2 F 96 58 48 166 911 1 29204
Prescor S 700 1 1/4 4.0 1 1/4 F 1 1/2 F 96 58 48 166 1013 1 29205
Prescor S 700 1 1/4 4.5 1 1/4 F 1 1/2 F 96 58 48 166 1117 1 29206
Prescor S 700 1 1/4 5.0 1 1/4 F 1 1/2 F 96 58 48 166 1220 1 29207
Prescor S 700 1 1/4 6.0 1 1/4 F 1 1/2 F 96 58 48 166 1426 1 29208
Prescor S 700 1 1/4 7.0 1 1/4 F 1 1/2 F 96 58 48 166 1632 1 29209
Prescor S 700 1 1/4 8.0 1 1/4 F 1 1/2 F 96 58 48 166 1839 1 29210
Prescor S 700 1 1/4 10.0 1 1/4 F 1 1/2 F 96 58 48 166 2252 1 29211
Prescor S 960 1 1/2 2.0 1 1/2 F 2F 96 68 53 173 850 1 29221
Prescor S 960 1 1/2 2.5 1 1/2 F 2F 96 68 53 173 996 1 29222
Prescor S 960 1 1/2 3.0 1 1/2 F 2F 96 68 53 173 1120 1 29223
Prescor S 960 1 1/2 3.5 1 1/2 F 2F 96 68 53 173 1289 1 29224
Prescor S 960 1 1/2 4.0 1 1/2 F 2F 96 68 53 173 1435 1 29225
Prescor S 960 1 1/2 4.5 1 1/2 F 2F 96 68 53 173 1581 1 29226
Prescor S 960 1 1/2 5.0 1 1/2 F 2F 96 68 53 173 1727 1 29227
Prescor S 960 1 1/2 6.0 1 1/2 F 2F 96 68 53 173 2019 1 29228
Prescor S 960 1 1/2 7.0 1 1/2 F 2F 96 68 53 173 2312 1 29229
Prescor S 960 1 1/2 8.0 1 1/2 F 2F 96 68 53 173 2604 1 29230
Prescor S 960 1 1/2 10.0 1 1/2 F 2F 96 68 53 173 3188 1 29231
Prescor S 600 1 1/2 * 2.5 1 1/2 F 2F 96 68 53 173 600 1 29520
Prescor S 600 1 1/2 * 3.0 1 1/2 F 2F 96 68 53 173 600 1 29521
Prescor S 1700 2 2.0 2F 2 1/2 F 129 101 76 217 1491 1 29241
Prescor S 1700 2 2.5 2F 2 1/2 F 129 101 76 217 1747 1 29242
Prescor S 1700 2 3.0 2F 2 1/2 F 129 101 76 217 1980 1 29243
Prescor S 1700 2 3.5 2F 2 1/2 F 129 101 76 217 2259 1 29244
Prescor S 1700 2 4.0 2F 2 1/2 F 129 101 76 217 2515 1 29245
Prescor S 1700 2 4.5 2F 2 1/2 F 129 101 76 217 2772 1 29246
Prescor S 1700 2 5.0 2F 2 1/2 F 129 101 76 217 3028 1 29247
Prescor S 1700 2 6.0 2F 2 1/2 F 129 101 76 217 3540 1 29248
Prescor S 1700 2 7.0 2F 2 1/2 F 129 101 76 217 4053 1 29249
Prescor S 1700 2 8.0 2F 2 1/2 F 129 101 76 217 4565 1 29250
Prescor S 1700 2 10.0 2F 2 1/2 F 129 101 76 217 5590 1 29251
Prescor S 900 2 * 2.5 2F 2 1/2 F 95 82 62 242 900 1 29530
Prescor S 900 2 * 3.0 2F 2 1/2 F 95 82 62 242 900 1 29531
Nr. 0343
3
TRD Safety Valves
Specify set-pressure when ordering between 1.0 bar and 10.0 bar.
Produced according to TRD directives.
Cast iron body (PN 10).
H
E
B D
F
A
C
Type Connection Dimensions Weight Order

[kg] Code
A B C D E F H X
[DN] [DN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Full-stroke safety valve 20 20 32 105 140 85 95 270 150 8.5 1 27080
Full-stroke safety valve 40 40 65 150 185 115 140 390 250 20 1 27083
Nr. 0525
Selection Table For TRD Safety Valves (capacity In kW)

Set pressure Capacity
[bar] (for connection A)
DN 20 DN 25 DN 32 DN 40 DN 50 DN 65 DN 80 DN 100 DN 125 DN 150

[kW] [kW] [kW] [kW] [kW] [kW] [kW] [kW] [kW] [kW]
1.0 124 193 321 495 774 1310 1980 3095 3680 5120
1.5 164 257 427 658 1030 1740 2630 4110 4870 6770
2.0 183 285 474 731 1140 1930 2920 4570 6060 8430
2.5 217 340 565 870 1360 2300 3480 5440 7120 9900
3.0 250 391 649 1000 1560 2640 4000 6250 8190 11400
3.5 283 442 735 1130 1770 2990 4530 7070 9150 12700
4.0 312 488 810 1250 1950 3300 5000 7800 10200 14200
4.5 341 533 885 1350 2130 3600 5460 8520 11100 15600
5.0 370 578 960 1480 2310 3900 5910 9240 12100 16900
5.5 398 622 1030 1590 2490 4200 6370 9950 13000 18200
6.0 426 666 1100 1700 2660 4500 6820 10600 14000 19400
6.5 454 709 1180 1810 2840 4790 7260 11300 14900 20700
7.0 481 752 1250 1930 3000 5080 7700 12000 15800 22000
7.5 509 795 1320 2030 3180 5370 8140 12700 16700 23200
8.0 536 837 1390 2140 3350 5660 8580 13400 17600 24500
9.0 590 921 1630 2360 3685 6230 9435 14740 19340 26900
10.0 643 1000 1670 2570 4010 6790 10300 16000 21100 29300
Red Brass Safety Valve
For closed heating systems with supply temperatures up to 120 C according to TRD 721 (DIN
4751) and solar systems.
Please specify set pressure when ordering.
Type Set pressure Connection Order
[bar] ["] Code
Safety valve 1 0.5 - 10.0 1F 1 29500
Safety valve 1 1/4 0.5 - 10.0 1 1/4 F 1 29510
Nr. 0343
Prescomano
Safety valves with manometer for sealed central heating and chilled water (cooling) installations.
B
F
A
G

[bar] capacity Code
A B C D [kW]
["] ["] [mm] [mm]
Prescomano 1/2 * ** 2.5 1/2 F 3/4 F 64 89 50 1 27687
Prescomano 1/2 * ** 3.0 1/2 F 3/4 F 64 89 50 1 27686
Prescomano 1/2 ** 3.0 1/ F
2
1/ F
2 65 90 125 20 27683
Prescomano 3/4 3.0 3/ F
4
3/ F
4 76 92 165 20 27090
** With NF approval. Nr. 0343
Flopressmano
Safety valves with manometer for sealed central heating and chilled water (cooling) installations.
Type Set Connection Heating Order
pressure capacity Code
[bar] Inlet Outlet [kW]
["] ["]
Flopress AG + Mano 1/2 NF 3.0 1 /2 F 1/2 F 100 30 27092
Nr. 0343
Prescofiller
Domestic heating system filling device with safety valve and pressure gauge 0 - 4 bar.
["] ["]
Prescofiller 3.0 1 /2 M 1 /2 F 125 1 27685
Nr. 0343
3
Manofiller
Domestic heating system filling device with pressure gauge 0 - 4 bar.
["] Code
Manofiller 1 /2 M 1 27097
Prescorplus T
Prescorplus T is a Prescor safety valve with an integrated T-piece 22 mm (compression fitting).
[mm] [mm]
Prescorplus T 1/2 3.0 2 x 22 15 125 1 27668
Nr. 0343
Tundish
Fitted between the Prescor safety valve and the discharge pipe to prevent back pressure to the safety valve. Furthermore it
enables you to check through the opening whether the safety valve is discharging excess water.
Type Connection Application Order

Code
A B
["] ["]
Tundish 1/2 (brass) 1/2 M /2 F
1 Prescor 1/2", Prescomano 1/2", Prescor B 1/2" 1 27350
Tundish 3/4 (brass) 3/4 M 1F Prescor 3/4", Prescomano 3/4", 1 27360
Prescor Solar 1/2", Prescor B 3/4"
Tundish 1 (cast iron) 1M 1 1/2 F Prescor 3/4" TRD, Prescor Solar 3/4", Prescor B 3/4" 1 27325
Tundish 1 1/4 (cast iron) 1 1/4 M 1 1/2 F Prescor 1", Prescor Solar 1", Prescor B 1" 1 27330
Tundish 1 1/2 (cast iron) 1 1/2 M 1 1/2 F Prescor 1 1/4", Prescor S 1 1/4" 1 27340
FLEXCON PRESSURE GAUGES
Pressure Gauges
The pressure in the installation is indicated by the pressure gauge.
Type Connection Pressure Marking Shut-off Order
["] range [bar] valve Code
[bar]
Pr. gauge 40 ax. for DN 10 (1/8) 0-4 1.5 - 2.5 no 1 27260

Prescomano ax.
Pr. gauge 40 ax. for 1/ ax.
4 0-4 1.5 - 3.0 no 1 27264
Prescomano
Pr. gauge 63 rad. / 4.0b. /4 rad.
1 0-4 1.5 - 3.0 no 1 27205
Pr. gauge 63 rad. / 3.0b. /8 rad.
3 0-4 1.5 - 3.0 no 1 27200
Pr. gauge 63 rad. / 1.5 - 4.0b. 3/ rad.
8 0-4 1.5 - 4.0 no 1 27203
Pr. gauge 63 rad. / 2.0 - 4.0b. 3/ rad.
8 0-4 2.0 - 4.0 no 1 27208
Pr. gauge 63 rad. / 2.5 - 4.0b. 3/ rad.
8 0-4 2.5 - 4.0 no 1 27204
Pr. gauge 63 rad. / 3.0 - 4.0b. 3/ rad.
8 0-4 3.0 - 4.0 no 1 27202
Pr. gauge 63 rad. / 2.5b. 3/ rad.
8 0-4 1.5 - 2.5 no 1 27201
4 0-4 1.5 - 2.5 no 1 27206
Pr. gauge 63 ax. / 1.5 - 4.0b. 3/ ax.
8 0-4 1.5 - 4.0 no 1 27213
Pr. gauge 63 ax. / 3.0b. 1/ ax.
4 0-4 1.5 - 3.0 no 1 27210
Pr. gauge 63 ax. / 6.0 b. 1/ ax.
4 0-6 2.5 - 6.0 no 1 27211
4 0-4 1.5 - 3.0 1/ " x 1/ "
4 2 1 27220
Pr. gauge 80 ax. / 3.0b. 1/ ax.
4 0-4 1.5 - 3.0 1/ " x 1/ "
4 2 1 27230
Pr. gauge 80 ax. / 2.5b. 1/ ax.
4 0-4 1.5 - 2.5 no 1 27231
4 0-4 1.5 - 2.5 1/ " x 1/ "
4 2 1 27221
2 0-4 1.5 - 3.0 no 1 27222
Pr. gauge 100 0 - 10 bar rad. DN 10 (3/8) 0 - 10 6.0 1/ " x 1/ "
4 2 1 27243
rad.
Thermo Pressure Gauges

The combined pressure/thermo gauge shows not only the pressure, but also the temperature.
32
O-ring
Type System Range Marking Order

connection [bar] [mm] Code
BSP
["]
Thermo pressure gauge ax. (with shut-off valve) R 1/2 M 0 - 120 C / 0 - 4 bar 3 80 20 27250
Thermo pressure gauge ax. R 1/2 M 0 - 120 C / 0 - 4 bar 3 63 20 27247
Thermo pressure gauge ax. (with shut-off valve) R 1/2 M 0 - 120 C / 0 - 4 bar 3 63 1 27248
Shut-off Valves
For pressure gauges.
Self sealing by means of a PTFE ring.
["] Code
Shut-off valve 3/8 x 1/4 3/8 x 1/4 100 27705
Shut-off valve 3/8 x 3/8 3/8 x 3/8 100 27706
Shut-off valve 1/4 x 1/2 1/ x 1/
4 2 150 27912
3
Precharge Pressure Tester
Type Pressure range Order
[bar] Code
Precharge tester (0 - 10.0 bar) 0.4 - 6.8 1 27907
SYSTEM ACCESSORIES
Pressure Reducing Valves

Compact with excellent performance. Utilises the proven bladder principle of pressure regulation. The adjustment is by screw
with locking nut and the gauge supplied may be mounted on either side. Complete with an integral serviceable strainer.
Type System Max. pressure Dimensions Order

connections [bar] Code
BSP A B
["] [mm] [mm]
1/2 PR with gauge 1/2 F 16 65 100 1 17441
3/4 PR with gauge 3/4 F 16 75 105 1 17442
1 PR with gauge 1F 16 100 130 1 17443
1 1/4 PR with gauge 1 1/4 F 16 140 211 1 17444
1 1/2 PR with gauge 1 1/2 F 16 160 246 1 17445
2 PR with gauge 2F 16 175 261 1 17446
WMS Low Water Level Protection Device

Mechanical low water level protection device.
B
D E

Code
A B C D E F
["] ["] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
WMS 800 27 mm / 1 M 27 mm / 1 M 358 62 85 195 1 27455
WMS-E Low Water Level Protection Device
Electronic low water level protection device.
(DN 259) Code
WMS-E (220V - 1ph - 50Hz) R 3/4" M 1 27450
Flexcon DT
To assist in mounting and removing Flexcon and Airfix vessels.
Type Application Dimensions Order

A Code
[mm]
Flexcon DT Flexcon/Airfix 2 - 25 350 1 27925
Vessel Carrier
A handy vessel carrier which makes it very easy and safe to handle or transport the exchanged
vessel.
Easy to use.
Prevents spilling of (polluted) heating installation water in your transporter or at home with the
customer.
The vessel can be handled with one hand only.
Easy to be mounted and removed (for multiple use).
Code
Vessel carrier /4"
3 Flexcon/Airfix 2 - 25 1 27902
Pressure Safety Switch

["] Code
Minimum pressure switch R 1/2 1 27459
Maximum pressure switch R 1/2 1 27458
3
Flanged Lock-shield Valves PN 6
Code
H. L.
[mm] [mm]
Valve DN 20 195 120 1 29021
Valve DN 25 195 125 1 29026
Valve DN 32 195 130 1 29033
Valve DN 40 220 140 1 29041
Valve DN 50 230 150 1 29051
Valve DN 65 260 170 1 29066
Valve DN 80 330 180 1 29081
Valve DN 100 355 190 1 29101
Valve DN 125 405 200 1 29126
Valve DN 150 460 210 1 29151
Flanged Lock-shield Valves PN 16

Code
H. L.
[mm] [mm]
Valve DN 20 195 120 1 29020
Valve DN 25 195 125 1 29025
Valve DN 32 195 130 1 29032
Valve DN 40 220 140 1 29040
Valve DN 50 230 150 1 29050
Valve DN 65 260 170 1 29065
Valve DN 80 330 180 1 29080
Valve DN 100 355 190 1 29100
Valve DN 125 405 200 1 29125
Valve DN 150 460 210 1 29150
Flexcon GVA 90
Gas valve extension bent at 90 to increase accessibility of Flexcon 110 - 1000 gas valves.
Code
Vessel Outlet
Flexcon GVA 90 Vg 8 F Vg 8 M 10 27952
The Solution for Hydraulic Imbalance in
Central Heating Installations
Increasingly, heating installations are fitted with imbalance, which will lead to poor heat transfer,
several boilers. As a result, individual boilers can overloading of pumps and a system that is difficult
be switched on or off, depending on the heating to stabilise.
requirements. In addition, there are often multiple Using a FlexBalance hydraulic balancer prevents
sub-systems fitted with individual pumps. With this problem and improves the efficiency of the
these systems, there is a chance of hydraulic system.
Cone-shaped air chamber.
Area where the air is collected.
Supply connections.
Steel body.
Cage with PALL rings for air (top) and dirt (bottom) separation.
Drainage tap for removing pollutions that are

heavier than water.
Return connections.
Area where the dirt particles are collected.
FLEXBALANCE PLUS
How a Hydraulic Balancer Works

By fitting a FlexBalance balance vessel, the primary
and secondary circuits are connected and a balance is
maintained between the various flow speeds.
The flow in the primary and secondary circuits stays

independent in all situations.
The flows in both sub-circuits are not influenced
in any way. Schematic illustration of a system with several boilers and pumps
3
FlexBalance Hydraulic Balancer Benefits Two Extra FlexBalance Functions
No more overloaded pumps. FlexBalance hydraulic balancers must be placed
More accurate regulation of the system is possible. between the primary and secondary circuits to
Considerably improved warmth transference. balance out both circuits. This is also the perfect
Higher output by the system. place for air and dirt separation:
With the high temperature water flowing through the
supply connections, this is the best possible point
for air separation.
Dirt separation takes place in the return connection,
behind the radiators, and immediately before the
boiler, thus protecting it from dirt.
Flow resistance FlexBalance Flow resistance FlexBalance Plus

bar(g) kPa bar(g) kPa
Pressure loss [kPa - bar]
Pressure loss [kPa - bar]
Flow [m/h] Flow [m/h]
PALL Ring Technology Benefits

Instead of using perforated plates (FlexBalance) for air Shorter distance between supply and return
and dirt seperation, the FlexBalance Plus uses our connections possible.
patented PALL ring technology, which has the Even the smallest micro-bubbles and dirt particles
following benefits: are separated.
Reduced flow-rate prevents heat exchange between
the cold return water and the hot supply water.
Considerably greater thermal yield than other
hydraulic balancers on the market.
FLEXBALANCE HYDRAULIC BALANCER
For balancing hydraulic pressure in heating installations consisting of multiple circuits and pumps. FlexBalance hydraulic
balancers are supplied with an automatic air vent and a dirt chamber. Internal flow rate reducing perforated plate.

Maximum operating temperature: 120 C.
FlexBalance F
With flanged connections.
D
D
C C A
A
B B
Type Capacity Dimensions Connection Capacity Flow in the Weight Order

[l] [kW] * system [kg] Code
A B C DN D [m3/h]
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
FlexBalance F 50 17 490 350 900 60.3 60.3 100 - 200 5 - 15 25 1 28441
FlexBalance F 65 21 635 350 1045 76.1 76.1 180 - 330 10 - 17 28 1 28442
FlexBalance F 80 65 745 470 1340 88.9 88.9 300 - 450 15 - 30 40 1 28443
FlexBalance F 100 78 965 470 1585 114.3 114.3 400 - 770 25 - 55 51 1 28444
FlexBalance F 125 181 1180 635 2065 139.7 139.7 700 - 1150 35 - 80 97 1 28445
FlexBalance F 150 336 1430 774 2385 168.3 168.3 1000 - 1750 55 - 120 180 1 28446
FlexBalance F 200 800 1860 1000 3155 219.1 219.1 1500 - 2800 90 - 200 295 1 28447
FlexBalance F 250 1787 2340 1220 3940 273.0 273.0 2500 - 4500 110 - 350 545 1 28448
FlexBalance F 300 2008 2790 1220 4390 323.9 323.9 4200 - 6400 150 - 500 701 1 28449
FlexBalance F 350 3712 3060 1580 5160 355.6 355.6 6000 - 7700 200 - 600 1102 1 28450
FlexBalance F 400 6130 3500 1870 5915 406.4 406.4 7000 - 10000 250 - 800 1640 1 28452
* Depending on flow velocity.
3
FlexBalance S
With welding connections.
D
D
C C A
A
B B

A B C DN D [m3/h]
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
FlexBalance S 50 17 490 260 900 60.3 60.3 100 - 200 5 - 15 25 1 28431
FlexBalance S 65 21 635 260 1045 76.1 76.1 180 - 330 10 - 17 28 1 28432
FlexBalance S 80 65 745 370 1340 88.9 88.9 300 - 450 15 - 30 40 1 28433
FlexBalance S 100 78 965 366 1585 114.3 114.3 400 - 770 25 - 55 51 1 28434
FlexBalance S 125 181 1180 525 2065 139.7 139.7 700 - 1150 35 - 80 97 1 28435
FlexBalance S 150 336 1430 664 2385 168.3 168.3 1000 - 1750 55 - 120 180 1 28436
FlexBalance S 200 800 1860 876 3155 219.1 219.1 1500 - 2800 90 - 200 295 1 28437
FlexBalance S 250 1787 2340 1080 3940 273.0 273.0 2500 - 4500 110 - 350 545 1 28438
FlexBalance S 300 2008 2790 1064 4390 323.9 323.9 4200 - 6400 150 - 500 701 1 28439
FlexBalance S 350 3712 3060 1416 5160 355.6 355.6 6000 - 7700 200 - 600 1102 1 28440
FlexBalance S 400 6130 3500 1700 5915 406.4 406.4 7000 - 10000 250 - 800 1640 1 28451
FlexBalance R
With grooved pipe system connections.
D
D
C C A
A
B B

A B C DN D [m3/h]
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
FlexBalance R 50 17 490 260 900 60.3 60.3 100 - 200 5 - 15 25 1 28370
FlexBalance R 65 21 635 260 1045 76.1 76.1 180 - 330 10 - 17 28 1 28371
FlexBalance R 80 65 745 370 1340 88.9 88.9 300 - 450 15 - 30 40 1 28372
FlexBalance R 100 78 965 366 1585 114.3 114.3 400 - 770 25 - 55 51 1 28373
FlexBalance R 125 181 1180 525 2065 139.7 139.7 700 - 1150 35 - 80 97 1 28374
FlexBalance R 150 336 1430 664 2385 168.3 168.3 1000 - 1750 55 - 120 180 1 28375
FlexBalance R 200 800 1860 876 3155 219.1 219.1 1500 - 2800 90 - 200 295 1 28376
FLEXBALANCE PLUS HYDRAULIC BALANCER
For balancing hydraulic pressure in heating installations consisting of multiple circuits and pumps. FlexBalance hydraulic
balancers are supplied with an automatic air vent and a dirt chamber. The use of our patented PALL-ring technique enables a
better response, returns higher efficiency, decreases total built-in height and shares its de-aeration and dirt separation benefits.

FlexBalance Plus F
D
D
C A A
C
B B

A B C DN D [m3/h]
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
FlexBalance Plus F 50 17.5 400 350 960 50 60.3 100 - 200 5 - 15 28 1 28480
FlexBalance Plus F 65 17.5 400 350 960 65 76.1 180 - 330 10 - 17 30 1 28481
FlexBalance Plus F 80 67 625 470 1390 80 88.9 300 - 450 15 - 30 50 1 28482
FlexBalance Plus F 400 6130 2700 1870 5965 400 406,4 7000 - 10000 250 - 800 1968 1 28490
3
FlexBalance Plus S
With welding connections.
D
D
A
C A C
B B

A B C DN D [m3/h]
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
FlexBalance Plus S 50 17.5 400 260 960 60.3 60.3 100 - 200 5 - 15 28 1 28460
FlexBalance Plus S 65 17.5 400 260 960 76.1 76.1 180 - 330 10 - 17 30 1 28461
FlexBalance Plus S 80 67 625 370 1390 88.9 88.9 300 - 450 15 - 30 50 1 28462
FlexBalance Plus S 250 1792 1850 1080 4000 273 273 2500 - 4500 110 - 350 657 1 28467
FlexBalance Plus R
D
D
A
C A C
B B

A B C DN D [m3/h]
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
FlexBalance Plus R 50 17.5 400 260 960 60.3 60.3 100 - 200 5 - 15 28 1 28390
FlexBalance Plus R 65 17.5 400 260 960 76.1 76.1 180 - 330 10 - 17 30 1 28391
FlexBalance Plus R 80 67 625 370 1390 88.9 88.9 300 - 450 15 - 30 50 1 28392
Flexbalance EcoPlus C: Perfect Balance
Combined with the Ultimate Output
Unprecedented output and a compact format. minimized (no warming up of the return flow to the
Those are the most significant benefits of the boiler). This immediately explains the unequalled
Flexbalance EcoPlus C. output: the thermal exchange between the flows
This very efficient hydraulic balancer for heating remains at a minimum. Moreover, the ingenious
systems ensures heat transfer of no less than 99 design ensures particularly low flow resistance.
per cent!
The Benefits of the Flexbalance EcoPlus C
The in- and outlets are connected in the bottle of the Compact.
Flexbalance EcoPlus C, by half-open pipes. Heat transfer level of 99%
This ensures that the upper or supply and under or (demonstrably the market leader).
return flows stay balanced, while thermal losses are Low flow resistance.
Flexvent Top W automatic air vent.
Immersion pipe
Stepped galvanized connections. For temperature sensor.
Stepped connections make the bubbles bump
against the wall of the bottle and coalesce.
Half open pipes.

At the top, the connection pipes open upwards,
guiding the bubbles to the de-aerator. At the
bottom they open downwards, guiding the dirt Insulation included.
particles to the dirt separator.
This also keeps the hot water in the upper
section separate from the cold water beneath it.
Incremental cross-wise plates.

Dirt particles that are in the water are captured
between several incremental cross-wise plates
under the pipe. Dirt drainage tap.
Thermal equilibrium Thermal input > demand Thermal input < demand
3
FLEXBALANCE ECOPLUS C
Flexbalance EcoPlus C
The Flexbalance EcoPlus C allows hydraulic separation between the primary and secondary circuits of commercial heating and
cooling systems with air and dirt separation.
Medium: Water and Water/glycol solutions up to 50%.

Minimum and maximum operation temperature: normal conditions -10 C / 110 C.
Minimum and maximum operation pressure: 0.2 bar / 10 bar.
Intergration of air and dirt separation.
Vessel: steel (S235JRG2): red coated RAL 3002.
Coupling (4x) with conical seal, galvanised steel. NR 340 (pre-assembled).
Equipped with a Flexvent Top 3/8" white (28510) - packed seperately in carton.
Equipped with a brass drain valve " (KP190110) and hose connection. Packed seperately in carton.
Insulation: material - PUR foam - colour: grey with two quick fasteners.
D
F
A
G
C
E
14,5
Type Con- Capa- Max. Dimensions Order

nection city Power Code
[l] [kW] A B C D E F G
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Flexbalance EcoPlus C 1 Rp 1" 1.4 60 290 276 85 260 157 618 450 1 28377
Flexbalance EcoPlus C 1 Rp 1 " 2.3 100 340 321 85 290 157 678 510 1 28378
Flexbalance EcoPlus C 1 Rp 1 " 3.8 140 340 320 85 320 157 678 510 1 28379
Flexbalance EcoPlus C 2 Rp 2" 4.5 200 400 373 95 350 167 752 585 1 28380
4.
Expansion Vessels for
Potable Installations
Domestic installations lose millions of litres of potable water due to
expansion water leaking from the vent and expansion pipe. Flamcos
Airx diaphragm pressure expansion vessels for Potable equipment
work to prevent this waste. Bacteria formation is prevented because
Airx vessels are designed to allow a continuous ow through of water
to maintain constant circulation.
These expansion vessels can be applied in combination with all hot
water caloriers and as surge vessels in pressure boosting systems.
Expansion Vessels for Sanitary Installations
Airx Expansion Vessels for Sanitary Systems
Fixed diaphragm Replaceable diaphragm Removable
Replaceablediaphragm
diaphragm
(not streamlined) (streamlined)
Airx 2 - 4 Airx P 2 - 35 Airx DE
2 - 4 liters. 2 - 35 liters. 50 - 3,000 liters.
Max. operating pressure: 5 bar. Max. operating pressure: 10 bar. Max. operating pressure: 16 bar.
Small pressurized vessels with Colour: aluminium-grey Pressurized vessels with streamline
internal coating. (RAL 9006). function.
DVGW, ACS, WRAS and WRC
approved.
Electronic diaphragm-rupture sensor.
Airx A Airx P 50 - 300 Airx DEL

8 - 80 liters. 50 - 300 liters. 50 - 600 liters.
Max. operating pressure: Max. operating pressure: 10 bar. Max. operating pressure: 10 bar.
10 bar (8 - 25 liter) and Colour: aluminium-grey Pressurized vessels with streamline
8 bar (35 - 80 liter). (RAL 9006). function.
Pressurized vessels with DVGW and WRAS approved.
streamline function. Observation port for diaphragm
Suitable for mains-water systems. rupture sensing.
Airx D Airx P 500 - 5000

8 - 35 liters. 500 - 5.000 liters.
Max. operating pressure: 10 bar. Max. operating pressure: 10 bar.
Pressurized vessels with Colour: grey (RAL 7040).
advancedintegral streamline With feet from Airx P 750
function. upwards.
Includes T-piece.
Suitable for mains-water systems.
Airx P - Horizontal
Standard pre-charge: 3.5 bar.
Colour: aluminium-grey
(RAL 9006).
Airx DEB
50 - 3,000 liters.
Pressurized vessels
(without streamline function).
WRAS and WRC approved.
Suitable for industrial use.
Airx A and D Expansion Vessels
for Potable Water Systems
Altogether, households lose many millions of liters bacterial growth could occur. Therefore, users can
of drinking water every year due to expansion rely on high quality drinking water. The vessel has an
water slowly dripping away into the sewer. internal epoxy coating, so that the water cannot come
into contact with bare steel.
The Airfix A and D expansion vessels, which can be
used in storage boiler systems and pressure boosting
systems, operate in such a way that the water flows
right through and they are continuously flushed with
fresh water from the mains. This prevents tepid,
stagnant water from collecting in the vessel in which
The Airfix vessel comes equipped

with a plastic flow divider, suitable
for T-pieces, for a continuous
stream of max " (22 mm).
This flow divider is placed in the

T-piece (which does not come
with the vessel).
The vessel must be installed in

the supply line and a through-
AIRFIX A flow must be confirmed.
Benefits of using Airfix expansion vessels

No waste of valuable potable water.
Continuous flow-through prevents bacterial growth.
Special rubber (EPDM) diaphragm does not add any colour, odour or taste to the water.
Corrosion-resistant coating inside.
Internationally approved and certified.
C E R T I F I E D
4
Internationally Used and Approved
Flamco has been delivering Airfix expansion Installers all over the world confirm how easy it is to
vessels for many years now. Households all over install an Airfix expansion vessel from small homes to
the world are entirely used to such expansion big utility buildings and, consequently, how easy it is
vessels as part of their potable water system. for your client to save precious water and energy.
Our trademark white Airfix expansion vessels comply

with set standards, which means they can be installed
immediately.
Assembling an AirfixControl Airfix D vessels use a specially

between vessel and T-piece supplied T-piece, with a flow-
makes it possible to through design via an internal
depressurise the Airfix vessel for divider, to ensure complete flow-
maintenance purposes, without through of the vessel.
putting the system out of
service.
Special rubber diaphragm and

vessel coating have been
internationally approved for use in
combination with drinking water, in
accordance with CE regulation
2002/16/EG.
Internal coating
prevents rust
formation, even in the
event of a defective
diaphragm.
All Airfix A and Airfix D Reliable clamping ring construction

vessels are white in colour. that does not damage the vessel or
the diaphragm and facilitates
preservation of the entire vessel
surface, which is not possible
with scarfed vessels.
AIRFIX D
Calculation for Airx Vessels
for Mains Water Systems
Basic Concepts for the Calculation
of an Expansion Vessel in a Mains Water
System
The following concepts are important in selecting the Output

right vessel: This is an expression of the ratio between gross and
net vessel capacity.
System water capacity
The total capacity of the boiler system. Cold water supply pressure - Initial pressure
I = fill level
Cold water supply pressure
Increase in water volume (in %)
The table below shows data on the water volume This means that the residual factor of the vessel can
increase in percentage points when the temperature be determined.
of the water increases by between 10 C and 70 C.
Residual factor = 1 - fill level.
Increase in temperature Increase in volume
The end pressure must be 10% lower than the set
10 - 40 C 0.75%
10 - 50 C 1.18% pressure of the safety valve.
10 - 60 C 1.68%
10 - 70 C 2.25% The output is calculated using the formula below:
End Cold water
Expansion volume pressure - supply pressure
II x residual factor = output
The expansion volume is determined in the following End pressure
way: expansion volume = capacity x increase in Note: pressure in bar absolute
volume at the maximum temperature.
The maximum permissible output for the Airfix D-E/D-
Fill level E-B vessels is 60% (0.60), while for the A and D
The pressure of the water supply when cold must be vessels it is 63% (0.63).
0.2 bar above the initial pressure of the expansion
vessel; otherwise, as the vessel cooled down the End pressure
total water capacity would not be pushed out of the This is the maximum permissible pressure of the
expansion vessel. That is why there must always be system at the vessel itself. The end pressure is
a residual amount of water in the vessel at the equal to 90% of the set pressure of the Prescor
lowest operating pressure. This is called the fill boiler valve or the Prescor inlet assembly if it is
level. mounted at the same level as the vessel.
Initial pressure of the vessel Gross vessel capacity

This must be 0.2 bar under the pressure of the water The gross capacity of the vessel is determined in the
supplied when cold. following way:
expansion volume
Residual factor gross capacity of the vessel =
1 - fill level: output
This determines the residual factor of the expansion
vessel.
4
Example Calculation of Expansion Vessels for Mains Water Systems
Data
- water capacity of the boiler = 150 litres
- maximum water temperature = 70 C
- cold water supply pressure = 4 bar
- safety valve set pressure = 8 bar
- vessel initial pressure (4 - 0.2) = 3.8 bar
- end pressure (mean) = 7.2 bar
Initial vessel pressure = Cold water supply pressure - 0.2 bar = 3.8
End pressure (mean) = Set pressure of safety valve x 90% = 7.2 bar.
Calculation
Increase in volume: at 70 C is 2.25% = 150 x 2.25 % = 3.4 litres
(cold water supply pressure - initial pressure) (4.0 + 1.0) - (3.8 + 1.0)
Fill level: = = 0.04
(cold water supply pressure) (4.0 + 1.0)
Residual factor: 1 - fill level= 1 - 0.04 = 0.96
(end pressure - cold water supply pressure) (7.2 + 1.0) - (4.0 + 1.0)
Output: x residual factor = x 0.96 = 0.375
(end pressure) (7.2 + 1.0)
Required gross capacity of expansion vessel: 3.4 / 0.375 = 9.1 litres
Airfix expansion vessel to select: Airfix A 12/4.0

(adjust initial pressure locally to 3.8 bar).
Instructions for Correct Fitting
of Expansion Vessels in Hot Water Potable
Systems
Where an expansion vessel is used in a potable The expansion vessel's initial pressure must be
system, it must always be used in combination with lower than the pressure in the cold-water line or the
a Prescor inlet assembly or Prescor B boiler valve. pressure behind a governor.
The expansion vessel must be fitted in the cold- The use of expansion vessels in boiler systems must
water line, between the non-return valve and the always comply with the demands of the local water
boiler. authority.
Airfix selection table

Boiler capacity Initial pressure Prescor B boiler valve set pressure
[l] [bar] Prescor inlet assembly
6 bar 7 bar 8 bar 10 bar
100 3 Airfix 8/3 Airfix 8/3 Airfix 8/3 Airfix 8/3

4
AIRFIX A
For use in potable water or fresh water installations.
The inside of the Airfix vessel has a special coating which prevents oxidation. The composition of the diaphragm has been
made for this range in such a way that there will be no variation in smell, colour or taste of the water. The famous Flexcon
clench ring construction allows the water section to be coated before assembly.
The Airfix A is fitted with a synthetic flow through device in a standard T-piece (included) which eliminates the formation of
unwanted bacteria.
Max. vessel temperature (bladder): 70 C.

Max. working temperature (design): 70 C.
Including flow through T-piece ".
Approvals: DVGW-W270
WRAS
ACS
PZH
KIWA approved execution available on request.
Airfix A
Type Pre- Max. Dimensions Con- Weight Order
charge work. nection [kg] Code
[bar] press. H.
[bar] [mm] [mm]
Airfix A 8 3 10 245 301 3/4" 3.2 50 24258
Airfix A 8 4 10 245 301 3/4" 3.2 50 24259
Airfix A 8 specify 10 245 301 3/ "
4 3.2 50 24257
Airfix A 12 3 10 286 334 3/ "
4 4.3 36 24348
Airfix A 12 4 10 286 334 3/ "
4 4.3 36 24349
4 4.3 36 24347 Nr. 0343
Airfix A 18 3 10 328 325 3/ "

4 4.9 24 24458
Airfix A 18 4 10 328 325 3/ "
4 4.9 24 24459
4 4.9 24 24457
Airfix A 25 3 10 358 378 3/ "
4 6.6 18 24558
Airfix A 25 4 10 358 378 3/ "
4 6.6 18 24559
4 6.6 18 24557
Airfix A 35 4 8 396 437 3/ "
4 8.1 18 24659
4 8.1 18 24657
Airfix A 50 4 8 437 473 3/ "
4 11.2 12 24749
Airfix A 80 4 8 519 540 3/ "
4 15.0 12 24809
AIRFIX D
For use in potable water or fresh water installations.
The inside of the Airfix vessel has a special coating which prevents oxidation. The composition of the diaphragm has been
made for this range in such a way that there will be no variation in smell, colour or taste of the water. The famous Flexcon
clench ring construction allows the water section to be coated before assembly.
The Airfix D is fitted with a special synthetic full flow through device which eliminates the formation of unwanted bacteria.
Max. vessel temperature (bladder): 70 C.

Max. working temperature (design): 70 C.
Including special full flow through device.
Approvals: DVGW-W270
WRAS
ACS
PZH
KIWA approved execution available on request.
Airfix D
Type Pre- Max. Dimensions Con- Weight Order
charge work. nection [kg] Code
[bar] press. H.
[bar] [mm] [mm]
Nr. 0343
Airfix D 8 4 10 245 301 3/4" 3.2 50 14259
Airfix D 12 4 10 286 334 3/ "
4 4.3 36 14349
Airfix D 18 4 10 328 325 3/ "
4 4.9 24 14459
Airfix D 25 4 10 358 378 3/ "
4 6.6 18 14559
Airfix D 35 4 8 396 437 3/ "
4 8.1 18 14659
Well-designed Airx Technology Offers
Users Signicant Benets
Diaphragm pressure expansion vessels with boosted systems either on the suction side or the
removable diaphragms are suitable for use in hot discharge side of the pumps.
water, boosted and water-supply systems. These systems are designed to prevent low pressures
The Airfix D-E expansion vessel can be used in and changes in pressure at low flow rates.
AIRFIX D-E-B AIRFIX D-E-L
Airfix D-E-B Airfix D-E-L

For domestic, process or Streamlined flow through
extinguishing systems, with a diaphragm pressure
coated steel single threaded expansion vessel for use
connection as standard . in pressurising, water
supply and drinking-
water systems.
Airfix D-E
Flow through design.
The coated two-way flanged
system connection is directly
connected to the flow of the mains
water line.
Benefits Airfix D-E

Vessel flow through.
Low pressure drop.
The standard diaphragm-rupture sensor may be
configured for remote-control read-out.
AIRFIX D-E
Easy to install, with a long service life.
All vessels are ACS-certified.
4
Airfix D-E: sturdy, reliable and easy to install
The Airfix D-E is a flow through vessel with two The Airfix D-E expansion vessel collects the water in
flanged connections and is equipped with a removable its butyl-rubber bladder. Should the system pressure
butyl-rubber bladder. rise (when the pump starts up or water is no longer
The Airfix D-E is fitted with an electronic diaphragm- being drawn off) the vessel will take in water which
rupture sensor as standard and has an internally- will collect in the diaphragm; should the system
coated steel flow through flange. pressure drop (if water is drawn off), this water will be
recirculated into the draw off line.
The flow rate through the vessel is coupled with a
minimal loss of pressure.
Pressure gauge with self-sealing

reducer, vessel connection Rp 3/8" DIN 2999-1.
Diaphragm-rupture sensor,
red LED light to indicate
diaphragm rupture.
Normal permissible initial gas pressure

in delivery condition: 6 bar.
Airfix D-E vessels have a green external

coating.
Coated two-way connection

for the system pipework.
AIRFIX P 500 AIRFIX D-E
Benefits Airfix P
A wide-ranging line, suitable for many different uses.
Available in both vertical and horizontal models.
All vessels are WRAS and ACS-certified.
Airx Expansion Vessel Calculation for
Pressure Boosting Sets (Mains water)
The system can be used for the following applications: Selecting the appropriate Airfix
a. In small independent mains-water systems which expansion vessel
draw water from an aquifer or well.
b. in systems which, although they are connected to a Two factors play an important role in the choice of an
water main, are so far from a pumping station or expansion vessel. The first consideration is the total
water tower that pressure must be boosted locally. flow requirements of the system. This determines the
pump capacity, which can be used as the basis for the
The pressure expansion vessel is used to maintain calculation. The second factor of importance is the
uniform pressure in the system in combination with time the pump needs to top up the expansion vessel
a pressure switch that activates and deactivates from minimum to maximum pressure.
the pump.
If the pressure expansion vessel in question has a
greater capacity than required for the aforementioned
use, it can also be used as a storage vessel. In this
respect, the pump does not have to be activated when
small amounts are removed by the system, increasing
the pump's overall service life.
The cut-in pressure of the pressure switch should

preferably be set 0.2 bar higher than the expansion
vessel's initial pressure. The cut-in pressure for a
expansion vessel with 3.0 bar initial pressure is
therefore 3.2 bar.
4
The size of the pressure expansion vessel can be calculated using the following formula:
Qu + Qi pu + 1 pi + 1
V = 0.278 x = x x x t
2 pu pi pv + 1
This formula uses the following parameters:

V = capacity of the pressure expansion vessel in litres.
Qu = pump output at cut-out pressure in m3/h.
Qi = pump output at cut-in pressure in m3/h.
pu = pressure switch cut-out pressure in bar (abs.).
pi = pressure switch cut-in pressure in bar (abs.).
pv = initial pressure of the pressure expansion vessel in bar (abs.).
t = time in seconds during which the vessel can be drained without the pump cutting in.
If V is between the capacity values of two pressure expansion vessels, the larger of the two must always be
selected.
If the smaller pressure expansion vessel is selected, The pressure expansion vessel will then also work as a
the switching frequency of the pump will increase storage vessel. In this situation, we recommend using
significantly which, in turn, will have an adverse effect a flow-through Airfix vessel.
on the pump's service life. For larger capacity vessels it is possible to connect
If you need to discharge small amounts of water often more than one pressure expansion vessel in parallel.
without the pump cutting in, choose a greater value
for time; the value of V, the capacity of the pressure
expansion vessel will, accordingly, rise too.
Instructions on how to install pressure expansion vessels for potable appliances in

pressure boosting sets
Gas ll valve/
Shut off valve Shut off valve Airx D-E inspection
connection
Non-return valve
Pump
Reducer valve
Pressure switch PS Non-return valve Pressure gauge
Pressure gauge
Control valve Non-return valve
Shut off valve

Airx A/D Shut off valve Drain cock
Pump
Non-return valve To the

system
Mains water systems, particularly those which draw The pressure expansion vessel is filled with a
water from an aquifer or well, have relatively high controlled throughput.
levels of air. Thus, the pressure expansion vessel We recommend fitting a pressure regulator.
must be fitted so that there is no chance of an 'air
cushion' forming at the diaphragm.
AIRFIX D-E
High quality vessels for use in all (potable) water installations.
Its special flow through construction eliminates the formation of unwanted bacteria. The composition of the diaphragms has
been made for this range in such a way that there will be no variation in smell, colour or taste. The inside of the Airfix connection
flange has a special coating which prevents oxidation.
Electronic diaphragm rupture sensor.
With flange connection.
Max. working temperature: 70 C.
Material quality:
- EN/ISO: P245N.
ACS certified.
Airfix D-E - 10.0 bar

Type Capa- Dimensions Flanges * Weight Order
city (2x) [kg] Code
[l] H.
[mm] [mm]
Airfix D-E 50 50 450 836 DN 40 60 1 14700
Airfix D-E 80 80 450 1016 DN 40 70 1 14800
Airfix D-E 120 120 450 1271 DN 40 80 1 14812
Airfix D-E 180 180 550 1227 DN 40 110 1 14818
Airfix D-E 240 240 550 1487 DN 40 130 1 14824
Airfix D-E 300 300 550 1827 DN 40 150 1 14830
Airfix D-E 600 600 750 1840 DN 50 230 1 14860
Airfix D-E 800 800 750 2230 DN 50 270 1 14880
Airfix D-E 1000 1000 750 2730 DN 50 320 1 14910
Airfix D-E 1600 1600 1000 2663 DN 80 550 1 14916
Airfix D-E 2000 2000 1200 2412 DN 80 620 1 14920
Airfix D-E 3000 3000 1200 3312 DN 80 805 1 14930
* According to EN 1092-1 PN16.
Airfix D-E - 16.0 bar

Type Capa- Dimensions Flanges * Weight Order
city (2x) [kg] Code
[l] H.
[mm] [mm]
Airfix D-E 50 50 450 839 DN 40 70 1 14701
Airfix D-E 80 80 450 1019 DN 40 80 1 14801
Airfix D-E 120 120 450 1274 DN 40 95 1 14813
Airfix D-E 180 180 550 1238 DN 40 135 1 14819
Airfix D-E 240 240 550 1498 DN 40 160 1 14825
Airfix D-E 300 300 550 1838 DN 40 190 1 14831
Airfix D-E 600 600 750 1843 DN 50 300 1 14861
Airfix D-E 800 800 750 2233 DN 50 350 1 14881
Airfix D-E 1000 1000 750 2733 DN 50 415 1 14911
Airfix D-E 1600 1600 1000 2682 DN 80 610 1 14917
Airfix D-E 2000 2000 1200 2425 DN 80 680 1 14921
Airfix D-E 3000 3000 1200 3335 DN 80 890 1 14931
Remote Signaller for Diaphragm Rupture Sensor

Remote signaller for diaphragm rupture sensor for Airfix D-E expansion vessels.
Only with this appliance it is possible to have a remote signal from the rupture sensor of the Airfix
D-E.
Type Order
Code
Remote bladder rupture detector (ordered seperately) 1 14020
4
AIRFIX D-E-L
Standard vessels for use in all (potable) water installations. The construction also permits use in closed HVAC installations with a
maximum temperature of 70 C.
Its special flow-through construction eliminates the formation of unwanted bacteria. The composition of the diaphragms has
been made for this range in such a way that there will be no variation in smell, colour or taste. The inside of the Airfix vessel has
a special coating which prevents oxidation.
Visual bladder rupture indication by sight-glass.
Material quality:
- EN/ISO: P245N.
Airfix D-E-L
city [kg] Code
[l] H.
[mm] [mm]
Airfix D-E-L 50 50 450 845 G 1 1/4" 60 1 14702
Airfix D-E-L 80 80 450 1025 G 1 1/4" 70 1 14802
Airfix D-E-L 120 120 450 1280 G 1 1/4" 80 1 14814
Airfix D-E-L 180 180 550 1235 G 1 1/4" 110 1 14820
Airfix D-E-L 240 240 550 1495 G 1 1/4" 130 1 14826
Airfix D-E-L 300 300 550 1835 G 1 1/4" 150 1 14832
Airfix D-E-L 600 600 750 1850 G 1 1/4" 230 1 14862
AIRFIX D-E-B
Standard vessels for use in all (potable) water installations. The construction also permits use in closed HVAC installations with a
maximum temperature of 70 C.
The composition of the bladder has been made for this range in such a way that there will be no variation in smell, colour or
taste. The inside of the Airfix connection flange has a special coating which prevents oxidation.
With single threaded steel connection (no flow-through function).
Material quality:
- EN/ISO: P245N.
ACS certified.
Airfix D-E-B - 10.0 bar

city (F) [kg] Code
[l] H.
[mm] [mm]
Airfix D-E-B 50 50 450 830 1 1/2" 49 1 14704
Airfix D-E-B 80 80 450 1010 1 1/2" 57 1 14804
Airfix D-E-B 120 120 450 1265 1 1/2" 68 1 14816
Airfix D-E-B 180 180 550 1255 1 1/2" 99 1 14822
Airfix D-E-B 240 240 550 1515 1 1/2" 117 1 14828
Airfix D-E-B 300 300 550 1855 1 1/2" 140 1 14834
Airfix D-E-B 600 600 750 1840 2" 217 1 14864
Airfix D-E-B 800 800 750 2230 2" 255 1 14882
Airfix D-E-B 1000 1000 750 2730 2" 303 1 14912
Airfix D-E-B 1600 1600 1000 2680 2 1/2" 529 1 14918
Airfix D-E-B 2000 2000 1200 2400 2 1/2" 593 1 14922
Airfix D-E-B 3000 3000 1200 3300 2 1/2" 782 1 14932

city (F) [kg] Code
[l] H.
[mm] [mm]
Airfix D-E-B 50 50 450 830 1 1/2" 58 1 14703
Airfix D-E-B 80 80 450 1010 1 1/2" 69 1 14803
Airfix D-E-B 120 120 450 1265 1 1/2" 83 1 14815
Airfix D-E-B 180 180 550 1255 1 1/2" 124 1 14821
Airfix D-E-B 240 240 550 1515 1 1/2" 147 1 14827
Airfix D-E-B 300 300 550 1855 1 1/2" 178 1 14833
Airfix D-E-B 600 600 750 1840 2" 282 1 14863
Airfix D-E-B 800 800 750 2230 2" 333 1 14883
Airfix D-E-B 1000 1000 750 2730 2" 398 1 14913
Airfix D-E-B 1600 1600 1000 2680 2 1/2" 587 1 14919
Airfix D-E-B 2000 2000 1200 2400 2 1/2" 657 1 14923
Airfix D-E-B 3000 3000 1200 3300 2 1/2" 864 1 14933
4
city (F) [kg] Code
[l] H.
[mm] [mm]
Airfix D-E-B 50 50 450 830 1 1/2" 59 1 14705
Airfix D-E-B 80 80 450 1010 1 1/2" 71 1 14805
Airfix D-E-B 120 120 450 1265 1 1/2" 87 1 14811
Airfix D-E-B 180 180 550 1255 1 1/2" 123 1 14817
Airfix D-E-B 240 240 550 1515 1 1/2" 149 1 14829
Airfix D-E-B 300 300 550 1855 1 1/2" 182 1 14835
Airfix D-E-B 600 600 750 1840 2" 349 1 14865
Airfix D-E-B 800 800 750 2230 2" 417 1 14885
Airfix D-E-B 1000 1000 750 2730 2" 500 1 14905
Airfix D-E-B 1600 1600 1000 2680 2 1/2" 747 1 14915
Airfix D-E-B 2000 2000 1200 2400 2 1/2" 957 1 14925
Airfix D-E-B 3000 3000 1200 3300 2 1/2" 1288 1 14935
AIRFIX D-E(B) SEPARATE CONNECTIONS

Material quality stainless steel executions: AISI 304.
Mono Connections
Type Capacity Connection Order
[l] Code
Mono small - Stainless steel 50 - 300 G 1 1/2" 1 14960
Mono medium - Stainless steel 600 - 1000 G 2" 1 14961
Mono large - Stainless steel 1600 - 3000 G 2 1/2" 1 14962
Mono small - Coated steel 50 - 300 G 1 1/2" 1 14955
Mono medium - Coated steel 600 - 1000 G 2" 1 14956
Mono large - Coated steel 1600 - 3000 G 2 1/2" 1 14957
Duo Connections
Stainless steel: AISI 304.
Type Capacity Connection Order
[l] Code
Vessel System *
Duo small - Stainless steel 50 - 300 G 1 1/2" PN16 DN40 1 14950
Duo medium - Stainless steel 600 - 1000 G 2" PN16 DN50 1 14951
Duo large - Stainless steel 1600 - 3000 G 2 1/2" PN16 DN80 1 14952
* According to EN 1092-1 PN 16.
AIRFIX P
Potable water expansion vessels for use in domestic and commercial sealed chilled and hot water systems.
Designed to incorporate a unique contoured, replaceable bladder.

Standard gas charge: 3.5 bar.
Airfix P 2 - 35
Maximum working pressure: 10.0 bar.
Colour: coated grey (RAL 9006).
WRAS and ACS certified.
Type Capa- Dimensions Con- Weight Diaphragm Order
city nection [kg] Code
[l] H. (M)
[mm] [mm]
Airfix P 2 2 120 235 1/2" 4,6 * Butyl 336 24850
Airfix P 3 3 170 240 3/4" 1.5 Butyl 168 24851
Airfix P 5 5 170 275 3/4" 1.7 Butyl 144 24852
Airfix P 8 8 220 305 3/ "
4 2.2 Butyl 90 24853
Airfix P 12 12 260 310 3/ "
4 2.9 Butyl 72 24854
Airfix P 16 16 260 345 3/ "
4 3.4 EPDM 60 24855
Airfix P 18 18 260 375 3/ "
4 3.5 EPDM 60 24856
Airfix P 24 24 260 485 3/ "
4 4.3 EPDM 56 24857
Airfix P 35 35 380 470 1" 8.0 EPDM 24 24858
* Set of four in one box.
Nr. 1370
Airfix P 50 - 300
Type Capacity Dimensions Connection Weight Order
[l] (M) [kg] Code
H.
[mm] [mm]
Airfix P 50 50 380 720 1" 9.9 15 24859
Airfix P 60 60 380 830 1" 12.1 15 24860
Airfix P 80 80 460 760 1" 14.0 10 24861
Airfix P 100 100 460 880 1" 16.0 10 24862
Airfix P 150 150 510 1030 1" 25.5 8 24863
Airfix P 200 200 590 1070 1 1/4" 37.5 8 24864
Airfix P 300 300 650 1250 1 1/4" 50.5 3 24865
Nr. 1370
4
Airfix P 500 - 3000
Airfix P 750 - 3,000 supplied with feet.
Type Capa- Dimensions Connection Weight Dia- Order
city (M) [kg] phragm Code
[l] H.
[mm] [mm]
Airfix P 500 * 500 650 1780 R 1 1/2" 86 EPDM 1 24866
Airfix P 750 750 750 2035 R 1 1/2" 128 EPDM 1 24867
Airfix P 1000 1000 750 2535 Rp 2" 163 Butyl 1 24868
Airfix P 1500 1500 1000 2510 Rp 2 1/2" 423 Butyl 1 24869
Airfix P 2000 2000 1100 2745 Rp 2 1/2" 483 Butyl 1 24870
Airfix P 2500 2500 1200 3295 Rp 2 1/2" 537 Butyl 1 24871
Airfix P 3000 3000 1200 3425 Rp 2 1/2" 766 Butyl 1 24872
Airfix P 5000 5000 1500 3615 Rp 2 1/2" 1620 Butyl 1 24873
* WRAS and ACS certified.
Airfix P Horizontal
Type Max. working Capa- Dimensions Con- Weight Order
pressure city nection [kg] Code
[bar] [l] H. (M)
[mm] [mm]
Airfix P 24-H 8 24 260 485 3/4" 4.7 56 24880
Airfix P 50-H 10 50 380 595 1" 8.1 20 24890
Airfix P 60-H 10 60 380 720 1" 10.4 15 24881
Airfix P 80-H 10 80 460 660 1" 12.3 12 24882
Airfix P 100-H 10 100 460 780 1" 14.0 12 24883
Airfix P 150-H 10 150 510 950 1" 23.5 6 24884
Airfix P 200-H 10 200 590 940 1 1/4" 34.2 6 24885
Airfix P 300-H 10 300 650 1150 1 1/4" 44.0 6 24886
Airfix P 500-H 10 500 750 1420 1 1/4" 58.0 6 24887 Nr. 1370
5.
Accessories for
Sanitary Installations
Flamcos Prescor B safety valves protect potable water systems from
exceeding the maximum design operating pressure. Once the set
pressure has been reached the safety valve will open to prevent a further
rise in pressure. Prescor valves are produced in a variety of tting sizes
and pressure ratings.
The materials and construction of Flamco B safety valves are of the
highest quality to ensure total safety and peace of mind. They can be
used in combination with any boiler system.
Accessories for Sanitary Installations
Prescor Boiler Valves
The Highest Quality of System Protection
The Prescor B and SB boiler valves protect sealed compressed, so without this sort of safeguard the
mains water systems against excess pressure. pressure in the system could rise to a dangerous
Such a safeguard is a requirement because of the level. Local regulations and standards and water
expansion of system water and the presence of a pressures must be observed when using Prescor B
non-return valve. Of course, water cannot be and Prescor SB valves at all times.
Cap for lifting the valve.
Spring for setting the

pressure of the safety valve.
Diaphragm that prevents

moisture and dirt from getting
into the moving parts.
Valve with rubber seal.
PRESCOR B
Benefits
Solid brass housing. N.B. Prescor boiler valves must not be installed with the
Wide range, so the right valve can be used at all discharge port facing upwards.
X
times.
Because of the ''pop'' effect a high blow-off
capacity.
Can be used in combination with any storage boiler
system.
Construction and choice of materials are your
guarantee of safety.
OK WRONG
5
How It Works
When the system pressure reaches the set pressure, creating a large blow off capacity. This is a
the Prescor B boiler valve begins to vent, whereby the permanent, reliable safeguard against overpressure.
pressure stops rising. If, due to specific Venting can be prevented by fitting a suitably sized
circumstances, the pressure rapidly rises over the set Airfix expansion vessel for sanitary systems.
pressure, the Prescor B boiler valve will open fully,
The valve size of both the Prescor B and the

Prescor SB is determined by the capacity
and output of the boiler.
Lifting lever.
The set pressure of the

safety valve is locked and
cannot be changed.
To prevent limescale, the

moving parts must be kept dry
in all circumstances.
The diaphragm
ensures this.
All Prescor B and Prescor SB valves are

individually tested to guarantee their
function, and they comply with European
Directive 97/23/EC, the Pressure
Equipment Directive.
PRESCOR SB
Well Designed Technology and Application

The seating of Prescor boiler valves is designed so that set pressure of the safety valve. Due to this
it not only makes a perfect seal, but can also achieve a combination of a specifically designed seating and
large blow-off capacity. special rubber, it is possible to achieve optimum safety.
The hardness of the rubber is adapted according to the
PRESCOR B SAFETY VALVES
For protecting water heaters and potable water systems.
Prescor B
Type Set Connection Capacity Order
pressure [kW] Code
[bar] Inlet Outlet
Prescor B /2
1 6.0 1/2" F 1/2" F 75 50 27100
Prescor B 1/2 8.0 1/2" F 1/2" F 75 50 27101
Prescor B 1/2 10.0 1/ " F
2
1/ " F
2 75 50 27102
Prescor B 3/4 6.0 3/ " F
4 1" F 150 40 27110
Prescor B 3/4 7.0 3/ " F
4
3/ " F
4 150 40 28233
Prescor B 3/4 8.0 3/ " F
4 1" F 150 40 27111
Prescor B 3/4 10.0 3/ " F
4 1" F 150 40 27112
Prescor B 1 6.0 1" F 1 1/4" F 250 16 29005
Prescor B 1 7.0 1" F 1 1/4" F 250 16 28993
Prescor B 1 8.0 1" F 1 1/4" F 250 16 29006
Prescor B 1 10.0 1" F 1 1/4" F 250 16 29007
Nr. 0343
Prescor SB
Type Set Connection Capacity Order
pressure [kW] Code
[bar] Inlet Outlet
Prescor SB 1 /4 1 6.0 1 /4" F
1 1 /2" F
1 350 1 29008
Prescor SB 1 1/4 8.0 1 1/4" F 1 1/2" F 350 1 29009
Prescor SB 1 1/4 10.0 1 1/4" F 1 1/2" F 350 1 29010
Prescor SB 1 1/2 6.0 1 1/2" F 2" F 600 1 29011
Prescor SB 1 1/2 8.0 1 1/2" F 2" F 600 1 29012
Prescor SB 1 1/2 10.0 1 1/2" F 2" F 600 1 29013
Prescor SB 2 6.0 2" F 2 /2" F
1 900 1 29015
Prescor SB 2 8.0 2" F 2 1/2" F 900 1 29016
Prescor SB 2 10.0 2" F 2 1/2" F 900 1 29017
Nr. 0343
AIRFIXCONTROL
With this component the flushing function is fully guaranteed. When the vessel is disconnected from the system, the system flow
remains in function.
AirfixControl enables an easy yearly precharge check of the Airfix A or D expansion vessel.
AirfixControl
Type Order
Code
AirfixControl 1 28930
5
WALL MOUNTING
Flexcon DT
To assist in mounting and removing Flexcon and Airfix vessels.
Type Application Dimensions Order

A Code
[mm]
Flexcon DT Flexcon/Airfix 2 - 25 350 1 27925
SB-A Band
For mounting an Airfix P expansion vessel (2 - 35 litres) to the wall.
Code
SB-A Band for fitting Airfix P vessels, to be 5 27914
combined with MB-2
MB
For mounting Flexcon/Airfix vessels of 8 - 25 litres. Provided with a slot into which the Flexcon vessel clamp ring fits precisely.
Tightening the two bolts is all that is needed to make a sturdy connection.
Material: DC01 A-m, zinc coated.

Connection to the wall with two 8 plugs and two 6 screws with hexagon head (wrench 10).
Connection of the vessel to the MB by means of two M5 bolts with cross head.
Separately available are sets of 5 hose clamps for connection vessels without clench ring (size approx. 325 mm).
With spring and adapter for even more installation convenience.

Code
A B C
[mm] [mm] [mm]
Flamco Safety Groups
For Effective Safeguarding of Your System
Combination Pressure Relief Valves and Safety The Benefits of Prescor IC ".
Groups Sound-class 1 approved.
Apart from the Prescor B and Prescor SB boiler KIWA/Belgaqua certied.
valves, Flamco also supplies different types of Prescor With " 15 mm compression tting.
IC and Flexbrane safety groups. Large ow capacity, so hardly any loss of pressure
through the outlet.
Tundish can be rotated through 360. Hence it can
be tted in almost any position.
Compact, so recommended for built-in appliances.
Non-return valve
prevents water
flowing back into
the supply line.
Opening for the
non-return valve at
the back.
Relief valve.
FLEXBRANE
Block and bleed valve.
Tundish.
PRESCOR IC
The tundish can be rotated through 360.

Hence it can be fitted in almost any position.
Compact model, modern design.
5
SAFETY GROUPS
For protecting the potable water system from excess pressure during the heating cycle.
A non-return valve with inspection port will prevent the water (e.g. from a water heater) from flowing back into the mains water
pipe.
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
Pressure (bar)
0.5
0.4
0.3
Prescor IC " Prescor IC "
0.2
0.1
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Capacity (m3/h)
Prescor IC
Type For storage Set Connection* Order
vessels pressure [mm] Code
up to [bar]
[l]
Prescor IC 1/2 - solder 200 8 15 w x 15 w x 22 c 20 27172
Prescor IC 1/2 - compression 200 8 15 c x 15 c x 22 c 20 27173
Prescor IC 3/4 - solder 1000 8 22 w x 22 w x 28 c 1 27191
Prescor IC 3/4 - compression 1000 8 22 c x 22 c x 28 c 1 27190
* c = compression connection
w = solder connection
Flexbrane
Type Set pressure Connection Order
[bar] Code
Flexbrane CE-H 3/4 hor. 7 3/4" F x 3/4" M x 1" M 1 28388
Flexbrane SST NF - ACS 7 3/4" F x 3/4" M x 1" M 20 28365
Flexbrane CF 1 hor. 7 1" F x 1" M x 1" M 1 28387
Plastic siphon for CE and 7 1" x 1" 1 27184
connection piece
Prevent Water Hammer Simply and Effectively
The Flexofit water hammer arrestor has been
specially developed to absorb water hammer
in sanitary mains water systems and
is made of chrome-plated brass.
Some Possible Causes of Water Hammer

A valve (or solenoid) or tap closing too quickly.
The non-return valve.
A pump that suddenly cuts in or out.
Pressurized gas cushion.
Rubber diaphragm.
Water at system pressure
T-piece.
The Flexofit water hammer arrestor absorbs the wave

of pressure before it can develop into water hammer.
The Flexofit does this by having two areas that are
separated by a rubber diaphragm. On one side, there
is a gas cushion under pressure, while the other side
is in connected to the system.
The gas cushion compresses and absorbs the wave of
pressure.
5
Selection Table
System pressure [bar] 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.5 6 6.5 7
Pipe diameter Max. pipe length up to Number of Flexot S

the 1st bend water hammer arrestors to be tted
[m]
" (15 mm) 15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2
20 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 - -
30 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 - - -
" (22 mm) 7.5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2
15 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 - - - -
20 2 2 2 2 2 - - - - - -
1" (28 mm) 7.5 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 - -
15 2 2 2 2 2 - - - - - -
20 2 - - - - - - - - - -
1" (35 mm) 7.5 2 2 2 2 2 2 - - - - -
This table is based on a flow rate of 3 m/s.
A Flexofit in the line leading to a urinal In combination with a wash hand basin Used with a washing machine
flusher
Water hammer can be described as a change in

pressure in a sealed pipeline as a consequence of
sudden changes in the flow speed of fluid in the
system. This creates a wave of pressure that moves
rapidly through the line. This wave of pressure may
result in the creation of vibrations, noise or even a
fracture in the pipe or serious damage to equipment
and pumps. It is thus important to prevent water
hammer.
FLEXOFIT T-PIECE
FLEXOFIT S WATER SHOCK ARRESTOR
Flexofit S absorbs water hammer in order to minimize noise and damage to the system.
Solid brass, chromium plated housing.

Maximum working pressure: 10.0 bar.
Maximum working temperature: 90 C (363 K).
Flexofit S
Type Pre-charge Dimensions Connection Order
[bar] Code
H.
[mm] [mm]
Flexofit S 1/2 2 83 102 1/2" M 20 24980
Flexofit S T-fitting
For mounting Flexofit water hammer arrestors quickly and easily between the tap and the
washing machine or dish-washer.
Code
T-fitting Flexofit S 3 /4" F x 1/2" F x 3/4" M 1 24985
VESSEL CARRIER
Vessel Carrier
A handy vessel carrier which makes it very easy and safe to handle or transport the exchanged vessel.
Easy to use.
Prevents spilling of (polluted) heating installation water in your transporter or at home with the customer.
The vessel can be handled with one hand only.
Easy to be mounted and removed (for multiple use).

Code
Vessel carrier 3 /4" Flexcon/Airfix 2 - 25 1 27902
7.
Accessories
for Water Heaters
and Storage Vessels
With a product range that includes ribbed-tube heat exchangers, insulation
ttings and capillary dip tubes for temperature sensors, Flamcos range
of accessories for water heaters and storage vessels is extensive.
As with the caloriers and storage vessels, the range of accessories is made
from the highest quality materials and contributes to the efciency of the
system.
Accessories for Water Heaters and Storage Vessels
Heating element with
External thermostat
Insulation coupling
Built-in thermostat
Magnesium anode
flange connection
Maintenance-free
Screw-in heating
Ribbed tube heat
Plunge pipe 1)
Thermometer
exchanger
element
anode
PS buffer vessel connector

Built-in thermometer
Foot-height adjuster
TR 1/2" L = 300 mm
TR 3/4" L = 200 mm
Inspection port
MGA 700-L 22
MGA 1100-M
MGA 1500-M
MGA 1500-L
MGA 500-M
MGA 700-M
MGA 900-M
IVS - G 1/2"
IVS - G 3/4"
TH 63/100
TH 80/100
IVS - G 1"
RWT 1.8
RWT 2.3
RWT 4.6
FSA 400
FSA 800
FSA 401
FSA 801
EHK 4.5
EHK 7.5
EHF 2.5
EHF 3.8
EHF 7.5
EHF 10
EHF 12
RWT 1
RWT 3
EHK 2
EHK 3
EHK 6
EHK 9
EHF 3
EHF 5
EHF 6
EBTH
ATH
Item
120 110 B B B
150 110 B B B
Standard
Standard
200 110 B B B
300 110 A A A
400 110 I A A A E
Duo
500 110 I A A A E
For RWT 1.8 - 3

750 205 R R R R R R R R I I I I C C C C E
Standard
For RWT 4.6

1000 205 R R R R R R R R I I I I D C C C C C D
For RWT 1
1500 205 R R R R R R R R I I I I I
2000 205 R R R R R R R R I I I I I
200 110 B B B
Standard
Standard
300 110 A A A
400 110 I A A A E
Duo Solar
500 110 I A A A E
750 205 R R R R R R R R I I I I C C C C E
1000 205 R R R R R R R R I I I I C C C C C
200
300
WPS-E
400
500
300 110 B
Sta.
Sta.
Duo HLS 400 110 B B

500 110 B B
100
150
200
300
Duo HLS-E
400
500
750 110
910 110
400 110 I A A A E
Sta.
Sta.
HLS Solar
500 110 I A A A E
200
300
Duo HLS-E 400
Solar 500
750 110
910 110
200
300
For RWT 1
500 110 I B B B B
LS 750 110 I B B B B B
1000 110 I B B B B B B
1500 110 I B B B B B B
2000 110 I B B B B B B
300
500
LS-E
750 110
1000 110
110 K K
Sta.
U-HP
160 K K
7
Heating element with
External thermostat
Insulation coupling
Built-in thermostat
Magnesium anode
flange connection
Maintenance-free
Screw-in heating
Ribbed tube heat
Plunge pipe 1)
Thermometer
exchanger
element
anode
PS buffer vessel connector

Built-in thermometer
Foot-height adjuster
TR 1/2" L = 300 mm
TR 3/4" L = 200 mm
Inspection port
MGA 700-L 22
MGA 1100-M
MGA 1500-M
MGA 1500-L
MGA 500-M
MGA 700-M
MGA 900-M
IVS - G 1/2"
IVS - G 3/4"
TH 63/100
TH 80/100
IVS - G 1"
RWT 1.8
RWT 2.3
RWT 4.6
FSA 400
FSA 800
FSA 401
FSA 801
EHK 4.5
EHK 7.5
EHF 2.5
EHF 3.8
EHF 7.5
EHF 10
EHF 12
RWT 1
RWT 3
EHK 2
EHK 3
EHK 6
EHK 9
EHF 3
EHF 5
EHF 6
EBTH
ATH
Item
150
200
ESP 300
400
500
120 80
Stand.
Stand.
TS 150 80
200 80
200 F F F
300 F F F
500 F F F
750 F F F
825 F F F
PS 850 F F F
1000 F F F
1200 F F F
1500 F F F
1800 F F F
2000 F F F
500 205 R R R R R R R R F F F
PS-F 750 205 R R R R R R R R F F F
1000 205 R R R R R R R R F F F
500 F F F
750 F F F
PS-R
1000 F F F
1500 F F F
500/150
KPS 750/200
1000/200
500
Duo FWS 750
1000
750
FWP
1000
= Can be used without additional accessories.
A = Can be built in using blank DN 110 flange adapter including sleeve/socket G 11/2" (order code 18967); alternatively can be fitted
directly into sleeve/socket G 11/2" above the lower coil (Mg anode must be replaced with maintenance-free anode from EHK 3 in
400 and 500 liter model).
B = Can be built in using blank DN 110 flange adapter including sleeve/socket G 11/2" (order code 18967).
C = Can be fitted directly into sleeve/socket G 11/2" above the lower coil.
D = For DUO 1000 850 (old model) only.
E = Can be fitted directly into sleeve/socket G 11/2" above the lower coil; Mg anode must be replaced with maintenance-free FSA
anode in 400 and 500 litre model.
F = Can be built in using reducer coupling 3/4" x 1/2".
I = Use in combination with IVS insulation coupling only; a prerequisite for enamelled water heaters.
K = For models with cleaning flange only.
R = Can be built in using adapter flange. DN 205/DN 110 (order code 18920).
1)
Standard here means that the plunge pipe is already built in. (Varies in length depending on the type).
TANK ACCESSORIES
IVS Isolating Joints

For the RWT finned-pipe heat exchanger.
Type Order
Code
Flamco IVS - G 1/2 1 18945
Flamco IVS - G 3/4 1 18946
Flamco IVS - G 1 1 18947
Foot Levelling Set

Set of 3 adjustable feet.
Code
Foot levelling set Duo 150 - 500, Duo-Solar 200 - 500, Duo HLS, 1 18989
HLS-Solar
Foot levelling set Duo FWS/FWP 750-1000 1 18152
PSV Additional Connection Sleeves

For PS 500 - 1000, PS-R 750 - 1000.
Code
PSV Coupling 1 1/2" 1 18996
ANODES
For potable water systems.
FSA Anode
Maintenance free anode for Duo, Duo Solar, LS, TS, KPS and UHP.
Type Used for Con- Fitted length Order
nection [mm] Code
(M)
FSA 400 Duo 150-500, Duo Solar 300-500, 3 /4" 400 1 18960
UHP 110-160 basic, LS 200-750, KPS
FSA 800 Duo/Duo-Solar 750-1000, LS 1000 3/ "
4 800 1 18961
FSA 401 UHP 110-160, TS 120-200 M8 400 1 18962
FSA 801 Duo 1000 (850) M8 800 1 18963
FSA/E Anode
Maintenance free anode for LS-E.
Protection for stainless steel vessels designed for aggressive water conditions.
Type Order
Code
FSA/E 800 1 18964
MgA Anode
Magnesium replaceable anode. Non insulated version.
Type Used for Con- Fitted length Order
nection [mm] Code
(M)
MgA 500 - M Duo 150-300, LS 200-500, UHP 110- 1 1/4" 500 1 18970
160 basic, KPS
MgA 700 - M Duo 400-500, 1 1/4" 700 1 18971
Duo-Solar 300-400,
LS 750
MgA 700 - L 22 TS 120-200, UHP (B) 110-160 M8 700 1 18974
MgA 900 - M Duo-Solar 500, LS 1000, Duo HLS 1 1/4" 900 1 18973
300-400, HLS-Solar 400
MgA 1500 - M Duo/Duo-Solar 750 - 1000 1 1/4" 1500 1 18975
MgA 1500-L Duo 1000 ( 850) M8 1500 1 18976
7
FLANGES
Reducing Flange
With double enamelling, gasket and M 12 bolts, to fit heating elements (screwed, flanged).
Type Order
Code
Reducing flange DN 205 x DN 110 1 18920
Reducing flange DN 180 x DN 110 1 18919
Reducing flange DN 110 x G 1 1/2 * 1 18967
* For assembly of threaded heating element EHK. With bushing G 1 .
Blind Flange
Same corrosion protection as the vessel.
Bolts and gasket included.
Type Order
Code
Blind flange DN 110 1 18980
Gaskets
Type Order
Code
Gasket DN 110 - F 1 18990
Gasket DN 110 - Lipseal 1 18993
Gasket DN 120 1 18992
Gasket DN 205 1 18923
THERMOSTATS
ATH Build-on Thermostat

Type Switching power Order
[A] Code
ATH 10 1 18951
EBTH Built-in Thermostat

For Duo 150-500, Duo Solar.
Type Switching power Order
[A] Code
EBTH 10 1 18953
TH Tank Thermometer
Immersion pipe included.
Type Order
Code
Flamco TH 63/100 1 18925
Flamco TH 80/150 1 18926
Built-in thermometer with capillary sensor 1 18927
TR Immersion Pipe
For temperature sensor.
Type Order
Code
Flamco TR G 1/2 - 300 1 18955
Flamco TR G 3/4 - 200 1 18956
HEATING ELEMENTS
EHF Heating Element

Heating element (Incoloy) with flange.
Not suitable for Duo 150-300 and Duo-Solar 300.
Type Output Fitted length System Order
[kW] [mm] Connection Code
EHF 2.5 2.5 450 DN 110 1 18910
EHF 3 3.0 450 DN 110 1 18911
EHF 3.8 3.8 450 DN 110 1 18912
EHF 5 5.0 450 DN 110 1 18913
EHF 6 6.0 450 DN 110 1 18914
EHF 7.5 7.5 450 DN 110 1 18915
EHF 10 10.0 450 DN 110 1 18916
EHF 12 * 12.0 530 DN 110 1 18917
EHF 15 ** 15.0 630 DN 110 1 17340
EHF 45 *** 45.0 630 DN 165 1 17345
* External contactors for temperature control and safety temperature required.
** External relays on site necessary.
*** External relays on site necessary, adjustable for 15, 20, 30, 35 or 45 kW.
EHK Heating Element

Threaded heating element with connection G 1 ".
Incoloy heating elements.
With thermostat and maximum temperature limiter.
Type Output Fitted length Order
[kW] [mm] Code
EHK 2 1) 2) 2.0 320 1 18930
EHK 3 1) 2) 3.0 390 1 18931
EHK 4.5 1) 2) 4.5 470 1 18932
EHK 6 2) 6.0 620 1 18933
EHK 7.5 7.5 720 1 18934
EHK 9 9.0 780 1 18935
1) EHK 2 to 4.5 for incorporation in Duo 150-300, Duo-Solar 300.
Please order Blind flange DN 110 including G 1 nut.
2) Installation in Duo / DUO-Solar 300 possible through lower hose connection with G 1 thread. With EHK 3 and above in 400 and 500 litre
vessels the Mg Anode has to be replaced by an impressed anode. EHK 6 can only be used for 400 litre vessels and above.
RWT Finned-pipe Heat Exchanger

Type Connection Fitted length Heating Order
[mm] surface Code
Flange Male [m2]
(DN) thread
RWT 1 - 1/2" 490 1.0 1 18940
RWT 1.8 - 3/4" 470 1.8 1 18941
RWT 2.3 - 3/ "
4 550 2.3 1 18942
RWT 3 - 3/ "
4 490 3.0 1 18943
RWT 4.6 - 1" 790 4.6 1 18944
7
DUO/DUO-SOLAR INSULATION
Insulating Mantle Duo/Duo-Solar

80 mm soft foam insulation mantle (CFC-free) for the Duo and Duo Solar.
Type Colour Order
Code
Insulation Duo/Duo-Solar 750 white 1 18393

Insulation Duo/Duo-Solar 750 orange 1 18392
Insulation Duo/Duo-Solar 1000 white 1 18398
Insulation Duo/Duo-Solar 1000 orange 1 18397
Insulation Duo 1500 white 1 18452
Insulation Duo 1500 orange 1 18455
Insulation Duo 2000 white 1 18462
Insulation Duo 2000 orange 1 18465
LS INSULATION
Insulating Mantle LS
80 mm soft foam insulation mantle (CFC-free) for the LS.
Type Colour Order
Code
Insulation LS 500 orange 1 18753
Insulation LS 500 white 1 18755
Flamco Fleece Insulation: The Solution For
Reduction Of Heat Losses
Do good ideas actually ever have to be complicated?
The new fleece insulation jacket from Flamco
proves the opposite is true: It is supplied as a
complete set, can be quickly fitted and
is highly versatile.
Versatile
Our new fleece insulation is available for the PS and
PS/R storage vessels and the FWP and Duo FWS
combination heaters.
Moreover, the new materials conform to the
B2 fire-safety class under the terms of DIN 4102.
PS PS/R FWP DUO FWS
7
Quickly and easily fitted Fitting instructions
With the aid of the hooked fastening strips the fleece The insulating jacket is fitted around the vessel and
insulation can be easily and quickly fitted in a few secured in place using the hooked fastening strips.
simple steps. The jacket can be smoothed and lightly tapped with
the hand until it fits snugly to the surface of the vessel.
Then the fastening strips can be tightened, working
from top to bottom, so that the jacket fits tightly all
around the vessel. Once fitting is complete, the
fastening strips can be conveniently concealed with
the covering strips provided.
Well insulated
The new insulating jacket ensures that heat losses
can be reduced to a minimum. This insulating jacket
comprises insulating material which is particularly
ecologically sound, as it contains 50% recycled
material. The precise fit ensures minimum convection
losses. This keeps the heat where it belongs.
Completely equipped The advantages of fleece insulation:

The Flamco insulation set contains all you need for Lightweight.
the best in heat insulation and comprises 100 mm of Good fit.
polyester fleece insulation and a polystyrol jacket, Easy to fit.
flexible fleece inserts for the top and bottom, a cover, Ready assembled.
a set of escutcheons, fastening strips and two Fire-safety class B2, according to DIN 4102.
covering strips to secure the connections.
FWP/DUO FWS INSULATION
Fleece Insulation Mantle FWP/Duo FWS

Polyester fibre fleece insulation with polystyrene surface and thermoformed deep-drawn cover.
Approximately 25 % lower loss of residual heat compared to soft foam insulation.

50 % of the polyester fibre fleece is recycled.
Fire class B2, according to DIN 4102.
Thermal conductivity value = 0.0386 W/m K, according to DIN EN 12667.
Thickness: 100 mm (when fitted as insulation).
The outer polystyrene layer (thickness 1 mm) is laminated on the polyester fibre fleece insulation.
Colour: white.
Easy to install, insulating plates are joined by attached hook-fasteners.
Retrospective mounting not possible.
Available for Duo FWS, FWP and PS, PS-R.
Type Colour Order

Code
100 mm fleece insulation Duo FWS / FWP 550 white 1 19220
Insulating Mantle FWP/Duo FWS

80 mm and 120 mm soft foam insulation mantle (CFC-free) for the Duo FWS and FWP.
Type Colour Order
Code
80 mm insulation Duo FWS 550 white 1 19210
120 mm insulation Duo FWS 550 white 1 19211
80 mm insulation FWP / Duo FWS 750 white 1 18158
KPS INSULATION
Insulating Mantle KPS

80 mm soft foam insulation mantle (CFC-free) for the KPS.
Type Colour Order
Code
Insulation KPS 500/150 orange 1 19112
Insulation KPS 500/150 white aluminum 1 19114
Insulation KPS 750/200 white 1 19089
Insulation KPS 750/200 grey-white 1 19085
Insulation KPS 1000/200 grey-white 1 19095
Insulation KPS 1000/200 white 1 19099
7
PS(-R) INSULATION
Insulating Mantle PS(-R)

65 mm and 85 mm soft foam insulation mantle (CFC-free) for the PS(-R).
Other colours available on request.
Type Colour Order
Code
65 mm insulation PS 200 orange 1 18602
65 mm insulation PS 200 white 1 18603
65 mm insulation PS 200 white aluminum 1 18604
80 mm insulation PS / PS-R 500 orange 1 18758
80 mm insulation PS / PS-R 500 white 1 18761
80 mm insulation PS / PS-R 500 white aluminum 1 18760
80 mm insulation PS / PS-R 1000 (850) orange 1 18852
80 mm insulation PS / PS-R 1000 (850) white 1 18854
80 mm insulation PS / PS-R 1000 (850) white aluminum 1 18849
100 mm insulation PS-F 500 white 1 19008
80 mm insulation PS-F 500 orange 1 19007
80 mm insulation PS-F 500 white aluminium 1 19005
Fleece Insulation Mantle PS/PS-R

Polyester fibre fleece insulation with polystyrene surface and thermoformed deep-drawn cover.
Similar to the Fleece Insulation Mantle FWP / Duo FWS, but for the PS / PS-R 200 - 2000.
Type Colour Order
Code
100 mm fleece insulation PS 200 white 1 19223
100 mm fleece insulation PS / PS-R 500 white 1 19225
100 mm fleece insulation PS / PS-R 1000 ( 790) white 1 19229
100 mm fleece insulation PS / PS-R 1000 ( 850) white 1 19230
6.
Water Heaters and
Storage Vessels
Flamcos range of high quality storage vessels and caloriers for potable
water, airconditioning and heating systems. The caloriers can be used
with all modern heating systems, whilst the Twin Coil units are ideal for
use with solar panels and secondary heat sources.
Made from top quality materials and insulated according to the most
stringent environmental guidelines, they have a high heat output and are
highly energy efcient.
Indirect Water Heaters Direct Water Heaters /
(potable water) Storage Vessels
(potable water)
Duo Duo-HLS-E Solar LS
Indirect water heater with integrated, Indirectly-heated stainless-steel Storage tank for use in combination
enamelled heating coil. upright cylinder, which can be used with external heat exchangers.
High quality (double) enamelled to link thermal solar systems with High quality (double) enamelled
vessel. modern central-heating systems. vessel.
150 - 2,000 litres. 200 - 910 litres. 200 - 2,000 litres.
Duo-Solar DWH LS-E

Indirect water heater with two Storage tank for use in combination Upright stainless-steel cylinder,
integrated enamelled heating coil with external heat exchangers. which can be used for potable-water
(one for connecting to a solar 120 - 3,000 litres heating systems connected to
powered system) external heat exchangers.
High quality (double) enamelled 300 - 1,000 litres.
vessel.
200 - 1,000 litres.
UHP
WPS-E Indirect water heater with one
Indirectly-heated stainless-steel integrated enamelled heating coil
upright cylinder, which can be used for mounting under a wall mounted
in combination with heat pumps. boiler.
200 - 500 litres. High quality (double) enamelled
vessel.
110 - 160 litres.
Duo-HLS
Indirect water heater with integrated, HZWH
enamelled high yield heating coil for Indirect horizontal water heater.
connecting to heat pumps. 100 - 300 litres.
High quality (double) enamelled
vessel.
300 - 5,000 litres.
TS
Duo-HLS-E Indirect horizontal water heater
Indirectly-heated stainless-steel with integrated heating coil.
upright cylinder, which can be High quality (double) enamelled
combined with all modern central- vessel.
heating systems. 120 - 200 litres.
100 - 910 litres.
HLS-Solar
With two integrated, enamelled
high yield heating coils (one for
connecting to heat pumps and one
for connecting to a solar powered
system.
High quality (double) enamelled
vessel.
400 - 500 litres.
6
Storage Vessels 'Combi' Vessels
(cooling and heating systems) (potable water systems)
PS FWP
Steel storage tanks (internally Combined storage vessel with
uncoated). potable water heater for solar heated
50 - 3,000 litres. installations.
For connecting to heat pumps.
750 - 1,000 litres.
PS-R Duo-FWS
Steel storage tanks (internally Combined storage vessel with
uncoated) potable water heater for solar heated
With heat exchanger. installations.
500 - 1,500 litres. Stainless steel heating coil for
heating potable water.
550 - 1,000 litres.
KPS
Space saving storage tank with
integrated heater.
500 - 1,000 litres.
Flamco Water Heaters for Potable Water,
Cooling and Heating Systems
The Benefits of Flamco Water Heaters:
Flamco water heaters are made from first class Officially certified materials.
materials, provide excellent heat output and are very Very high heat output and wide product range.
energy efficient. The Duo and Duo Solar ranges offer Insulation compliant with the strictest environmental
a modern solution for your potable water system. guidelines.
Compliant with European Directives for potable water.
CFC-free direct foam injection

with outer shell (up to and including 500
litre models).
With thermometer and
thermostat (optional).
Can be used in combination
with all modern heating systems.
Sturdy, yet installation

friendly construction.
Adjustable feet for accurate levelling

(fitted as standard from 800 litre models).
DUO WPS-E
Duo Solar HLS Solar

A range of economical and powerful indirect water High capacity water heater, designed for combination
heaters (with high quality enamelling) for heating of heat pumps with low temperature heating systems
potable water. and solar boilers, providing hot (potable) water for
large domestic dwellings, flats with centralised
Duo HLS-E services, commercial and industrial premises.
Indirectly heated stainless steel upright cylinder, which
can be combined with all modern central heating
systems.
6
Duo HLS
Indirectly heated upright vessel with welded, high for hygienic water heating and optimum protection
capacity tube heat exchangers. Can be combined against corrosion in combination with Mg-anode.
with heat pumps. With DN 110 inspection port for connecting an
The vessel and spiral tubes are made of high quality electrical element using a flange adapter.
steel with two coat enamelling (DIN 4753/3 compliant)
Indirectly heated upright Hot water.

vessel with welded tube heat
exchangers.
The smooth surface

of the enamel makes it Circulation
difficult for limescale to DUO-SOLAR
accumulate.
Supply.
Return
Inspection port which can
be used for an electrical
element.
Cold water.
DUO DUO HLS
U-HP WPS-E
Small glasslined water heaters providing the optimum Indirectly heated stainless steel upright cylinder,
thermal output and reducing the loss of energy to a which can be used in combination with heat pumps.
minimum.
TS
Duo HLS-E Solar Compact and small horizontal water heaters providing
Indirectly heated stainless steel upright cylinder, hot (potable) water to the system.
which can be used to link thermal solar systems with
modern central heating systems.
Flamco Storage Vessels:
Craftsmanship, Experience and High Quality
Water heaters and storage vessels are used in products. The number and configuration of the
numerous locations and use a variety of energy connections make it possible to combine the vessels
sources. Flamco has a solution for the majority of with all typical boilers with little extra effort.
applications. All materials used are independently tested and
The Flamco range is as wide as it is flexible and really certified.
stands out due to the first-class quality of the
LS-E Stainless Steel Potable

Water Vessel
Parts that can come into
contact with water are made of
corrosion resistant
Hot water. stainless steel.
Inspection port on
Connection
of heat exchanger.
the LS and LS-E
from 500 litres.
Circulation.
Connection LS-E
of heat exchanger.
Cold water.
LS
LS Potable Water Buffer Vessel

These vessels are used for the storage of heated High quality, DIN 4753/3 compliant enamelling for
potable water. A thick insulating jacket ensures that hygienic water heating and optimum protection
heat transfer with the ambient atmosphere is kept to a against corrosion in combination with Mg or
minimum. Suitable for connecting to external heat maintenance-free anode (fitted as standard from
exchangers or a group of heat accumulators. 1,500 liter models).
6
PS Cooling and Heating Buffer Vessels
Flamco buffer vessels are distinguished by their Suitable for use in all sorts of sealed heating systems,
sturdy, low maintenance construction. High-quality but can also be used as a cold-water reservoir. With
materials guarantee optimum protection against corrosion-resistant primer on the outside, while the
corrosion and guarantee environmentally friendly heat inside is untreated. Can be coupled to a heat-storage
insulation. Modern production methods and the use system with more than one buffer vessel.
of qualified professionals mean that you can always
rely on the quality of these products.
System connection/
venting.
System connection.
Connection for temperature

sensor.
System connection.
DN 205 cleaning/
inspection port
PS-F only).
PS-R
PS/F
PS-R Cooling and Heating Buffer Vessels

For use with a solar system or another system with
additives, Flamco has developed the PS-R with
welded spiral tube. Sturdy and installation-friendly
construction. With adjustable feet for accurate
levelling. This model is available with capacity from
500 litres up to and including 1,500 litres.
Combination Water Heaters
FWP 750 - 1000
The FWP water heater is suitable for connection to The capacity of the potable water helical tube is
heat pumps with hygienic potable water heating in approximately 40 litres, so that the comfort of direct
the integrated stainless steel helical corrugated tube water heating is guaranteed.
with a heated surface area of 7 m.
Supply (reserve)
or de-aeration as appropriate.
Supply, solid
fuel boiler or pellet boiler.
Hot water.
Supply, oil/gas boiler
for potable water heating.
Supply, heating in pellet boiler

systems.
Return, oil/gas boiler for potable water

heating or pellet boiler and supply of
heat (alternative).
Connection for threaded heating
element (optional).
heating (alternative).
Cold water. Return (alternative).
Return, heating.
Return from solid fuel boiler with drain.
FWP
KPS 500 - 1000
KPS
6
Duo FWS 750 - 1000
The Duo FWS combination water heater is suitable for energy systems in combination with potable water
combining more than one heating system, such as heating. Potable water heating using stainless steel
solid fuel, oil or gas boilers and a second tube for helical ribbed tube.
independent background heating from solar
Supply (reserve)
or de-aeration as appropriate.
Supply, solid
fuel boiler or pellet boiler.
Hot water.
Supply, oil/gas boiler
for potable water heating.
Supply, heating in pellet boiler

systems.

heating or pellet boiler and supply of
heat (alternative).
Connection for threaded heating Supply, solar.
element (optional).
heating (alternative).
Cold water. Return (alternative).
Return, heating.
Return, solar.
Return from solid fuel boiler with drain.
DUO FWS
Insulation
Duo FWS and FWP insulation: installation friendly
soft foam package, with a choice of 80 mm with PVC
outer sheeting, 120 mm with polystyrene outer
sheeting or 100 mm fleece insulation.
The Latest Range of Stainless Steel Storage
Vessels from Flamco
Flamco offers a wide selection of stainless steel exchangers, through to storage systems such as solar
storage vessels for various applications. From and heat pump vessels developed especially for
indirectly heated, upright storage tanks for use in renewable energies. The sizes available range from
combination with gas or oil-fired boilers, to primary 100 to 1,000 litres.
cylinders for combination with external heat
DUO HLS-E
Indirectly heated, upright
stainless steel high
performance tank. Can be
combined with all modern WPS-E
heating systems.
Indirectly heated, upright
stainless steel storage
vessels with large heat
exchanger, specially
developed for
use in conjunction with
heat pumps.
DUO HLS-E Solar

Indirectly heated,
upright stainless steel
high performance
tank. Can be used for LS-E
combining thermal
solar systems with Upright stainless steel
modern heating primary cylinder (without
systems. heat exchanger).
Can be used for
potable water heating
systems in conjunction
with external heat
exchangers.
6
Advantages of Flamco Stainless Steel
Storage Vessels:
Made from high quality, 1.4521/AISI 444 stainless steel con-
taining molybdenum, with excellent corrosion resistance.
Economical: Minimal heat loss, quick heating time, ensuring
energy efciency.
Hygienic and low maintenance: no anode.
Lighter than enamelled cylinders and consequently easy to
install.
Internally and externally

Made from high quality, hygienic 100% pickled and
and low maintenance stainless steel. passivated.
Extremely long lasting through special
post treatment (pickling and
passivation).
Innovative, diabolo shaped

High energy efciency. heating coils for optimum
The diabolo shaped heating coil heat transfer.
(LS-E without heating coils) ensures
efcient heat transfer and a quick
heating time.
Optimum insulation.
The vessels with a capacity of up to
500 litres are supplied with high
quality EPS insulation with foil jacket
and cover caps. Vessels with a
capacity of greater than 500 litres
have removable eece insulation.
DUO HLS-E Solar
DUO WATER HEATERS
Duo 120 - 500

Economical, high performance glasslined indirect water heater providing hot (potable) water for large domestic dwellings, flats
with centralised services, commercial and industrial premises.
Permanently welded in heat exchangers.

Compatible with all modern heating systems.
Connection facilities for additional heat sources.
With built-in thermometer. Thermostat available on request.
High quality glass lining according to DIN 4753 Part 3 to provide hygienic hot water supply and with standard Mg-anode for
optimal corrosion protection and minimal calcium build up.
Assembly friendly and largely maintenance free construction.
Adjustable feet for accurate levelling optional.
Low tendency to calcification due to smooth surfaces.
With inspection flange (DN110).
Maximum operating pressure (cylinder/coil): 10.0/16.0 bar.
Maximum working temperature (cylinder/coil): 95/130 C.
Heating coil designed to reach to the lowest part of the vessel for complete water heating to prevent bacteria (Legionella)
growth.
Insulation: 50 mm CFC-free hard foam (with easy to clean, outer plastic shell).
Colour of plastic shell: Orange, white or white aluminum.
Price and delivery including insulation mantle.
Material quality:
- EN/ISO: P245N.
Type Heating coil Dimensions * Insulation Weight Heating Water capacity Order
surface area colour [kg] capacity [l/h] ** Code
[m] H. [kW] **
[mm] [mm]
Duo 120 0.5 560 1040 white 63 12.1 210 1 18312
Duo 120 0.5 560 1040 white alu 63 12.1 210 1 18311
Duo 150 0.6 560 1150 white alu 68 14.5 252 1 18313
Duo 150 0.6 560 1150 orange 68 14.5 252 1 18317
Duo 150 0.6 560 1150 white 68 14.5 252 1 18319
Duo 200 0.9 560 1450 white alu 86 23.4 406 1 18327
Duo 200 0.9 560 1450 orange 86 23.4 406 1 18409
Duo 200 0.9 560 1450 white 86 23.4 406 1 18411
Duo 300 1.4 560 1950 white alu 109 36 626 1 18329
Duo 300 1.4 560 1950 orange 109 36 626 1 18415
Duo 300 1.4 560 1950 white 109 36 626 1 18417
Duo 400 1.6 750 1630 wh. alu 158 40.8 708 1 18390
Duo 400 1.6 750 1630 orange 158 40.8 708 1 18421
Duo 400 1.6 750 1630 white 158 40.8 708 1 18423
Duo 500 2.0 750 1830 white alu 181 47.5 863 1 18395
Duo 500 2.0 750 1830 orange 181 47.5 863 1 18427
Duo 500 2.0 750 1830 white 181 47.5 863 1 18429
* Dimensions including insulation.
** At 80 C flow temperature and 60 C water temperature.
6
Connection Diagram Duo 120 - 500
Control unit Mg-anode G1

including thermometer
R1
Position immersion pipe /

with DUO 150 - 300*
R (with Duo
with DUO 150 - 300*

connection G1
120-300 G)
G1
connection G1
G1 G1
E
G
C
G1 DN
11
R1 0
D
Type F Distance from floor to connections
F D C G E
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Duo 120 65 245 545 635 885
Duo 150 65 245 590 690 985
Duo 200 65 245 710 885 1285
Duo 300 65 245 910 1035 1785
Duo 400 70 330 770 870 1470
Duo 500 70 330 890 990 1670
* Connection absent on Duo 150 and 200.
Selection Guide (Imperial)

In known hard water areas additional protection must be used to prevent the build up of limescale deposits. Failure to do so
may limit the cathodic protection and affect the warranty period as this will not constitute a manufacturing defect.
Property Type Size [l]
Bedsit 120
1~2 beds with 1 bath / shower 150
3 beds with 1 bath / shower 200
4 beds with 1 bath / shower 200
2~3 beds with 2 baths / showers 200
4~5 beds with 2 baths / showers 300
Sports club, restaurant etc. 300
Technical Specifications
Cylinder Type Duo 120 Duo 150 Duo 200 Duo 300
Cylinder material Steel Steel Steel Steel
Cylinder Finish (internal) Enamelled Enamelled Enamelled Enamelled
Cylinder Finish (external) Prime coated Prime coated Prime coated Prime coated
Insulation Hard Foam Hard Foam Hard Foam Hard Foam
Magnesium anode 1 1 1 1
Max. working pressure [bar] 10 10 10 10
Primary flow [l/min] 20 26 43 50
Secondary flow rate [l/min] 28 - 30 28 - 30 28 - 30 28 - 30
Coil surface [m] 0.5 0.6 1.0 1.4
Indirect reheat time [T 50C] 19 min 19 min 16 min 19 min
Immersion heater 1 x 1 1/2" 1 x 1 1/2" 1 x 1 1/2" 1 x 1 1/2"
Max. cylinder temperature [C] 95 95 95 95
Heat loss (kWh in 24h at 56C) 0.9 1.0 1.3 1.8
Duo 750 - 1000

With clamping strip for free positioning of the temperature sensor, to enable optimum energy efficiency of the storage vessel/
water heater.
Adjustable feet for accurate levelling.
With inspection flange (DN 205).
Heating coil designed to reach the lowest part of the vessel for complete water heating to prevent bacteria (Legionella)
growth.
Insulation: 80 mm CFC-free assembly friendly soft foam (with easy to clean outer plastic shell).
Colour of plastic shell: Orange or white.
(Please state the desired colour when ordering)
Price and delivery without insulation mantle.
Material quality:
- EN/ISO: P245N.
Connection 100
G for anode
R1 G1
(temp.) G
Sensor
terminal
strip Connection
for EHK
G1
G1
E
R
DN 205
C
G
G1
FK
D
F
R1
Type Heating Dimensions* Weight Heating Water capacity Order

coil surface [kg] capacity [l/h] ** Code
area H. [kW] **
[m] [mm] [mm]
Duo 750 2.7 750 1970 280 68 1074 1 18380
Duo 1000 3.2 800 2230 360 77 1216 1 18400
* Dimensions without insulation.

Type Distance from floor to connections
F D C G E FK
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Duo 750 60 320 1040 890 1880 570
Duo 1000 70 330 1110 960 2140 580
6
Duo 1500 - 2000

High quality glass lining according to DIN 4753 Part 3 to provide hygienic hot water supply and with maintenance free anode
for optimal corrosion protection and minimal calcium build up.
growth.
Insulation: 80 mm CFC-free assembly friendly soft foam (with easy to clean, outer plastic shell).
Colour of plastic shell: Orange or white.
(Please state the desired colour when ordering)
Material quality:
- EN/ISO: P245N.
R2
G
G
R1
G2
E
C 280
G G
G2
R2 D
G1
F FK
Type Heating Dimensions * Weight Heating Water capacity Order

coil surface [kg] capacity [l/h] ** Code
area H. [kW] **
[m] [mm] [mm]
Duo 1500 6.4 1000 2320 570 148.5 2346 1 18450
Duo 2000 7.3 1100 2400 666 171.0 2712 1 18460
* Dimensions excluding insulation.

F D C G E FK
Duo 1500 85 435 1555 1735 2235 640
Duo 2000 105 455 1575 1755 2255 580
DUO SOLAR WATER HEATERS
Duo Solar 200 - 500

Economical, high performance glasslined indirect water heater for solar heated installations with two integrated heat
exchangers to enable combination with various heating systems like solid fuel, oil and/or gas boilers, providing hot (potable)
water for large domestic dwellings, flats with centralised services, commercial and industrial premises.

With built in thermometer and dip pipe. Thermostat available on request.
Maximum operating pressure (cylinder/coil): 10/16 bar.
growth.
Colour of plastic shell: Orange, white or white aluminum. Other colours available on request.
Material quality:
- EN/ISO: P245N.
Control unit
G1"
including thermometer Magnesiumanode
R1"
for DUO-Solar 200 and 300
Position connection G1"

G1"
Position immersion pipe
for DUO-Solar 300
G1"
connection G1"
for DUO-Solar 300

G1"
R"*
G1" G1"
E
A
B
G
G1"
C
DN
R1" 11
D
0
F
Type Heating coil Dimensions * Colour Weight Heating Water capacity Order
surface area insulation [kg] capacity [l/h] ** Code
[m2] ** H. [kW] ***
[mm] [mm]
Duo-Solar 300 0.8 / 1.4 560 1950 white 123 15.4 / 27.8 243 / 438 1 18227
Duo-Solar 300 0.8 / 1.4 560 1950 white alu. 123 15.4 / 27.8 243 / 438 1 18362
Duo-Solar 400 1.0 / 1.6 750 1630 white 176 19.5 / 31.4 308 / 496 1 18233
Duo-Solar 400 1.0 / 1.6 750 1630 white alu. wit alu. 19.5 / 31.4 308 / 496 1 18367
Duo-Solar 500 1.0 / 2.0 750 1830 white 199 19.5 / 40.6 308 / 642 1 18239
Duo-Solar 500 1.0 / 2.0 750 1830 white alu. 199 19.5 / 40.6 308 / 642 1 18372
** Upper/lower heating surface, as per DIN 4708.
*** At 80 C flow temperature and 60 C water temperature.
Connection Diagram Duo Solar 200 - 500

Type Distance from floor to connection
F D C G B A E
Duo-Solar 200 65 245 545 710 885 1085 1285
Duo-Solar 300 65 245 910 1035 1135 1455 1785
Duo-Solar 400 70 330 770 870 970 1250 1470
Duo-Solar 500 70 330 890 990 1090 1370 1670
6
Duo Solar 750 - 1000
Economical, high performance glasslined indirect water heater for solar heated installations with two integrated heat
exchangers to enable combination with various heating systems like solid fuel, oil and/or gas boilers, providing hot (potable)
water for large domestic dwellings, flats with centralised services, commercial and industrial premises.

With built in thermometer. Thermostat available on request.
Heating coil designed to reach to the lowest part of the vessel for complete water heating to prevent bacteria (Legionella)
growth.
Colour of plastic shell: Orange or white (Please state the desired colour when ordering). Other colours available on request.
Material quality:
- EN/ISO: P245N.
Connection 100
G for anode
R1 G1
(temperature) G
Sensor terminal strip
G1
Connection G1
G1 for EHK
G1
R*
E
A
DN 205
B
C
G
G1
R1
D
FK
F
Type Heating coil Dimensions * Weight Heating capacity Water capacity Order
surface area [kg] [kW] *** [l/h] ** Code
[m2]** H.
[mm] [mm]
Duo-Solar 750 2.0 / 2.7 750 1970 320 34.4 / 55.4 543 / 875 1 18378
Duo-Solar 1000 2.1 / 3.2 800 2230 420 38.2 / 65.5 603 / 1034 1 18379
Connection Diagram Duo Solar 750 - 1000

Type Distance from floor to connection
F D G C B A E FK
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Duo-Solar 750 60 320 890 1040 1140 1620 1880 570
Duo-Solar 1000 70 330 960 1110 1260 1740 2140 580
WPS-E STAINLESS STEEL HEAT PUMP CYLINDER
Indirectly heated stainless steel upright cylinder, which can be used in combination with heat pumps.
A cylinder developed specially for the combination with heat pumps. The large heat exchanger surface of the heating pipes and
their innovative diabolo shape ensure highly efficient hot water production. This means a quick heating time and guaranteed hot
water comfort.
Made from high quality, molybdenum stainless steel (1.4521/AISI 444) with excellent corrosion resistant properties for a long
service life.
Internally and externally 100% pickled and passivated.
Innovative, diabolo shaped heating pipes for better heat transfer.
Very quick heating time, so very energy efficient.
Economical: insignificant heat loss due to optimal EPS insulation.
Hygienic and low maintance: no anode.
Lighter than enamelled cylinders and, as a consequence, easy to install.
Max. cylinder operating pressure: 10 bar.

Max. heater operating pressure: 40 bar.
Max. cylinder operating temperature: 95 C.
WPS-E 200 - 500

EPS insulation: 50 mm.
"
1"*
1"
"
"
HN 1"
I
F/M
" E
D G1
G2
1"*
1"*
A/C
* 200 Liter: Connection .
Type Capa- H.E. Dimensions * Colour Weight Cont. Hot Total Hot Pressure Key Order
city surface insula- [kg] power water heat water loss perfor- Code
[l] [m2] H tion (DIN output loss through- [mbar] mance
[mm] [mm] 4708) (10-45 C) (DIN put indicator
[kW] [l/h] 44532) [m/h] (60 C)
[KWh/24h] [NL]
WPS-E 200 200 2.5 555 1593 silver 45 41 / 47 1008 / 1163 1.94 2/3 117 / 243 6 1 19430
WPS-E 300 300 2.9 605 1775 silver 61 45 / 52 1104 / 1284 2.28 2/3 132 / 276 9 1 19431
WPS-E 400 400 3.2 735 1542 silver 82 49 / 56 1182 / 1386 2.73 2/3 144 / 298 10 1 19432
WPS-E 500 500 3.7 735 1849 silver 86 52 / 62 1284 / 1530 3.09 2/3 165 / 342 12 1 19433
* Insulation included.
Connection diagram WPS-E 200 - 500

A/C D E F/M G1 G2 N I
WPS-E 200 51 1341 1001 1111 1054 554 1341 1593
WPS-E 300 47 1537 1152 1287 1252 722 1537 1775
WPS-E 400 52 1210 875 1025 1010 582 1210 1542
WPS-E 500 52 1517 1182 1317 1197 687 1517 1849
6
DUO HLS WATER HEATERS
Duo HLS 300 - 500

High efficiency glasslined indirect water heater, designed for combination of heat pumps with low temperature heating
systems, providing hot (potable) water for large domestic dwellings, flats with centralised services, commercial and industrial
premises.
With permanently welded in extra large dimensioned, twin tube heat exchanger.
growth.
Colour of plastic shell: Orange, white or white aluminum.
Material quality:
- EN/ISO: P245N.
Control unit
including thermometer Magnesium G1
Anode
R1
Posistion immersionpipe G1
Posistion immersionpipe G1
G1
R
for DUO HLS 300
for DUO HLS 300

E
C
G
G1
DN
11
R1 0
D
F
Type Capacit Heating Dimensions * Colour Weight Heating Water Order

[l] coil surface insulation [kg] capacity capacity Code
area H. [kW] ** [l/h] **
[m2] [mm] [mm]
Duo HLS 300 300 3.2 660 1710 white alu 160 49.1 852 1 18172
Duo HLS 300 300 3.2 660 1710 orange 160 49.1 852 1 18173
Duo HLS 300 300 3.2 660 1710 white 160 49.1 852 1 18171
Duo HLS 400 400 4.1 750 1630 white alu 198 62.7 1088 1 18177
Duo HLS 400 400 4.1 750 1630 orange 198 62.7 1088 1 18178
Duo HLS 400 400 4.1 750 1630 white 198 62.7 1088 1 18176
Duo HLS 500 500 4.8 750 1830 white alu 222 70.5 1224 1 18182
Duo HLS 500 500 4.8 750 1830 orange 222 70.5 1224 1 18183
Duo HLS 500 500 4.8 750 1830 white 222 70.5 1224 1 18181
Connection Diagram Duo HLS 300 - 500

F D G C E
Duo HLS 300 65 305 845 945 155
Duo HLS 400 70 330 870 970 1470
Duo HLS 500 70 330 990 1090 1670
DUO HLS-E STAINLESS STEEL HIGH PERFORMANCE CYLINDER
Indirectly heated stainless steel upright cylinder, which can be combined with all modern central heating systems.
The diabolo shaped heating pipe ensures that the heat transfer is efficient, with quick heating time. The Duo HLS-E offers
optimum comfort combined with high energy efficiency.
service life.
Economical: insignificant heat loss due to optimal EPS insulation, from Duo HLS-E 750 with fleece jacket.

Duo HLS-E 100 - 500

"
1"
"*
HN 1"
1" I
F
"* E
MD
G
1"*
1"*
A/C
* 100 - 200 Liter: Connection .
Type Capa- H.E. Dimensions Colour Weight Cont. Hot Total Hot Pressure Key Order
[mm] * [mm] * 4708) (10-45 C) (DIN put indicator
[kW] [l/h] 44532) [m/h] (60 C)
[KWh/24h] [NL]
Duo HLS-E 100 100 0.6 510 1005 white 20 29 712 1.35 2.5 75 1.5 1 19400
Duo HLS-E 150 150 0.7 510 1411 white 28 33 810 1.64 2.5 90 2.5 1 19401
Duo HLS-E 150 150 0.7 510 1411 silver 28 33 810 1.64 2.5 90 2.5 1 19402
Duo HLS-E 200 200 1.0 555 1593 white 32 42 1031 1.94 2.5 125 6 1 19403
Duo HLS-E 200 200 1.0 555 1593 silver 32 42 1031 1.94 2.5 125 6 1 19404
Duo HLS-E 300 300 1.4 605 1775 white 47 65 1596 2.29 3 260 16 1 19405
Duo HLS-E 300 300 1.4 605 1775 silver 47 65 1596 2.29 3 260 16 1 19406
Duo HLS-E 400 400 1.7 733 1542 white 63 85 2088 2.86 4 190 22 1 19407
Duo HLS-E 400 400 1.7 733 1542 silver 63 85 2088 2.86 4 190 22 1 19408
* Including insulation.
Connection diagram Duo HLS-E 100 - 500

A/C M D E F/N G I
Duo HLS-E 100 55 395 - 660 765 295 992
Duo HLS-E 150 55 455 - 1065 1170 335 1398
Duo HLS-E 200 51 554 - 1111 1341 379 1558
Duo HLS-E 300 47 652 792 1287 1472 452 1690
Duo HLS-E 400 52 687 742 1025 1210 487 1476
Duo HLS-E 500 52 687 836 1317 1517 487 1783
6
Duo HLS-E 750 -910
Polyurethane foam insulation: 100 mm.
"
1"
"
H N 1"
1" I
110 F
" E
J MD
G
1"
1"
A/C
Type Capa- H.E. Dimensions * Colour Weight Heating Tap water Total heat Hot Pressure Key Order
city surface insula- [kg] capacity capacity loss water loss perfor- Code
[l] [m2] H tion (DIN (10-45 C) (DIN through- [mbar] mance
[mm] [mm] 4708) [l/h] 44532) put indicator
[kW] [KWh/24h] [m/h] (60 C)
[NL]
Duo HLS-E 750 750 2.3 990 1875 silver 101 130 3193 3.42 5 380 47 1 19411
Duo HLS-E 910 910 2.3 990 2050 silver 110 130 3193 3.84 5 380 54 1 19412
Connection diagram Duo HLS-E 750 - 910

A/C M D E F/N G I J
Duo HLS-E 750 50 838 936 1293 1518 568 1807 413
Duo HLS-E 910 50 838 936 1468 1693 568 1982 413
HLS SOLAR WATER HEATERS
HLS Solar 400 - 500

High capacity water heater, designed for combination of heat pumps with low temperature heating systems and solar boilers,
providing hot (potable) water for large domestic dwellings, flats with centralised services, commercial and industrial premises.
With permanently welded in extra large dimensioned, twin tube heat exchanger and single tube heat exchanger for
connection to solar systems.
optimal corrosion protection and minimal calcium build-up.
growth.
Colour of plastic shell: White. Other colours available on request.
G1
R1
G1
R E
G1 G1
A
G1 F
B
G
G1 C 1
D 80
R1
Type Heating coil Dimensions * Colour Weight Heating Water capacity Order
surface area insula- [kg] capacity [l/h] ** Code
[m2] ** H. tion [kW] ***
[mm] [mm]
HLS Solar 400 3.0 / 1.2 750 1630 white 210 55.0 / 22.0 868 / 351 1 18126
HLS Solar 500 3.6 / 1.6 750 1830 white 240 64.8 / 31.4 1022 / 496 1 18128
Connection Diagram HLS Solar 400 - 500

F D C G B F A E
HLS Solar 400 65 280 640 700 760 860 1240 1455
HLS Solar 500 65 320 760 820 880 980 1440 1655
6
DUO HLS-E SOLAR STAINLESS STEEL HIGH PERFORMANCE CYLINDER
Indirectly heated stainless steel upright cylinder, which can be used to link thermal solar systems with modern
central heating systems.
Solar storage tank for use in systems using renewable energy. The diabolo shaped heating pipes ensure that the heat transfer is
efficient, with quick heating time. The Duo HLS-E Solar offers optimum comfort combined with high energy efficiency.
service life.
Economical: insignificant heat loss due to optimal EPS insulation, from Duo HLS-E Solar 750 with fleece jacket.

Duo HLS-E Solar 200 - 500

"
1"**
1"**
"
"
1"**
HN 1"
1"** I
F
M
" ZE
KDB
L
1"**
1"**
A/S
** 200 Liter: Connection .
[kW] [l/h] 44532) [m/h] (60 C)
[KWh/24h] [NL]
Duo HLS-E Solar 200 200 0.5 / 1 555 1593 white 35 24 / 42 590 / 1031 1.94 2 / 2.5 61 / 125 1/6 1 19415
Duo HLS-E Solar 200 200 0.5 / 1 555 1593 silver 35 24 / 42 590 / 1031 1.94 2 / 2.5 61 / 125 1/6 1 19416
Duo HLS-E Solar 300 300 0.9 / 1.4 605 1775 white 53 44 / 65 1031 / 1596 2.29 3/3 188 / 260 3.5 / 16 1 19417
Duo HLS-E Solar 300 300 0.9 / 1.4 605 1775 silver 53 44 / 65 1031 / 1596 2.29 3/3 188 / 260 3.5 / 16 1 19418
Duo HLS-E Solar 400 400 0.9 / 1.7 733 1542 white 70 46 / 85 1130 / 2088 2.86 3.5 / 4 98 / 190 6 / 22 1 19419
Duo HLS-E Solar 400 400 0.9 / 1.7 733 1542 silver 70 46 / 85 1130 / 2088 2.86 3.5 / 4 98 / 190 6 / 22 1 19420
Duo HLS-E Solar 500 500 0.9 / 1.7 733 1849 white 77 46 / 85 1130 / 2088 3.09 4/4 125 / 190 6 / 27 1 19421
Duo HLS-E Solar 500 500 0.9 / 1.7 733 1849 silver 77 46 / 85 1130 / 2088 3.09 4/4 125 / 190 6 / 27 1 19422
Connection diagram, Duo HLS-E Solar 200 - 500

A/S B M D E F Z N I K L
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Duo HLS-E Solar 200 51 1005 1245 762 1147 1377 1147 1341 1558 554 379
Duo HLS-E Solar 300 47 927 1287 792 1287 1537 1167 1537 1690 652 452
Duo HLS-E Solar 400 52 798 1130 742 1025 1210 1010 1210 1476 687 487
Duo HLS-E Solar 500 52 985 1317 836 1197 1517 1197 1517 1783 687 487
Duo HLS-E Solar 750 - 910
Fleece jacket: 100 mm.
"
1"
1"
" "
H N 1"
1"
1" I
110 MF
" Z/E
J K D B
L
1"
1"
A/S
[kW] [l/h] 44532) [m/h] (60 C)
[KWh/24h] [NL]
Duo HLS-E Solar 750 750 1.6 / 2.3 990 1875 silver 111 70 / 130 1720 / 3193 3.42 41398 215 / 380 15 / 47 1 19423
Duo HLS-E Solar 910 910 1.6 / 2.3 990 2050 silver 119 70 / 130 1720 / 3193 3.42 41398 215 / 380 24 / 54 1 19424
Connection diagram Duo HLS-E Solar 750 - 910

A/S B M D Z/E F N I K L J
Duo HLS-E Solar 750 50 1031 1441 936 1291 1516 1518 1805 838 568 413
Duo HLS-E Solar 910 50 1208 1618 936 1468 1693 1693 1982 838 568 413
6
DWH DIRECT WATER HEATERS
Direct water heaters for potable water installations.
All units are extremely compact and the connections are all conveniently placed in-line to make installation easier, neater and,
as a result, faster. This direct model can be fitted with two or more electric immersion heating elements.
High quality double layer glass-lining to DIN 4753 Part 3 to provide hygienic hot water supply, optimum corrosion protection
and minimal calcium build up.
Insulation:
120 - 300 litre: CFC-free hard foam (with easy clean, white outer plastic shell).
500 - 3000 litre: 70 mm extruded polystyrene (EPS) assembly friendly insulation jacket with Polystyrol outer lining.
Colour of insulation: White.
Max. operating pressure (cylinder): 10.0 bar.
Max. working temperature (cylinder): 95 C.
Material quality:
- EN/ISO: P245N.
DWH Water Heaters

Type Capa- Dimensions* Weight Order
city [kg] Code
[l] H.
[mm] [mm]
DWH 120 (hard foam insulation) 120 560 915 38 1 17301
DWH 500 500 650 1630 125 1 17320
DWH 750 750 750 1970 175 1 17321
DWH 1000 1000 800 2230 198 1 17322
DWH 1500 1500 1000 2320 365 1 17325
DWH 2000 2000 1100 2440 474 1 17326
DWH 3000 3000 1200 3100 695 1 17327
* Direct 500 and up without insulation.
Heating Elements Selection Guide

Maximum number of heating elements used in Supastor DWH. Contact our technical support team for non-standard solutions.
Heating element DWH Water Heaters
120 - 300 500 750 - 1000 1500 - 3000

EHK 2.0 kW 2 1 - -
EHK 3.0 kW 2 1 - -
EHK 4.5 kW 2 1 - -
EHK 6.0 kW - 1 - -
EHK 7.5 kW - - - -
EHK 9.0 kW - - - -
EHF 2.5 - 15 kW - 1 2 -
EHF 45 kW - - - 3
Technical Specifications
Cylinder Type 120 150 180 210 250 300
Cylinder material Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel
Cylinder Finish (internal) Enamelled Enamelled Enamelled Enamelled Enamelled Enamelled
Cylinder Finish (external) Prime coated Prime coated Prime coated Prime coated Prime coated Prime coated
Insulation Hard Foam Hard Foam Hard Foam Hard Foam Hard Foam Hard Foam
Magnesium anode 1 1 1 1 1 1
Temp. / pressure relief valve " " " " " "
Secondary flow rate [l/min] 28 - 30 28 - 30 28 - 30 28 - 30 28 - 30 28 - 30
Immersion heater (220/240 V) 2 x 3 kW 2 x 3 kW 2 x 3 kW 2 x 3 kW 2 x 3 kW 2 x 3 kW
Heat loss [kWh in 24h at 56C] 0.9 1.0 1.2 1.3 1.6 1.8
Weight full [kg] 173 192 223 255 305 356
U-HP WATER HEATERS
U-HP 110 - 160

Small glasslined water heaters providing the optimum thermal output and reducing the loss of energy to a minimum.
High thermal output due to extended heat exchanger (coil) surface.

All connections on top.
Can also be used in district heated installations.
With built-in dip pipe.
High quality glasslining to DIN 4753 Part 3 to provide hygienic hot water supply, optimum corrosion protection and minimal
calcium build-up.
Material quality:
- EN/ISO: P245N.
Special execution, including thermometer and inspection flange, available on request.
Type Capacity Heating Dimensions * Weight Heating Water capacity Order

[l] coil surface [kg] capacity [l/h] ** Code
area H. [kW] **
[m2] [mm] [mm]
U-HP 110 basic 110 1.1 550 805 69 24.7 429 1 19069
U-HP 160 basic 160 1.3 550 1055 88 29.1 505 1 19075
6
TS WATER HEATERS
TS 120 - 200
Compact and small horizontal water heaters providing hot (potable) water to the system.
Stable construction to support the boiler (maximum weight = 300 kg).

Smart, space saving design.
High quality glasslining according to DIN 4753 Part 3 to provide hygienic hot water supply and with standard magnesium
anode for optimal corrosion protection and minimal calcium build up.
Insulation: CFC-free hard foam with outer metal shell.
Colour of metal shell: Orange, white or white aluminum. Other colours available on request.
Material quality:
- EN/ISO: P245N.
C
R
R
A B
D
R
R
Type Heating Colour Dimensions * Weight Heating Water capacity Order

coil [kg] capacity [l/h] ** Code
surface Length Height/ [kW] **
area [mm] Width
[m2] [mm]
TS 120 0.4 white 830 600 103 10.0 174 1 19170
TS 120 0.4 orange 830 600 103 10.0 174 1 19172
TS 120 0.4 white alu. 830 600 103 10.0 174 1 19173
TS 150 0.6 white 1080 600 115 14.9 260 1 19180
TS 150 0.6 orange 1080 600 115 14.9 260 1 19182
TS 150 0.6 white alu. 1080 600 115 14.9 260 1 19183
TS 200 0.8 white 1330 600 136 18.4 320 1 19190
TS 200 0.8 orange 1330 600 136 18.4 320 1 19192
TS 200 0.8 white alu. 1330 600 136 18.4 320 1 19193
Connection Diagram TS
Type Dimensions
A B C D
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
TS 130 75 220 380
HZWH INDIRECT WATER HEATERS
HZWH Water Heaters

Indirect horizontal water heater for potable water installations.
With single-layer enamelling according to DIN 4753/T.3 on the inside of the vessel and outside
of the coil, and scaling protection on the outside of the vessel.
Type Capa- Heating el. Thermal Dimensions Weight Order
city surface area output [kg] Code
[l] [m] [kW]* W. H.
[mm] [mm]
HZWH 100, 1 1/2 100 0.5 13.9 790 550 45 1 17355
HZWH 150, 1 1/2 150 0.6 17.3 990 550 55 1 17356
HZWH 200, 1 1/2 200 0.9 26.4 1290 550 66 1 17357
HZWH 300, 1 1/2 300 1.4 40.2 1790 550 86 1 17358
* At 81 C first flow temperature and hot-water generation from 10 to 56 C.
LS STORAGE VESSELS
LS 200 - 2000
Economical glasslined storage vessels for hot (potable) water storage. Also suited for use or in
combination with Duo indirect water heaters.
Demand peaks satisfied by buffer volume and recharging in idle time.

Suitable for connection of external heat exchangers.
Provided with connections for thermostat, thermometer and circulation.
With inspection flange (DN 110) for LS 500 and up.
High quality glasslining according to DIN 4753 Part 3 to provide hygienic hot water supply and
with magnesium- or maintenance free (for 1500 litre and above) anode for optimal corrosion
protection and minimal calcium build up.
Insulation LS 200 - 300:
50 mm CFC-free hard foam (with easy to clean, outer plastic shell).
Insulation LS 500 and up: 80 mm CFC-free assembly friendly soft foam (with easy to clean,
outer plastic shell).
Colour of plastic shell: Orange or white. (please state the desired colour when ordering). Other
colours available on request.
Price and delivery LS 200 - 300: including insulation mantle.
Price and delivery LS 500 and up: without insulation mantle.
Type Capa- Dimensions * Colour Weight Order
city insulation [kg] Code
[l] H.
[mm] [mm]
LS 200 (hard foam) 200 560 1360 white 55 1 18623
LS 200 (hard foam) 200 560 1360 orange 55 1 18622
LS 200 (hard foam) 200 560 1360 white alu. 55 1 18624
LS 300 (hard foam) 300 560 1860 white 69 1 18633
LS 300 (hard foam) 300 560 1860 orange 69 1 18632
LS 300 (hard foam) 300 560 1860 white alu. 69 1 18634
LS 500 500 650 1640 - 125 1 18750
LS 750 750 750 1970 - 190 1 18785
LS 1000 1000 800 2230 - 232 1 18800
LS 1500 1500 1000 2320 - 397 1 18815
LS 2000 2000 1100 2440 - 474 1 18820
* Dimensions without insulation for LS 500 and up.
6
LS-E STAINLESS STEEL CYLINDER
Upright stainless steel cylinder, which can be used for potable water heating systems connected to external heat
exchangers.
Cylinder for use in systems in which heat is exchanged by external plate heat exchangers. Enables heating of large volumes of
potable water in a short time span.
service life.
Economical: insignificant heat loss due to optimal EPS insulation, from LS-E 750 with fleece jacket.

LS-E 300 - 500

"
1" (2x)
12
"
H 12
N
1" I
F/M
12 E G1
1"(2x) G2
D
G3
A/C
Type Capacity Dimensions Colour Weight Total Order

[l] Insulation [kg] heat Code
H loss
[mm] [mm] (DIN 44532)
[KWh/24h]
LS-E 300 300 605 1775 silver 39 2.29 1 19440
LS-E 500 500 735 1849 silver 61 3.09 1 19441
Connection diagram, LS-E 300 - 500

A/C D G3 G2 E G1 F/M/N I
LS-E 300 272 792 372 792 1125 1412 1537 1712
LS-E 500 312 836 446 1002 1276 1412 1517 1739
LS-E 750 - 1000
Fleece jacket: 100 mm.
"
1"(2x)
" 12
12
H N
I
F/M
110
12 E G1
J 1" G2
G3
A/C
1"
Type Capacity Dimensions Colour Weight Total Order

[l] Insulation [kg] heat Code
H loss
[mm] * [mm] * (DIN 44532)
[KWh/24h]
LS-E 750 750 990 1848 silver 84 3.42 1 19442
LS-E 910 910 990 2023 silver 92 3.84 1 19443
Connection diagram, LS-E 750 - 1000

A/C G3 G2 E G1 F/M/N I J
LS-E 750 323 448 1003 1278 1413 1518 1848 413
LS-E 910 323 448 1003 1453 1588 1693 2023 413
6
PS STORAGE VESSELS
PS 50 - 850
Flamco PS mild steel storage vessels suitable for water storage in heating and chilled water installations. Also suited for
connection to a heat storage installation with multiple storage vessels.
Standard 8 process connections.

Thermo connections: G " (3x).
Maximum cylinder operating pressure: 10.0 bar (other pressures available on request).
Maximum cylinder working temperature: 95 C.
PS 50 wall mounting.
PS 100 - 850 constructed on ring support, with adjustable feet for accurate levelling.
Externally coated with anti-corrosion epoxy primer, inside uncoated.
Insulation: 65 mm (PS 200 - 300) or 80 mm (PS 500 and up) CFC-free assembly friendly soft foam (with easy to clean,
outer plastic shell). Also available for PS 500 and 750: 70 mm CFC-free hard foam (with easy to clean, outer plastic shell).
Insulation not suitable for chilled water applications.
Material quality:
- EN/ISO: P245N.
Special modifications possible on request.
G1**
G1* G
G1*
G1*
G1*
G
G1*
G1* C
G1* A C
G1* D B G
F
F
* 200 - 500 litre: connections G 1.

** 750 - 850 litre: connections G 1.
Type Capacity Dimensions * Weight Order

[l] [kg] Code
H.
[mm] [mm]
PS 50 50 270 972 20 1 18105
PS 100 100 308 992 30 1 18106
PS 200 200 480 1300 51 1 18600
PS 300 300 480 1800 65 1 18605
PS 500 500 650 1640 83 1 18756
PS 750 750 750 1970 124 1 18786
PS 850 850 750 2220 136 1 18793
PS-F 500 ** 500 650 1640 97 1 19000
PS-F 750 ** 750 750 1970 137 1 19010
** With inspection flange DN 205.
Connection Diagram PS 50 - 850

Type System Distance from floor to connection
connections
F D B A C
PS 50 8 186 386 - 586 786
PS 100 8 380 555 643 730 905
PS 200 8 230 495 690 765 1030
PS 300 8 230 665 880 765 1530
PS 500 8 285 635 810 985 1335
PS 750 8 320 755 970 1185 1620
PS 850 8 320 840 1095 1350 1870
PS 1000 - 3000
Flamco PS mild steel storage vessels suitable for water storage in heating and chilled water installations. Also suited for
connection to a heat storage installation with multiple storage vessels.

Maximum cylinder operating pressure: 10.0 bar (other pressures available on request).
Maximum cylinder working temperature: 95 C.
Constructed on feet.
Externally coated with anti corrosion epoxy primer, inside uncoated.
Insulation: 80 mm CFC-free assembly friendly soft foam (with easy to clean, outer plastic shell).
Insulation not suitable for chilled water applications.
Material quality:
- EN/ISO: P245N.
G2*
G2* G
G2*
G2*
G2*
G
G2*
C C
G2*
A
G2* B
D G
G2*
F
F
G1**
* 1000 and PS-F 1000 litre: connections G 1 .

** PS 1200 - 3000 litre: connections G 1 .
Type Capacity Dimensions * Weight Order

[l] [kg] Code
H.
[mm] [mm]
PS 1000 ( 850) 1000 850 2000 172 1 18850
PS 1500 1500 1000 2320 252 1 18816
PS 1800 1800 1100 2200 270 1 18856
PS 1200 1200 1000 1820 215 1 18843
PS 2000 2000 1100 2350 282 1 18826
PS 3000 3000 1100 2780 550 1 18670
PS-F 1000 ** 1000 850 2000 185 1 19030
** With inspection flange DN 205.
Connection Diagram PS 1000 - 2000

connections
F D B A C
PS 1000 ( 790) 8 325 845 1100 1355 1875
PS 1000 ( 850) 8 360 795 1060 1225 1660
PS 1200 8 390 740 915 1090 1440
PS 1500 8 390 910 1165 1420 1940
PS 1800 8 400 870 1100 1330 1800
PS 2000 8 400 920 1175 1430 1950
PS 3000 8 540 1140 1440 1740 2340
PS-F 1000 8 325 845 1100 1355 1875
6
PS-R STORAGE VESSELS
PS-R 500 - 750

Flamco PS-R mild steel storage vessels suitable for water storage in heating and chilled water installations. With welded in tube
heat exchanger for connecting to additional heatsources (such as a solar powered installation). Also suitable for connection to
a heat storage installation with multiple storage vessels.

Constructed on ring support, with adjustable feet for accurate levelling.
Externally coated with anti corrosion epoxy primer, inside uncoated.
Insulation: 80 mm CFC-free assembly friendly soft foam or 70 mm CFC-free hard foam (with easy to clean, outer plastic
shell). Insulation not suitable for chilled water applications.
Colour of plastic shell: Orange or white (please state the desired colour when ordering). Other colours available on request.
Material quality:
- EN/ISO: P245N.
G1*
G1* G
G1*
G1*
G1*
G1 G
G1*
G1*
C
G1* C
A G1 E G
G1* B
D
F F F
* PS-R 500: connection G 1 .
Type Capacity Heating Dimensions * Weight Order

[l] coil surface [kg] Code
area H.
[m2] [mm] [mm]
PS-R 500 500 2.0 650 1640 114 1 19120
PS-R 750 750 2.2 750 1970 170 1 19121
Connection Diagram PS-R 500 - 750

connections
F D B A C E
PS-R 500 8 285 635 810 985 1335 845
PS-R 750 8 320 755 970 1185 1620 880
PS-R 1000 - 1500
Flamco PS-R mild steel storage vessels suitable for water storage in heating and chilled water installations. With welded-
in tube heat exchanger for connecting to additional heat sources (such as a solar powered installation). Also suitable for
connection to a heat storage installation with multiple buffer vessels.

Constructed on feet.
Externally coated with anti-corrosion epoxy primer, inside uncoated.
Insulation: 80 mm CFC-free assembly friendly soft foam (with easy to clean, outer plastic shell). Insulation not suitable for
chilled water applications.
Material quality:
- EN/ISO: P245N.
G2*
G2* G
G2*
G2*
G2*
G1 G
G2*
C G2* C
A G2*E B
G2* G1 G
D
F F F
G2**
* PS-R 1000 litre connections G 1 .

** PS-R 1000 litre connections G 1.
Type Capacity Heating Dimensions * Weight Heating capacity Order

[l] coil surface [kg] [kW] ** Code
area H.
[m2] [mm] [mm]
PS-R 1000 1000 2.7 850 2000 225 75.2 1 19122
PS-R 1500 1500 3 1000 2320 332 82.5 1 19123
Connection Diagram PS-R 1000 - 1500

connections
F D B A C E
PS-R 1000 8 360 795 1010 1225 1660 920
PS-R 1500 8 390 910 1165 1420 1940 950
6
KPS COMBI VESSELS
KPS 500
Space saving storage vessel for connection of various heating systems like solid fuel, oil, solar and/or gas boilers together with
an integrated indirect water heater.
With clamping strip for free positioning of the heated water temperature control sensor, to enable optimum energy efficiency
of the storage vessel/water heater.
Cold water inlet at the bottom of the waterheating tank, to ensure temperature levelling.
Storage tank externally coated with anti corrosion epoxy primer.
High quality glasslining to DIN 4753 part 3 to provide hygienic hot water supply, optimum corrosion protection and minimal
calcium build up, includes magnesium anode.
Maximum operating pressure (water heater tank/storage tank/coil): 3.0/10.0/10.0 bar.
Maximum working temperature (water heater tank/storage tank/coil): 95/95/110 C.
Price and delivery without insulation mantle. (For insulation mantles see chapter "Accessories for water heater and storage
vessels".)
G1
G1
Magnesium anode
45 45
Cold R
G1 Circulation R
G1 Hot R
G1 E
H
30
G1
G
C
G1 Position of the zip from

A
G1 the 80 mm soft foam

insulation
B
R1
D
I
Type Capacity Heating Dimensions * Weight Heating Water Order

coil [kg] capacity capacity Code
Total Potable surface H. [kW] ** [l/h] **
[l] water area [mm] [mm]
[l] [m2]
KPS 500/150 500 150 2 650 1630 170 40,6 642 1 19110
Connection Diagram KPS 500

F D C G B A E H I
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
KPS 500/150 65 285 805 905 385 705 1555 1365 265
KPS 750 - 1000
Space saving storage vessel for connection of various heating systems like solid fuel, oil, solar and/or gas boilers together with
an integrated indirect water heater.
Cold water inlet at the bottom of the water heating tank, to ensure temperature levelling.
Storage tank externally coated with anti-corrosion epoxy primer.
High quality glass lining to DIN 4753 part 3 to provide hygienic hot water supply, optimum corrosion protection and minimal
calcium build-up, includes magnesium anode.
Maximum operating pressure (water heater tank/storage tank/coil): 3.0/10.0/10.0 bar.
Maximum working temperature (water heater tank/storage tank/coil): 95/95/110 C.
vessels".)
G1 G1
G1
Magnesium anode
G1 45 45
G1 Cold R
G1 Circulation R
G1 Hot R
E
E
F
H
J
G1 30
G
G1
C
A
G1 G1 Position of the zip from

the 80 mm soft foam
B
D
insulation
F
F
Type Capacity Heating coil Dimensions * Weight Heating Water Order

surface area [kg] capacity capacity Code
Total Potable [m2] H. [kW] ** [l/h] **
[l] water [mm] [mm]
[l]
KPS 750/200 750 200 2.2 750 1950 240 47,4 749 1 19080
KPS 1000/200 1000 200 2.7 800 2195 270 55,1 870 1 19090
Connection Diagram KPS 750 - 1000

F D C G B A E H I J
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
KPS 750/200 280 370 930 1030 470 830 1660 1570 270 1230
KPS 1000/200 295 385 985 1085 485 885 1925 1835 285 1285
6
DUO FWS COMBI VESSELS
Duo FWS 550 - 1000

Combined storage vessel with potable water heater for solar heated installations. Two integrated heat exchangers: one coil for
solar installations and one large-surfaced corrugated stainless steel coil for efficient water heating.
Extra connectors enable combination of various heating systems like solid fuel, oil and/or gas boilers as well.
Insulation: 80 mm CFC-free assembly friendly soft foam (with easy to clean, outer plastic shell) or 120 mm extruded
polystyrene (EPS) assembly friendly insulation jacket with Polystyrol outer lining. Insulation type must be stated on order.
Colour of plastic shell: White.
Maximum operating pressure (cylinder/coils): 3.0/10.0 bar.
Maximum working temperature (cylinder/solar coil/warm water coil): 95/110/95 C.
vessels".)
G1
R1 G1
G1
G1
G1 G1
G1
G1
K H E
G1
J
M G1 G
A C
R1 G1 L
G1 B
I D
F
Type Capacity Heating coil surface area Dimensions * Weight Order

[l] [kg] Code
Potable water Solar H.
[m2] [m2] [mm] [mm]
Duo FWS 550 550 5,5 2,0 650 1910 200 1 18162
Duo FWS 750 750 7.0 2.2 750 1950 240 1 18190
Duo FWS 1000 1000 7.0 2.7 800 2210 270 1 18195
Connection Diagram Duo FWS 550 - 1000

F D B A C G J H E I K L
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Duo FWS 550 235 325 425 785 885 985 1185 1525 1700 235 1700 635
Duo FWS 750 280 370 470 830 930 1030 1230 1570 1660 270 1670 680
Duo FWS 1000 295 385 485 885 985 1085 1285 1835 1925 285 1935 695
FWP COMBI VESSELS
FWP 750 - 1000

Combined storage vessel with potable water heater for heat pump installations with large-surfaced corrugated stainless steel
coil for efficient water heating.
Extra connectors enable combination of various heating systems like solid fuel, oil, solar and/or gas boilers as well.
Insulation: 80 mm CFC-free assembly-friendly soft foam (with easy to clean, outer plastic shell) or 120 mm extruded
polystyrene (EPS) assembly-friendly insulation jacket with Polystyrol outer lining. Insulation type must be stated on order.
Colour of plastic shell: White.
Maximum working temperature (cylinder/coil): 95 C.
G1
R1 G1
G1
G1
G1
G1
G1
K
G1 H E
J
M G1 G
A
R1 G1 L
B
I F
Type Capacity Heating coil Dimensions * Weight Order

[l] surface area [kg] Code
[m2] H.
[mm] [mm]
FWP 750 750 7 750 1950 200 1 18151
FWP 1000 1000 7 800 2210 225 1 18161
Connection Diagram FWP 750 - 1000

F B A G J H E I K L M
FWP 750 280 470 830 1030 1230 1570 1660 270 1670 680 985
FWP 1000 295 485 885 1085 1285 1835 1925 285 1935 695 1040
6
LPG TANKS
LPG Tanks
Using the very latest production methods, Flamco manufactures liquified gas tanks of all types
and sizes. Flamco supplies above ground liquified gas tanks to DIN EN 12542, up to 13 m3, and
below ground liquified gas tanks to DIN EN 14075 up to 13 m3 as standard.
For above ground installations.

The tank can be set up on any suitable surface. Any simple, pre-fabricated concrete slab
(appropriate for the load) is sufficient as a base.
For below ground installations.
This configuration offers the best protection against outside influences, with a high-quality anti-
corrosion epoxy-resin coating.
For semi-submerged installations.
A compromise between the two other installations, where the lower half of the tank has a high-
quality anti-corrosion epoxy-resin coating.
We provide the following services:

Design and production of new liquid petroleum gas tanks.
Conversion and refurbishment of used tanks.
Production of custom tanks to exacting specifications.
CUSTOM MADE VESSELS
Flamco Large and Custom Made Vessels

For more than 50 years Flamco has been producing pressure, gas and storage vessels for many different applications.
Experienced Flamco engineers are at your service to discuss your requirements and design tanks and automats according to
your specifications.. Modern design technology guarantees optimised, safe construction design. State of the art production
technology ensures high quality, cost effective manufacture.
catgenforcetextbelowlasttable
8.
Venting Range and
Air/Dirt Separators
Systems in which the water is properly de-aerated and free of
contamination are more efcient, produce less noise and have a longer
service life. Our products use proven technology to remove air and solid
particles from the water, i.e. using coalescence, ow velocity reduction and
pressure drop.
Regardless of whether in a domestic environment or commercial
installations with large heating or cooling systems, Flamcos range of
automatic air vents and air/dirt separators provide the most efcient
solution.
Venting Range and Dirt Separators
Floatvents Air Reservoirs Micro-bubble Air Separators
Flexvent LTA air reservoirs Flamcovent

Automatic floatvent. Vertical installation Air separator using the
For domestic and commercial for central de-aeration. principle of coalescence.
applications. Can be installed in vertical
pipes (Flamcovent V), too.
Flexvent H Air Separators for High Flow Flamcovent Ecoplus

Automatic floatvent. Rates Similar to the Flamcovent, but with
Right-angled 1/2" connection for an insulation mantle.
simple connection to the radiator.
For domestic and commercial Flexair G
applications. Tangential air separator.
Designed for high flow rates.
Flexvent Top Flamcovent Smart

Automatic high output floatvent. Air separator using the
For commercial systems. Flexair S principle of coalescence.
Also available in white. Tangential air separator. Horizontal and vertical version in
Welded connections. one.
For pipe diameters from DN 25 60% better performance compared
- DN 600. to conventional air separators.
Designed for high flow rates.
Flexvent Super
Automatic high output floatvent.
Brass housing. Flamcovent Smart Ecoplus
For industrial systems. Flexair F Similar to the Flamcovent Smart, but
Tangential air separator. with an insulation mantle.
Flanged connections.
For pipe diameters from DN 65
Flexvent Max - DN 600.
Automatic high output floatvent. Designed for high flow rates.
Brass housing. Flamcovent Solar
For industrial systems. Air separator using the
25 bar. principle of coalescence.
Can be installed in vertical
pipes (Flamcovent Solar V), too.
Flexvent Solar Manually operated air separator for
Manually operated de-aerator for solar installations.
solar installations. Including insulation.
Without either valve housing or
radiator key.
200 C (473 K). Flamcovent S
Air separator using the
principle of coalescence.
Flexvent Top Solar With welded connections.
Automatic floatvent with ball valve. For commercial systems.
-30 C (243 K) - 180 C (453 K). Steel model.
Flamcovent F
For commercial systems.
Steel model.
Flamcovent R
With grooved connections.
For commercial systems.
Steel model.
8
Bleeding and Topping Up Dirt Separators Air and Dirt Separators
Flamco ENA 5 Flamco Clean Flamcovent Clean

Vacuum de-aerator with top-up Dirt separator using the Air/dirt separator using the
function. principle of coalescence. principle of coalescence.
Programmable and user friendly. Can be installed in vertical Brass model.
Wall mounted. pipes (Flamco Clean V).
Integrated break tank.
Flamco ENA 7-30 Flamco Clean Ecoplus Flamcovent Clean Smart

Vacuum de-aerator with top-up Similar to the Flamco Clean, but with Air/dirt separator using the
function. an insulation mantle. principle of coalescence.
Programmable and user friendly. Horizontal and vertical version in
one.
60% better performance compared
to conventional air and dirt
separators.
Flamco Clean Smart
Dirt separator using the Flamcovent Clean Smart
principle of coalescence. Ecoplus
Horizontal and vertical version in Similar to the Flamcovent Clean
one. Smart, but with an insulation mantle.
60% better performance compared
to conventional dirt separators.
Flamcovent Clean S
Flamco Clean Smart Ecoplus Air/dirt separator using the
Similar to the Flamco Clean Smart, principle of coalescence.
but with an insulation mantle. With welded connections.
Steel model.
Flamco Clean S Flamcovent Clean F

Dirt separator using the Air/dirt separator using the
principle of coalescence. principle of coalescence.
For large commercial systems. With flanged connections.
With welded connections. Steel model.
Steel model.
Flamco Clean F Flamcovent Clean R

Dirt separator using the Air/dirt separator using the
principle of coalescence. principle of coalescence.
For large commercial systems. With grooved connections.
With flanged connections. Steel model.
Steel model.
Flamco Clean R
Dirt separator using the
For large commercial systems.
With grooved connections.
Steel model.
Air in central heating systems
Air in a central heating system leads to: Possible causes of air in central heating systems
Irritating noise. To prevent or eliminate air problems in a system,
Loss of heat from radiators. it is important to understand the causes:
Corrosion. Air in the system prior to filling.
Damage to the circulation pump. Air enters the system during filling.
Reduced system service life. Air in the water with which the system
Increased energy consumption. is filled.
Higher maintenance costs. Air dissolved in the system water.
T Temperature [C] 0
Normal dm air per 1,000 kg of water
C
P Pressure [bar (g)]
The presence of dissolved air in water can be quantified using As the diagram shows, the air that can be dissolved in the water
Henry's law. which states that: C = K x P depends on both the temperature and the pressure. When the
C = concentration of the dissolved air temperature increases or the pressure drops, dissolved air in the
K = absorption factor (depending on the temperature) water is released.
P = pressure
8
Henry's law in a central heating system
Very high temperatures can occur at the boiler walls. of the system can dissolve and be absorbed by this
Aerated water can release tiny bubbles here. These water. This absorption effect can be exploited to
'micro-bubbles' dissipate in other parts of the central coalesce all the free air in a system and help the air
heating system at low temperatures if they are not out of the system with the boiler/Flamcovent
removed immediately. If the micro-bubbles are absorption air separator combination. This venting
immediately removed before the boiler, the system procedure is a process that continues until only
water is free of air (unsaturated). Air from other parts unsaturated water, which can absorb more air,
remains.
Air volume [dm] released from 1,000 kg water

T T Temperature
Temperature
[C][C] T T Temperature
Temperature
[C][C]
P P Pressure
Pressure
[bar[bar
(g)] (g)] P P Pressure
Pressure
[bar[bar
(g)] (g)]
Henry's law allows us to calculate how much dissolved If the pressure decreases or the temperature increases,
air will be released from the water when heated up, for dissolved air will escape. If the temperature decreases
example from 20 C to 80 C. or the pressure increases, air bubbles will be absorbed
by the water.
Flexvent Floatvents
Reliable and Easy to Mount
Most Flexvent types are supplied with a brass Due to the particularly compact dimensions of the
shut-off valve to facilitate installation and removal. floatvent, it is possible to install Flexvent floatvents
When the floatvent is unscrewed from the shut-off on the best suitable places.
valve, the valve will close automatically and the
system need not be de-pressurized or drained.
Under normal circumstances, the Flexvent
floatvent needs no maintenance.
Protective cap including

expansion sealer rings to
prevent leaks.
The Flexvent H has a "
right-angled connection
which means it can be
Substantial distance between
the water and the closing mounted directly on one of
mechanism, reducing the the radiator ports.
chance of contamination.
Flexvent floatvents are made 60

of brass. FLEXVENT
SUPER / MAX
50
FLEXVENT
TOP
40
Mostly supplied standard FLEXVENT
with a shut-off valve for easy 30
removal.
20
l/min.
10
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
bar
Flexvent Automatic Air Vents

The float floats on the water and keeps the venting The amount of air that is allowed to escape through
valve closed. When air is collected in the floatvent, the Flexvent floatvent depends on the system
the water level will drop and the venting valve will be pressure. The graph above shows the relationship
opened. The collected air will escape, causing between the amount of air in litres/min at 15 C and
the water level to rise and the venting valve to close. the system pressure.
This process continues as long as air is collected in
the floatvent during operation.
The air cushion in the upper part of each Flexvent
protects the valve seat against contamination.
8
Flexvent Super/ MAX
The cap of the Flexvent Super is conical in shape.
The advantage of this construction is that the
clearance between the water level and venting valve
is maximized. The air escape duct can be opened or
closed with an adjusting screw.
The venting valve forms an integral part of the cap,
so that it is impossible to damage the floatvent
mechanism from outside. FLEXVENT FLEXVENT
MAX SUPER "
Flexvent Flexvent
open closed Flexvent Top
LTA Air Pots

The Flamco air pot is mounted on riser pipes in the
supply or return lines. In the air pot the water returns
to a non-turbulent state and the free air can collect in
the upper part. The air can be released from the
Flexvent mounted on top of the air pot.
LTA AIR POTS
FLEXVENT AUTOMATIC AIR VENTS
The compact, proven design has high efficiency and guaranteed operation for heating and air conditioning.
The water within the installation contains air which can form corrosion and reduce the thermal transfer. A Flexvent is fitted at
places where the air collects. Float operated, the air is collected in the Flexvent causing the float to drop and open the air release
valve. When the air is eliminated the float rises and closes the valve.
Flexvent float vents are made of brass. Most types are equipped with a shut-off valve for easy fitting and dismantling.
A Flexvent float vent is easy to fit in any installation due to its very small dimensions. The relatively large air cushion at the top of
each type of Flexvent float vent protects the valve seat sufficiently against contamination, so that the Flexvent will not leak.
To guarantee top quality, we test all Flexvents before they leave our facility!
Maximum operating pressure: 10.0 bar (Flexvent MAX: 25.0 bar).

Maximum supply temperature: 120 C (Flexvent Solar: 200 C / Flexvent Top Solar: - 30 ~ 180 C).
Flexvent
Flexvent " Flexvent 3/8" Flexvent 1/8" / 3/8" Flexvent 1/8"
Type Dimensions Connection Shut-off valve Order

Code
H.
[mm] [mm]
Flexvent 1/8 30 67 R 1/8" M no 50 27775
Flexvent 3/8 30 78 R 3/8" M yes 50 27750
Flexvent 3/8 without shut-off 30 66 G 3/8" no 100 27725
valve
Flexvent 1/8 - 3/8 30 86 - 75,5 R 1/8" / R 3/8" yes 50 27780
Flexvent 1/2 30 75,5 R 1/2" M yes 50 27740
Flexvent 1/2 -White 31 71 R 1/2" no 50 27743
with bubble breaker, without
shut-off valve
Flexvent 3/4 30 74,5 R 3/4" M yes 50 27735
Valve sleeve with shut-off valve - 23 G 3/8" x R 3/8" - 1 27700
Flexvent H
Type Dimensions Connection Shut-off Order
valve Code
H.
[mm] conn. [mm]
inc.
[mm]
Flexvent H 1/2 Nickel plated 31 50,5 70 R 1/2" M no 50 27710
Flexvent H 1/2 White 31 50,5 70 R 1/2" M no 50 27711
Shut-off valve Flexvent H ZD - - - R 1/2" - 25 27703
Flexvent Top
valve Code
H.
[mm] [mm]
Flexvent Top 54 86 Rp 1/2" no 25 28515
Flexvent Top White 54 86 R 3/8" yes 20 28510
8
Flexvent Super
valve Code
H.
[mm] [mm]
Flexvent Super 1/2 73 119 1 /2" F no 1 28520
Shut-off valve Flexvent Super - - 1/ "
2 - 1 28525
Flexvent MAX
valve Code
H.
[mm] [mm]
Flexvent MAX 3/4 77 120 Rp 3/4" no 1 28550
Flexvent Solar
Manually operated de-aerator for solar systems with glycol based solutions.
Non automatic, without shut off valve and key (manual operation).
valve Code
H.
[mm] [mm]
Flexvent Solar 3/8 M 30 75.5 3 /8" M no 1 27785
Flexvent Top Solar

With ball valve.
Minimum/maximum operating temperature: - 30 ~ 180 C.
valve Code
H.
[mm] [mm]
Flexvent Top Solar 3/8 30 75.5 G 3/8" no 1 28505
AIR ACCUMULATOR
Flamco LTA Air Accumulator

city [kg] Code
[l] H. Airvent System
[mm] [mm]
Flamco LTA 1 1.0 110 185 3/8" F 1/2" F 1.3 1 27581
Flamco LTA 2 1.6 110 233 3/8" F 1/2" F 1.7 1 27582
Flamco LTA 5* 5.0 196 221 1/ " F
2
1/ " F
2 4.0 1 27585
* Also available with manual de-aerator.
FLEXAIR AIR SEPARATORS
For the removal of air from heating and cooling installations.
The function of the Flexair air separator is based on the principle of a centrifuge.
The tangentially-fitted connections induce a vortex within the water in the Flexair, causing the water, being heavier, to be pushed
against the sides whilst the air, being lighter, collects in the middle of the Flexair, from where it can easily be separated. The best
results are achieved at higher water speeds.
Flexair range from 1" - DN 600 with various connecting options. Sizes above DN 600 available on request.
Maximum recommended flow velocity: 5 m/s.

Flexair G Flexair S Flexair F
B
B
H
H
8
Flexair G
With BSP threaded connections.
Type Connection Capacity Dimensions Weight Order
[l] [kg] Code
B H E
[mm] [mm] (mm)
Flexair 1 G 1" F 1.2 284 275 176 1.8 1 27512
Flexair 1 1/4 G 1 1/4" F 1.2 297 275 176 2.0 1 27513
Flexair 1 1/2 G 1 1/2" F 1.5 330 285 180 2.5 1 27514
Flexair 2 G 2" F 2.3 352 305 192 3.0 1 27515
Flexair S
With welded connections.
[l] [kg] Code
[DN] [mm] B E H
[mm] [mm] [mm]
Flexair 25 S 25 33.7 1.2 252 176 275 1.7 1 27550
Flexair 32 S 32 42.4 1.2 262 176 275 1.8 1 27551
Flexair 40 S 40 48.3 1.5 290 180 285 2.0 1 27552
Flexair 50 S 50 60.3 2.3 310 192 305 2.5 1 27553
Flexair S
[l] [kg] Code
[DN] [mm] B E H
[mm] [mm] [mm]
Flexair 65 S 65 76.1 17 400 190 448 10 1 27558
Flexair 80 S 80 88.9 17 400 190 448 11 1 27554
Flexair 100 S 100 114.3 79 568 277 675 34 1 27555
Flexair 125 S 125 139.7 79 563 290 675 38 1 27556
Flexair 150 S 150 168.3 38 563 289 754 91 1 27557
Flexair 200 S 200 219.1 125 780 543 1275 261 1 27560
Flexair 250 S 250 273.0 235 1040 620 1555 510 1 27561
Flexair 300 S 300 323.9 275 1170 697 1765 700 1 27562
Flexair 350 S 350 355.6 455 1300 710 2100 1000 1 27563
Flexair 400 S 400 406.4 665 1560 846 2480 1900 1 27564
Flexair 500 S 500 508.0 1260 1950 994 2950 3500 1 27565
Flexair 600 S 600 610.0 1955 2000 1132 3380 6000 1 27566
B
Flexair S Flexair F
Flexair F - PN 10
Type Connection * Capacity Dimensions Weight Order
[l] [kg] Code
[DN] [mm] B E H
[mm] [mm] [mm]
Flexair 65 F 65 185 17 487 190 448 17 1 27538
Flexair 80 F 80 200 17 487 190 448 19 1 27534
Flexair 100 F 100 220 79 673 277 675 50 1 27535
Flexair 125 F 125 250 79 673 290 675 73 1 27536
Flexair 150 F 150 285 91 674 289 754 75 1 27537
Flexair 200 F 200 340 261 904 543 1275 140 1 27527
Flexair 250 F 250 405 510 1180 620 1555 260 1 27528
Flexair 300 F 300 460 700 1326 697 1765 320 1 27529
Flexair 350 F 350 520 1000 1464 710 2100 505 1 27530
Flexair 400 F 400 580 1900 1730 846 2480 745 1 27531
Flexair 500 F 500 715 3500 2130 994 2950 1370 1 27532
Flexair 600 F 600 840 6000 2190 1132 3380 2090 1 27533
Flexair F - PN 16
[l] [kg] Code
[DN] [mm] B E H
[mm] [mm] [mm]
Flexair 65 F 65 185 17 487 190 448 25.5 1 28242
Flexair 80 F 80 200 17 487 190 448 26.7 1 28243
Flexair 100 F 100 220 79 673 277 675 62 1 28244
Flexair 125 F 125 250 79 673 290 675 70 1 28245
Flexair 150 F 150 285 91 674 289 754 82 1 28246
Flexair 200 F 200 340 261 904 543 1275 192 1 28247
Flexair 250 F 250 405 510 1180 620 1555 308 1 28248
Flexair 300 F 300 460 700 1326 697 1765 413 1 28249
Flexair 350 F 350 520 1000 1464 710 2100 625 1 28250
Flexair 400 F 400 580 1900 1730 846 2480 970 1 28251
Flexair 500 F 500 715 3500 2130 994 2950 1860 1 28252
Flexair 600 F 600 840 6000 2190 1132 3380 3225 1 28253
8
Flexair F - PN 25
[l] [kg] Code
[DN] [mm] B E H
[mm] [mm] [mm]
Flexair 65 F 65 185 17 487 190 448 31 1 28262
Flexair 80 F 80 200 17 487 190 448 34 1 28263
Flexair 100 F 100 220 79 673 277 675 85 1 28264
Flexair 125 F 125 250 79 673 290 675 95 1 28265
Flexair 150 F 150 285 91 674 289 754 115 1 28266
Flexair 200 F 200 340 261 904 543 1275 253 1 28267
Flexair 250 F 250 405 510 1180 620 1555 432 1 28268
Flexair 300 F 300 460 700 1326 697 1765 578 1 28269
Flexair 350 F 350 520 1000 1464 710 2100 872 1 28270
Flexair 400 F 400 580 1900 1730 846 2480 1395 1 28271
Flexair 500 F 500 715 3500 2130 994 2950 2150 1 28272
Flexair 600 F 600 840 6000 2190 1132 3380 3386 1 28273
FLEXAIR ACCESSORIES
Automatic Air Vent

For Flexvent Super, Flamcovent and Flexair.
Type Used for Max. working Order
pressure Code
[bar]
Spare vent cap 10 S Flamcovent 22 mm - 2", Flexair 10 1 28554
DN 65 - 150
The best air separator in every situation
The mode of operation of the Flamcovent is based on a
special process of separating gases from fluid (water).
The benefits of Flamcovent:

Even the smallest micro-bubbles adhere to the
PALL rings, separating them from the system water.
The air chamber is conical, so the greatest possible
distance can be maintained between the water level
and the vent valve.
The vent valve with regulating screw can be shut off.
Transmission
mechanism.
Air chamber.
Vent valve.
Float gauge.
Housing (brass).
Cover plate.
Regulating screw.
PALL rings.
Mode of operation The flow rate of the water decreases as a consequence

The water flows through and around each of the of the rise in the discharge cross-section.
PALL rings so that each gaseous particle comes Air bubbles can rise through it to the air chamber. The
into contact with the surface of the PALL ring, float gauge, float mechanism and vent valve remove air
to which it will adhere. that has been separated from the water in the system.
8
Flamcovent Solar
In solar thermal systems, steam (vapour) may arise The Flamcovent Solar is a type of through-flow air
due to the high temperatures involved. If a floatvent separator in which the vent head cannot be disconnected
is in direct communication with the vapour, the float from the system. That is why the Flamcovent Solar has a
will not close off the vent (i.e. the vent floats on the manual vent, so the system will not boil dry when vapour
water, not the vapour). is created.
FLAMCOVENT ECOPLUS FLAMCOVENT ECOPLUS V
FLAMCOVENT FLAMCOVENT V
FLAMCOVENT FLAMCOVENT
SOLAR SOLAR V
Determining the Appropriate Size of a
Flamcovent
The information below is applicable to heating and cooling systems. The effectiveness of the Flamcovent air
separator depends on the speed of water flowing through the system. For the best results, Flamco advises a flow
speed of between 0,5 and 1 m/s, assuming the Flamcovent is installed in the right place in the system (with the
lowest pressure and the highest temperature). Even at flow speeds of between 1 and 1,5 m/s, the vents function
is still adequate. Higher speeds (above 1,5 m/s) are not recommended. In such cases, a Flamcovent with a
greater connection diameter should be used with adapters, in order to reduce the water speed inside the
Flamcovent.
2"
1" /s
,5 m
v=0
1"
Connection
s
m/
1" v=1
/s s
,5 m m/
" v=1 v=3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 14 16
Flow [m3/h]
600
500
400
350
300
250
Connection
200
150 /s
,5 m
125 v=0
s
100 m/
v=1 m/s
80 ,5
65
v=1
s
m/
50 v=3
7 8 9 10 15 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 150 200 300 500 700 1000 1500
Flow [m3/h]
Flamcovent flow rate

V = 1,0 m/s max. speed at the lowest
point of the system.
V = 1,5 m/s max. speed at the highest
point of the system.
8
The air chamber of the Flamcovent is conical in shape. Flamcovent air separators 80
The advantage of this construction is that the distance are outperform other air
70
(A) between the water level and the vent valve is larger separators
than with a straight air chamber. This means that there Research at the Delft Technical 60
(m)
is little chance of pollution. University has shown that
50
Flamcovent air separators
remove all micro-bubbles from
Size of air bubbles

40
A 15 m. This is three times

30
A better than comparable air
separators. 20
WATER You will find the report at
WATER
10
www.flamcogroup.com
Flamcovent valve Regular vent valve 0
Flamcovent Air separator B
Our air and dirt

separators are top
of the line when it
comes down to
reducing pressure
Pressure loss (kPA - bar)
loss in the system.

A low pressure loss
saves energy
consumption and
contributes to a
sustainable
environment.
Flow capacity
measurements
according to
EN 60534-2-3
Flow (L/s)
In order to vent the

system in the best
possible way, the Flexair
or Flamcovent air
separator must be fitted
immediately behind the
boiler or tempering valve
in the supply line.
Without mixing valve With mixing valve Upright boiler Wall-mounted boiler
Groundbreaking Innovation:
Flamcovent Smart
Flamco Clean Smart
Flamcovent Clean Smart
More compact, lighter, cleaner and even more efcient

The Flamcovent Smart, Flamco Clean Smart and
Flamcovent Clean Smart air and dirt separators are
smart products in every aspect. And just as in other
innovations from Flamco, their groundbreaking new
design also delivers optimal performance.
These air and dirt separators for heating and cooling
systems are the new standard.
Flamcovent
Clean Smart
Flamcovent
Clean Smart
EcoPlus
8
Flamco has the answer.
The Smart air and dirt separators remove even the smallest microbubbles and minuscule
dirt particles from the system water. They are near enough maintenance-free and the ow
resistance is negligibly low. The magnetite particles present in the water are directly attracted
by the magnetic eld and all other dirt particles are also trapped extremely efciently.
Flamco Clean Flamcovent

Smart Smart
Flamco Flamcovent
Clean Smart Smart
EcoPlus EcoPlus
Main advantages
60% better performance compared to conventional air and dirt separators.
Suitable for temperatures of up to 120 C.
Suitable for operating pressures of up to a maximum of 10 bar.
Unique ow velocities, up to 3 m/s.
Can be used with all kinds of pipework.
Compact dimensions, light weight.
Available in various sizes up to 2".
Extremely low ow resistance and pressure loss and therefore low loss of energy.
Consistent performance throughout its service life.
Double Thrust Function
The new standard
Two thrust functions ensure efcient dirt removal and de-aeration of the system water. The rst function is
achieved by the action of the separating element built into the body in the path of the water ow through the unit.
Contaminated water is diverted through the separating element. The second effect is achieved by combining the
increased return ow of clean water from the plenum opposite the separation element back into the main stream.
This forces the micro-bubbles and dirt particles towards the sides of the body and into the plenum chamber to be
removed.
Connection for controlled gas

removal.
Float ventilator section.
Emergency stop air release

valve.

Return ow.
Separating element.
Drain valve operating handle.
Shut-off cap. Dirt trap section with drain valve.
Exceptional air and dirt removal performance

Inside the enclosure of the separator the water A supermagnet additionally helps to trap ferrous
velocity is heavily reduced which efciently separates particles. Flow resistance is negligible. Important
microbubbles and dirt particles. The air particles advantages of this are the low energy consumption
automatically rise to the air release valve device at and the high removal performance for each passage
the top. Particles are passed along bulkheads and of the water through the system.
trapped in the enclosure thanks to the low ow
velocity.
8
Performs 60% better
Flamco Smart performs 60% better than conventional air and dirt separators, while the ow resistance has
been reduced to a negligible level. This avoids wear to the pump of the central heating boiler and reduces
energy costs.
Conventional separator with Flamco Smart:

complete throughow: separation of at least
separation of at most 25% per 40% per cycle.
cycle.
Supermagnets
Four neodymium supermagnets are incorporated into the logo
on the outside of the Flamco Clean Smart and the Flamcovent
Clean Smart (g. A). These are so powerful that they can lift
a steel object weighing three kilograms. The logo/magnet
holder is situated right opposite the outow opening, through
which all ferrous particles are directly attracted and held.
Even particles as small as 4 m are removed.
By pushing the logo/magnet holder

downwards, the dirt particles are drawn
to the underside of the dirt separator
(g. B) where they can be removed via
the drain valve. Always keep the logo/
magnet holder at a safe distance from
pacemakers, electronic equipment and
payment cards.
Fig. A Fig. B
Optimal Performance
Efcient dirt separation Efcient air separation
100 10
60
magnetite distribution
90 9 55
Flamco Smart
Trapping efciency [%]

Trapping efciency [%]
80 8 50
A
B 45 Flamco Smart
70 7
A
magnetite distribution [%]

C 40
60 6 B
35 C
50 5
30
40 4 25
30 3 20
15
20 2
10
10 1
5
0 0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
Magnetite - dirt particle size [m] Microbubble size [m]
Measuring method veried by Deltares, measurement results based on silica particles.
SELECTIETABEL FLAMCOVENT & CLEAN SMART SERIES

Selection table for Flamcovent & Clean Smart series
22 mm " 1" 1" 1" 2" Thanks to the innovative design of this Smart series
2,0
of air and dirt separators the pressure loss in the
1,8 system is kept to a negligible minimum. Even at ow
1,6
1,5 m/s
velocities of 3 m/s, the Smart series delivers the
best performance on the market. The high efciency
1,4
of these devices ensure that cooling and heating
Pressure drop [kPa]
drukval [kPa]
1,2 systems provide optimum performance.

1,0 The table is extremely easy to use for selecting the
correct model.
0,8
1,0 m/s
0,6
0,4
0,2
0,5 m/s
0,0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
Flow velocity
doorstroomhoeveelheid [m3/h] [m /h]
3
Flamco Smart air and dirt separators are suitable

for water and water/glycol mixtures of up to 50% Flamco vent valve Regular vent valve
glycol. They can be used with inhibitors that slow
chemical reactions or with other approved chemical The air chamber of the Flamcovent is conical in shape.
additives, subject to these meeting the guidelines The advantage of this construction is that the distance
contained in VDI 2035. between the water level and venting valve is larger
Flamco Smart air and dirt separators are not then in a straight air chamber. This means that there is
suitable for potable water systems. little chance of contamination.
8
Flexible assembly
An important feature of the latest generation of air and dirt separators is
that they can be incorporated in a variety of heating and cooling systems.
The compact dimensions of the Flamcovent Smart series enables them to
be easily installed even when space is limited.
Low-maintenance
The low-maintenance characteristic of the dirt separators is also a great
advantage. The renewed technology ensures extended periods between
necessary maintenance. A sticker can be afxed to the handle of the drain
valve that makes it simple to show when maintenance was last performed.
Installation
Depending on the primary function
(dirt or air separator), the air, dirt and
combined air/dirt separators can be
installed in a variety of ways (see g.
4A, 4B, 4C, 4D). Place the product
upstream of the boiler in the return
line, if dirt separation is the primary
function.
If the primary function is air separation
or a combined air/dirt separator is
being used, the optimum location is
immediately downstream of the boiler
or mixing valve, and upstream of the
Fig. 4A Fig. 4B
circulation pump. This traps bubbles
produced immediately after heating
the water.
In a cooling system that is just before
the chiller.
The bleeding devices and dirt

separators are manufactured with
a " connection to enable the
connection of any drain line. Do not
use these connections for lling the
system.
Fig. 4C Fig. 4D
FLAMCOVENT MICROBUBBLE AIR SEPARATORS (22 MM - 2")
For total elimination of air from heating and cooling installations. Removes not only the smallest air bubbles, but even the air
which has been absorbed into the water. Even microbubbles from 15 - 20 m!
To prove this, the Technical University of Delft, the Netherlands, has run tests which have shown that the Flamcovent can
remove even the smallest bubbles from the water. The Flamcovents air chamber is conical in shape, which means that a large
distance can be achieved between the water level and the venting valve. This prevents leaks. Flamcovent range from 22 mm up
to DN 600 with various possibilities for connection.
Low flow resistance.

Flamcovent
Large contact surface (PALL-ring filling).
Type Connection Weight Capa- Dimensions* Order

[kg] city Code
[l] H.
[mm] [mm]
Flamcovent 22 22 mm 1.4 0.22 98 151 1 28060
Flamcovent 3/4 3/ " F
4 1.4 0.22 88 151 1 28020
Flamcovent 1 1" F 1.8 0.35 100 171 1 28021
Flamcovent 1 1/4 1 1/4" F 2.4 0.48 114 192 1 28022
Flamcovent 1 1/2 1 1/2" F 2.5 0.48 114 192 1 28023
Flamcovent 2 2" F 2.6 0.75 131 213.5 1 28024
* Including connections.
Flamcovent V
For mounting in vertical rising pipes.


[kg] city Code
[l] W. H.
[mm] [mm]
Flamcovent V 22 22 mm 1,9 0.4 160.5 189 1 28069
Flamcovent V 3/4 3/ " F
4 1.9 0.4 160.5 182 1 28005
Flamcovent V 28 28 mm 1.9 0.4 160.5 191.5 1 28006
Flamcovent V 1 1" F 2.95 0.5 184 204 1 28007
Flamcovent V 1 1/4 1 1/4" F 2.8 0.5 184 204 1 28008
* Including connections.
8
Flamcovent Smart
More compact, lighter, cleaner and even more efficient.
The new Flamcovent Smart air separators are smart products in every aspect. And just as in other innovations from Flamco,
their groundbreaking new design also delivers optimal performance. These air and dirt separators for heating and cooling
The Smart air separators remove even the smallest microbubbles from the system water. They are near enough maintenance-
free and the flow resistance is negligibly low.
60% better performance compared to conventional air separators.
Suitable for water and water/glycol solutions of up to 50% glycol.
Suitable for temperatures of up to 120 C.
Extremely low flow resistance.
Low energy consumption.
Type Connection Weight Dimensions Order

[kg] Code
H.
[mm] [mm]
Flamcovent Smart 3/4 3/ "
4 0.904 60 151 1 30001
Flamcovent Smart 22 22 mm 0.948 60 161 1 30002
Flamcovent Smart 1 1" 1.118 75 192 1 30003
Flamcovent Smart 1 1/4 1 1/4" 1.271 75 194 1 30004
Flamcovent Smart 1 1/2 1 1/2" 1.732 92 238 1 30005
Flamcovent Smart 2 2" 2.162 92 243 1 30006
Flamcovent EcoPlus
Similar to the Flamcovent V, but with Styropor insulation included.

[kg] city LxWxH Code
[l] [mm]
Flamcovent EcoPlus 22 22 mm 1.4 0.22 102 x 98 x 151 1 28660
Flamcovent EcoPlus 3/4 3/ " F
4 1.4 0.22 102 x 113 x 188 1 28620
Flamcovent EcoPlus 1 1" F 1.8 0.35 110 x 117 x 207 1 28621
Flamcovent EcoPlus 1 1/4 1 1/4" F 2.4 0.48 116 x 121 x 227 1 28622
Flamcovent EcoPlus 1 1/2 1 1/2" F 2.5 0.48 116 x 121 x 227 1 28623
Flamcovent EcoPlus 2 2" F 2.6 0.75 125 x 135 x 258 1 28624
Flamcovent EcoPlus V
Similar to the Flamcovent V, but with Styropor insulation included.

[l] [mm]
Flamcovent EcoPlus V 22 22 mm 1.9 0.4 100 x 190 x 215 1 28670
Flamcovent EcoPlus V 3/4 3/ " F
4 1.9 0.4 100 x 190 x 215 1 28671
Flamcovent EcoPlus V 1 1" F 2.95 0.5 115 x 215 x 227 1 28672
Flamcovent EcoPlus V 1 1/4 1 1/4" F 2.8 0.5 115 x 215 x 227 1 28673
Flamcovent Smart EcoPlus

Similar to the Flamcovent Smart, but with a 20 mm EPP insulation mantle included.
Type Connection Weight H. Order

[kg] [mm] Code
Flamcovent Smart EcoPlus 3/4 3/ "
4 0.904 194 1 30011
Flamcovent Smart EcoPlus 22 22 mm 0.948 194 1 30012
Flamcovent Smart EcoPlus 1 1" 1118 233 1 30013
Flamcovent Smart EcoPlus 1 1/4 1 1/4" 1271 233 1 30014
Flamcovent Smart EcoPlus 1 1/2 1 1/2" 1732 279 1 30015
Flamcovent Smart EcoPlus 2 2" 2162 279 1 30016
8
Flamcovent Solar
For mounting in solar powered installations.
Styropor insulation included.


[l] [mm]
Flamcovent Solar 22 22 mm 1.4 0.22 102 x 113 x 188 1 28062
Flamcovent Solar 3/4 3/ " F
4 1.4 0.22 102 x 113 x 188 1 28663
Flamcovent Solar 1 1" F 1.8 0.35 110 x 117 x 207 1 28664
Flamcovent Solar 1 1/4 1 1/4" F 2.4 0.48 116 x 121 x 227 1 28665
Flamcovent Solar 1 1/2 1 1/2" F 2.5 0.48 116 x 121 x 227 1 28666
Flamcovent Solar 2 2" F 2.6 0.60 125 x 135 x 258 1 28667
Flamcovent Solar V
For mounting in vertical riser pipes in solar powered installations.
Styropor insulation included.


[l] [mm]
Flamcovent Solar V 22 22 mm 1.9 0.4 100 x 190 x 215 1 28065
Flamcovent Solar V 3/4 3/ " F
4 2 0.4 100 x 190 x 215 1 28009
Flamcovent Solar V 1 1/4 1 1/4" F 2.95 0.5 115 x 215 x 227 1 28686
Flamco Dual Zone Flow Diversion
Systems in which the water is sufficiently Research carried out at the University of Antwerp
de-aerated and free of solid particles of all kinds shows that our air separators remove all
give a better yield, produce less noise and have an microscopic air-bubbles from 15 m and larger and
improved service life. all solid particles between 15 and 200 m (normal
Good reasons to opt for Flamco's innovative spectrum of particles in a HVAC system).
solutions!
FLAMCOVENT
FLAMCO CLEAN
8
Significant Benefits and High Output
Superior Performance
The performance of our comprehensive range of air Our extensive new range of brass or steel air and dirt
and dirt separators are widely accepted as the best in separators with welded, flanged or grooved
their field. Apart from air-bubbles, solid particles such connections offers you the best result for any
as grains of sand, fragments of metal and paint or situation. The function of Dual Zone Flow Division
tape residue flow through every system. They can has been extensively tested by the University of
cause rust, blockages and compromised output. The Antwerp in Belgium.
consequences could prove costly.
Such problems can be prevented.
35 40
Dirt separation efficiency Flamco Air separation efficiency
A
30 35
B
C
Seperation efficiency (%)
Flamco
A 30
25
B
D 25
20
Separation efficiency (%)
20
15
15
10
10
5
5
0
0
12 14 16 19 22 26 30 35 41 48 56 66 31 42 52 62 73 83 94 104 114
DN50, values at 1 m/s Particle size of magnetite (m) DN50, values at 0.5 m/s Micro bubble (m)
Minimal Loss of Pressure The Advantages of Dual Zone Flow Division:

In order to remove both solid particles and air from Maximum separation of air and solid particles.
your system, Flamco's new inventions are the perfect Better yield and a longer service life.
solution. Our easy-to-install device for separation of Supreme performance and minimal loss of pressure.
air and solid particles from the system water is Extensive range for domestic and commercial
undeniably the most practical solution with minimal applications.
pressure loss and resultant energy savings. Innovative, economical and energy efficient.
Three Technologies in One
Flamco's patented Dual Zone Flow Diversion unites The combination of these three technologies,
all existing technologies to separate air and solid combined with optimum system flow, guarantees the
particles from system water: best possible result.
1. coalescence;
2. reduction of the flow speed;
3. and pressure reduction.
Under the influence of coalescence, micro bubbles

attach themselves to metal and other surfaces;
lowering the flow speed of system water allows air
bubbles to rise and a drop in pressure releases
gases dissolved in fluid (Henry's Law).
FLAMCOVENT CLEAN
8
How does it work?
There is a perforated cubic basket fitted in the and rise to be released by the automatic de-aerator.
separator. The PALL rings in the basket have a For solid particles that remain floating on the water
relatively large surface area, so that even micro- there is a blow-off cock fitted under the automatic
bubbles of 15 m can adhere to them. Solid particles de-aerator, whilst larger solid particles can be
that are heavier than water sink to the bottom of the removed via a tap on the bottom of the unit. All this
unit. In the quiet zone, the micro-bubbles coalesce happens with the minimum loss of pressure.
V+ / P-
V- / P+
Step 1
- + -
Because the basket's corners are at an angle to the flow
direction, the system water is split at the inlet. The water that
is forced against the basket causes the pressure inside the
basket to rise.
Step 2 Step 3
The difference in pressure The water in the basket is fed
(higher in the basket and along all surfaces of the PALL
lower in the separate rings. Micro-bubbles and solid
streams) means that when particles are led to the quiet
the pressure drops, a slow zones by the slow secondary
secondary stream will flow stream. The flow area on the
from the basket over the way to the quiet zones
edges of the partitions and becomes increasingly large,
back into the quicker main while the pressure drops.
stream. FLOW (FRONT)
FLAMCOVENT S/R/F MICROBUBBLE AIR SEPARATORS (DN 50 - DN 600)
For total elimination of air from heating and cooling installations. Removes not only the smallest air bubbles, but even the air
which has been absorbed into the water. Using the special PALL-ring procedure patented by Flamco, it is possible to remove all
air from the installation. Even microbubbles from 15 - 20 m!
To prove this, the Technical University of Delft, the Netherlands, has run tests which have shown that the Flamcovent can
remove even the smallest bubbles from the water. The Flamcovents air chamber is conical in shape, which means that a large
distance can be achieved between the water level and the venting valve. This prevents leaks.

Low flow resistance and separation of micro air bubbles.
Flamcovent S Flamcovent R Flamcovent F
B B B
E E E
H H H
8
Flamcovent S
Type Capacity Connection Dimensions Weight Order
[l] [kg] Code
[DN] [mm] B E H
[mm] [mm] [mm]
Flamcovent 50 S 8 50 60 260 338 470 8.0 1 28131
Flamcovent 65 S 8 65 76 260 338 470 8.1 1 28132
Flamcovent 80 S 25 80 89 370 435 621 14.5 1 28133
Flamcovent 100 S 25 100 114 370 435 621 15.5 1 28134
Flamcovent 125 S 59 125 140 525 515 790 33.0 1 28135
Flamcovent 150 S 60 150 168 525 510 790 34.0 1 28136
Flamcovent 200 S 123 200 219 650 670 970 56.5 1 28137
Flamcovent 250 S 287 250 273 850 892 1277 120.0 1 28138
Flamcovent 300 S 333 300 324 850 1032 1442 139.0 1 28139
Flamcovent 350 S 646 350 356 1050 1109 1586 238.0 1 28140
Flamcovent 400 S 731 400 406 1050 1252 1759 263.0 1 28151
Flamcovent 500 S 1384 500 508 1400 1470 2090 502.0 1 28153
Flamcovent 600 S 2390 600 610 1680 1760 2485 820.0 1 28155
Flamcovent R
[l] [kg] Code
[DN] [mm] B E H
[mm] [mm] [mm]
Flamcovent 50 R 8 50 60 260 338 472 8.0 1 28111
Flamcovent 65 R 8 65 76 260 338 472 8.1 1 28112
Flamcovent 80 R 25 80 89 370 435 612 14.5 1 28113
Flamcovent 100 R 25 100 114 370 435 612 15.5 1 28114
Flamcovent 125 R 59 125 140 525 515 740 33.0 1 28115
Flamcovent 150 R 60 150 168 360 510 740 34.0 1 28116
Flamcovent 200 R 123 200 219 450 670 975 56.5 1 28117
Flamcovent F - PN 10
Type Capacity Connection * Dimensions Weight Order
[l] [kg] Code
[DN] [mm] B E H
[mm] [mm] [mm]
Flamcovent 50 F 8 50 60 350 338 470 13,1 1 28141
Flamcovent 65 F 8 65 76 350 338 470 14,1 1 28142
Flamcovent 80 F 25 80 89 470 435 621 22,4 1 28143
Flamcovent 100 F 25 100 114 470 435 621 24,8 1 28144
Flamcovent 125 F 59 125 140 635 515 790 45,6 1 28145
Flamcovent 150 F 60 150 168 635 510 790 50,0 1 28146
Flamcovent 200 F 123 200 219 774 670 970 79,5 1 28147
Flamcovent 250 F 287 250 273 990 892 1277 154,0 1 28148
Flamcovent 300 F 333 300 324 1016 1032 1442 184,0 1 28149
Flamcovent 350 F 646 350 356 1214 1109 1586 304,0 1 28150
Flamcovent 400 F 731 400 406 1220 1252 1759 346,0 1 28152
Flamcovent 500 F 1384 500 508 1580 1470 2090 635,0 1 28154
Flamcovent 600 F 2390 600 610 1870 1760 2485 1028,0 1 28156
[l] [kg] Code
[DN] [mm] B E H
[mm] [mm] [mm]
Flamcovent 50 F 8 50 60 350 338 470 21 1 28401
Flamcovent 65 F 8 65 76 350 338 470 22 1 28402
Flamcovent 80 F 25 80 89 470 435 621 40 1 28403
Flamcovent 100 F 25 100 114 470 435 621 43 1 28404
Flamcovent 125 F 59 125 140 635 515 790 69 1 28405
Flamcovent 150 F 60 150 168 635 510 790 77 1 28406
Flamcovent 200 F 123 200 219 774 670 970 136 1 28407
Flamcovent 250 F 287 250 273 990 892 1277 275 1 28408
Flamcovent 300 F 333 300 324 1016 1032 1442 321 1 28409
Flamcovent 350 F 646 350 356 1214 1109 1586 583 1 28410
Flamcovent 400 F 731 400 406 1220 1252 1759 660 1 28411
Flamcovent 500 F 1384 500 508 1580 1470 2090 1188 1 28412
Flamcovent 600 F 2390 600 610 1870 1760 2485 1900 1 28413
[l] [kg] Code
[DN] [mm] B E H
[mm] [mm] [mm]
Flamcovent 50 F 8 50 60 350 338 470 22 1 28601
Flamcovent 65 F 8 65 76 350 338 470 24 1 28602
Flamcovent 80 F 25 80 89 470 435 621 52 1 28603
Flamcovent 100 F 25 100 114 470 435 621 56 1 28604
Flamcovent 125 F 59 125 140 635 515 790 91 1 28605
Flamcovent 150 F 60 150 168 635 510 790 102 1 28606
Flamcovent 200 F 123 200 219 774 670 970 186 1 28607
Flamcovent 250 F 287 250 273 990 892 1277 374 1 28608
Flamcovent 300 F 333 300 324 1016 1032 1442 432 1 28609
Flamcovent 350 F 646 350 356 1214 1109 1586 704 1 28610
Flamcovent 400 F 731 400 406 1220 1252 1759 802 1 28611
Flamcovent 500 F 1384 500 508,0 1580 1470 2090 1428 1 28612
Flamcovent 600 F 2390 600 610 1870 1760 2485 2222 1 28613
8
ACCESSORIES FLAMCOVENT
Automatic Air Vent

Type Used for Max. working Float Order
pressure Code
[bar]
Spare vent cap 10 S Flamcovent 22 mm - 2", 10 - 1 28554
Flexair DN 65 - 600
Spare vent cap 10 L Flamcovent (Clean) 10 4 1 28555
DN 50 - 650
Flamco IsoPlus
Flamco IsoPlus insulation for the Flamcovent S+F and Flamco Clean S+F.
Melamine resin foam insulation with polystyrene surface and thermoformed deep-drawn
covers.
Temperature resistant to 120 C (393 K).
Colour white/aluminium RAL 9006.
The outer polystyrene layer (thickness 1 mm) is laminated on the melamine foam
(thickness 50 mm).
Easy to install, two piece insulating plates are joined by attached hook fasteners.
Retrospective installation permissible.
Available for Flamcovent S+F and Flamco Clean S+F with connections from DN 50 to DN 200.
Flamco IsoPlus is 100 % recyclable.
Type Dimensions Weight Order
[kg] Code
H.
[mm] [mm]
Flamco IsoPlus 50 285 510 1,5 1 28160
Flamco IsoPlus 65 285 510 1,5 1 28161
Flamco IsoPlus 80 400 660 2,5 1 28162
Flamco IsoPlus 100 400 660 2,5 1 28163
Flamco IsoPlus 125 500 810 3,5 1 28164
Flamco IsoPlus 150 500 810 3,5 1 28165
Flamco IsoPlus 200 560 1010 5,0 1 28166
Nr. 0343
ENA: The Effective De-aeration
and Top-Up Unit
De-aeration and leakage of the system, will reduce Decreases in pressure can be compensated with
the pressure in the system. This may result in automatic topping up. The water is de-gassed before
damage to the system or impaired performance. being pumped into the system. The vacuum thus
The Flamco ENA water de-aeration and top-up unit created means that the system can be de-aerated in
is the solution. the most effective way possible.
ENA COOLING SELECTION GRAPH

System capacity [litres]
200000
180000
160000
140000
120000
100000
ENA 10
80000
60000
40000
ENA 7 ENA 20 ENA 30
20000
ENA 5
0
0 1 1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 4,5 5 5,5 6 6,5 7 7,5 8
System pressure [bar]
ENA 5
ENA HEATING SELECTION GRAPH
System capacity [litres]
400000
350000
300000
ENA 30
250000
200000
150000
ENA 7/10/20 ENA 10

100000
ENA 7 ENA 20 ENA 30

50000
ENA 5
0
1 1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 4,5 5 5,5 6 6,5 7 7,5 8
System pressure [bar]
The benefits to you:

High performance de-aeration. The ENA is suitable for heating and cooling systems
Excellent degassing in low temperature systems and and can easily be used in combination with a Flexcon
systems with significant height. expansion vessel or pressure expansion automat.
Central degassing for both system and top-up water. The ENA has a potential-free contact, through which
Compact, sturdy design. status can be transmitted to a building management
Programmable control unit. system. The clear operation via the display and
Easy to operate. complete pre-assembly make the ENA very easy to
Assembled and ready for connection. install.
8
How the ENA works
1. Not active
When the ENA is inactive, the
stainless steel column is filled with
water and the pressure is equal to
the system pressure.
2. Creating a vacuum
4. Topping-up As the pump draws more water
If water is lost from the system out of the column than can flow
on installation the volume, and back in, a vacuum is created.
as a conse-quence the pressure Gas is released and collects on
will drop. Water for topping-up the surface of the water.
is de-aerated in the column and
fed into the system in small
doses (until the correct pressure
has been restored).
3. Water intake
The pump stops and the column
fills up again with water. The
gas is then expelled via the
automatic air vent.
ENA DE-AERATION AND MAKE-UP
For central de-aeration of both system fluid and make-up fluid. Exceptional de-aeration and (optional) make-up
performance with compact and robust design, taking up minimal space.
Easy to operate.
No on-site assembly.
System connection: Rp ".
Freely programmable control unit with RS 485 connection.
Increased system computer control.
Noise level: ca. 55dB.
Maximum ambient temperature: 45 C.
ENA 5 - 30
Type Max. Operating Dimensions Weight Order

work. pressure [kg] Code
press. [bar] W. D. H.
[bar] [mm] [mm] [mm]
ENA 5 6 1.0 - 2.5 490 320 710 28 1 17085
ENA 7 8 0.8 - 2.7 740 325 1270 40 1 17070
ENA 10 8 0.8 - 3.5 740 325 1270 40 1 17090
ENA 20 8 2.0 - 4.5 740 325 1270 45 1 17091
ENA 30 10 3.0 - 8.0 710 525 1270 60 1 17092
Gas Sensor
Type Order
Code
Gas sensor for ENA 7 - 30 1 17071
8
FLAMCO CLEAN DIRT SEPARATORS (22 MM - 2")
Removes solid particles that need to be flushed out before they can cause damage to the pump or water heater, for example.

Flamco Clean
For mounting in horizontal pipes.
Brass housing, corrosion resistant internals.
Type Connection Weight Capacity Dimensions Order

[kg] [l] Code
B H
[mm] [mm]
Flamco Clean 22 22 mm 1.4 0.22 118 196 1 28029
Flamco Clean 3/4 3/ " F
4 1.4 0.22 118 196 1 28030
Flamco Clean 1 1" F 1.8 0.35 100 216 1 28031
Flamco Clean 1 1/4 1 /4" F
1 2.4 0.48 114 237 1 28032
Flamco Clean 1 1/2 1 1/2" F 2.5 0.48 114 237 1 28033
Flamco Clean 2 2" F 2.6 0.75 131 255 1 28034
Flamco Clean V
For mounting in vertical pipes.
Brass housing, corrosion resistant internals.
Type Connection Weight Capacity Dimensions Order

[kg] [l] Code
B H
[mm] [mm]
Flamco Clean V 22 22 mm 2.15 0.4 158 230 1 28039
Flamco Clean V 3/4 3/ " F
4 2.15 0.4 158 223 1 28035
Flamco Clean V 1 1" F 3.2 0.5 184 247 1 28036
Flamco Clean V 1 1/4 1 1/4" F 3.05 0.5 184 247 1 28037
Flamco Clean Smart
The new Flamco Clean Smart dirt separators are smart products in every aspect. And just as in other innovations from
Flamco, their groundbreaking new design also delivers optimal performance. These dirt separators for heating and cooling
The Smart dirt separators remove minuscule dirt particles from the system water. They are near enough maintenance-free and
the flow resistance is negligibly low. The magnetite particles present in the water are directly attracted by the magnetic field
and all other dirt particles are also trapped extremely efficiently.
60% better performance compared to conventional dirt separators.

[kg] Code
H.
[mm] [mm]
Flamco Clean Smart 3/4 3/ "
4 0.939 60 190 1 30021
Flamco Clean Smart 22 22 mm 0.983 60 200 1 30022
Flamco Clean Smart 1 1" 1.109 75 321 1 30023
Flamco Clean Smart 1 1/4 1 1/4" 1.263 75 233 1 30024
Flamco Clean Smart 1 1/2 1 1/2" 1.724 92 277 1 30025
Flamco Clean Smart 2 2" 2.154 92 282 1 30026
Flamco Clean EcoPlus

Similar to the Flamco Clean, but with insulation included.

[l] [mm]
Flamco Clean EcoPlus 22 22 mm 1.4 0.22 102 x 113 x 157 1 28635
Flamco Clean EcoPlus 28 28 mm 1.8 0.35 110 x 117 x 175.5 1 28636
Flamco Clean EcoPlus 3/4 3/ " F
4 1.4 0.22 102 x 113 x 157 1 28630
Flamco Clean EcoPlus 1 1" F 1.8 0.35 110 x 117 x 175.5 1 28631
Flamco Clean EcoPlus 1 1/4 1 1/4" F 2.4 0.48 116 x 121 x 196 1 28632
Flamco Clean EcoPlus 1 1/2 1 1/2" F 2.5 0.48 116 x 121 x 196 1 28633
Flamco Clean EcoPlus 2 2" F 2.6 0.75 125 x 135 x 258 1 28634
*Dimensions including insulation.
8
Flamco Clean EcoPlus V
Similar to the Flamco Clean V, but with an insulation mantle included.

[l] [mm]
Flamco Clean EcoPlus V 22 22 mm 2.15 0.4 100 x 190 x 230 1 28676
Flamco Clean EcoPlus V 3/4 3/ " F
4 2.15 0.4 100 x 190 x 223 1 28677
Flamco Clean EcoPlus V 1 1" F 3.2 0.5 115 x 215 x 247 1 28678
Flamco Clean EcoPlus V 1 1/4 1 1/4" F 3.05 0.5 115 x 215 x 247 1 28679
*Dimensions including insulation.
Flamco Clean Smart EcoPlus

Similar to the Flamco Clean Smart, but with a 20 mm EPP insulation mantle included.

[kg] [mm] Code
Flamco Clean Smart EcoPlus 3/4 3/ "
4 1.009 196 1 30031
Flamco Clean Smart EcoPlus 22 22 mm 1.053 196 1 30032
Flamco Clean Smart EcoPlus 1 1" 1.214 241 1 30033
Flamco Clean Smart EcoPlus 1 1/4 1 1/4" 1.372 241 1 30034
Flamco Clean Smart EcoPlus 1 1/2 1 1/2" 1.879 285 1 30035
Flamco Clean Smart EcoPlus 2 2" 2.316 285 1 30036
FLAMCO CLEAN DIRT SEPARATORS (DN 50 - 600)
Removes solid particles that need to be flushed out before they can cause damage (to pumps or water heaters for example),
using the Dual Zone Flow Diversion technology.
Materials used: Welded steel body EN/ISO S235JRG2, equivalent to ASTM A181 class 60.
Wall thickness: >10 mm.
External coating: 2 part Epoxy (RAL 3002), > 45m.
Flamco Clean S Flamco Clean R Flamco Clean F
B B B
E E E
H H H
8
Flamco Clean S
Type Capacity Connection Weight Dimensions Order
[l] [kg] Code
DN [mm] B E H
[mm] [mm] [mm]
Flamco Clean S 50 8 50 60.3 8.0 260 135 517 1 28118
Flamco Clean S 65 8 65 76.1 8.1 260 135 517 1 28119
Flamco Clean S 80 25 80 88.9 14.5 370 180 651 1 28120
Flamco Clean S 100 25 100 114.3 15.5 370 180 651 1 28121
Flamco Clean S 125 59 125 139.7 33.0 525 225 780 1 28122
Flamco Clean S 150 60 150 168.3 34.0 525 230 780 1 28123
Flamco Clean S 200 123 200 219.1 56.5 650 300 1013 1 28124
Flamco Clean S 250 287 250 273.0 120.0 850 400 1330 1 28125
Flamco Clean S 300 333 300 323.9 139.0 850 420 1495 1 28126
Flamco Clean S 350 646 350 355.6 238.0 1050 490 1636 1 28127
Flamco Clean S 400 731 400 406.4 263.0 1050 520 1810 1 28128
Flamco Clean S 500 1384 500 508.0 502.0 1400 630 2140 1 28129
Flamco Clean S 600 2390 600 610.0 820.0 1680 795 2535 1 28130
Flamco Clean F
Type Capacity Connection * Weight Dimensions Order
[l] [kg] Code
[DN] [mm] B E H
[mm] [mm] [mm]
Flamco Clean F 50 8 50 60.3 13.1 350 135 517 1 28188
Flamco Clean F 65 8 65 76.1 14.1 350 135 517 1 28189
Flamco Clean F 80 25 80 88.9 22.4 470 180 651 1 28190
Flamco Clean F 100 25 100 114.3 24.8 470 180 651 1 28191
Flamco Clean F 125 59 125 139.7 45.6 635 225 780 1 28192
Flamco Clean F 150 60 150 168.3 50.0 635 230 780 1 28193
Flamco Clean F 200 123 200 219.1 79.5 774 300 1013 1 28194
Flamco Clean F 250 287 250 273.0 154.0 990 400 1330 1 28195
Flamco Clean F 300 333 300 323.9 184.0 1016 420 1495 1 28196
Flamco Clean F 350 646 350 355.6 304.0 1214 490 1636 1 28197
Flamco Clean F 400 731 400 406.4 346.0 1220 520 1810 1 28198
Flamco Clean F 500 1384 500 508.0 635.0 1580 630 2140 1 28199
Flamco Clean F 600 2390 600 610.0 1028.0 1870 795 2535 1 28200
Flamco Clean R
Type Capacity Connection Weight Dimensions Order
[l] [kg] Code
[DN] [mm] B E H
[mm] [mm] [mm]
Flamco Clean R 50 8 50 60.3 8.0 260 135 517 1 28181
Flamco Clean R 65 8 65 76.1 8.1 260 135 517 1 28182
Flamco Clean R 80 25 80 88.9 14.5 370 180 651 1 28183
Flamco Clean R 100 25 100 114.3 15.5 370 180 651 1 28184
Flamco Clean R 125 59 125 139.7 33.0 525 225 780 1 28185
Flamco Clean R 150 60 150 168.3 34.0 525 230 780 1 28186
Flamco Clean R 200 123 200 219.1 56.5 650 300 1013 1 28187
FLAMCO CLEAN ACCESSORIES
Dirt Wiper
Type Order
Code
Dirt wiper 1 28560
Flamco IsoPlus
Flamco IsoPlus insulation for the Flamcovent S+F and Flamco Clean S+F.
Melamine resin foam insulation with polystyrene surface and thermoformed deep-drawn
covers.
Temperature resistant to 120 C.
Colour white/aluminium RAL 9006.
The outer polystyrene layer (thickness 1 mm) is laminated on the melamine foam
(thickness 50 mm). Nr. 0343
Easy to install, two piece insulating plates are joined by attached hook fasteners.
Retrospective installation permissible.
Available for Flamcovent S+F and Flamco Clean S+F with connections from DN 50 to DN 200.
Flamco IsoPlus is 100 % recyclable.
Type Dimensions Weight Order
[kg] Code
H.
[mm] [mm]
Flamco IsoPlus 50 285 510 1,5 1 28160
Flamco IsoPlus 65 285 510 1,5 1 28161
Flamco IsoPlus 80 400 660 2,5 1 28162
Flamco IsoPlus 100 400 660 2,5 1 28163
Flamco IsoPlus 125 500 810 3,5 1 28164
Flamco IsoPlus 150 500 810 3,5 1 28165
Flamco IsoPlus 200 560 1010 5,0 1 28166
8
FLAMCOVENT CLEAN AIR & DIRT SEPARATORS (22 MM - 2")
Flamcovent Clean has been specially designed to remove solid particles as well as air from a heating installation.

Flamcovent Clean
Type Dimensions* Connection Order
Code
H.
[mm] [mm]
Flamcovent Clean 22 115 283 22 mm 1 28680
Flamcovent Clean 3/4 90 283 3/ "
4 1 28681
Flamcovent Clean 1 104 315 1" 1 28682
Flamcovent Clean 1 1/4 114 345 1 1/4" 1 28683
Flamcovent Clean 1 1/2 114 345 1 1/2" 1 28684
* including connection.

The new Flamcovent Clean Smart air and dirt separators are smart products in every aspect.
And just as in other innovations from Flamco, their groundbreaking new design also delivers
optimal performance. These air and dirt separators for heating and cooling systems are the new
standard.
The Smart air and dirt separators remove even the smallest microbubbles and minuscule dirt
particles from the system water. They are near enough maintenance-free and the flow resistance
is negligibly low. The magnetite particles present in the water are directly attracted by the
magnetic field and all other dirt particles are also trapped extremely efficiently.
60% better performance compared to conventional air and dirt separators.

[kg] Code
H.
[mm] [mm]
Flamcovent Clean Smart 3/4 3/ "
4 1.198 60 241 1 30041
Flamcovent Clean Smart 22 22 mm 1.242 60 241 1 30042
Flamcovent Clean Smart 1 1" 1.447 75 318 1 30043
Flamcovent Clean Smart 1 1/4 1 1/4" 1.600 75 318 1 30044
Flamcovent Clean Smart 1 1/2 1 1/2" 2.189 92 385 1 30045
Flamcovent Clean Smart 2 2" 2.619 92 385 1 30046
Flamcovent Clean Smart EcoPlus

Similar to the Flamcovent Clean Smart, but with a 20 mm EPP insulation mantle included.
[kg] [mm] Code
Flamcovent Clean Smart EcoPlus 3/4 3/ "
4 1.281 258 1 30051
Flamcovent Clean Smart EcoPlus 22 22 mm 1.325 258 1 30052
Flamcovent Clean Smart EcoPlus 1 1" 1.567 335 1 30053
Flamcovent Clean Smart EcoPlus 1 1/4 1 1/4" 1.733 335 1 30054
Flamcovent Clean Smart EcoPlus 1 1/2 1 1/2" 2.379 403 1 30055
Flamcovent Clean Smart EcoPlus 2 2" 2.816 403 1 30056
FLAMCOVENT CLEAN AIR & DIRT SEPARATORS (DN 50 - DN 600)
Flamcovent Clean has been specially designed to remove solid particles as well as air from a heating installation, using the Dual
Zone Flow Diversion technology.

Flamcovent Clean S Flamcovent Clean R Flamcovent Clean F
B B B
E E E
H H H
Flamcovent Clean S
With dirt chamber and welded connections.
[l] [kg] Code
[DN] [mm] B E H
[mm] [mm] [mm]
Flamcovent Clean 50 S 10 50 60.3 260 54.5 560 9,5 1 28070
Flamcovent Clean 65 S 10 65 76.1 260 70.3 560 9,7 1 28071
Flamcovent Clean 80 S 33 80 88.9 370 82.5 756 18 1 28072
8
Flamcovent Clean R
With dirt chamber and mechanical couplings.
[l] [kg] Code
[DN] [mm] B E H
[mm] [mm] [mm]
Flamcovent Clean 50 R 10 50 60,3 260 55 560 9.5 1 28101
Flamcovent Clean 65 R 10 65 76,1 260 70,3 560 9,7 1 28102
Flamcovent Clean 80 R 33 80 88,9 370 82,5 756 18 1 28103
Flamcovent Clean F
With dirt chamber and welded connections.
Type Capacity Connection ** Dimensions * Weight Order
[l] [kg] Code
[DN] [mm] B E H
[mm] [mm] [mm]
Flamcovent Clean 50 F 10 50 60.3 350 54.5 560 15 1 28080
Flamcovent Clean 65 F 10 65 76.1 350 70.3 560 15,7 1 28081
Flamcovent Clean 100 F 33 100 114.3 470 107.1 756 28,5 1 28083
* Width including connections.
** According to EN 1092-1 PN16.
FLAMCOVENT CLEAN ACCESSORIES
Automatic Air Vent

Type Used for Max. working Order
pressure Code
[bar]
Spare vent cap 10 L Flamcovent (Clean) DN 50 - 650 10 1 28555
9.
Flamco T-Plus
The T-Plus is an ideal product for the expansion, conversion or overhaul
of an existing system. No longer is it necessary to isolate, drain,
de-pressurise or freeze a pipe when an extra branch is required.
This prevents costly down time. The new branch can be tted in
seconds, even in hard-to-reach places. Time is money and installers will
immediately appreciate the difference that T-Plus makes.
There are three models in the Flamco range (steel, copper and copper
with integral ball valve) which can be used with a wide range of tubes
and pipes for water, air and other non-ammable uids and even natural
gas.
Flamco T-Plus
Flamco T-Plus
The Flamco T-Plus is unrivalled in its Advantages
speed and ease of installation for branches The installation of Flamco T-Plus can be carried out
in existing piping systems. at any time.
The system does not need to be de-pressurized,
emptied, refilled and vented.
That means you save time, and time is money.
The system owner's productivity will not be

adversely affected by down-time or other
problems with the system.
Flamco T-Plus is particularly useful for expanding, Expensive down-time can be avoided. So, for
converting or renovating existing systems. Even in example, working on a heating system in winter is not a
places which are difficult to access, you can use problem.
Flamco T-Plus without any problems.
Flamco T-Plus can also be used in systems that have With Flamco T-Plus, you can optimise your service and
to remain operative around the clock. your work will be finished significantly quicker.
Flamco T-Plus
9
Installation
This is how it's done.
Attach the Flamco T-Plus to the pipe and secure with four Tighten the bolts cross-wise to the tightening torque
bolts. specified in the mounting instructions.
Connect the pipe branch. Ensure that no fluids are present Remove the protective cap. Strike the pin with a short,
in the connecting pipe. sharp hammer blow. Vent the connected branch... That's all
there is to it!
In addition to the Flamco T-Plus for steel pipes, there

is a T-Plus for thin-walled steel pipes, stainless steel
pipes and copper pipes.
Flamco T-Plus
Areas of application
Flamco T-Plus is particularly useful in: Modern craftsmanship requires technically

Central heating systems. well-engineered products.
Potable installations. Flamco T-Plus is a product that meets
Fire sprinkler systems. this description.
Industrial applications such as compressed
air systems.
Branch
Pin
Charge
Piston
Removed section
of pipe
Existing pipe
steel pipes and copper pipes with a diameter between

14 mm and 42 mm. The 42 mm version is not suitable
for use with stainless steel piping. Flamco T-Plus is not
The cast-iron Flamco T-Plus is suitable for steel pipes suitable for use in areas containing flammable materials.
from " up to and including 3". The brass Flamco This includes areas where there is a fire or explosion
T-Plus is suitable for thin-walled steel pipes, stainless hazard.
Flamco T-Plus
9
How it works
This is how the Flamco T-Plus works
Piston Ignition
There is a cutting piston in the Flamco T-Plus housing. When the pin is struck, the charge will ignite.
Cutting the pipe Cut away section of pipe

The pressure that is created propels the cutting piston The cut-out section of the pipe is retained between
forwards and partially cuts open the pipe. the piston and the wall of the Flamco T-Plus housing
and can therefore not enter the pipe.
FLAMCO T-PLUS
A unique product for incorporating branches in existing installations (e.g. hospitals, industrial installations) without the slightest
problem.
The ingenious Flamco T-Plus is a model of inventive brilliance.

The fastest and easiest T-joint in the world, which makes a perfect branch in a simple, single operation. The system does not
need to be drained and/or shut down.
No interruption of production.
T-Plus Cast Iron

For steel pipes from " to 3":
hreaded pipes NEN 3257 C Heavy / DIN 2440/2441 / EN 10255 / BS 1387 Heavy (or lighter).
Seamless steel pipes DIN 2448/1629 Bl.3, St 35 / EN 10216-1 / ISO 9329-1.
Welded steel pipes DIN 2458/1626 Bl.2, St 35 / EN 10217-1 / ISO 9330-1.
Maximum working pressure: 25.0 bar (NG: 200 mbar).
Maximum permissible temperature: 120 C (NG: 23.5 C).
C
F
E
D G
Type Pipe Branch Permissible Dimensions Order

connection wall Code
Nom. Ext. thickness C D E F G
["] dia. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
[mm]
T-plus 1/2 x 1/ x
2
1/
2
1/2" 21.3 1/2" F 2.0 - 3.25 93 28 19 68 47 20 90315
T-plus 3/4 x 1/ x
2
3/
4
3/4" 26.9 1/2" F 2.0 - 3.25 100 35 21 77 50 20 90320
T-plus 1 x 3/4 x 1 1" 33.7 3/4" F 2.0 - 4.05 100 35 24 82 56 20 90326
T-plus 1 1/4 x 1 x 1 1/4 1 1/4" 42.4 1" F 2.0 - 4.05 115 39 30 103 70 10 90332
T-plus 1 1/2 x 1 1/4 x 1 1/2 1 1/2" 48.3 1 1/4" F 2.3 - 4.05 151 55 35 124 83 5 90340
T-plus 2 x 1 1/4 x 2 2" 60.3 1 1/4" F 2.3 - 4.50 151 55 41 136 83 5 90350
T-plus 2 1/2 x 1 1/4 x 2 1/2 2 1/2" 76.1 1 1/4" F 2.6 - 4.50 180 66 51 152 83 5 90365
T-plus 3 x 1 1/4 x 3 3" 88.9 1 1/4" F 2,9 - 5,00 180 66 57 167 83 5 90380
Flamco T-Plus
9
T-Plus Brass
For thin-walled steel central heating pipes, copper pipes and stainless steel pipes:
Thin-walled steel central heating pipes according to NEN 1982 and DIN 2391.
Hard (R290) / semi-hard (R250) copper pipes according to EN 1057.
Stainless steel pipes according to NEN 1982 and DIN 2391 made of AISI 316 or 1.4401 (except size 42 x " x 42).
Max working pressure: 16 bar.
Maximum permissible temperature: 90 C.
C
F
E
G
D
Type Pipe Branch Max. Suitable for Dimensions Order

ext. connection wall Code
dia. thickness Copper Stain- C D E F G
[mm] [mm] less [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
steel
T-plus 14 x 1/2 x 14 14 1/2" M 1.0 4 4 62 17 13 47 36 20 90114
T-plus 15 x 1/2 x 15 15 1/2" M 1.25 4 4 62 17 13 47 36 20 90115
T-plus 16 x 1/2 x 16 16 1/ " M
2 1.25 4 4 62 17 12 50 36 20 90116
T-plus 18 x 1/2 x 18 18 1/ " M
2 1.25 4 4 75 24 14 54 40 20 90118
T-plus 22 x 1/2 x 22 22 1/ " M
2 1.25 4 4 75 24 15 56 40 20 90122
T-plus 28 x 3/4 x 28 28 3/ " F
4 1.50 4 4 94 29 18 69 56 10 90127
T-plus 35 x 3/4 x 35 35 3/ " F
4 1.50 4 4 97 29 25 82 56 20 90134
T-plus 42 x 3/4 x 42 42 3/ " F
4 1.50 4 - 110 35 30 87 62 20 90142
T-Plus Brass With Ball Valve

For thin-walled steel central heating pipes, copper pipes and stainless steel pipes:
Thin-walled steel central heating pipes according to NEN 1982 and DIN 2391.
Hard (R290) / semi-hard (R250) copper pipes according to EN 1057.
Stainless steel pipes according to NEN 1982 and DIN 2391 made of AISI 316 or 1.4401.
With ball valve.
Max working pressure: 10.0 bar.
Maximum permissible temperature: 90 C.
C
F
E
D G
Type Pipe Branch Max. Dimensions Order

ext. dia. connection wall Code
[mm] thickness C D E F G
T-plus K 15 x 1/2 x 15 15 1 /2" M 1.25 63 17 12 66 42 1 90215
T-plus K 22 x 1/2 x 22 22 1 /2" M 1.25 72 20 16 75 43 1 90222
Pipe Mounting Material
Universal Clips Wall and Floor Clips
Rail and Rail Accessories Mounting Accessories
Pipe Rozettes STRUT Rail and Accessories

Pipe Hangers Flamco Smart System
Stainless Steel Mounting Material
Clevis Hangers
10.
Universal Clips
Whether you need ceiling, wall or oor mounted clips, Flamco has
the solution. We offer a wide range of universal mounting clips with
a variety of closures, connections and nishes. With or without sound
absorbing rubber lining. For the smallest to the largest pipes.
Flamco universal clips make sure you can mount every pipe,
everywhere.
Universal Clips
10
Choose the rubber lined BS clip
that suits every type of pipe
Flamco offers you a wide range of BSA clips for They are also available with various types of rubber
all types of pipe. The BSA range extends from for special applications.
diameter 12 mm to 16" and from a M 8 to a " Flamco BS clips can be fitted universally and can
connection. be mounted either horizontally or vertically.
R rail.
RD rail end caps.
FSS ClickFit. D threaded rods.
Rigid or flexible brackets.
BSA clips are available with a number of

different connections.
The lock bolt has a combined slot/Phillips head.
The click-spring closure makes assembly easy,

without the need for tools, and without the
possibility of the pipe coming loose from the clip.
1. When it is open, the pipe can be

positioned in the bracket.
Save time with the click-spring closure

Thanks to the upper spring fitting coupled with the 2. Click shut: the top of the bolt will
bent shape of the lip, the clip remains closed. It is automatically slide over the lip.
still possible to re-position the pipe at this point. The
process is completed by tightening the lock bolt
which holds the pipe tightly. 3. Fasten the pipe in place by
tightening the nut.
Universal Clips
10
Benefits of BSA clips: Extra feature of BSA-S clips:
Quick assembly and installation thanks to the Special silicon rubber, temperature-resistant
patented 'click-spring' closure. from -60 C to +250 C.
Very close fitting, making it possible to mount
pipes directly to the ceiling.
Thick and wide material, so the clip is both very
stable and rigid.
Rubber lining with four air chambers for optimum
BSA noise suppression (19 dB(A)). BSA-S
Rubber lining clamped to the bracket. Should the
pipe move in any way, the rubber will not
separate from the clip: it will remain in place at all
times.
The rubber has high temperature resistance: from
-40 C to +120 C.
Extra feature of BSA-G clips:

Fitted with smooth rubber for use with plastic
pipes.
The spacer in the click-spring fastening prevents
the clip from jamming.
BSA-G
Extra features of BSA Click-in: BSB clips

Part of the Flamco Smart System. One-piece clip with noise suppression rubber
No more de-burring of the threaded rod. lining.
Insert threaded end into nut - no need to With M 8 threaded connection.
screw in. Dimensions ranging from 1/8" to 2".
All you need to do is twist the bracket to the Quick-release system.
correct position. Suitable for short installation dimensions; bolt
Fitted in no time. has a slot/Phillips head.
BSA CLICK-IN Patented system. BSB A range of sizes, each KIWA-approved.
BSI clips BSI-WH clips

With noise suppressing rubber lining. BSI clip, with an extra hook connection.
Rigidity provided by the reinforcing grooves. With combined M 8/10 connection.
Combined M 8/10 and M 10/12 connection.
Suitable for short installation dimensions; bolt
has a slot/Phillips head.
Two bolts with non-slip washer.
BSI BSI-WH
FOR ALL TYPES OF PIPE
BSA M 8 Clips
BSA clips are rubber lined universal clips for mounting pipes to the wall or ceiling. Thanks to the unique locking system,
the pipe can be pre-mounted without the use of tools. This means that the pipe's position can be adjusted afterwards if
necessary, and the position of a bend or a T joint determined more accurately. At this stage the fixing bolt can be tightened, so
that the pipe is held and installation completed.
Noise suppressing rubber strip: 19 dB(A)* according to ISO 3822-1

( * To achieve good sound suppression do not overload the fitting).
Clip electrolytically zinc plated.
Suitable for temperatures -40 C to +120 C.
With handy and quick 'click-spring' closure.
Makes pre-mounting without tools possible.
BSA clips are compatible with pipe sizes as per DIN 2448 and DIN EN 1057.
C
B
A
Type Pipe Strip Max. Dimensions Order

dimensions working Code
Ext. dia. Nom. [mm] load A B C
[mm] ["] [N] [mm] [mm] [mm]
BSA M 8 x 12 - 13.5 12 - 13.5 1/4" 25 x 1.75 1300 45 14 8 100 39200
BSA M 8 x 14 - 16 14 - 16 - 25 x 1.75 1300 47 15 8 100 39201
BSA M 8 x 17 - 19 17 - 19 3/ "
8 25 x 1.75 1300 50 17 8 100 39202
BSA M 8 x 20 - 24 20 - 24 1/ "
2 25 x 1.75 1300 54 19 8 100 39203
BSA M 8 x 25 - 28 25 - 28 3/ "
4 25 x 1.75 1300 59 21 8 100 39204
BSA M 8 x 29 - 33 29 - 33 - 25 x 1.75 1300 63 23 8 100 39205
BSA M 8 x 33 - 37 33 - 37 1" 25 x 1.75 1300 70 27 8 100 39206
BSA M 8 x 38 - 42 38 - 42 1 1/4" 25 x 1.75 1300 78 31 8 100 39207
BSA M 8 x 44.5 - 49 44.5 - 49 1 1/2" 25 x 1.75 1300 83 34 8 50 39208
BSA M 8 x 50 - 54 50 - 54 - 25 x 1.75 1300 90 37 8 50 39209
BSA M 8 x 56 - 60 56 - 60 2" 25 x 1.75 1300 96 40 8 50 39210
BSA M 8 x 62 - 64 62 - 64 - 25 x 2.75 2000 119 43 8 25 39550
BSA M 8 x 68 - 73 68 - 73 - 25 x 2.75 2000 126 46 8 25 39551
BSA M 8 x 75 - 80 75 - 80 2 1/2" 25 x 2.75 2000 133 50 8 25 39552
BSA M 8 x 82 - 86 82 - 86 - 25 x 2.75 2000 139 53 8 25 39553
BSA M 8 x 89 - 91 89 - 91 3" 25 x 2.75 2000 145 56 8 25 39554
BSA M 8 x 95 - 102 95 - 102 3 1/2" 25 x 2.75 2000 157 62 8 25 39556
BSA M 8 x 108 - 116 108 - 116 4" 25 x 2.75 2000 168 67 8 25 39558
Universal Clips
10
BSA M 8/10 Clips
Similar to the BSA M 8 clips, but with a combined M 8/10 connection.
[mm] ["] [N] [mm] [mm] [mm]
BSA M 8/10 x 12 - 13.5 12 - 13.5 1/4" 25 x 1.75 1300 45 14 16 100 39300
BSA M 8/10 x 14 - 16 14 - 16 - 25 x 1.75 1300 47 15 16 100 39301
BSA M 8/10 x 17 - 19 17 - 19 3/ "
8 25 x 1.75 1300 50 17 16 100 39302
BSA M 8/10 x 20 - 24 20 - 24 1/ "
2 25 x 1.75 1300 54 19 16 100 39303
BSA M 8/10 x 25 - 28 25 - 28 3/ "
4 25 x 1.75 1300 59 21 16 100 39304
BSA M 8/10 x 29 - 33 29 - 33 - 25 x 1.75 1300 63 23 16 100 39305
BSA M 8/10 x 33 - 37 33 - 37 1" 25 x 1.75 1300 70 27 16 100 39306
BSA M 8/10 x 38 - 42 38 - 42 1 1/4" 25 x 1.75 1300 78 31 16 100 39307
BSA M 8/10 x 44.5 - 49 44.5 - 49 1 1/2" 25 x 1.75 1300 83 34 16 50 39308
BSA M 8/10 x 50 - 54 50 - 54 - 25 x 1.75 1300 90 37 16 50 39309
BSA M 8/10 x 56 - 60 56 - 60 2" 25 x 1.75 1300 96 40 16 50 39310
BSA M 8/10 x 62 - 64 62 - 64 - 25 x 2.75 2000 119 43 16 25 39311
BSA M 8/10 x 68 - 73 68 - 73 - 25 x 2.75 2000 126 46 16 25 39312
BSA M 8/10 x 75 - 80 75 - 80 2 1/2" 25 x 2.75 2000 133 50 16 25 39313
BSA M 8/10 x 82 - 86 82 - 86 - 25 x 2.75 2000 139 53 16 25 39314
BSA M 8/10 x 89 - 91 89 - 91 3" 25 x 2.75 2000 145 56 16 25 39315
BSA M 8/10 x 95 - 102 95 - 102 3 1/2" 25 x 2.75 2000 157 62 16 25 39317
BSA M 8/10 x 108 - 116 108 - 116 4" 25 x 2.75 2000 168 67 16 25 39318
BSA M 8/10 x 121 - 127 121 - 127 - 25 x 2.75 2000 184 71 16 25 39320
BSA M 8/10 x 133 - 141 133 - 141 5" 25 x 2.75 2000 195 78 16 25 39321
BSA M 8/10 x 159 - 162 159 - 162 - 25 x 2.75 2000 220 93 16 25 39323
BSA M 8/10 x 165 - 168 165 - 168 6" 25 x 2.75 2000 227 97 16 25 39324
BSA M 10 Clips
Similar to the BSA M 8 clips, but with a M 10 connection.
[mm] ["] [N] [mm] [mm] [mm]
BSA M 10 x 108 - 116 108 - 116 4" 25 x 2.75 2000 168 67 10 25 39557
BSA M 10 x 121 - 127 121 - 127 - 25 x 2.75 2000 184 71 10 25 39559
BSA M 10 x 133 - 141 133 - 141 5" 25 x 2.75 2000 195 78 10 25 39560
BSA M 10 x 159 - 162 159 - 162 - 25 x 2.75 2000 220 93 10 25 39562
BSA M 10 x 165 - 168 165 - 168 6" 25 x 2.75 2000 227 97 10 25 39563
BSA M 12 Clips
[mm] ["] [N] [mm] [mm] [mm]
BSA M 12 x 17 - 19 17 - 19 3/8" 25 x 1.75 1300 50 17 12 50 39272
BSA M 12 x 20 - 24 20 - 24 1/2" 25 x 1.75 1300 54 19 12 50 39273
BSA M 12 x 25 - 28 25 - 28 3/ "
4 25 x 1.75 1300 59 22 12 50 39274
BSA M 12 x 33 - 37 33 - 37 1" 25 x 1.75 1300 70 27 12 50 39276
BSA M 12 x 38 - 42 38 - 42 1 1/4" 25 x 1.75 1300 78 31 12 50 39277
BSA M 12 x 44.5 - 49 44.5 - 49 1 1/2" 25 x 1.75 1300 83 34 12 50 39278
BSA M 12 x 50 - 54 50 - 54 - 25 x 1.75 1300 90 37 12 50 39279
BSA M 12 x 56 - 60 56 - 60 2" 25 x 1.75 1300 96 40 12 50 39280
BSA M 12 x 62 - 64 62 - 64 - 25 x 2.75 2000 119 43 12 25 39231
BSA M 12 x 68 - 73 68 - 73 - 25 x 2.75 2000 126 46 12 25 39232
BSA M 12 x 75 - 80 75 - 80 2 1/2" 25 x 2.75 2000 133 50 12 25 39233
BSA M 12 x 82 - 86 82 - 86 - 25 x 2.75 2000 139 53 12 25 39235
BSA M 12 x 89 - 91 89 - 91 3" 25 x 2.75 2000 145 56 12 25 39236
BSA M 12 x 95 - 102 95 - 102 3 1/2" 25 x 2.75 2000 157 62 12 25 39237
BSA M 12 x 108 - 116 108 - 116 4" 25 x 2.75 2000 168 67 12 25 39238
BSA M 12 x 121 - 127 121 - 127 - 25 x 2.75 2000 184 71 12 25 39240
BSA M 12 x 133 - 141 133 - 141 5" 25 x 2.75 2000 195 78 12 25 39241
BSA M 12 x 159 - 162 159 - 162 - 25 x 2.75 2000 220 93 12 25 39243
BSA M 12 x 165 - 168 165 - 168 6" 25 x 2.75 2000 227 97 12 25 39244
BSA M 16 Clips
[mm] ["] [N] [mm] [mm] [mm]
BSA M 16 x 213 - 219 213 - 219 8" 25 x 3.0 3000 325 122 16 50 39253
BSA M 16 x 267 - 273 267 - 273 10" 50 x 5.0 9000 376 149 16 50 39254
BSA M 16 x 315 - 324 315 - 324 12" 50 x 5.0 9000 427 175 16 50 39255
BSA M 16 x 350 - 356 350 - 356 14" 50 x 5.0 9000 459 191 16 50 39256
BSA M 16 x 400 - 406 400 - 406 16" 50 x 5.0 9000 509 216 16 50 39257
BSA Clips
Similar to the BSA M 8 clips, but with a " connection.
Designed for heavier installations.
C
B

[mm] ["] [N] [mm] [mm] [mm]
BSA 1/2 x 17 - 19 17 - 19 3/8" 25 x 1.75 1300 50 17 23 50 39222
BSA 1/2 x 20 - 24 20 - 24 1/2" 25 x 1.75 1300 54 19 23 50 39223
BSA 1/2 x 25 - 28 25 - 28 3/ "
4 25 x 1.75 1300 59 21 23 50 39224
BSA 1/2 x 33 - 37 33 - 37 1" 25 x 1.75 1300 70 27 23 50 39226
BSA 1/2 x 38 - 42 38 - 42 1 1/4" 25 x 1.75 1300 78 31 23 50 39227
BSA 1/2 x 44.5 - 49 44.5 - 49 1 1/2" 25 x 1.75 1300 83 34 23 50 39228
BSA 1/2 x 56 - 60 56 - 60 2" 25 x 1.75 1300 96 40 23 50 39230
BSA 1/2 x 68 - 73 68 - 73 - 25 x 2.75 2000 126 46 23 25 39351
BSA 1/2 x 75 - 80 75 - 80 2 1/2" 25 x 2.75 2000 133 50 23 25 39352
BSA 1/2 x 89 - 91 89 - 91 3" 25 x 2.75 2000 145 56 23 25 39354
BSA 1/2 x 95 - 102 95 - 102 3 1/2" 25 x 2.75 2000 157 62 23 25 39355
BSA 1/2 x 108 - 116 108 - 116 4" 25 x 2.75 2000 168 67 23 25 39356
BSA 1/2 x 133 - 141 133 - 141 5" 25 x 2.75 2000 195 78 23 25 39360
BSA 1/2 x 159 - 162 159 - 162 - 25 x 2.75 2000 220 93 23 25 39361
BSA 1/2 x 165 - 168 165 - 168 6" 25 x 2.75 2000 227 97 23 25 39362
Universal Clips
10
BSA / M 10 Clips
Similar to the BSA M 8 clips, but with a combined " (M) / M 10 (F) connection.
C
B
A

[mm] ["] [N] [mm] [mm] [mm]
BSA 1/2 - M 10 x 12 - 13.5 12 - 13.5 1/4" 25 x 1.75 1300 45 14 10 50 51900
BSA 1/2 - M 10 x 14 - 16 14 - 16 - 25 x 1.75 1300 47 15 10 50 51901
BSA 1/2 - M 10 x 17 - 19 17 - 19 3/ "
8 25 x 1.75 1300 50 17 10 50 51902
BSA 1/2 - M 10 x 20 - 24 20 - 24 1/ "
2 25 x 1.75 1300 54 19 10 50 51903
BSA 1/2 - M 10 x 25 - 28 25 - 28 3/ "
4 25 x 1.75 1300 59 21 10 50 51904
BSA 1/2 - M 10 x 29 - 33 29 - 33 - 25 x 1.75 1300 63 23 10 50 51905
BSA 1/2 - M 10 x 33 - 37 33 - 37 1" 25 x 1.75 1300 70 27 10 50 51906
BSA 1/2 - M 10 x 38 - 42 38 - 42 1 1/4" 25 x 1.75 1300 78 31 10 50 51907
BSA 1/2 - M 10 x 44.5 - 49 44.5 - 49 1 1/2" 25 x 1.75 1300 83 34 10 50 51908
BSA 1/2 - M 10 x 50 - 54 50 - 54 - 25 x 1.75 1300 90 37 10 50 51909
BSA 1/2 - M 10 x 56 - 60 56 - 60 2" 25 x 1.75 1300 96 40 10 50 51910
BSA 1/2 - M 10 x 62 - 64 62 - 64 - 25 x 2.75 2000 119 43 10 25 51920
BSA 1/2 - M 10 x 68 - 73 68 - 73 - 25 x 2.75 2000 126 46 10 25 51921
BSA 1/2 - M 10 x 75 - 80 75 - 80 2 1/2" 25 x 2.75 2000 133 50 10 25 51922
BSA 1/2 - M 10 x 82 - 86 82 - 86 - 25 x 2.75 2000 139 53 10 25 51923
BSA 1/2 - M 10 x 89 - 91 89 - 91 3" 25 x 2.75 2000 145 56 10 25 51924
BSA 1/2 - M 10 x 95 - 102 95 - 102 3 1/2" 25 x 2.75 2000 157 62 10 25 51926
BSA 1/2 - M 10 x 108 - 116 108 - 116 4" 25 x 2.75 2000 168 67 10 25 51927
BSA 1/2 - M 10 x 121 - 127 121 - 127 - 25 x 2.75 2000 184 71 10 25 51929
BSA 1/2 - M 10 x 133 - 141 133 - 141 5" 25 x 2.75 2000 195 78 10 25 51930
BSA 1/2 - M 10 x 159 - 162 159 - 162 - 25 x 2.75 2000 220 93 10 25 51932
BSA 1/2 - M 10 x 165 - 168 165 - 168 6" 25 x 2.75 2000 227 97 10 25 51933
BSA-S Clips
BSA-S clips are silicon rubber lined universal clips for use in high temperature applications. Thanks to the unique locking
system, the pipe can be pre-mounted without the use of tools. This means that the pipe's position can be adjusted afterwards
if necessary, and the position of a bend or a T joint determined more accurately. At this stage the fixing bolt can be tightened,
so that the pipe is held and installation completed.

Noise suppressing rubber lining: 17 dB(A)* according to ISO 3822-1
Clip electrolytically zinc plated.
With handy and quick 'click-spring' closure.
Makes pre-mounting without tools possible.
BSA-S clips are compatible with pipe sizes as per DIN 2448 and DIN EN 1057.
C
B
A
Type Pipe Connection Strip Max. Dimensions Order

[mm] ["] [N] [mm] [mm] [mm]
BSA-S M 8 x 12 - 13.5 12 - 13.5 1/4" M8 25 x 1.75 1300 45 14 8 50 39110
BSA-S M 8 x 14 - 16 14 - 16 - M8 25 x 1.75 1300 47 15 8 50 39111
BSA-S M 8 x 17 - 19 17 - 19 3/ "
8 M8 25 x 1.75 1300 50 17 8 50 39112
BSA-S M 8 x 20 - 24 20 - 24 1/ "
2 M8 25 x 1.75 1300 54 19 8 50 39113
BSA-S M 8 x 25 - 28 25 - 28 3/ "
4 M8 25 x 1.75 1300 59 21 8 50 39114
BSA-S M 8 x 29 - 33 29 - 33 - M8 25 x 1.75 1300 63 23 8 50 39115
BSA-S M 8 x 33 - 37 33 - 37 1" M8 25 x 1.75 1300 70 27 8 50 39116
BSA-S M 8 x 38 - 42 38 - 42 1 1/4" M8 25 x 1.75 1300 78 31 8 50 39117
BSA-S M 8 x 44.5 - 49 44.5 - 49 1 1/2" M8 25 x 1.75 1300 83 34 8 50 39118
BSA-S M 8 x 50 - 54 50 - 54 - M8 25 x 1.75 1300 90 37 8 50 39119
BSA-S M 8 x 56 - 60 56 - 60 2" M8 25 x 1.75 1300 96 40 8 50 39120
BSA-S M 8 x 62 - 64 62 - 64 - M8 25 x 2.75 2000 119 43 8 25 39565
BSA-S M 8 x 68 - 73 68 - 73 - M8 25 x 2.75 2000 126 46 8 25 39566
BSA-S M 8 x 75 - 80 75 - 80 2 1/2" M8 25 x 2.75 2000 133 50 8 25 39567
BSA-S M 8 x 82 - 86 82 - 86 - M8 25 x 2.75 2000 139 53 8 25 39568
BSA-S M 8 x 89 - 91 89 - 91 3" M8 25 x 2.75 2000 145 56 8 25 39569
BSA-S M 8 x 95 - 102 95 - 102 3 /2"
1 M8 25 x 2.75 2000 157 62 8 25 39570
BSA-S M 10 x 108 - 116 108 - 116 4" M 10 25 x 2.75 2000 168 67 10 25 39571
BSA-S M 10 x 121 - 127 121 - 127 - M 10 25 x 2.75 2000 184 71 10 25 39572
BSA-S M 10 x 133 - 141 133 - 141 5" M 10 25 x 2.75 2000 195 78 10 25 39573
BSA-S M 10 x 159 - 162 159 - 162 - M 10 25 x 2.75 2000 220 93 10 25 39574
BSA-S M 10 x 165 - 168 165 - 168 6" M 10 25 x 2.75 2000 227 97 10 25 39575
Universal Clips
10
BSB Clips
BSB clips are rubber lined universal clips for mounting pipes to the wall or ceiling.
One piece clip.

Noise suppressing rubber lining: 16 dB(A)* according to ISO 3822-1.
Clip: electrolytically zinc plated.
BSB carries the KIWA certificate BRL-K 627/01.
BSB clips are compatible with pipe sizes according to DIN 2448 and DIN EN 1057.
Safety factor on max. working load(V) = 3.
C
B
A
Type Pipe Strip Max. Max. working Dimensions Order

dimensions wor- load Code
Ext. dia. Nom. [mm] king [N] A B C
[mm] ["] load -16 dB(A) [mm] [mm] [mm]
[N]
BSB M 8 x 1/8 - 10 9 - 10 /8"
1 18 x 1.0 667 40 33 13 8 100 39610
BSB M 8 x 1/4 - 12 * 11 - 13 /4"
1 18 x 1.0 667 40 33 13 8 100 39612
BSB M 8 x 15 * 14 - 16 - 18 x 1.0 667 40 38 14 8 100 39615
BSB M 8 x 3/8 - 18 17 - 20 3/ "
8 18 x 1.0 667 40 38 16 8 100 39600
BSB M 8 x 1/2 - 22 * 21 - 24 1/ "
2 18 x 1.0 667 60 42 17 8 50 39601
BSB M 8 x 3/4 - 28 * 26 - 29 3/ "
4 18 x 1.0 667 80 48 21 8 100 39602
BSB M 8 x 1 - 35 * 33 - 36 1" 18 x 1.0 667 120 55 23 8 100 39603
BSB M 8 x 1 1/4 - 42 * 41 - 44 1 /4"
1 18 x 1.0 667 160 63 28 8 100 39604
BSB M 8 x 1 1/2 - 48 47 - 50 1 1/2" 18 x 1.0 667 200 69 31 8 100 39605
BSB M 8 x 54 * 53 - 56 - 18 x 1.0 667 250 74 34 8 50 39654
BSB M 8 x 2 - 60 60 - 62 2" 18 x 1.0 667 300 77 38 8 50 39606
* Carries with KIWA certificate BRL-K 627/01.
BSI M 8/10 Clips
BSI clips are rubber lined universal clips for mounting pipes to the wall or ceiling.
Close fitting possible.

Noise suppressing rubber lining: 17 dB(A)* according to ISO 3822-1
Clip: Electrolytically zinc plated.
Bolt with slot and cross head.
BSI clips are compatible with pipe sizes according to DIN 2448 and DIN EN 1057.
C
B
A

[mm] ["] [N] [mm] [mm] [mm]
BSI M 8/10 x 8 - 10 8 - 10 /8"
1 M 8/10 20 x 1.5 1000 53 13 16 50 39023
BSI M 8/10 x 12 - 14 12 - 14 /4"
1 M 8/10 20 x 1.5 1000 58 15 16 50 39000
BSI M 8/10 x 15 - 19 15 - 19 3/ "
8 M 8/10 20 x 1.5 1000 62 18 16 50 39001
BSI M 8/10 x 20 - 25 20 - 25 1/ "
2 M 8/10 20 x 1.5 1000 69 21 16 50 39002
BSI M 8/10 x 26 - 30 26 - 30 3/ "
4 M 8/10 20 x 1.5 1000 74 23 16 50 39003
BSI M 8/10 x 32 - 36 32 - 36 1" M 8/10 20 x 1.5 1000 81 26 16 50 39004
BSI M 8/10 x 38 - 43 38 - 43 1 1/4" M 8/10 20 x 1.5 1000 87 30 16 50 39005
BSI M 8/10 x 44 - 49 44 - 49 1 1/2" M 8/10 20 x 1.5 1000 94 33 16 50 39006
BSI M 8/10 x 50 - 55 50 - 55 1 3/4" M 8/10 20 x 1.5 1000 103 36 16 50 39007
BSI M 8/10 x 56 - 61 56 - 61 2" M 8/10 20 x 1.5 1000 106 39 16 50 39008
BSI M 8/10 x 62 - 67 62 - 67 - M 8/10 20 x 2.0 1300 113 42 16 50 39009
BSI M 8/10 x 68 - 73 68 - 73 2 1/4" M 8/10 20 x 2.0 1300 123 45 16 50 39010
BSI M 8/10 x 75 - 80 75 - 80 2 1/2" M 8/10 20 x 2.0 1300 128 48 16 50 39011
BSI M 8/10 x 82 - 86 82 - 86 2 3/4" M 8/10 20 x 2.0 1300 134 51 16 50 39012
BSI M 8/10 x 87 - 92 87 - 92 3" M 8/10 20 x 2.0 1300 141 54 16 50 39013
BSI M 8/10 x 95 - 102 95 - 102 3 1/2" M 8/10 20 x 2.5 2150 158 58 16 50 39014
BSI M 8/10 x 108 - 116 108 - 116 4" M 8/10 20 x 2.5 2150 170 65 16 25 39015
BSI M 8/10 x 121 - 127 121 - 127 - M 8/10 20 x 2.5 2150 185 70 16 25 39016
BSI M 8/10 x 131 - 141 131 - 141 5" M 8/10 20 x 2.5 2150 195 77 16 25 39017
BSI M 8/10 x 159 - 163 159 - 163 - M 8/10 20 x 2.5 2150 215 88 16 25 39018
BSI M 8/10 x 165 - 169 165 - 169 6" M 8/10 20 x 2.5 2150 226 91 16 25 39019
BSI M 8/10 x 192 - 202 192 - 202 - M 8/10 20 x 3.0 3000 265 107 16 25 39020
BSI M 8/10 x 210 - 220 210 - 220 8" M 8/10 20 x 3.0 3000 274 117 16 25 39022
BSI M 10/12 Clips

Similar to the BSI M 8 clips, but with a combined M 8/10 connection.
[mm] ["] [N] [mm] [mm] [mm]
BSI M 10/12 x 108 - 116 108 - 116 4" M 10/12 20 x 2.5 2150 170 65 18 25 39035
BSI M 10/12 x 159 - 163 159 - 163 - M 10/12 20 x 2.5 2150 215 88 18 25 39038
BSI M 10/12 x 165 - 169 165 - 169 6" M 10/12 20 x 2.5 2150 226 91 18 25 39039
BSI M 10/12 x 210 - 220 210 - 220 8" M 10/12 20 x 3.0 3000 274 117 18 25 39034
BSI M 10/12 x 267 - 273 267 - 273 10" M 10/12 50 x 5.0 9000 - - - 99044
BSI M 10/12 x 315 - 324 315 - 324 12" M 10/12 50 x 5.0 9000 - - - 99045
Universal Clips
10
BSI-WH Clips
C
B
A

[mm] ["] [N] [mm] [mm] [mm]
BSI-WH M 8/10 x 12 - 14 12 - 14 /4"
1 M 8/10 20 x 1.5 600 58 600 16 50 39025
BSI-WH M 8/10 x 15 - 19 15 - 19 /8"
3 M 8/10 20 x 1.5 600 62 18 16 50 39026
BSI-WH M 8/10 x 20 - 25 20 - 25 1/ "
2 M 8/10 20 x 1.5 600 69 21 16 50 39027
BSI-WH M 8/10 x 26 - 30 26 - 30 3/ "
4 M 8/10 20 x 1.5 600 74 23 16 50 39028
BSI-WH M 8/10 x 32 - 36 32 - 36 1" M 8/10 20 x 1.5 600 81 26 16 50 39029
BSI-WH M 8/10 x 38 - 43 38 - 43 1 1/4" M 8/10 20 x 1.5 600 87 30 16 50 39030
BSI-WH M 8/10 x 44 - 49 44 - 49 1 1/2" M 8/10 20 x 1.5 600 94 33 16 50 39031
BSI-WH M 8/10 x 50 - 55 50 - 55 - M 8/10 20 x 1.5 600 103 36 16 50 39032
BSI-WH M 8/10 x 56 - 61 56 - 61 2" M 8/10 20 x 1.5 600 106 39 16 50 39033
BSI-WH M 8/10 x 62 - 67 62 - 67 - M 8/10 20 x 2.0 1000 113 42 16 50 38930
BSI-WH M 8/10 x 68 - 73 68 - 73 2 1/4" M 8/10 20 x 2.0 1000 123 45 16 50 38931
BSI-WH M 8/10 x 75 - 80 75 - 80 2 1/2" M 8/10 20 x 2.0 1000 128 48 16 50 38932
BSI-WH M 8/10 x 82 - 86 82 - 86 2 3/4" M 8/10 20 x 2.0 1000 134 51 16 50 38933
BSI-WH M 8/10 x 87 - 92 87 - 92 3" M 8/10 20 x 2.0 1000 141 54 16 50 38934
BSI-WH M 8/10 x 95 - 102 95 - 102 3 1/2" M 8/10 20 x 2.5 1000 158 58 16 50 38935
BSI-WH M 8/10 x 108 - 116 108 - 116 4" M 8/10 20 x 2.5 1000 170 65 16 25 38936
BSI-HDI M 8/10 Clips
BSI-HDI clips are rubber lined, hot dip galvanized universal clips for mounting pipes to the wall or ceiling.
The clip has one or more strengthening ribs to achieve a strong working load.
Stainless steel bolts with slot and cross head and retaining ring.
Noise-suppressing rubber lining according to DIN 4109.
(To achieve good sound suppression do not overload the fitting)
Clip: hot dip galvanizing average > 55m, min 45 m.
Suitable for temperatures - 40 C to + 120 C.
BSI-HDI clips are compatible with pipe sizes according to DIN 2448 and DIN EN 1057.
C
B
A

[mm] ["] [N] [mm] [mm] [mm]
BSI-HDI M 8/10 x 8 - 10 8 - 10 /8"
1 M 8/10 20 x 1.5 1000 53 13 16 50 38570
BSI-HDI M 8/10 x 12 - 14 12 - 14 /4"
1 M 8/10 20 x 1.5 1000 58 15 16 50 38571
BSI-HDI M 8/10 x 15 - 19 15 - 19 3/ "
8 M 8/10 20 x 1.5 1000 62 18 16 50 38572
BSI-HDI M 8/10 x 20 - 25 20 - 25 1/ "
2 M 8/10 20 x 1.5 1000 69 21 16 50 38573
BSI-HDI M 8/10 x 26 - 30 26 - 30 3/ "
4 M 8/10 20 x 1.5 1000 74 23 16 50 38574
BSI-HDI M 8/10 x 32 - 36 32 - 36 1" M 8/10 20 x 1.5 1000 81 26 16 50 38575
BSI-HDI M 8/10 x 38 - 43 38 - 43 1 1/4" M 8/10 20 x 1.5 1000 87 30 16 50 38576
BSI-HDI M 8/10 x 44 - 49 44 - 49 1 1/2" M 8/10 20 x 1.5 1000 94 33 16 50 38577
BSI-HDI M 8/10 x 50 - 55 50 - 55 - M 8/10 20 x 1.5 1000 103 36 16 50 38578
BSI-HDI M 8/10 x 56 - 61 56 - 61 2" M 8/10 20 x 1.5 1000 106 39 16 50 38579
BSI-HDI M 8/10 x 62 - 67 62 - 67 - M 8/10 20 x 2.0 1300 113 42 16 50 38580
BSI-HDI M 8/10 x 68 - 73 68 - 73 2 1/4" M 8/10 20 x 2.0 1300 123 45 16 50 38581
BSI-HDI M 8/10 x 75 - 80 75 - 80 2 1/2" M 8/10 20 x 2.0 1300 128 48 16 50 38582
BSI-HDI M 8/10 x 82 - 86 82 - 86 2 3/4" M 8/10 20 x 2.0 1300 134 51 16 50 38583
BSI-HDI M 8/10 x 87 - 92 87 - 92 3" M 8/10 20 x 2.0 1300 141 54 16 50 38584
BSI-HDI M 8/10 x 95 - 102 95 - 102 3 1/2" M 8/10 20 x 2.5 2150 158 58 16 50 38585
BSI-HDI M 8/10 x 108 - 116 108 - 116 4" M 8/10 20 x 2.5 2150 170 65 16 25 38586
BSI-HDI M 8/10 x 121 - 127 121 - 127 - M 8/10 20 x 2.5 2150 185 70 16 25 38587
BSI-HDI M 8/10 x 131 - 141 131 - 141 5" M 8/10 20 x 2.5 2150 195 77 16 25 38588
BSI-HDI M 8/10 x 159 - 163 159 - 163 - M 8/10 20 x 2.5 2150 215 88 16 25 38589
BSI-HDI M 8/10 x 165 - 169 165 - 169 6" M 8/10 20 x 2.5 2150 226 91 16 25 38590
BSI-HDI M 8/10 x 192 - 202 192 - 202 - M 8/10 20 x 3.0 3000 265 107 16 25 38591
BSI-HDI M 8/10 x 210 - 220 210 - 220 8" M 8/10 20 x 3.0 3000 274 117 16 25 38592
Universal Clips
10
BSH M 8/10 Clips
BSH clips are rubber lined universal clips for mounting pipes to the wall or ceiling.
One piece clip with handy, quick closing mechanism.

Noise suppressing rubber lining: 15 dB(A)* according to ISO 3822-1.
( * To achieve good sound suppression do not overload the fitting)
Electrolytically zinc plated.
Suitable for high loads and temperatures.
BSH clips are compatible with pipe sizes as per DIN 2448 and DIN EN 1057.
Type Pipe Max. Strip Order
working dimensions Code
Nom. Ext. dia. load [mm]
["] [mm] [N]
BSH 12 - 14 1/4" 12 - 14 1000 20 x 1.5 50 38360
BSH 15 - 18 3/8" 15 - 18 1000 20 x 1.5 50 38361
BSH 19 - 22 - 19 - 22 1000 20 x 1.5 50 38362
BSH 23 - 26 1/ "
2 23 - 26 1000 20 x 1.5 50 38363
BSH 27 - 30 3/ "
4 27 - 30 1000 20 x 1.5 50 38364
BSH 32 - 35 1" 32 - 35 1000 20 x 1.5 50 38365
BSH 36 - 39 - 36 - 39 1000 20 x 1.5 50 38366
BSH 40 - 44 1 1/4" 40 - 44 1000 20 x 1.5 50 38367
BSH 48 - 52 1 1/2" 48 - 52 1000 20 x 1.5 50 38368
BSH 53 - 58 - 53 - 58 1000 20 x 1.5 50 38369
BSH 58 - 61 2" 58 - 61 1000 20 x 1.5 50 38370
BSH 62 - 67 - 62 - 67 1300 20 x 2.0 50 38379
BSH 68 - 74 - 68 - 74 1300 20 x 2.0 50 38371
BSH 75 - 80 2 1/2" 75 - 80 1300 20 x 2.0 50 38372
BSH 81 - 86 - 81 - 86 1300 20 x 2.0 50 38373
BSH 87 - 92 3" 87 - 92 1300 20 x 2.0 50 38374
BSH 100 - 106 3 1/2" 100 - 106 1300 20 x 2.5 50 38375
BSH 108 - 116 4" 108 - 116 1300 20 x 2.5 50 38376
BSH 121 - 127 - 121 - 127 1300 20 x 2.5 50 38377
FOR PLASTIC PIPES
BSG M 8 Clips
BSG clips are universal clips for mounting plastic pipes to the wall or ceiling.
Rounded edges prevent damage to the pipe due to thermal expansion.
Spring-activated assembly for easy pre-assembly without the use of tools.
D
B
E
C
A
Type Pipe Max. Strip dimensions Dimensions Order

ext. dia. working [mm] Code
[mm] load A B C D E
[N] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
BSG M 8 x 32 32 2000 20 x 2.0 64 42 33 29 50 100 38900
BSG M 8 x 40 40 2000 20 x 2.0 72 50 37 33 58 100 38901
BSG M 8 x 50 50 2000 20 x 2.0 82 60 42 38 68 100 38902
BSG M 8 x 56 56 2000 20 x 2.0 88 66 45 41 74 100 38913
BSG M 8 x 63 63 2000 20 x 2.0 95 73 49 45 81 100 38903
BSG M 8 x 75 75 2000 25 x 2.5 116 87 59 52 95 50 38910
BSG M 8 x 90 90 2000 25 x 2.5 131 102 67 59 110 50 38911
BSG M 8 x 110 110 2000 25 x 2.5 151 122 77 69 130 50 38912
BSG M 8 x 125 125 2000 25 x 2.5 166 137 84 77 145 25 38914
BSG M 8 x 160 160 2000 25 x 2.5 201 172 102 94 180 25 38915
BSG M 8 x 200 200 2000 25 x 2.5 241 212 122 114 220 25 38916
BSG M 10 Clips
Similar to the BSG M 8 clips, but with a M 10 connection.
Type Pipe Max. Strip dimensions Dimensions Order
ext. dia. working [mm] Code
[mm] load A B C D E
[N] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
BSG M 10 x 75 75 2000 25 x 2.5 116 87 59 54 97 50 38904
BSG M 10 x 90 90 2000 25 x 2.5 131 102 67 61 112 50 38905
BSG M 10 x 110 110 2000 25 x 2.5 151 122 77 71 132 50 38906
BSG M 10 x 125 125 2000 25 x 2.5 166 137 84 79 147 25 38907
BSG M 10 x 160 160 2000 25 x 2.5 201 172 102 94 180 25 38908
BSG M 10 x 200 200 2000 25 x 2.5 241 212 122 114 220 25 38909
Universal Clips
10
BSA-G Clips
BSA-G clips are rubber lined universal clips for mounting plastic pipes to the wall or ceiling. The smooth rubber lining
incorporates noise suppression qualities and allows the plastic pipe to expand in the clip.
The plastic spacing washer prevents overtightening of the clip and the quick closing mechanism makes pre-mounting without
tools possible.
Noise suppression smooth rubber lining.

Plastic spacing washer.
Quick closing mechanism.
C
B
A

ext. dia. dimensions working Code
[mm] [mm] load A B C
[N] [mm] [mm] [mm]
BSA-G M 8 x 16 16 M8 25 x 1.75 1300 50 17 8 50 39151
BSA-G M 8 x 20 20 M8 25 x 1.75 1300 54 19 8 50 39153
BSA-G M 8 x 25 25 M8 25 x 1.75 1300 59 21 8 50 39154
BSA-G M 8 x 32 32 M8 25 x 1.75 1300 63 23 8 50 39155
BSA-G M 8 x 40 40 M8 25 x 1.75 1300 70 27 8 50 39157
BSA-G M 8 x 50 50 M8 25 x 1.75 1300 83 34 8 50 39158
BSA-G M 8 x 56 56 M8 25 x 1.75 1300 90 37 8 50 39159
BSA-G M 8 x 63 63 M8 25 x 1.75 1300 96 40 8 50 39160
BSA-G M 8 x 75 75 M8 25 x 2.75 2000 126 46 8 25 39590
BSA-G M 8 x 90 90 M8 25 x 2.75 2000 145 56 8 25 39593
BSA-G M 10 x 110 110 M 10 25 x 2.75 2000 168 67 10 25 39595
BSA-G M 10 x 125 125 M 10 25 x 2.75 2000 184 71 10 25 39596
BSA-G M 10 x 160 160 M 10 25 x 2.75 2000 220 93 10 25 39598
Clips Without Rubber Lining
Flamco's extensive clip range contains a series of In addition we supply clips for all kinds of pipe, such
clips without rubber lining. BSF and BSF-D clips as fixed point structures, clips for copper pipes,
are available in a wide range of connections and heavy duty pipes etc..
dimensions from 3/8" - 16" and allow installation in In our range, you will find just the clip you need.
situations with minimal clearance.
RD rail end caps.
R Flamco rail BSF
BSF clips for universal

Sealing ring. mounting.
Threaded rod.
Locknut.
BSF-D
Extra BSF-D Feature:

The BSF-D bracket
has an additional
mounting nut to
permit 'piggy-back'
pipe installations.
BSF Clips Available with M 8, M 10, M 12, M 16, 1/2"

For horizontal or vertical tting to walls or ceilings. or 1/2"/M 10 connection.
Minimal clearance. With no slip washer.
Suitable for heavy duty loading and temperatures. Dimensions ranging from 3/8" to 16".
Universal Clips
10
Variofit Clips
For mounting copper or thin-wall steel With a brass lock nut
pipes, or for us in all Flamco rails. adjustable to
Hinged 'click' connection with equal approx. 5 mm.
centre to centre distance for the
Variofit 12 15 and 22 28.
KIWA certified.
VARIOFIT
KS Clips
For horizontal or vertical fitting
of copper pipes.
Single and double format.
Quick assembly and installation
Suppression of noise due to high quality
polypropylene material.
Available in white and chrome.
KS
UB
UB Clips
Heavy duty clip for attaching steel pipes
direct to a Flamco rail or other surface. KSD
Threaded connections from M 6 to M 16.
Four nuts included.
KB Clips
Suitable for fixed point constructions.
Suitable for very high loads.
Specially for mounting heavy pipes
e.g. rising mains.
KB
FOR COPPER AND THIN-WALLED STEEL PIPES
Variofit Clips
Variofit nylon clips are especially designed for mounting copper and thin-walled steel pipes to the wall or ceiling. Variofit clips
can be secured using an M 6 rod or with wood screws with heads up to 7 mm and can be mounted using Flamco R 1, R 2, R
3 and R 4 rails. The ring on the bottom prevents damage to the wall during fitting.
Adjustable brass fixing nut (movement: +/- 5 mm).

Hinged snap fastening.
Suitable for temperatures up to 90 C.
Pre-assembly of pipe is possible.
Variofit clips are compatible with pipe sizes as per DIN EN 1057.
H
Type Pipe Minimum pull-out force Dimension Order
ext. dia. H Code
[mm] Cap open Cap closed [mm]
[N] [N]
Variofit 12 12 100 500 20 500 15112
Variofit 15 15 100 500 20 500 15115
Variofit 22 22 100 700 25 250 15122
Variofit 28 28 100 700 25 250 15128
KS Clips
For horizontal or vertical fitting of copper pipes.
Fast mounting.
High quality polypropylene material provides excellent noise damping.
With brass nut with M 6 connection.
Suitable for temperatures from -30 C to 120 C.
H
Type Pipe Dimension Order

ext. dia. H Code
[mm] [mm]
KS 8 8 12 100 62308
KS 10 10 16 100 62310
KS 12 12 17 100 62312
KS 15 15 18 100 62315
KS 18 18 23 100 62318
KS 22 22 26 100 62322
KS 24 24 31 100 62324
KS 28 28 33 25 62328
KS 35 with PUR 35 38 25 62335
KS 42 with PUR 42 42 25 62142
Universal Clips
10
KSC Clips
Chromium plated.
+
Type Pipe Dimension Order
ext. dia. H Code
[mm] [mm]
KSC 10 10 16 100 62360
KSC 12 12 17 100 62362
KSC 15 15 18 100 62365
KSD Clips
Double clip.
Type Pipe Dimensions Order

ext. dia. Code
[mm] A H
[mm] [mm]
KSD 8 8 23 15 50 62408
KSD 10 10 29 16 50 62410
KSD 12 12 33 17 50 62412
KSD 15 15 35 18 50 62415
KSD 18 18 38 23 50 62418
KSD 22 22 43 26 50 62422
KSD 28 28 53 33 25 62428
KSDC Clips
Chromium plated double clip.
A
H

ext. dia. Code
[mm] A H
[mm] [mm]
KSDC 10 10 29 16 50 62460
KSDC 12 12 33 17 50 62462
KSDC 15 15 35 18 50 62465
Mounting Chilled Water Pipes Made Easy
with Flamco Insulated Pipe Clips
In chilled systems pipe clips can contribute to thermal A simple solution is to use Flamco vapour proof
losses thereby compromising the efficiency of the insulated pipe clips that can be bonded as an integral
system. Thermal energy is transferred from the pipe part of the pipe insulation. Flamco produces an
to the supporting clips due to thermal conduction. extensive range of insulated mounting materials for
chilled system pipework. CA, CB and CC clips offer
a choice of vapour proof insulating materials,
clip type and closing mechanism.
CA Benefits:
Fitted with elastomer insulation.
The insulation is an integral part of the clip.
Hook shape allows easy pre-mounting
of pipework.
The pipe is supported during installation to
allow final adjustments.
Insulation and clip width are identical, with
a view to attaining 'precision' bonding.
CB Benefits: CC Benefits:
Suitable for mounting of chilled water pipes with soft Suitable for mounting chilled water pipes with
thermal insulation. PIR insulation to the ceiling or wall.
Fitted with elastomer insulation and PVC sleeve. Hard PIR insulation with aluminium shield.
Universal clip with M8/10 combi nut. Universal clip with M8/10 combi nut.
Ease of installation by quick closing mechanism. Ease of installation by quick closing mechanism.
The bolts are designed not to fall out during The bolts are designed not to fall out during
installation. installation.
Universal Clips
10
Table for Selecting the Appropriate CA, CB or CC Clip
Steel pipe Steel pipe Copper Plastic

EN 10255 (welded / pipe pipe CA CB CC
seamless) EN 1057
EN 10220
Pipe dimension Nominal Insulation thickness Nom. Insulation thickness Nom. Insulation thickness
[inch] [mm] [DN] [mm] [mm] [mm] 9 13 19 13 19 30 40
Order code Order code Order code Order code Order code Order code Order code
8 13,5 15 39800 39810 39820 39870 39770 39850
16
3
/8 17,2 18 16 39801 39811 39821 39871 39886 39771 39851
10 17,2
20
1
/2 21,3 22 20 39802 39812 39822 39872 39887 39772 39852
15 21,3
25
3
/4 26,9 28 25 39803 39813 39823 39873 39888 39773 39853
20 26,9
31,8
1 33,7 35 32 39804 39814 39824 39874 39889 39774 39854
25 33,7
1 /41
42,4 32 42,4 42 40 39805 39815 39825 39875 39890 39775 39855
1 1/2 48,3 40 48,3 50 39806 39816 39826 39876 39891 39776 39856
51 54 39807 39817 39827 39841 39897 39777 39857
57 39778 39858
2 60,3 50 60,3 39808 39818 39828 39877 39892 39779 39859
63,5 64 63 39843 39898
70 39780 39860
2 1/2 76,1 65 76,1 76,1 75 39809 39819 39829 39878 39893 39781 39861
3 88,9 80 88,9 88,9 90 39830 39879 39894 39782 39862
108 108 39783 39863
4 114,3 100 114,3 110 39831 39880 39895 39784 39864
133 133 39785 39865
5 139,7 125 139,7 39832 39786 39866
6 165,1 39833
8 219 200 219,1 39834
CA CB CC
FOR CHILLED WATER PIPES
CA Clips - 9 mm
For mounting pipework with a elastomer insulation to the wall or ceiling to prevent thermal losses.

Insulation: 9 mm elastomeric foam with PIR core and coated with an aluminum foil.
Clip and pipework insulation form an integral component.
'Hook' shape allows easy pre-mounting of pipe.
Pipe can still be moved positioned after pre-mounting.
Easy to glue bond with pipework insulation. No thermal bridge.
Connection: M 8/10 (15 mm up to 2"), M12 with side connection bolt/nut M 10 (3"up to 8").
Insulation width: 50 mm, above 140-5": 100 mm.
Clips fitted with a retaining ring.
PIR density 120 kg/m, PIR pressure resistance 1,3 N/mm.
Temperature resistance: -45 C up to +105 C.
Thermal conductivity: maximal 0.036 w/(m.k).
Vapour permeability: 7000 .
Fire rating B2 according to DIN 4102/1.
Fire rating B1 according to 4102/1 as part of a system with tubes, elastomer insulation.
A
Type Pipe Strip dimensions Max. working load * Dimensions Order

[mm] Code
Ext. dia. Nom. Ceiling* Wall A B
[mm] ["] [N] [N] [mm] [mm]
CA 9 x 15 15 - 50 x 1.5 145 55 84.5 41.0 25 39800
CA 9 x 18 - 3/8 18 /8"
3 50 x 1.5 175 55 84.5 41.0 25 39801
CA 9 x 22 - 1/2 22 1/ "
2 50 x 1.5 210 50 90.5 47.0 25 39802
CA 9 x 28 - 3/4 28 3/ "
4 50 x 1.5 270 50 96.5 53.0 25 39803
CA 9 x 35 - 1 35 1" 50 x 1.5 340 50 103.5 60.0 25 39804
CA 9 x 42 - 1 1/4 42 1 1/4" 50 x 1.5 400 45 111.5 68.0 25 39805
CA 9 x 48 - 1 1/2 48 1 1/2" 50 x 1.5 460 40 118.5 75.0 25 39806
CA 9 x 54 54 - 50 x 2.0 520 65 132.0 83.0 25 39807
CA 9 x 60 - 2 60 2" 50 x 2.0 585 60 138.5 90.0 25 39808
CA 9 x 76 - 2 1/2 76 2 1/2" 50 x 2.0 740 50 154.0 104.5 25 39809
* The max. working load will be determed by the PIR insulation. The max. working load of the clip: min. 4900 N.
Universal Clips
10
CA Clips - 13 mm
Similar to CA clips - 9 mm, but with 13 mm elastomer insulation.
A
B B

[mm] Code
Ext. dia. Nom. Ceiling Wall A B
[mm] ["] [N] [N] [mm] [mm]
CA 13 x 15 15 - 50 x 1.5 145 50 90.5 47.0 25 39810
CA 13 x 18 - 3/8 18 3/8" 50 x 1.5 175 50 90.5 47.0 25 39811
CA 13 x 22 - 1/2 22 1/ "
2 50 x 1.5 210 50 96.5 53.0 25 39812
CA 13 x 28 - 3/4 28 3/ "
4 50 x 1.5 270 50 103.5 60.0 25 39813
CA 13 x 35 - 1 35 1" 50 x 1.5 340 45 111.5 68.0 25 39814
CA 13 x 42 - 1 1/4 42 1 1/4" 50 x 1.5 400 40 118.5 75.0 25 39815
CA 13 x 48 - 1 1/2 48 1 1/2" 50 x 1.5 460 65 132.0 83.0 25 39816
CA 13 x 54 54 - 50 x 1.5 520 60 138.5 90.0 25 39817
CA 13 x 60 - 2 60 2" 50 x 1.5 585 50 146.0 97.0 25 39818
CA 13 x 76 - 2 1/2 76 2 1/2" 50 x 1.5 740 45 160.5 112.0 25 39819
CA Clips - 19 mm
Similar to CA clips - 9 mm, but with 19 mm elastomer insulation.
Sizes 3" and above with modified closure.
[mm] Code
Ext. dia. Nom. Ceiling Wall A B
[mm] ["] [N] [N] [mm] [mm]
CA 19 x 15 15 - 50 x 1.5 145 50 103.5 60.0 25 39820
CA 19 x 18 - 3/8 18 3/8" 50 x 1.5 175 50 103.5 60.0 25 39821
CA 19 x 22 - 1/2 22 1/ "
2 50 x 1.5 210 45 111.5 68.0 25 39822
CA 19 x 28 - 3/4 28 3/ "
4 50 x 1.5 270 40 118.5 75.0 25 39823
CA 19 x 35 - 1 35 1" 50 x 1,5 340 65 132.0 83.0 25 39824
CA 19 x 42 - 1 1/4 42 1 /4"
1 50 x 1.5 400 60 138.5 90.0 25 39825
CA 19 x 48 - 1 1/2 48 1 1/2" 50 x 1.5 460 50 146.0 97.0 25 39826
CA 19 x 54 54 - 50 x 1.5 520 50 154.0 104.5 25 39827
CA 19 x 60 - 2 60 2" 50 x 1.5 585 45 160.5 112.0 25 39828
CA 19 x 76 - 2 1/2 76 2 1/2" 50 x 1.5 740 40 178.5 130.0 25 39829
CA 19 x 89 - 3 ** 89 3" 30 x 4.0 850 - 159.0 146.0 1 39830
CA 19 x 114 - 4 ** 114 4" 30 x 4.0 1100 - 187.0 175.0 1 39831
CA 19 x 140 - 5 ** 140 5" 50 x 4.0 2250 - 213.0 205.0 1 39832
CA 19 x 168 - 6 ** 168 6" 50 x 4.0 2700 - 231.0 223.0 1 39833
CA 19 x 219 - 8 ** 219 8" 50 x 4.0 3500 - 282.0 274.0 1 39834
** From 3" modified closure and M 12 threaded connection.
CB Clips - 13 mm

Insulation:13 Elastomeric foam with a PIR core and coated with a black PVC foil.
Easy to bond with pipework insulation. No thermal bridge.
Connection: M 8/10.
Insulation width: 50 mm.
All clips are fitted with two cross head screws.
Clips fitted with quick-locking system and bolts designed not to fall out during installation: all sizes except 114-4".
Clips fitted with retaining ring: CB 13 x 114-4" and CB 19 x 114-4".
PIR density 80 kg/m, PIR pressure resistance 0,52 N/mm: CB 13 x 15 up to CB 13 x 60-2" and CB 19 x 18 up to CB 19 x
76-2".
PIR density 120 kg/m, PIR pressure resistance 1,3 N/mm: other sizes.
Vapour permeability: 7000 .
Fire rating B1 according to 4102/1 as part of a system with tubes, elastomer insulation.
A
D
Type pipe Max. vertical Strip Dimensions Order

working load dimensions Code
Ext. dia. Nom. [N] [mm] A B C D
[mm] ["] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
CB 13 x 15 15 - 50 20 x 1.5 81 23 15 46 10 39870
CB 13 x 18 18 - 70 20 x 1.5 81 23 15 46 10 39871
CB 13 x 22 - 1/2 22 1/ "
2 80 20 x 1.5 85 25 15 50 10 39872
CB 13 x 28 - 3/4 28 3/ "
4 100 20 x 1.5 90 28 15 56 10 39873
CB 13 x 35 - 1 35 1" 130 20 x 1.5 98 32 15 64 10 39874
CB 13 x 42 - 1 1/4 42 1 1/4" 160 20 x 2.0 107 36 15 72 10 39875
CB 13 x 48/50 - 1 1/2 50 1 1/2" 180 20 x 2.0 115 40 15 80 10 39876
CB 13 x 54 54 - 210 20 x 2,0 122 43 15 86 10 39841
CB 13 x 60 - 2 60 2" 230 20 x 2.0 134 49 15 98 10 39877
CB 13 x 64 64 - 240 20 x 2,0 134 49 15 98 10 39843
CB 13 x 76 - 2 1/2 76 2 1/2" 740 20 x 2.5 155 60 15 120 10 39878
CB 13 x 89/90 - 3 90 3" 850 20 x 2.5 165 65 15 130 10 39879
CB 13 x 114 - 4 114 4" 1100 20 x 2.5 192 77 15 154 10 39880
Universal Clips
10
CB Clips - 19 mm
Similar to CB clips - 13 mm, but with 19 mm elastomer insulation.
A
D

Ext. dia. Nom. (N) [mm] A B C D
(mm) (") [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
CB 19 x 18 18 - 70 20 x 1.5 98 32 15 64 10 39886
CB 19 x 22 - 1/2 22 1/2" 80 20 x 1.5 98 32 15 64 10 39887
CB 19 x 28 - 3/4 28 3/ "
4 100 20 x 1.5 104 35 15 70 10 39888
CB 19 x 35 - 1 35 1" 130 20 x 1.5 115 40 15 80 10 39889
CB 19 x 42 - 1 1/4 42 1 1/4" 160 20 x 2.0 122 43 15 86 10 39890
CB 19 x 48/50 - 1 1/2 50 1 1/2" 190 20 x 2.0 128 46 15 92 10 39891
CB 19 x 54 54 - 210 20 x 2,0 134 49 15 98 10 39897
CB 19 x 60 - 2 60 2" 230 20 x 2.0 140 52 15 104 10 39892
CB 19 x 64 64 - 240 20 x 2.0 140 52 15 104 10 39898
CB 19 x 76 - 2 1/2 76 2 1/2" 290 20 x 2.5 155 60 15 120 10 39893
CB 19 x 89/90 - 3 90 3" 850 20 x 2.5 177 70 15 140 10 39894
CB 19 x 114 - 4 114 4" 1100 20 x 2.5 211 87 15 174 10 39895
CC Clips - 30 mm

Insulation: 30 mm hard PIR insulation, coated with an aluminum foil.
Connection: M 8/10.
Insulation width: 50 mm.
All clips are fitted with two cross head screws.
Clips fitted with quick-locking system and bolts designed not to fall out during installation: all sizes up to CC 30 x 76-2"
and CC 40 x 60-2".
Clips fitted with retaining ring: all sizes above CC 30 x 76-2" and CC 40 x 60-2".
PIR density 80 kg/m, PIR pressure resistance 0,65 N/mm.
Vapour permeability: 30.000 .
Fire resistance classification M1.
A
D

[mm] ["] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
CC 30 x 15 15 - 100 20 x 2.0 115 40 15 230 10 39770
CC 30 x 18 - 3/8 18 3/8" 125 20 x 2.0 115 40 15 230 10 39771
CC 30 x 22 - 1/2 22 1/ "
2 150 20 x 2.0 122 43 15 244 10 39772
CC 30 x 28 - 3/4 28 3/ "
4 175 20 x 2.0 128 46 15 256 10 39773
CC 30 x 35 - 1 35 1" 200 20 x 2.0 134 49 15 268 10 39774
CC 30 x 42 - 1 1/4 42 1 1/4" 250 20 x 2.0 140 52 15 280 10 39775
CC 30 x 48 - 1 1/2 48 1 1/2" 300 20 x 2.5 155 60 15 310 10 39776
CC 30 x 54 54 - 350 20 x 2.5 155 60 15 310 10 39777
CC 30 x 57 57 - 375 20 x 2.5 165 65 15 330 10 39778
CC 30 x 60 - 2 60 2" 400 20 x 2.5 165 65 15 330 10 39779
CC 30 x 70 70 - 450 20 x 2.5 137 66 15 274 10 39780
CC 30 x 76 - 2 1/2 76 2 1/2" 500 20 x 2.5 177 70 15 354 10 39781
CC 30 x 89 - 3 89 3" 600 20 x 2.5 192 77 15 384 10 39782
CC 30 x 108 108 - 700 20 x 2.5 211 87 15 422 10 39783
CC 30 x 114 - 4 114 4" 750 20 x 2.5 211 87 15 422 10 39784
CC 30 x 133 133 - 775 20 x 3.0 245 104 15 490 10 39785
CC 30 x 139 - 5 139 5" 800 20 x 3.0 245 104 15 490 10 39786
Universal Clips
10
CC Clips - 40 mm
Similar to CC clips - 30 mm, but with 40 mm PIR insulation.
A
D

[mm] ["] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
CC 40 x 15 15 - 100 20 x 2.0 134 49 15 268 10 39850
CC 40 x 18 - 3/8 18 3/8" 125 20 x 2.0 140 52 15 280 10 39851
CC 40 x 22 - 1/2 22 1/ "
2 150 20 x 2.0 140 52 15 280 10 39852
CC 40 x 28 - 3/4 28 3/ "
4 175 20 x 2.0 155 60 15 310 10 39853
CC 40 x 35 - 1 35 1" 200 20 x 2.0 155 60 15 310 10 39854
CC 40 x 42 - 1 1/4 42 1 1/4" 250 20 x 2.0 165 65 15 330 10 39855
CC 40 x 48 - 1 1/2 48 1 1/2" 300 20 x 2.5 167 66 15 334 10 39856
CC 40 x 54 54 - 350 20 x 2.5 177 70 15 354 10 39857
CC 40 x 57 57 - 375 20 x 2.5 177 70 15 354 10 39858
CC 40 x 60 - 2 60 2" 400 20 x 2.5 177 70 15 354 10 39859
CC 40 x 70 70 - 450 20 x 2.5 192 77 15 384 10 39860
CC 40 x 76 - 2 1/2 76 2 1/2" 500 20 x 2.5 205 84 15 410 10 39861
CC 40 x 89 - 3 89 3" 600 20 x 2.5 211 87 15 422 10 39862
CC 40 x 108 108 - 700 20 x 2.5 229 96 15 458 10 39863
CC 40 x 114 - 4 114 4" 750 20 x 2.5 245 104 15 490 10 39864
CC 40 x 133 133 - 775 20 x 3.0 255 108 15 510 10 39865
CC 40 x 139 - 5 139 5" 800 20 x 3.0 272 117 15 544 10 39866
FOR STEEL PIPES
BSF M 8 Clips
BSF clips are designed for mounting steel pipes to the wall or ceiling.
With retaining ring.
BSF clips are compatible with pipe sizes as per DIN 2448.
C
B
A

[mm] ["] [N] [mm] [mm] [mm]
BSF M 8 x 13 - 17.5 13 - 17.5 3/8" M8 20 x 2.5 2000 53 11 8 100 38701
BSF M 8 x 21 - 25.5 21 - 25.5 1/2" M8 20 x 2.5 2000 61 15 8 100 38702
BSF M 8 x 26.5 - 30.5 26.5 - 30.5 3/ "
4 M8 20 x 2.5 2000 68 18 8 100 38703
BSF M 8 x 33.5 - 38.5 33.5 - 38.5 1" M8 20 x 2.5 2000 76 22 8 100 38704
BSF M 8 x 41.5 - 47 41.5 - 47 1 /4"
1 M8 20 x 2.5 2000 86 26 8 100 38705
BSF M 8 x 48 - 54 48 - 54 1 1/2" M8 20 x 2.5 2000 95 32 8 50 38706
BSF M 8 x 56 - 62.5 56 - 62.5 2" M8 20 x 2.5 2000 104 34 8 50 38707
BSF M 8 x 62.5 - 69.5 62.5 - 69.5 - M8 20 x 2.5 2000 111 37 8 50 38788
BSF M 8 x 69.5 - 76.5 69.5 - 76.5 2 1/2" M8 20 x 2.5 2000 118 41 8 50 38789
BSF M 8 x 77.5 - 84 77.5 - 84 - M8 20 x 2.5 2000 125 45 8 50 38790
BSF M 8 x 85 - 92.5 85 - 92.5 3" M8 20 x 2.5 2000 134 49 8 50 38791
BSF M 8 x 93 - 100.5 93 - 100.5 - M8 25 x 2.5 2500 152 53 8 25 38792
BSF M 8 x 101.5 - 110 101.5 - 110 - M8 25 x 2.5 2500 161 58 8 25 38793
BSF M 8 x 110 - 117.5 110 - 117.5 4" M8 25 x 2.5 2500 169 61 8 25 38794
BSF M 8 x 119.5 - 127.5 119.5 - 127.5 - M8 25 x 2.5 2500 179 66 8 25 38795
BSF M 8 x 127.5 - 133.5 127.5 - 133.5 - M8 25 x 2.5 2500 185 69 8 25 38796
BSF M 8 x 134.5 - 142.5 134.5 - 142.5 5" M8 30 x 3.0 3000 197 76 8 25 38797
BSF M 8 x 143.5 - 150.5 143.5 - 150.5 - M8 30 x 3.0 3000 205 78 8 25 38798
BSF M 8 x 151.5 - 159.5 151.5 - 159.5 - M8 30 x 3.0 3000 214 83 8 25 38799
BSF M 8 x 163.5 - 171.5 163.5 - 171.5 6" M8 30 x 3.0 3000 226 89 8 25 38800
BSF M 8 x 172.5 - 182 172.5 - 182 - M8 30 x 3.0 3000 236 94 8 25 38801
BSF M 8 x 192.5 - 198 192.5 - 198 - M8 30 x 3.0 3000 252 102 8 25 38802
BSF M 8 x 215 - 220 215 - 220 8" M8 30 x 3.0 3000 274 113 8 25 38803
BSF M 8/10 Clips

Similar to the BSF M 8 clips, but with a combined M 8/10 connection.
[mm] ["] [N] [mm] [mm] [mm]
BSF M 8/10 x 13 - 17.5 13 - 17.5 3/8" M 8/10 20 x 2.5 2000 53 11 16 100 38671
BSF M 8/10 x 21 - 25.5 21 - 25.5 1/2" M 8/10 20 x 2.5 2000 61 15 16 100 38672
BSF M 8/10 x 26.5 - 30.5 26.5 - 30.5 3/ "
4 M 8/10 20 x 2.5 2000 68 18 16 100 38673
BSF M 8/10 x 33.5 - 38.5 33.5 - 38.5 1" M 8/10 20 x 2.5 2000 76 22 16 100 38674
BSF M 8/10 x 41.5 - 47 41.5 - 47 1 1/4" M 8/10 20 x 2.5 2000 86 26 16 100 38675
BSF M 8/10 x 48 - 54 48 - 54 1 1/2" M 8/10 20 x 2.5 2000 95 32 16 10 38676
BSF M 8/10 x 56 - 62.5 56 - 62.5 2" M 8/10 20 x 2.5 2000 104 34 16 10 38677
BSF M 8/10 x 62.5 - 69.5 62.5 - 69.5 - M 8/10 20 x 2.5 2000 111 37 16 10 38678
BSF M 8/10 x 69.5 - 76.5 69.5 - 76.5 2 1/2" M 8/10 20 x 2.5 2000 118 41 16 10 38679
BSF M 8/10 x 77.5 - 84 77.5 - 84 - M 8/10 20 x 2.5 2000 125 45 16 10 38680
BSF M 8/10 x 85 - 92.5 85 - 92.5 3" M 8/10 20 x 2.5 2000 134 49 16 10 38681
BSF M 8/10 x 93 - 100.5 93 - 100.5 - M 8/10 25 x 2.5 2500 152 53 16 25 38682
BSF M 8/10 x 101.5 - 110 101.5 - 110 - M 8/10 25 x 2.5 2500 161 58 16 25 38683
BSF M 8/10 x 110 - 117.5 110 - 117.5 4" M 8/10 25 x 2.5 2500 169 61 16 25 38684
BSF M 8/10 x 119.5 - 127.5 119.5 - 127.5 - M 8/10 25 x 2.5 2500 179 66 16 25 38685
Universal Clips
10
BSF M 10 Clips
Similar to the BSF M 8 clips, but with a M 10 connection.
[mm] ["] [N] [mm] [mm] [mm]
BSF M 10 x 13 - 17.5 13 - 17.5 3/8" M 10 20 x 2.5 2000 53 11 10 100 38711
BSF M 10 x 21 - 25.5 21 - 25.5 1/2" M 10 20 x 2.5 2000 61 15 10 100 38712
BSF M 10 x 26.5 - 30.5 26.5 - 30.5 3/ "
4 M 10 20 x 2.5 2000 68 18 10 100 38713
BSF M 10 x 33.5 - 38.5 33.5 - 38.5 1" M 10 20 x 2.5 2000 76 22 10 100 38714
BSF M 10 x 41.5 - 47 41.5 - 47 1 /4"
1 M 10 20 x 2.5 2000 86 26 10 100 38715
BSF M 10 x 48 - 54 48 - 54 1 1/2" M 10 20 x 2.5 2000 95 32 10 50 38716
BSF M 10 x 56 - 62.5 56 - 62.5 2" M 10 20 x 2.5 2000 104 34 10 50 38717
BSF M 10 x 62.5 - 69.5 62.5 - 69.5 - M 10 20 x 2.5 2000 111 37 10 50 38718
BSF M 10 x 69.5 - 76.5 69.5 - 76.5 2 1/2" M 10 20 x 2.5 2000 118 41 10 50 38719
BSF M 10 x 77.5 - 84 77.5 - 84 - M 10 20 x 2.5 2000 125 45 10 50 38720
BSF M 10 x 85 - 92.5 85 - 92.5 3" M 10 20 x 2.5 2000 134 49 10 50 38721
BSF M 10 x 93 - 100.5 93 - 100.5 - M 10 25 x 2.5 2500 152 53 10 25 38722
BSF M 10 x 101.5 - 110 101.5 - 110 - M 10 25 x 2.5 2500 161 58 10 25 38723
BSF M 10 x 110 - 117.5 110.0 - 117.5 4" M 10 25 x 2.5 2500 169 61 10 25 38724
BSF M 10 x 119.5 - 127.5 119.5 - 127.5 - M 10 25 x 2.5 2500 179 66 10 25 38725
BSF M 10 x 127.5 - 133.5 127.5 - 133.5 - M 10 25 x 2.5 2500 185 69 10 25 38726
BSF M 10 x 134.5 - 142.5 134.5 - 142.5 5" M 10 30 x 3.0 3000 197 76 10 25 38727
BSF M 10 x 143.5 - 150.5 143.5 - 150.5 - M 10 30 x 3.0 3000 205 78 10 25 38728
BSF M 10 x 151.5 - 159.5 151.5 - 159.5 - M 10 30 x 3.0 3000 214 83 10 25 38729
BSF M 10 x 163.5 - 171.5 163.5 - 171.5 6" M 10 30 x 3.0 3000 226 89 10 25 38730
BSF M 10 x 172.5 - 182 172.5 - 182 - M 10 30 x 3.0 3000 236 94 10 25 38731
BSF M 10 x 192.5 - 198 192.5 - 198 - M 10 30 x 3.0 3000 252 102 10 25 38732
BSF M 10 x 215 - 220 215 - 220 8" M 10 30 x 3.0 3000 274 113 10 25 38733
BSF M 12 Clips
[mm] ["] [N] [mm] [mm] [mm]
BSF M 12 x 93 - 100.5 93 - 100.5 - M 12 25 x 2.5 2500 152 53 12 25 38742
BSF M 12 x 101.5 - 110 101.5 - 110 - M 12 25 x 2.5 2500 161 58 12 25 38743
BSF M 12 x 110 - 117.5 110 - 117.5 4" M 12 25 x 2.5 2500 169 61 12 25 38744
BSF M 12 x 119.5 - 127.5 119.5 - 127.5 - M 12 25 x 2.5 2500 179 66 12 25 38745
BSF M 12 x 127.5 - 133.5 127.5 - 133.5 - M 12 25 x 2.5 2500 185 69 12 25 38746
BSF M 12 x 134.5 - 142.5 134.5 - 142.5 5" M 12 30 x 3.0 3000 197 76 12 25 38747
BSF M 12 x 143.5 - 150.5 143.5 - 150.5 - M 12 30 x 3.0 3000 205 78 12 25 38748
BSF M 12 x 151.5 - 159.5 151.5 - 159.5 - M 12 30 x 3.0 3000 214 83 12 25 38749
BSF M 12 x 163.5 - 171.5 163.5 - 171.5 6" M 12 30 x 3.0 3000 226 89 12 25 38750
BSF M 12 x 172.5 - 182 172.5 - 182 - M 12 30 x 3.0 3000 236 94 12 25 38751
BSF M 12 x 192.5 - 198 192.5 - 198 - M 12 30 x 3.0 3000 252 102 12 25 38752
BSF M 12 x 215 - 220 215 - 220 8" M 12 30 x 3.0 3000 274 113 12 25 38753
BSF M 16 Clips
[mm] ["] [N] [mm] [mm] [mm]
BSF M 16 x 267 - 273 267 - 273 10" M 16 50 x 5.0 10000 363 142 12 1 38754
BSF M 16 x 315 - 324 315 - 324 12" M 16 50 x 5.0 10000 414 167 12 1 38755
BSF M 16 x 350 - 356 350 - 356 14" M 16 50 x 5.0 10000 446 183 12 1 38756
BSF M 16 x 400 - 406 400 - 406 16" M 16 50 x 5.0 10000 496 208 12 1 38757
BSF Clips
Similar to the BSF M 8 clips, but with a " (F) connection.
Designed for heavier installations.
C
B
A

[mm] ["] [N] [mm] [mm] [mm]
BSF x 13 - 17.5 13 - 17.5 3/8" 1/2" 20 x 2.5 2000 53 11 23 100 38761
BSF x 21 - 25.5 21 - 25.5 1/2" 1/2" 20 x 2.5 2000 61 15 23 100 38762
BSF x 26.5 - 30.5 26.5 - 30.5 3/ "
4
1/ "
2 20 x 2.5 2000 68 18 23 100 38763
BSF x 33.5 - 38.5 33.5 - 38.5 1" 1/ "
2 20 x 2.5 2000 76 22 23 50 38764
BSF x 41.5 - 47 41.5 - 47 1 1/4" 1/ "
2 20 x 2.5 2000 86 26 23 50 38765
BSF x 48 - 54 48 - 54 1 1/2" 1/ "
2 20 x 2.5 2000 95 32 23 50 38766
BSF x 56 - 62.5 56 - 62.5 2" 1/ "
2 20 x 2.5 2000 104 34 23 50 38767
BSF x 62.5 - 69.5 62.5 - 69.5 - 1/ "
2 20 x 2.5 2000 111 37 23 50 38768
BSF x 69.5 - 76.5 69.5 - 76.5 2 1/2" 1/ "
2 20 x 2.5 2000 118 41 23 50 38769
BSF x 77.5 - 84 77.5 - 84 - 1/ "
2 20 x 2.5 2000 125 45 23 50 38770
BSF x 85 - 92.5 85 - 92.5 3" 1/ "
2 20 x 2.5 2000 134 49 23 50 38771
BSF x 93 - 100.5 93 - 100.5 - 1/ "
2 25 x 2.5 2500 152 53 23 25 38772
BSF x 101.5 - 110 101.5 - 110 - 1/ "
2 25 x 2.5 2500 161 58 23 25 38773
BSF x 110 - 117.5 110 - 117.5 4" 1/ "
2 25 x 2.5 2500 169 61 23 25 38774
BSF x 119.5 - 127.5 119.5 - 127.5 - 1/ "
2 25 x 2.5 2500 179 66 23 25 38775
BSF x 127.5 - 133.5 127.5 - 133.5 - 1/ "
2 25 x 2.5 2500 185 69 23 25 38776
BSF x 134.5 - 142.5 134.5 - 142.5 5" 1/ "
2 30 x 3.0 3000 197 76 23 25 38777
BSF x 143.5 - 150.5 143.5 - 150.5 - 1/ "
2 30 x 3.0 3000 205 78 23 25 38778
BSF x 151.5 - 159.5 151.5 - 159.5 - 1/ "
2 30 x 3.0 3000 214 83 23 25 38779
BSF x 163.5 - 171.5 163.5 - 171.5 6" 1/ "
2 30 x 3.0 3000 226 89 23 25 38780
BSF x 172.5 - 182 172.5 - 182 - 1/ "
2 30 x 3.0 3000 236 94 23 25 38781
BSF x 192.5 - 198 192.5 - 198 - 1/ "
2 30 x 3.0 3000 252 102 23 25 38782
BSF x 215 - 220 215 - 220 8" 1/ "
2 30 x 3.0 3000 274 113 23 25 38783
Universal Clips
10
BSF / M 10 Clips
Similar to the BSF M 8 clips, but with a combined " (M) / M 10 (F) connection.
C
B
A

[mm] ["] [N] [mm] [mm] [mm]
BSF - M 10 x 13 - 17.5 13 - 17.5 3/8" / M10 20 x 2.5 2000 53 11 10 50 51801
BSF - M 10 x 21 - 25.5 21 - 25.5 1/2" / M10 20 x 2.5 2000 61 15 10 50 51802
BSF - M 10 x 26.5 - 30.5 26.5 - 30.5 3/ "
4 / M10 20 x 2.5 2000 68 18 10 50 51803
BSF - M 10 x 33.5 - 38.5 33.5 - 38.5 1" / M10 20 x 2.5 2000 76 22 10 50 51804
BSF - M 10 x 41.5 - 47 41.5 - 47 1 1/4" / M10 20 x 2.5 2000 86 26 10 50 51805
BSF - M 10 x 48 - 54 48 - 54 1 1/2" / M10 20 x 2.5 2000 95 32 10 50 51806
BSF - M 10 x 56 - 62.5 56 - 62.5 2" / M10 20 x 2.5 2000 104 34 10 50 51807
BSF - M 10 x 62.5 - 69.5 62.5 - 69.5 - / M10 20 x 2.5 2000 111 37 10 50 51808
BSF - M 10 x 69.5 - 76.5 69.5 - 76.5 2 1/2" / M10 20 x 2.5 2000 118 41 10 50 51809
BSF - M 10 x 77.5 - 84 77.5 - 84 - / M10 20 x 2.5 2000 125 45 10 50 51810
BSF - M 10 x 85 - 92.5 85 - 92.5 3" / M10 20 x 2.5 2000 134 49 10 50 51811
BSF - M 10 x 93 - 100.5 93 - 100.5 - / M10 25 x 2.5 2500 152 53 10 25 51812
BSF - M 10 x 101.5 - 110 101.5 - 110 - / M10 25 x 2.5 2500 161 58 10 25 51813
BSF - M 10 x 110 - 117.5 110 - 117.5 4" / M10 25 x 2.5 2500 169 61 10 25 51814
BSF - M 10 x 119.5 - 127.5 119.5 - 127.5 - / M10 25 x 2.5 2500 179 66 10 25 51815
BSF - M 10 x 127.5 - 133.5 127.5 - 133.5 - / M10 25 x 2.5 2500 185 69 10 25 51816
BSF - M 10 x 134.5 - 142.5 134.5 - 142.5 5" / M10 30 x 3.0 3000 197 76 10 25 51817
BSF - M 10 x 143.5 - 150.5 143.5 - 150.5 - / M10 30 x 3.0 3000 205 78 10 25 51818
BSF - M 10 x 151.5 - 159.5 151.5 - 159.5 - / M10 30 x 3.0 3000 214 83 10 25 51819
BSF - M 10 x 163.5 - 171.5 163.5 - 171.5 6" / M10 30 x 3.0 3000 226 89 10 25 51820
BSF - M 10 x 172.5 - 182 172.5 - 182 - / M10 30 x 3.0 3000 236 94 10 25 51821
BSF - M 10 x 192.5 - 198 192.5 - 198 - / M10 30 x 3.0 3000 252 102 10 25 51822
BSF - M 10 x 215 - 220 215 - 220 8" / M10 30 x 3.0 3000 274 113 10 25 51823
BSF-D Clips
The BSF-D clip provides the possibility of mounting pipes directly under or next to each other,
both horizontally and vertically.
C
B
A

[mm] ["] [N] [mm] [mm] [mm]
BSF-D M 8 x 13 - 17.5 13 - 17.5 3/8" M8 20 x 2.5 1650 53 11 8 50 38500
BSF-D M 8 x 21 - 25.5 21 - 25.5 1/2" M8 20 x 2.5 1650 61 15 8 50 38501
BSF-D M 8 x 26.5 - 30.5 26.5 - 30.5 3/ "
4 M8 20 x 2.5 1650 68 18 8 50 38502
BSF-D M 8 x 33.5 - 38.5 33.5 - 38.5 1" M8 20 x 2.5 1650 76 22 8 50 38503
BSF-D M 8 x 41.5 - 47 41.5 - 47 1 1/4" M8 20 x 2.5 1650 86 26 8 50 38504
BSF-D M 8 x 48 - 54 48 - 54 1 1/2" M8 20 x 2.5 1650 95 32 8 50 38505
BSF-D M 8 x 56 - 62.5 56 - 62.5 2" M8 20 x 2.5 1650 104 34 8 50 38506
BSF-D M 8 x 62.5 - 69.5 62.5 - 69.5 - M8 20 x 2.5 1650 111 37 8 50 38507
BSF-D M 8 x 69.5 - 76.5 69.5 - 76.5 2 1/2" M8 20 x 2.5 1650 118 41 8 50 38508
BSF-D M 8 x 77.5 - 84 77.5 - 84 - M8 20 x 2.5 1650 125 45 8 50 38509
BSF-D M 8 x 85 - 92.5 85 - 92.5 3" M8 20 x 2.5 1650 134 49 8 50 38510
BSF-D M 8 x 93 - 100.5 93 - 100.5 - M8 25 x 2.5 3000 152 53 8 25 38511
BSF-D M 8 x 101.5 - 110 101.5 - 110 - M8 25 x 2.5 3000 161 58 8 25 38512
BSF-D M 8 x 110 - 117.5 110 - 117.5 4" M8 25 x 2.5 3000 169 61 8 25 38513
BSF-D M 8 x 119.5 - 127.5 119.5 - 127.5 - M8 25 x 2.5 3000 179 66 8 25 38514
BSF-D M 8 x 127.5 - 133.5 127.5 - 133.5 - M8 25 x 2.5 3000 185 69 8 25 38515
BSF-D M 8 x 134.5 - 142.5 134.5 - 142.5 5" M8 30 x 3.0 4000 197 76 8 25 38516
BSF-D M 8 x 143.5 - 150.5 143.5 - 150.5 - M8 30 x 3.0 4000 205 78 8 25 38517
BSF-D M 8 x 151.5 - 159.5 151.5 - 159.5 - M8 30 x 3.0 4000 214 83 8 25 38518
BSF-D M 8 x 163.5 - 171.5 163.5 - 171.5 6" M8 30 x 3.0 4000 226 89 8 25 38519
BSF-D M 8 x 172.5 - 182 172.5 - 182 - M8 30 x 3.0 4000 236 94 8 25 38520
BSF-D M 8 x 192.5 - 198 192.5 - 198 - M8 30 x 3.0 4000 252 102 8 25 38521
BSF-D M 8 x 215 - 220 215 - 220 8" M8 30 x 3.0 4000 274 113 8 25 38522
* The load applies for all the BSF-D clips fitted under each other.
Universal Clips
10
BSU M 8/10 Clips
BSU clips are designed for mounting steel pipes to the wall or ceiling.
With retaining ring.

Compatible with pipe sizes as per DIN 2448.
C
B
A

[mm] ["] [N] [mm] [mm] [mm]
BSU M 8/10 x 15 - 18 15 - 18 3/8" M 8/10 20 x 1.5 1000 50 11 16 50 38270
BSU M 8/10 x 20 - 25 20 - 25 1/2" M 8/10 20 x 1.5 1000 60 16 16 50 38271
BSU M 8/10 x 26 - 30 26 - 30 3/ "
4 M 8/10 20 x 1.5 1000 64 19 16 50 38272
BSU M 8/10 x 32 - 36 32 - 36 1" M 8/10 20 x 1.5 1000 71 22 16 50 38273
BSU M 8/10 x 38 - 43 38 - 43 1 1/4" M 8/10 20 x 1.5 1000 79 25 16 50 38274
BSU M 8/10 x 44 - 49 44 - 49 1 1/2" M 8/10 20 x 1.5 1000 84 28 16 50 38275
BSU M 8/10 x 56 - 61 56 - 61 2" M 8/10 20 x 1.5 1000 93 34 16 50 38276
BSU M 8/10 x 62 - 67 62 - 67 - M 8/10 20 x 1.5 1000 109 36 16 50 38286
BSU M 8/10 x 75 - 80 75 - 80 2 1/2" M 8/10 20 x 2.0 1300 118 44 16 50 38277
BSU M 8/10 x 87 - 92 87 - 92 3" M 8/10 20 x 2.0 1300 129 50 16 50 38278
BSU M 8/10 x 108 - 116 108 - 116 4" M 8/10 20 x 2.5 2150 160 62 16 25 38279
BSU M 8/10 x 121 - 127 121 - 127 - M 8/10 20 x 2.5 2150 160 66 16 25 38287
BSU M 8/10 x 131 - 141 131 - 141 5" M 8/10 20 x 2.5 2150 188 75 16 25 38280
BSU M 8/10 x 165 - 169 165 - 169 6" M 8/10 20 x 2.5 2150 220 89 16 10 38281
BSU M 10/12 Clips

Similar to the BSU M 8/10 clips, but with a combined M 10/12 connection.
[mm] ["] [N] [mm] [mm] [mm]
BSU M 10/12 x 108 - 116 108 - 116 4" M 10/12 20 x 2.5 2150 160 62 18 25 38282
BSU M 10/12 x 131 - 141 131 - 141 5" M 10/12 20 x 2.5 2150 188 75 18 25 38283
BSU M 10/12 x 165 - 169 165 - 169 6" M 10/12 20 x 2.5 2150 220 89 18 10 38284
BSU M 10/12 x 192 - 202 192 - 202 - M 10/12 20 x 3.0 3000 240 104 18 10 38285
UB U-bolts
U-bolts for fixing pipes directly to rail or other foundations.

Threaded connections from M 6 up to M 16.
Supplied with 4 nuts.
A
B
Type Pipe Connection Suitable for Dimensions Order
Flamco rail Code
Ext. dia. Nom. A B
[mm] ["] [mm] [mm]
UB M 6 x 10 - 14 10 - 14 /4"
1 M6 R1/R2/R8 35 30 100 81001
UB M 6 x 15 - 18 15 - 18 /8"
3 M6 R1/R2/R8 36.5 30 100 81002
UB M 6 x 19 - 22 19 - 22 /2"
1 M6 R1/R2/R8 38.5 30 100 81003
UB M 8 x 23 - 27 23 - 27 3/ "
4 M8 R0-2/R8 45 30 50 81004
UB M 8 x 28 - 34 28 - 34 1" M8 R0-2/R8 49 40 50 81005
UB M 8 x 35 - 43 35 - 43 1 1/4" M8 R0-2/R8 53 40 50 81006
UB M 8 x 44 - 49 44 - 49 1 1/2" M8 R0-2/R8 56 40 50 81007
UB M 8 x 50 - 61 50 - 61 2" M8 R1/R2/R8 62 45 50 81008
UB M 8 x 62 - 70 62 - 70 - M8 R1/R2/R8 67 45 50 81009
UB M 8 x 71 - 77 71 - 77 2 1/2" M8 R0-2/R8 70 45 50 81010
UB M 10 x 78 - 89 78 - 89 3" M 10 R1/R2/R8 82 45 20 81011
UB M 10 x 90 - 102 90 - 102 3 1/2" M 10 R1/R2/R8 88 50 20 81012
UB M 10 x 103 - 108 103 - 108 - M 10 R1/R2/R8 91 50 20 81013
UB M 10 x 109 - 115 109 - 115 4" M 10 R1/R2/R8 94 50 20 81014
UB M 12 x 116 - 127 116 - 127 - M 12 R4/R7/R8 104 50 20 81015
UB M 12 x 128 - 133 128 - 133 - M 12 R4/R7/R8 107 60 20 81016
UB M 12 x 134 - 140 134 - 140 5" M 12 R4/R7/R8 111 60 20 81017
UB M 12 x 141 - 159 141 - 159 - M 12 - 120 60 20 81018
UB M 12 x 160 - 169 160 - 169 6" M 12 R4/R7/R8 125 60 20 81019
UB M 12 x 170 - 220 170 - 220 8" M 12 R4/R7/R8 150 60 20 81020
UB M 16 x 221 - 273 221 - 273 10" M 16 - 180 60 10 81021
UB M 16 x 274 - 324 274 - 324 12" M 16 - 205 70 10 81022
UB M 16 x 325 - 356 325 - 356 14" M 16 - 220 70 10 81023
UB M 16 x 357 - 407 357 - 407 16" M 16 - 250 70 10 81024
Universal Clips
10
KB Fixed Point Clips (Hot Dip Galvanized)
KB clips are designed for rigid support, such as mounting heavy pipes for rising mains.
Suitable for fixed point construction.
Clip as per DIN 3567.

Can be supplied in one or two halves.
KB clips are compatible with pipe sizes as per DIN 2448 and DIN EN 10220.
D D
K
R
C A C
Type Pipe Strip Bolts Dimensions Order

dimensions needed Code
Ext. Nom. Fire pipe [mm] A C D K R
dia. ["] nom. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
[mm] [mm]
KB 22 22 1/2" 15 30 x 5 M 10 x 30 56 15 11.5 7 7 1 37882
KB 25 25 - 20 30 x 5 M 10 x 30 62 15 11.5 7 7 1 37850
KB 27 27 3/4" 20 30 x 5 M 10 x 30 66 15 11.5 7 7 1 37851
KB 30 30 - 25 30 x 5 M 10 x 30 68 15 11.5 7 7 1 37852
KB 34 34 1" 25 30 x 5 M 10 x 30 72 15 11.5 7 7 1 37853
KB 38 38 - 32 30 x 5 M 10 x 30 72 15 11.5 7 7 1 37854
KB 43 43 1 1/4" 32 30 x 5 M 10 x 30 82 15 11.5 7 7 1 37855
KB 45 45 - 40 30 x 5 M 10 x 30 84 15 11.5 7 7 1 37856
KB 49 49 1 1/2" 40 30 x 5 M 10 x 30 88 15 11.5 7 7 1 37857
KB 57 57 - 50 40 x 6 M 12 x 35 104 18 14 9 9 1 37858
KB 61 61 2" 50 40 x 6 M 12 x 35 108 18 14 9 9 1 37859
KB 77 77 2 1/2" 65 40 x 6 M 12 x 35 122 18 14 9 9 1 37860
KB 89 89 3" 80 40 x 6 M 12 x 35 136 18 14 9 9 1 37861
KB 108 108 - 100 50 x 8 M 16 x 45 172 24 18 11 12 1 37862
KB 115 115 4" 100 50 x 8 M 16 x 45 178 24 18 11 12 1 37863
KB 133 133 - 125 50 x 8 M 16 x 45 196 24 18 11 12 1 37864
KB 140 140 5" 125 50 x 8 M 16 x 45 204 24 18 11 12 1 37865
KB 159 159 - 150 50 x 8 M 16 x 45 222 24 18 11 12 1 37866
KB 169 169 6" 150 50 x 8 M 16 x 45 232 24 18 11 12 1 37867
KB 220 220 8" 200 50 x 8 M 16 x 45 284 24 18 11 12 1 37871
KB 324 324 12" 300 60 x 8 M 20 x 50 398 30 23 14 12 1 37875
KB 356 356 14" 350 60 x 8 M 20 x 50 432 30 23 14 12 1 37876
KB 521 521 - 500 70 x 10 M 24 x 60 614 36 27 18 15 1 37934
KB Fixed Point Clips (Steel)
KB clips are designed for rigid support, such as mounting heavy pipes for rising mains.
Suitable for fixed point construction.
Clip as per DIN 3567.

Can be supplied in one or two halves.
KB clips are compatible with pipe sizes as per DIN 2448 and DIN EN 10220.
D D
K
R
C A C
Type Pipe Fire pipe nom. Strip Bolts Dimensions Order

dia. [mm] dimensions needed Code
Ext. Nom. [mm] A C D K R
dia. ["] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
[mm]
KB 22 22 1/2" 15 30 x 5 M 10 x 30 56 15 11.5 7 7 1 37932
KB 25 25 - 20 30 x 5 M 10 x 30 62 15 11.5 7 7 1 37900
KB 27 27 3/ "
4 20 30 x 5 M 10 x 30 66 15 11.5 7 7 1 37901
KB 30 30 - 25 30 x 5 M 10 x 30 68 15 11.5 7 7 1 37902
KB 34 34 1" 25 30 x 5 M 10 x 30 72 15 11.5 7 7 1 37903
KB 38 38 - 32 30 x 5 M 10 x 30 72 15 11.5 7 7 1 37904
KB 43 43 1 1/4" 32 30 x 5 M 10 x 30 82 15 11.5 7 7 1 37905
KB 45 45 - 40 30 x 5 M 10 x 30 84 15 11.5 7 7 1 37906
KB 49 49 1 1/2" 40 30 x 5 M 10 x 30 88 15 11.5 7 7 1 37907
KB 57 57 - 50 40 x 6 M 12 x 35 104 18 14 9 9 1 37908
KB 61 61 2" 50 40 x 6 M 12 x 35 108 18 14 9 9 1 37909
KB 77 77 2 1/2" 65 40 x 6 M 12 x 35 122 18 14 9 9 1 37910
KB 89 89 3" 80 40 x 6 M 12 x 35 136 18 14 9 9 1 37911
KB 108 108 - 100 50 x 8 M 16 x 45 172 24 18 11 12 1 37912
KB 115 115 4" 100 50 x 8 M 16 x 45 178 24 18 11 12 1 37913
KB 133 133 - 125 50 x 8 M 16 x 45 196 24 18 11 12 1 37914
KB 140 140 5" 125 50 x 8 M 16 x 45 204 24 18 11 12 1 37915
KB 159 159 - 150 50 x 8 M 16 x 45 222 24 18 11 12 1 37916
KB 169 169 6" 150 50 x 8 M 16 x 45 232 24 18 11 12 1 37917
KB 194 194 - 175 50 x 8 M 16 x 45 258 24 18 11 12 1 37919
KB 216 216 - 196 50 x 8 M 16 x 45 280 24 18 11 12 1 37920
KB 220 220 8" 200 50 x 8 M 16 x 45 284 24 18 11 12 1 37921
KB 267 267 - 250 60 x 8 M 20 x 50 342 30 23 14 12 1 37922
KB 273 273 10" 250 60 x 8 M 20 x 50 348 30 23 14 12 1 37923
KB 318 318 - 300 60 x 8 M 20 x 50 382 30 23 14 12 1 37924
KB 324 324 12" 300 60 x 8 M 20 x 50 398 30 23 14 12 1 37925
KB 356 356 14" 350 60 x 8 M 20 x 50 432 30 23 14 12 1 37926
KB 368 368 - 350 60 x 8 M 20 x 50 444 30 23 14 12 1 37927
KB 407 407 16" 400 70 x 10 M 24 x 60 498 36 27 18 15 1 37928
KB 419 419 - 400 70 x 10 M 24 x 60 510 36 27 18 15 1 37929
KB 457 457 - 450 70 x 10 M 24 x 60 550 36 27 18 15 1 37933
KB 508 508 - 500 70 x 10 M 24 x 60 600 36 27 18 15 1 37930
KB 521 521 - 500 70 x 10 M 24 x 60 614 36 27 18 15 1 37931
KB 610 610 - 600 70 x 10 M 24 x 60 664 36 27 18 15 1 37934
Universal Clips
10
FOR AIR DUCT FIXING
BSL Clips
BSL clips are especially designed for mounting circular air duct work to the wall or ceiling.

Side connection bolt/threaded hole M 6.
Close fitting to the wall or ceiling possible.
D
E
B
C
A
Type Pipe Max. Strip Side-mounted Dimensions Order

ext. dia. working dimensions connections Code
[mm] load [mm] A B C D E
[N] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
BSL 71 71 1000 20 x 2.0 M 6 x 25 110 80 55 48 88 50 39900
BSL 80 80 1000 20 x 2.0 M 6 x 25 118 88 59 52 96 50 39901
BSL 90 90 1000 20 x 2.0 M 6 x 25 130 100 65 58 108 50 39902
BSL 100 100 1000 20 x 2.0 M 6 x 25 140 110 70 63 118 50 39903
BSL 112 112 1000 20 x 2.0 M 6 x 25 160 125 80 71 133 25 39904
BSL 125 125 1000 20 x 2.0 M 6 x 25 172 136 86 76 144 25 39905
BSL 140 140 1000 20 x 2.0 M 6 x 25 188 150 94 83 158 25 39906
BSL 150 150 1000 20 x 2.0 M 6 x 25 195 154 98 85 162 25 39907
BSL 160 160 1000 20 x 2.0 M 6 x 25 212 172 106 94 180 25 39908
BSL 180 180 1000 20 x 2.0 M 6 x 25 220 178 110 97 186 25 39909
BSL 200 200 1000 20 x 2.0 M 6 x 25 252 212 126 114 220 10 39910
BSL 224 224 1000 25 x 2.0 M 6 x 25 276 237 138 126.5 245 25 39911
BSL 250 250 1000 25 x 2.0 M 6 x 25 302 263 151 139.5 271 10 39912
BSL 280 280 1000 25 x 2.0 M 6 x 25 332 293 166 154.5 301 10 39913
BSL 300 300 1000 25 x 2.0 M 6 x 25 352 313 176 164.5 321 10 39914
BSL 315 315 1000 25 x 2.0 M 6 x 25 368 328 184 172 336 25 39915
BSL 355 355 1000 25 x 2.0 M 6 x 25 408 368 204 192 376 10 39916
BSL 400 400 1000 25 x 2.0 M 6 x 25 452 413 226 214.5 421 10 39917
BSL 450 450 1000 30 x 2.5 M 10 x 50 / bolt M 10 514 464 257 240 472 1 39918
BSL 500 500 1000 30 x 2.5 M 10 x 50 / bolt M 10 564 514 282 265 522 1 39919
BSL 560 560 1000 30 x 2.5 M 10 x 50 / bolt M 10 624 574 312 295 582 1 39920
BSL 600 600 1000 30 x 2.5 M 10 x 50 / bolt M 10 664 614 332 315 622 1 39928
BSL 630 630 1000 30 x 2.5 M 10 x 50 / bolt M 10 694 644 347 330 652 1 39921
BSL 710 710 1000 30 x 2.5 M 10 x 50 / bolt M 10 774 724 387 370 732 1 39922
BSL 800 800 1000 30 x 2.5 M 10 x 50 / bolt M 10 864 814 432 415 822 1 39923
BSL 900 900 1000 30 x 2.5 M 10 x 50 / bolt M 10 964 914 482 465 922 1 39924
BSL 1000 1000 1000 30 x 2.5 M 10 x 50 / bolt M 10 1064 1014 532 515 1022 1 39925
BSL 1120 1120 1000 30 x 2.5 M 10 x 50 / bolt M 10 1184 1134 592 575 1142 1 39926
BSL 1250 1250 1000 30 x 2.5 M 10 x 50 / bolt M 10 1314 1264 657 640 1272 1 39927
BSL-A Clips
BSL-A clips are especially designed for mounting circular air duct work to the wall or ceiling and are fitted with a noise
suppressing rubber lining.
Noise suppression: 17 dB(A)* according to ISO 3822-1

Side connection bolt/threaded hole M 6.
Close fitting to the wall or ceiling possible.
A
C
D
E
B
Type Pipe Max. Strip Side-mounted Dimensions Order

ext. dia. working dimensions connections Code
[mm] load [mm] A B C D E
[N] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
BSL-A 71 71 1000 20 x 2.0 M 6 x 25 120 87 60 52 95 25 39950
BSL-A 80 80 1000 20 x 2.0 M 6 x 25 128 96 64 56 104 50 39951
BSL-A 90 90 1000 20 x 2.0 M 6 x 25 141 108 71 62 116 25 39952
BSL-A 100 100 1000 20 x 2.0 M 6 x 25 158 115 79 66 123 25 39953
BSL-A 112 112 1000 20 x 2.0 M 6 x 25 170 129 85 73 137 25 39954
BSL-A 125 125 1000 20 x 2.0 M 6 x 25 185 140 93 78 148 25 39955
BSL-A 140 140 1000 20 x 2.0 M 6 x 25 195 154 98 85 162 50 39956
BSL-A 150 150 1000 20 x 2.0 M 6 x 25 205 165 103 91 173 25 39957
BSL-A 160 160 1000 20 x 2.0 M 6 x 25 215 176 108 96 184 25 39958
BSL-A 180 180 1000 20 x 2.0 M 6 x 25 240 195 120 105.5 203 25 39959
BSL-A 200 200 1000 20 x 2.0 M 6 x 25 265 214 133 115 222 25 39960
BSL-A 224 224 1000 25 x 2.0 M 6 x 25 277 237 139 126.5 245 25 39961
BSL-A 250 250 1000 25 x 2.0 M 6 x 25 303 263 152 139.5 271 10 39962
BSL-A 280 280 1000 25 x 2.0 M 6 x 25 333 293 167 154.5 301 10 39963
BSL-A 300 300 1000 25 x 2.0 M 6 x 25 353 313 177 164.5 321 10 39964
BSL-A 315 315 1000 25 x 2.0 M 6 x 25 368 328 184 172 336 1 39965
BSL-A 355 355 1000 25 x 2.0 M 6 x 25 408 368 204 192 376 1 39966
BSL-A 400 400 1000 25 x 2.0 M 6 x 25 453 413 227 214.5 421 1 39967
BSL-A 450 450 1000 30 x 2.5 M 10 x 50 / bolt M 10 514 464 257 240 472 1 39968
BSL-A 500 500 1000 30 x 2.5 M 10 x 50 / bolt M 10 564 514 282 265 522 1 39969
BSL-A 560 560 1000 30 x 2.5 M 10 x 50 / bolt M 10 624 574 312 295 582 1 39970
BSL-A 600 600 1000 30 x 2.5 M 10 x 50 / bolt M 10 664 614 332 315 622 1 39978
BSL-A 630 630 1000 30 x 2.5 M 10 x 50 / bolt M 10 694 644 347 330 652 1 39971
BSL-A 710 710 1000 30 x 2.5 M 10 x 50 / bolt M 10 774 724 387 370 732 1 39972
BSL-A 800 800 1000 30 x 2.5 M 10 x 50 / bolt M 10 864 814 432 415 822 1 39973
BSL-A 900 900 1000 30 x 2.5 M 10 x 50 / bolt M 10 964 914 482 465 922 1 39974
BSL-A 1000 1000 1000 30 x 2.5 M 10 x 50 / bolt M 10 1064 1014 532 515 1022 1 39975
BSL-A 1120 1120 1000 30 x 2.5 M 10 x 50 / bolt M 10 1184 1134 592 575 1142 1 39976
BSL-A 1250 1250 1000 30 x 2.5 M 10 x 50 / bolt M 10 1314 1264 657 640 1272 1 39977

11.
Wall and Floor
Mounted Clips
The Flamcos BM range of wall mounted clips is designed for installing
threaded tubes, sprinkler pipes, thin wall steel tubes and copper pipes.
These one piece clips, complete with sound absorbing rubber lining,
are ideal for high loads. They can be tted easily and the fastening is
concealed within the clip.
Flamco is also the professionals choice for oor mounted brackets.
We produce a wide range of oor mounted direct fastenings for steel
pipes, synthetic pipes and under oor heating.
Wall and Floor Clips
11
BM and DP clips allow you to hang pipes to
perfection and give you a smooth nish
Flamco's BM clips are made up of three parts: the to indicate when the nut has been tightened
undivided clip, the sleeve and a nut. The sleeve sufficiently. Finally, it has a conical finish, so that
has three characteristics. At the front it is clearly secure clamping is ensured.
rounded, and this acts as a locating edge. Thanks to this technical finesse, the BM clips are
At the back there is the sleeve turns inward, very easy to fit.
DP double pipe clip.
There are three types of BM

HK model with short hanger bolt. Flamco rail clip:
available in black
or zinc plated.
SU: Without hanger screw. Can be

BMA clip with rubber lining.
combined with a rail and head bolt
set, threaded rod or coach screw.
HBS hammer head

bolt set.
HK: With a short hanger screw and

synthetic plug.
BMK clip for HL: With a long hanger screw and a

copper pipes. synthetic plug.
It is this easy to fit the Flamco BM clip
Screw the hanger screw into Bend open the clip as shown Push on the sleeve. Tighten the nut... And that's all
the wall. and bend it closed around there is to it!
the pipe.
11
DP double pipe clips DP lined double pipe clips
To attach steel pipes (including thin-walled pipes). With noise suppressing neoprene lining, which is bonded to
Depth adjustable. Fixed centre to centre distance. the clip.
With a reinforced backplate with an 18 x 8 mm slot.
Angle support BM benefits:

DP double pipe clips for installing pipes at To fasten threaded
various distances from the floor. Available in pipes, boiler tubes and
three sizes. thin wall steel tubes.
30 x 6.5 mm slots for mounting the DP Sendzimir zinc plated
double pipe clips bracket, other parts of
20 x 8.5 mm slots for fixing the DP double the clip electrolytically
pipe clips to the floor galvanized.
BMA benefits: BMK benefits:

With a noise For mounting copper
suppression rubber pipes.
lining. Copper bracket, other
To attach all types of parts of the clip
pipe. electrolytically
galvanized.
BM benefits:
The one piece clip can withstand a very The threaded attachment cannot be seen behind
high load. the clip, so there are no screws in the field of vision.
The hanger bolt (in the case of the HL and HK) A perfect finish and solid attachment. Allows the
has a Torx screw drive so that it can be fitted tube/pipe to expand.
with a drill bit.
BMA wall clips are designed for mounting threaded pipes, sprinkler pipes, thin walled steel pipes and copper pipes to the wall
and are made up of three parts, namely the one-piece clip, the sleeve, and a nut. The sleeve has three characteristics. The
leading edge is flared to permit easy location. The trailing edge is domed and acts as a travel stop for the nut. Finally, its overall
conical shape ensure secure fixture. Thanks to these technical features, BMA clips are very easy to mount correctly.
One-piece clip with fixing materials.

Noise-suppressing rubber strip: 20 dB(A)* according to DIN 4109.
Clip: sendzimir zinc plated.
Sleeve, nut and wood screw: Electrolytically zinc plated.
The fixing is covered by the clip so that it is not visible.
Rigid fastening.
Conical sleeve with locating edge for firm clamping.
BMA wall clips are compatible with pipe sizes as per DIN 2448 and DIN EN 1057.
Safety load (V) = 3.
BMA-SU Wall Clips

Execution SU: without wood screw or plastic plug.
Type Pipe Connection Max. Max. Strip dimensions Order

working working [mm] Code
Nom. Ext. dia. load load
["] [mm] [N] [N]
-20 dB(A)
BMA-SU M 8 x 12 12 M8 1300 250 10 x 1.2 100 37110
BMA-SU M 8 x 15 15 M8 1300 250 10 x 1.2 100 37112
BMA-SU M 8 x 3/8 - 18 3/ "
8 18 M8 1300 250 10 x 1.2 100 37101
BMA-SU M 8 x 1/2 - 22 1/ "
2 22 M8 1300 250 10 x 1.2 100 37102
BMA-SU M 8 x 3/4 3/ "
4 26.9 M8 1300 250 10 x 1.2 100 37103
BMA-SU M 8 x 28 28 M8 1300 250 10 x 1.2 100 37118
BMA-SU M 8 x 1 1" 33.7 M8 1300 250 10 x 1.2 100 37104
BMA-SU M 10 x 35 35 M 10 2000 400 12 x 1.5 50 37120
BMA-SU M 10 x 1 1/4 - 42 1 1/4" 42 M 10 2000 400 12 x 1.5 50 37105
BMA-SU M 10 x 44 44.5 M 10 2000 400 12 x 1.5 50 37133
BMA-SU M 10 x 1 1/2 1 1/2" 48.3 M 10 2000 400 12 x 1.5 50 37106
BMA-SU M 10 x 51 51 M 10 2000 400 12 x 1.5 50 37134
BMA-SU M 10 x 54 54 M 10 2000 400 12 x 1.5 50 37122
BMA-SU M 10 x 57 57 M 10 2000 400 12 x 1.5 50 37135
BMA-SU M 10 x 2 2" 60.3 M 10 2000 400 12 x 1.5 50 37107
BMA-SU M 12 x 64 63.5 M 12 3300 700 16 x 1.9 50 37136
BMA-SU M 12 x 70 70 M 12 3300 700 16 x 1.9 50 37137
BMA-SU M 12 x 76 2 1/2" 76.1 M 12 3300 700 16 x 1.9 50 37138
BMA-SU M 12 x 83 82.5 M 12 3300 700 16 x 1.9 50 37139
BMA-SU M 12 x 89 3" 88.9 M 12 3300 700 16 x 1.9 50 37140
BMA-SU M 12 x 95 95 M 12 3300 700 16 x 1.9 50 37141
BMA-SU M 12 x 102 3 1/2" 101.6 M 12 3300 700 16 x 1.9 50 37142
BMA-SU M 12 x 108 108 M 12 3300 700 16 x 1.9 50 37143
BMA-SU M 12 x 114 4" 114.3 M 12 3300 700 16 x 1.9 50 37144
11
BMA-HK Wall Clips
Execution HK: with short wood screw and plastic plug.
Wood screws:
HO 8 x 80,
HO 10 x 90,
HO 12 x 120.
Type Pipe Connection Max. Max. Strip dimensions Order

working working [mm] Code
Nom. Ext. dia. load load
["] [mm] [N] [N]
-20 dB(A)
BMA-HK M 8 x 12 12 M8 1300 250 10 x 1.2 100 37010
BMA-HK M 8 x 15 15 M8 1300 250 10 x 1.2 100 37012
BMA-HK M 8 x 3/8 - 18 3/ "
8 18 M8 1300 250 10 x 1.2 100 37001
BMA-HK M 8 x 1/2 - 22 1/ "
2 22 M8 1300 250 10 x 1.2 100 37002
BMA-HK M 8 x 3/4 3/ "
4 26.9 M8 1300 250 10 x 1.2 100 37003
BMA-HK M 8 x 28 28 M8 1300 250 10 x 1.2 100 37018
BMA-HK M 8 x 1 1" 33.7 M8 1300 250 10 x 1.2 100 37004
BMA-HK M 10 x 35 35 M 10 2000 400 12 x 1.5 50 37020
BMA-HK M 10 x 1 1/4 - 42 1 1/4" 42 M 10 2000 400 12 x 1.5 50 37005
BMA-HK M 10 x 44 44.5 M 10 2000 400 12 x 1.5 50 37033
BMA-HK M 10 x 1 1/2 1 1/2" 48.3 M 10 2000 400 12 x 1.5 50 37006
BMA-HK M 10 x 51 51 M 10 2000 400 12 x 1.5 50 37034
BMA-HK M 10 x 54 54 M 10 2000 400 12 x 1.5 50 37022
BMA-HK M 10 x 57 57 M 10 2000 400 12 x 1.5 50 37035
BMA-HK M 10 x 2 2" 60.3 M 10 2000 400 12 x 1.5 50 37007
BMA-HK M 12 x 64 63.5 M 12 3300 700 16 x 1.9 50 37036
BMA-HK M 12 x 70 70 M 12 3300 700 16 x 1.9 50 37037
BMA-HK M 12 x 76 2 1/2" 76.1 M 12 3300 700 16 x 1.9 10 37038
BMA-HK M 12 x 83 82.5 M 12 3300 700 16 x 1.9 10 37039
BMA-HK M 12 x 89 3" 88.9 M 12 3300 700 16 x 1.9 10 37040
BMA-HK M 12 x 95 95 M 12 3300 700 16 x 1.9 50 37041
BMA-HK M 12 x 102 3 1/2" 101.6 M 12 3300 700 16 x 1.9 50 37042
BMA-HK M 12 x 108 108 M 12 3300 700 16 x 1.9 50 37043
BMA-HK M 12 x 114 4" 114.3 M 12 3300 700 16 x 1.9 50 37044
FOR STEEL PIPES
BM wall clips are designed for mounting threaded pipes, sprinkler pipes and thin-walled steel pipes to the wall and are made up
of three parts, namely the one-piece clip, the sleeve, and a nut. The sleeve has three characteristics. The leading edge is flared
to permit easy location. The trailing edge is domed and acts as a travel stop for the nut. Finally, its overall conical shape ensure
secure fixture. Thanks to these technical features, BM clips are very easy to mount correctly.

Clip: sendzimir zinc plated.
Sleeve, nut and wood screw: Electrolytically zinc plated.
Rigid fastening.
BM wall clips are compatible with pipe sizes as per DIN 2448.
BM-SU Wall Clips

Type Pipe Connection Max. working Strip dimensions Order

load [mm] Code
Nom. Ext. dia. [N]
["] [mm]
BM-SU M 8 x 12 12 M8 1300 10 x 1.2 100 36610
BM-SU M 8 x 1/4 1/4" M8 1300 10 x 1.2 100 36600
BM-SU M 8 x 15 15 M8 1300 10 x 1.2 100 36612
BM-SU M 8 x 3/8 - 18 3/ "
8 18 M8 1300 10 x 1.2 100 36601
BM-SU M 8 x 1/2 - 22 1/ "
2 22 M8 1300 10 x 1.2 100 36602
BM-SU M 8 x 25 25 M8 1300 10 x 1.2 100 36630
BM-SU M 8 x 3/4 3/ "
4 26.9 M8 1300 10 x 1.2 100 36603
BM-SU M 8 x 28 28 M8 1300 10 x 1.2 100 36618
BM-SU M 8 x 30 31.8 M8 1300 10 x 1.2 100 36631
BM-SU M 8 x 1 1" 33.7 M8 1300 10 x 1.2 100 36604
BM-SU M 8 x 35 35 M8 1300 10 x 1.2 100 36620
BM-SU M 8 x 38 38 M8 1300 10 x 1.2 100 36632
BM-SU M 10 x 1 1/4 - 42 1 1/4" 42 M 10 2000 12 x 1.5 100 36705
BM-SU M 10 x 44 44.5 M 10 2000 12 x 1.5 50 36733
BM-SU M 10 x 1 1/2 1 1/2" 48.3 M 10 2000 12 x 1.5 50 36706
BM-SU M 10 x 51 51 M 10 2000 12 x 1.5 50 36734
BM-SU M 10 x 57 57 M 10 2000 12 x 1.5 50 36735
BM-SU M 10 x 2 2" 60.3 M 10 2000 12 x 1.5 100 36707
BM-SU M 12 x 64 63.5 M 12 3300 16 x 1.9 50 36836
BM-SU M 12 x 70 70 M 12 3300 16 x 1.9 50 36837
BM-SU M 12 x 76 2 1/2" 76.1 M 12 3300 16 x 1.9 50 36838
BM-SU M 12 x 83 82.5 M 12 3300 16 x 1.9 50 36839
BM-SU M 12 x 89 3" 88.9 M 12 3300 16 x 1.9 50 36840
BM-SU M 12 x 95 95.5 M 12 3300 16 x 1.9 50 36841
BM-SU M 12 x 102 3 1/2" 101.6 M 12 3300 16 x 1.9 50 36842
BM-SU M 12 x 108 108 M 12 3300 16 x 1.9 50 36843
BM-SU M 12 x 114 4" 114.3 M 12 3300 16 x 1.9 50 36844
11
BM-HK Wall Clips
Wood screws:
HO 8 x 80,
HO 10 x 90,
HO 12 x 120.

load [mm] Code
Nom. Ext. dia. [N]
["] [mm]
BM-HK M 8 x 12 12 M8 1300 10 x 1.2 100 36110
BM-HK M 8 x 1/4 1/4" M8 1300 10 x 1.2 100 36100
BM-HK M 8 x 15 15 M8 1300 10 x 1.2 100 36112
BM-HK M 8 x 3/8 - 18 3/ "
8 18 M8 1300 10 x 1.2 100 36101
BM-HK M 8 x 1/2 - 22 1/ "
2 22 M8 1300 10 x 1.2 100 36102
BM-HK M 8 x 25 25 M8 1300 10 x 1.2 100 36130
BM-HK M 8 x 3/4 3/ "
4 26.9 M8 1300 10 x 1.2 100 36103
BM-HK M 8 x 28 28 M8 1300 10 x 1.2 100 36118
BM-HK M 8 x 30 31.8 M8 1300 10 x 1.2 100 36131
BM-HK M 8 x 1 1" 33.7 M8 1300 10 x 1.2 100 36104
BM-HK M 8 x 35 35 M8 1300 10 x 1.2 100 36120
BM-HK M 8 x 38 38 M8 1300 10 x 1.2 100 36132
BM-HK M 10 x 1 1/4 - 42 1 /4"
1 42 M 10 2000 12 x 1.5 100 36205
BM-HK M 10 x 44 44.5 M 10 2000 12 x 1.5 50 36233
BM-HK M 10 x 1 1/2 1 1/2" 48.3 M 10 2000 12 x 1.5 100 36206
BM-HK M 10 x 51 51 M 10 2000 12 x 1.5 50 36234
BM-HK M 10 x 57 57 M 10 2000 12 x 1.5 50 36235
BM-HK M 10 x 2 2" 60.3 M 10 2000 12 x 1.5 100 36207
BM-HK M 12 x 64 63.5 M 12 3300 16 x 1.9 50 36336
BM-HK M 12 x 70 70 M 12 3300 16 x 1.9 50 36337
BM-HK M 12 x 76 2 1/2" 76.1 M 12 3300 16 x 1.9 50 36338
BM-HK M 12 x 83 82.5 M 12 3300 16 x 1.9 50 36339
BM-HK M 12 x 89 3" 88.9 M 12 3300 16 x 1.9 50 36340
BM-HK M 12 x 95 95 M 12 3300 16 x 1.9 50 36341
BM-HK M 12 x 102 3 1/2" 101.6 M 12 3300 16 x 1.9 50 36342
BM-HK M 12 x 108 108 M 12 3300 16 x 1.9 50 36343
BM-HK M 12 x 114 4" 114.3 M 12 3300 16 x 1.9 50 36344
BM-HL Wall Clips

Execution HL: with long wood screw and plastic plug.
Wood screws:
HO 8 x 120,
HO 10 x 120.
load [mm] Code
Nom. Ext. dia. [N]
["] [mm]
BM-HL M 8 x 12 12 M8 1300 10 x 1.2 50 36410
BM-HL M 8 x 15 15 M8 1300 10 x 1.2 50 36412
BM-HL M 8 x 3/8 - 18 3/ "
8 18 M8 1300 10 x 1.2 50 36401
BM-HL M 8 x 1/2 - 22 1/ "
2 22 M8 1300 10 x 1.2 50 36402
BM-HL M 8 x 3/4 3/ "
4 26.9 M8 1300 10 x 1.2 50 36403
BM-HL M 8 x 28 28 M8 1300 10 x 1.2 50 36418
BM-HL M 8 x 1 1" 33.7 M8 1300 10 x 1.2 50 36404
BM-HL M 8 x 35 35 M8 1300 10 x 1.2 50 36420
BM-HL M 10 x 1 1/4 - 42 1 1/4" 42 M 10 2000 12 x 1.5 50 36505
BM-HL M 10 x 44 44.5 M 10 2000 12 x 1.5 50 36533
BM-HL M 10 x 1 1/2 1 1/2" 48.3 M 10 2000 12 x 1.5 50 36506
BM-HL M 10 x 2 2" 60.3 M 10 2000 12 x 1.5 50 36507
FOR COPPER PIPES
BMK wall clips are designed for mounting copper pipes to the wall and are made up of three parts, namely the one-piece clip,
the sleeve, and a nut. The sleeve has three characteristics. The leading edge is flared to permit easy location. The trailing edge
is domed and acts as a travel stop for the nut. Finally, its overall conical shape ensure secure fixture. Thanks to these technical
features, BM clips are very easy to mount correctly.

Clip: copper.
Sleeve, nut and wood screw: electrolytically zinc plated.
Rigid fastening.
BM wall clips are compatible with pipe sizes as per DIN EN 1057.
BMK-SU Wall Clips

Type Pipe Connection Max. working load Strip dimensions Order

ext. dia. [N] [mm] Code
[mm]
BMK-SU M 8 x 12 * 12 M8 1000 10 x 1.2 100 38610
BMK-SU M 8 x 15 * 15 M8 1000 10 x 1.2 100 38612
BMK-SU M 8 x 18 18 M8 1000 10 x 1.2 100 38614
BMK-SU M 8 x 22 * 22 M8 1000 10 x 1.2 100 38616
BMK-SU M 8 x 28 * 28 M8 1000 10 x 1.2 100 38618
BMK-SU M 8 x 35 * 35 M8 1000 10 x 1.2 100 38620
BMK-SU M 10 x 42 * 42 M 10 1700 12 x 1.5 100 38622
BMK-SU M 10 x 54 * 54 M 10 1700 12 x 1.5 100 38624
BMK-SU M 12 x 68 68 M 12 3000 16 x 1.9 50 38826
BMK-SU M 12 x 80 80 M 12 3000 16 x 1.9 50 38827
11
BMK-HK Wall Clips
Wood screws:
HO 8 x 80,
HO 10 x 90,
HO 12 x 120.

[mm]
BMK-HK M 8 x 12 * 12 M8 1000 10 x 1.2 100 38110
BMK-HK M 8 x 15 * 15 M8 1000 10 x 1.2 100 38112
BMK-HK M 8 x 18 18 M8 1000 10 x 1.2 100 38114
BMK-HK M 8 x 22 * 22 M8 1000 10 x 1.2 100 38116
BMK-HK M 8 x 28 * 28 M8 1000 10 x 1.2 100 38118
BMK-HK M 8 x 35 * 35 M8 1000 10 x 1.2 100 38120
BMK-HK M 10 x 42 * 42 M 10 1700 12 x 1.5 100 38122
BMK-HK M 10 x 54 * 54 M 10 1700 12 x 1.5 100 38124
BMK-HK M 12 x 68 68 M 12 3000 16 x 1.9 50 38326
BMK-HK M 12 x 80 80 M 12 3000 16 x 1.9 50 38327
BMK-HL Wall Clips

Execution HL: with long wood screw and plastic plug.
Wood screws:
HO 8 x 120,
HO 10 x 120.
[mm]
BMK-HL M 8 x 15 * 15 M8 1000 10 x 1.2 50 38412
BMK-HL M 8 x 22 * 22 M8 1000 10 x 1.2 50 38416
BMK-HL M 8 x 28 * 28 M8 1000 10 x 1.2 50 38418
BMK-HL M 8 x 35 * 35 M8 1000 10 x 1.2 50 38420
BMK-HL M 10 x 42 * 42 M 10 1700 12 x 1.5 50 38422
BMK-HL M 10 x 54 * 54 M 10 1700 12 x 1.5 50 38424
FOR STEEL PIPES
DP clips are designed for mounting steel pipes and thin walled steel pipes to the wall. The double pipe clips are especially
designed for mounting return and supply pipework side by side.
Compatible with pipe sizes as per DIN 2448 and DIN EN 1057.
Provided with a reinforced backplate with a slot of 18 x 8 mm.
Depth adjustable and easy adjustment with spanner or screwdriver.
DP Double Pipe Clips

Without neoprene lining.
B
A

Code
Ext. dia. Nom. Thin-W. Steel A B
[mm] ["] Pipe [mm] Adjustable
ext. range
[mm] [mm]
DP 15 - 70 / 80 - 62 16 - 15 70 80 - 62 10 38000
DP 15 - 70 / 59 - 46 16 - 15 70 59 - 46 10 38002
DP 1/2 - 70 / 82 - 66 21.3 1/ "
2 22 70 82 - 66 10 38003
DP 1/2 - 70 / 61 - 49 21.3 1/ "
2 22 70 61 - 49 10 38005
DP 3/4 - 70 / 78 - 70 26.9 3/ "
4 28 70 78 - 70 10 38006
DP 3/4 - 70 / 57 - 50 26.9 3/ "
4 28 70 57 - 50 10 38008
DP 15 - 60 / 79 - 62 16 - 15 60 79 - 62 10 38016
DP 15 - 60 / 66 - 49 16 - 15 60 66 - 49 10 38017
DP 1/2 - 60 / 82 - 65 21.3 1/ "
2 22 60 82 - 65 10 38018
DP 1/2 - 60 / 69 - 54 21.3 1/ "
2 22 60 69 - 54 10 38019
DP 3/4 - 60 / 80 - 70 26.9 3/ "
4 28 60 80 - 70 10 38020
DP 3/4 - 60 / 68 - 57 26.9 3/ "
4 28 60 68 - 57 10 38021
DP Double Pipe Clips

With noise suppression neoprene lining glued in clip.
Colour of neoprene: grey.
B

Code
Ext. dia. Nom. Thin-W. Steel A B
[mm] ["] Pipe [mm] Adjustable
ext. range
[mm] [mm]
DP 15 16 - 15 60 54 - 69 10 38030
DP 1/2 21.3 1/2" 22 60 57 - 68 10 38031
DP 3/4 26.9 3/ "
4 28 60 60 - 67 10 38032
11
FOR GAS AND POTABLE WATER PIPES
Omega Clips
Type Pipe Strip Dimensions Order

dimensions A Code
Nom. Uitwendig [mm] [mm]
["] [mm]
Omega 1/4 1/4" 13.5 20 x 2 6.3 50 51390
Omega 3/8 3/8" 17.2 20 x 2 6.3 50 51391
Omega 1/2 1/ "
2 21.3 20 x 2 6.3 50 51392
Omega 3/4 3/ "
4 26.9 20 x 2 6.3 50 51393
Omega 1 1" 33.7 20 x 2 6.3 50 51394
Omega 1 1/4 1 1/4" 42.4 20 x 2 6.3 50 51395
Omega 1 1/2 1 1/2" 48.3 20 x 2 6.3 50 51396
Omega 2 2" 60.3 20 x 2 6.3 50 51397
FOR PLASTIC PIPES
PC Plugclips
For floor mounting.
Temperature resistance: -50 C up to 80 C.
Type Pipe Order
ext. dia. Code
[mm]
PC 13 - 16 single 13 - 16 50 15213
PC 16 - 19 single 16 - 19 50 15216
PC 20 - 25 single 20 - 25 50 15220
PC 25 - 30 single 25 - 30 50 15225
PC 13 - 16 double 13 - 16 50 15313
PC 20 - 25 double 20 - 25 50 15320
PC 25 - 30 double 25 - 30 50 15325
12.
Pipe Hangers
Many thousands of kilometres of piping are suspended from the roofs
of buildings in every country. Flamcos comprehensive range of pipe
supports offers a complete solution for mounting threaded tubes,
thin-wall steel pipes, copper pipes, plastic pipes and rail structures
safely, easily and reliably. Flamco also offers a range of certied pipe
hangers for sprinkler systems.
In short, Flamco offers a solution for any conceivable situation.
Pipe Hangers
12
BK Pipe Hangers: One Piece Construction
Ensures The Highest Strength
The advantages of Flamco BK:
The one-piece clip can withstand a very high load. Given the length of the sleeve, it is also possible to
Thanks to the ball joint, it is not necessary to insulate the pipe after fitting, without impairing the
have a separate ball hinge to accommodate freedom of movement of the ball joint.
low level expansion.
Substantial freedom of movement.
RD rail end cap.
R rail.
Installation without tools
ClickEasy K.
D threaded rod.
1. Open the clip by hand

and fit it around the pipe.
T cap for sealing the
ball joint. ST spreader plate.
2. Align the two tabs on the

clipwith the ball joint and
BKI clip with rubber hold them in place.
lining.
3. Then slide the sleeve

down and over the tabs
and. That's all there is
to it!
BO / BOK The ball joint allows freedom of

Connecting clips movement - 6 from the axis
for 'back-to-back' type
installation. negating or reducing fixed points.
Pipe Hangers
12
BK pipe hangers BKI pipe hangers
To hang threaded pipes, boiler With a noise suppressing rubber lining.
tubes and thin wall steel tubes. For pipe dimensions in excess of
Sendzimir zinc plated clip. 219.1 mm, a BK clip can be used with
a separate rubber SR lining strip.
Sendzimir zinc plated clip
(BKI 12 electrolytically zinc plated).
BKK pipe hangers BKP pipe hangers

For hanging copper pipes. For mounting plastic
Copper bracket, pipework.
bushing and ball Clip Sendzimir
joint zinc plated. zinc plated.
T cap BO/BOK extension pieces

Drip and dust tight seal ensures To hang a BK clip
that the ball joint retains full from the one
freedom of movement. above whilst
Holds the sleeve tight maintaining flexibility
so that you can use in the fastening.
both hands for
assembly.
LB mounting strip SR noisesuppression strips

The plastic covering is stuck to the Noisesuppressing lining for clips.
steel core so that it cannot slide. When the SR strip is used the clip
Can be easily cut to the right length. chosen must be greater in
High mechanical tensile strength, diameter than the outside
easy and quick to install. diameter of the pipe to be fitted.
BKI Pipe Hangers

BKI clips are designed for mounting threaded pipes, sprinkler pipes, thin-walled steel pipes and copper pipes to the ceiling.
The hanger consists of a ball element, a sleeve and a one piece clip. Due to the ball element, the pipe hangers have an
axial movement of up to 6 from vertical in any direction. This allows for unrestricted pipe expansion during fluctuations in
temperature, without damaging the installation. The length of the sleeve is designed to enable the pipe to be insulated even
after mounting the installation, without restricting the axial movement of the ball element.
Noise-suppressing rubber strip: 20 dB(A)* according to ISO 3822-1

Electrolytically zinc plated (except for clip BKI 6/8: Sendzimir zinc plated).
The one-piece clip guarantees a high permissible load.
Maximum swing of the pipe hanger: 6 from vertical in any direction.
Clips for pipe sizes 18 mm and up with provision, allowing additional clips to be installed beneath using BO connector whilst
maintaining flexibility.
BKI 12: with locking system on the inside of the sleeve.
BKI pipe hangers are compatible with pipe sizes as per DIN 2448 and DIN EN 1057.
Type Pipe Con- Max. Max. Strip Dimen- Order

nection wor- working dimensions sion Code
Threaded Sprinkler Thin-W. Copper king load [mm] A
Tube Pipe ext. Steel Pipe pipe ext. load [N] [mm]
[mm] ext. [mm] [N] -20 dB(A)
[mm]
BKI 6 x 12 * - - 12 12 M6 1500 400 12 x 1.5 40 100 33008
BKI 6 x 15 - - 15 15 M6 1500 400 12 x 1.5 40 100 33009
BKI 6 x 18 - - 18 18 M6 1500 400 12 x 1.5 40 100 33001
BKI 6 x 3/8 3/ "
8 - - - M6 1500 400 12 x 1.5 40 100 33001
BKI 6 x 22 * - - - - M6 1500 400 12 x 1.5 40 100 33014
BKI 6 x 1/2 1/ "
2 - 21.3 21.3 M6 1500 400 12 x 1.5 40 100 33002
BKI 6 x 28* - - - - M6 1500 400 12 x 1.5 40 100 33010
BKI 6 x 3/4 3/ "
4 - 26.9 26.9 M6 1500 400 12 x 1.5 40 100 33003
BKI 6 x 35 * - - - - M6 1500 400 12 x 1.5 40 100 33011
BKI 6 x 1 1" - 33.7 33.7 M6 1500 400 12 x 1.5 40 100 33004
BKI 6 x 42 * - - - - M6 1500 400 12 x 1.5 40 100 33012
BKI 6 x 1 1/4 1 1/4" - 42.4 42.4 M6 1500 400 12 x 1.5 40 100 33005
BKI 6 x 44 - 44.5 - - M6 1500 400 12 x 1.5 40 50 33033
BKI 6 x 1 1/2 1 1/2" 48.3 - - M6 1500 400 12 x 1.5 40 100 33006
BKI 6 x 54 * - 54 - - M6 1500 400 12 x 1.5 40 100 33013
BKI 6 x 51 - 51.5 - - M6 1500 400 12 x 1.5 40 50 33034
BKI 6 x 57 - 57.5 - - M6 1500 400 12 x 1.5 40 50 33035
BKI 6 x 2 2" 60.3 - - M6 1500 400 12 x 1.5 40 50 33007
BKI 6 x 64 - 63.5 - - M6 1500 400 12 x 1.5 40 50 33036
BKI 8 x 70 - 70 - - M8 2500 700 12 x 1.5 54 50 33137
BKI 8 x 76 2 1/2" 76.1 - - M8 2500 700 16 x 1.9 54 50 33138
BKI 8 x 83 - 82.5 - - M8 2500 700 16 x 1.9 54 50 33139
BKI 8 x 89 3" 88.9 - - M8 2500 700 16 x 1.9 54 50 33140
BKI 12 x 95 - 95 - - M 12 5000 2000 25 x 2.75 60 50 33241
BKI 12 x 102 3 1/2" 101.6 - - M 12 5000 2000 25 x 2.75 60 50 33242
BKI 12 x 108 - 108 - - M 12 5000 2000 25 x 2.75 60 50 33243
BKI 12 x 114 4" 114.3 - - M 12 5000 2000 25 x 2.75 60 50 33244
BKI 12 x 121 - 121 - - M 12 5000 2000 25 x 2.75 60 50 33245
BKI 12 x 127 - 127 - - M 12 5000 2000 25 x 2.75 60 50 33246
BKI 12 x 133 - 133 - - M 12 5000 2000 25 x 2.75 60 50 33247
BKI 12 x 140 5" 139.7 - - M 12 5000 2000 25 x 2.75 60 50 33248
Pipe Hangers
12
Type Pipe Con- Max. Max. Strip Dimen- Order
nection wor- working dimensions sion Code
Threaded Sprinkler Thin-W. Copper king load [mm] A
Tube Pipe ext. Steel Pipe pipe ext. load [N] [mm]
[mm] ext. [mm] [N] -20 dB(A)
[mm]
BKI 12 x 146 - 146 - - M 12 5000 2000 25 x 2.75 60 50 33250
BKI 12 x 152 - 152.4 - - M 12 5000 2000 25 x 2.75 60 50 33251
BKI 12 x 159 - 159 - - M 12 5000 2000 25 x 2.75 60 50 33252
BKI 12 x 168 6" 168.3 - - M 12 5000 2000 25 x 2.75 60 50 33253
BKI 12 x 171 - 171 - - M 12 5000 2000 25 x 2.75 60 50 33254
BKI 12 x 193 - 193.7 - - M 12 5000 2000 25 x 2.75 60 25 33256
BKI 12 x 219 8" 219.1 - - M 12 5000 2000 25 x 2.75 60 25 33258
* Carries KIWA certificate.
BSC Pipe Hangers

BSC clips are designed for mounting threaded pipes, sprinkler pipes, thin-walled steel pipes and copper pipes to the ceiling.
Noise-suppressing rubber strip: 17 dB(A)* according to ISO 3822-1

Clip: Sendzimir zinc plated.
One-piece clip guarantees a high permissible load.
Suitable for temperatures - 40 C to + 110 C.
BSC pipe hangers are compatible with pipe sizes as per DIN 2448 and DIN EN 1057.
D
C
Type Pipe Max. working load Max. working load Dimensions Order
[N] [N] Code
Nom. Ext. dia. -17 dB(A) C D
["] [mm] [mm] [mm]
BSC 3/8 3/8" 17.2 2000 750 12 8.5 50 33271
BSC 1/2 1/2" 21.3 2000 750 12 8.5 50 33272
BSC 3/4 3/ "
4 26.9 2000 750 12 8.5 50 33273
BSC 1 1" 33.7 2000 750 12 8.5 50 33274
BSC 1 1/4 1 1/4" 42.3 2000 750 12 8.5 50 33275
BSC 1 1/2 1 1/2" 48.3 2000 750 12 8.5 50 33276
BSC 54 54 2000 750 12 8.5 50 33282
BSC 2 2" 60.3 2000 750 12 8.5 50 33277
BSC 2 1/2 2 1/2" 76.1 5000 1500 12 11 25 33278
BSC 3 3" 88.1 5000 1500 12 11 25 33279
BSC 110 110 5000 1500 12 11 25 33280
BSC 4 4" 114.3 5000 1500 12 11 25 33281
EB Eye Bolts For BSC

For mounting BSC clips to the ceiling with the aid of a threaded rod.
EB 25 - 8 and EB 25 - 10: Forged castiron, zinc plated.

EB 18 - 8: Zamac.
Code
EB 18 - 8 M8 250 33269
EB 25 - 8 M8 250 33267
EB 25 - 8 M M8 250 33260
EB 25 - 10 M 10 250 33268
EB 50 - 8 M8 250 33261
FOR STEEL PIPES
BK M 6 Pipe Hangers
BK clips are designed for mounting steel pipes to the ceiling. The hanger consists of a ball element, a sleeve and a one piece
clip. Due to the ball element, the pipe hangers have an axial movement of 6 in any plane. This allows for unrestricted pipe
expansion during fluctuations in temperature without damaging the installation.
The length of the sleeve is designed to enable the pipe to be insulated even after mounting the suspension without restricting
the axial movement of the ball element.
Electrolytically zinc plated (except for clip BK 6/8: Sendzimir zinc plated).
The one-piece clip guarantees a high permissible load.
Maximum swing of the pipe hanger: 6 from vertical in any direction.
Clips for pipe sizes 25 mm and up with provision allowing additional clips to be installed beneath using BO connector whilst
BK 12: with locking system on the inside of the sleeve.
BK pipe hangers are compatible with pipe sizes as per DIN 2448.
Rubber washer to keep sleeve positioned during mounting clip around pipe.
6 6
A
Type Pipe Connection Max. Strip T cap Dimension Order

working dimensions A Code
Sprinkler Threaded Thin-W. load [mm] [mm]
Pipe Tube Steel Pipe [N]
ext. ext.
[mm] [mm]
BK 6 x 15 - - 15 M6 1500 12 x 1.5 T6 32 250 32109
BK 6 x 42 - - 42 M6 1500 12 x 1.5 T6 32 250 32105
BK 6 x 18 - 18 M6 1500 12 x 1.5 T6 32 250 32101
BK 6 x 3/8 3/ "
8 - M6 1500 12 x 1.5 T6 32 250 32101
BK 6 x 22 - - 22 M6 1500 12 x 1.5 T6 32 250 32102
BK 6 x 1/2 - 1/ "
2 - M6 1500 12 x 1.5 T6 32 250 32102
BK 6 x 25 25.9 - - M6 1500 12 x 1.5 T6 32 250 32130
BK 6 x 3/4 - 3/ "
4 - M6 1500 12 x 1.5 T6 32 250 32103
BK 6 x 28 - - 28 M6 1500 12 x 1.5 T6 32 250 32110
BK 6 x 30 32 - - M6 1500 12 x 1.5 T6 32 250 32131
BK 6 x 1 - 1" - M6 1500 12 x 1.5 T6 32 250 32104
BK 6 x 35 - - 35 M6 1500 12 x 1.5 T6 32 250 32111
BK 6 x 38 38 - - M6 1500 12 x 1.5 T6 32 250 32132
BK 6 x 1 1/4 - 1 1/4" - M6 1500 12 x 1.5 T6 32 250 32105
BK 6 x 44 45 - - M6 1500 12 x 1.5 T6 32 250 32133
BK 6 x 1 1/2 - 1 1/2" - M6 1500 12 x 1.5 T6 32 250 32106
BK 6 x 51 51 - - M6 1500 12 x 1.5 T6 32 250 32134
BK 6 x 57 57 - - M6 1500 12 x 1.5 T6 32 50 32135
BK 6 x 2 - 2" - M6 1500 12 x 1.5 T6 32 50 32107
BK 6 x 62 62 - - M6 1500 12 x 1.5 T6 32 50 32137
BK 6 x 64 64 - - M6 1500 12 x 1.5 T6 32 50 32136
Pipe Hangers
12
BK M8 Pipe Hangers
Type Sprinkler Threaded Thin-W. Connection Max. Strip T cap Dimension Order
Pipe Tube Steel Pipe working dimensions A Code
ext. ext. load [mm] [mm]
[mm] [mm] [N]
BK 8 x 15 - - 15 M8 1500 12 x 1.5 T 8S 32 250 32209
BK 8 x 3/8 - 3/8" - M8 1500 12 x 1.5 T 8S 32 250 32201
BK 8 x 18 - - 18 M8 1500 12 x 1.5 T 8S 32 250 32201
BK 8 x 1/2 - 1/ "
2 - M8 1500 12 x 1.5 T 8S 32 250 32202
BK 8 x 22 - - 22 M8 1500 12 x 1.5 T 8S 32 250 32202
BK 8 x 3/4 - 3/ "
4 M8 1500 12 x 1.5 T 8S 32 250 32203
BK 8 x 28 - - 28 M8 1500 12 x 1.5 T 8S 32 250 32210
BK 8 x 1 - 1" M8 1500 12 x 1.5 T 8S 32 250 32204
BK 8 x 35 - - 35 M8 1500 12 x 1.5 T 8S 32 250 32211
BK 8 x 42 - - 42 M8 1500 12 x 1.5 T 8S 32 250 32205
BK 8 x 1 1/4 - 1 1/4" - M8 1500 12 x 1.5 T 8S 32 250 32205
BK 8 x 44 44.5 - - M8 1500 12 x 1.5 T 8S 32 250 32233
BK 8 x 1 1/2 - 1 1/2" - M8 1500 12 x 1.5 T 8S 32 250 32206
BK 8 x 51 51.9 - - M8 1500 12 x 1.5 T 8S 32 250 32234
BK 8 x 57 57.9 - - M8 1500 12 x 1.5 T 8S 32 50 32235
BK 8 x 2 - 2" - M8 1500 12 x 1.5 T 8S 32 50 32207
BK 8 x 64 63.5 - - M8 1500 12 x 1.5 T 8S 32 50 32236
BK 8 x 70 70 - - M8 2500 16 x 1.9 T 8S 54 50 32237
BK 8 x 76 76.1 2 1/2" - M8 2500 16 x 1.9 T 8S 54 50 32238
BK 8 x 78 78 - - M8 2500 16 x 1.9 T 8S 54 50 32280
BK 8 x 83 82.5 - - M8 2500 16 x 1.9 T 8S 54 50 32239
BK 8 x 89 88.9 3" - M8 2500 16 x 1.9 T 8S 54 50 32240
BK 8 x 90 90 - - M8 2500 16 x 1.9 T 8S 54 50 32281
BK 8 x 95 95 - - M8 2500 16 x 1.9 T 8S 54 50 32241
BK 8 x 102 102 3 1/2" - M8 2500 16 x 1.9 T 8S 54 50 32242
BK M12 Pipe Hangers

Type Threaded Sprinkler Thin-W. Connection Max. Strip T cap Dimension Order
Tube Pipe ext. Steel Pipe working dimensions A Code
[mm] ext. load [mm] [mm]
[mm] [N]
BK 12 x 108 - 108 - M 12 5000 25 x 2.75 T 12 60 50 32343

BK 12 x 114 4" 114.3 - M 12 5000 25 x 2.75 T 12 60 50 32344
BK 12 x 121 - 121 - M 12 5000 25 x 2.75 T 12 60 50 32345
BK 12 x 127 - 127 - M 12 5000 25 x 2.75 T 12 60 50 32346
BK 12 x 133 - 133 - M 12 5000 25 x 2.75 T 12 60 50 32347
BK 12 x 140 5" 139.7 - M 12 5000 25 x 2.75 T 12 60 50 32349
BK 12 x 146 - 146 - M 12 5000 25 x 2.75 T 12 60 50 32350
BK 12 x 152 - 152.4 - M 12 5000 25 x 2.75 T 12 60 50 32351
BK 12 x 159 - 159 - M 12 5000 25 x 2.75 T 12 60 50 32352
BK 12 x 168 6" 168.3 - M 12 5000 25 x 2.75 T 12 60 50 32353
BK 12 x 171 - 171 - M 12 5000 25 x 2.75 T 12 60 50 32354
BK 12 x 178 - 177.8 - M 12 5000 25 x 2.75 T 12 60 50 32355
BK 12 x 193 - 193.7 - M 12 5000 25 x 2.75 T 12 60 50 32357
BK 12 x 216 - 216 - M 12 5000 25 x 2.75 T 12 60 50 32358
BK 12 x 219 8" 219.1 - M 12 5000 25 x 2.75 T 12 60 50 32359
FOR COPPER PIPES
BKK Pipe Hangers

BKK pipe hangers are designed for mounting copper pipes to the ceiling. The hanger consists of a ball
element, a sleeve and a one piece clip. Due to the ball element, the pipe hangers have an axial movement
of up to 6 from vertical in any direction. This allows for unrestricted pipe expansion during fluctuations in temperature, without
damaging the installation. The length of the sleeve is designed to enable the pipe to be insulated even after
mounting the installation, without restricting the axial movement of the ball element.
Clip: copper.
Sleeve and ball element: electrolytically zinc plated.
Maximum swing of pipe hanger: 6 from vertical in any direction.
Clips for pipe sizes 22 mm and up with provision, allowing additional clips to be installed beneath using BO connector whilst
BKK pipe hangers are compatible with pipe sizes as per DIN EN 1057.
Type Pipe ext. dia. Connection Max. working Strip Dimension Order
[mm] load dimensions A Code
[N] [mm] [mm]
BKK 6 x 12 * 12 M6 650 12 x 1.5 32 10 34110

BKK 6 x 14 14 M6 650 12 x 1.5 32 10 34111
BKK 6 x 15 * 15 M8 650 12 x 1.5 32 10 34112
BKK 6 x 18 18 M6 650 12 x 1.5 32 10 34114
BKK 6 x 22 * 22 M6 650 12 x 1.5 32 10 34116
BKK 6 x 28 * 28 M6 650 12 x 1.5 32 10 34118
BKK 6 x 35 * 35 M6 650 12 x 1.5 32 10 34120
BKK 6 x 42 * 42 M6 650 12 x 1.5 32 10 34122
BKK 6 x 54 * 54 M6 650 12 x 1.5 32 10 34124
BKK 8 x 68 68 M8 1000 16 x 1.9 54 10 34226
BKK 8 x 70 70 M8 1000 16 x 1.9 54 10 34237
BKK 8 x 76 78 M8 1000 16 x 1.9 54 10 34238
BKK 8 x 80 80 M8 1000 16 x 1.9 54 10 34227
BKK 8 x 102 102 M8 1000 16 x 1.9 54 10 34260
BKK 12 x 108 108 M 12 2000 16 x 1.9 60 25 34343
BKK 12 x 133 133 M 12 2000 16 x 1.9 60 25 34347
BKK 12 x 159 159 M 12 2000 16 x 1.9 60 25 34352
* Carries KIWA certificate.
Pipe Hangers
12
FOR PLASTIC PIPES
BKP Pipe Hangers

BKP pipe hangers are designed for mounting plastic waste pipes to the ceiling.
BKI 6/8 clip: sendzimir zinc plated.

Sleeve: electrolytically zinc plated.
Ball element: electrolytically zinc plated.
Maximal swing of pipe hanger: 6 from vertical.
A
Type Pipe Connection Max. working Strip Dimension Order
ext. dia. load dimensions A Code
[mm] [N] [mm] [mm]
BKP 6 x 40 40 M6 1500 12 x 1.5 32 50 32433
BKP 6 x 50 50 M6 1500 12 x 1.5 32 50 32434
BKP 6 x 63 63 M6 1500 12 x 1.5 32 50 32436
BKP 6 x 75 75 M6 1500 12 x 1.5 32 50 32438
BKP 6 x 90 90 M6 1500 12 x 1.5 32 50 32441
BKP 6 x 110 110 M6 1500 12 x 1.5 32 50 32444
BKP 6 x 125 125 M6 1500 12 x 1.5 32 50 32446
BKP 8 x 140 140 M8 2500 16 x 1.9 54 50 32549
BKP 8 x 160 160 M8 2500 16 x 1.9 54 10 32553
BKP 8 x 200 200 M8 2500 16 x 1.9 54 10 32570
PIPE HANGER ACCESSORIES
BO/BOK Extension Pieces

BO/BOK extension pieces are designed for hanging various Flamco pipe hangers below each other.
Electrolytically zinc plated (except for BOK extension piece: copper).

Flexible suspension is retained.
N.B.: The size of the upper pipe hanger determines the choice of the correct extension piece.
A
Type Connection Max. working load Dimension Order
[N] A Code
[mm]
BO 6 M6 1500 37 250 80201
BO 8 M8 2500 55 250 80202
BO 12 M 12 5000 56 250 80204
BOK 6 M6 600 37 250 80211
BOK 8 M8 750 35 250 80212
T Caps
Prevents moisture and dust from entering the ball element, so that the axial movement is unrestricted. During fitting, the cap
can hold the sleeve, so that both hands are free.
Material: PVC.
Colour: black.
A
B
Type Suitable for threaded Dimensions Order

rod Code
A B C
[mm] [mm] [mm]
T6 D6 6 30.5 15 50 70501
T8 D8 8 32.5 15 50 70502
T8s D8 8 37.5 21 50 70512
T 12 D 12 12 57 30 50 70504
Pipe Hangers
12
ST Spreader Plates
d D
Type Suitable for BK clip Dimensions Order

Code
A d D
[mm] [mm] [mm]
ST 70 - 83 70 - 83 154 1 70 50 80508
ST 89 - 102 89 - 102 200 1 89 50 80510
ST 108 - 127 108 - 127 200 1 108 50 80512
ST 133 - 152 133 - 152 250 1 133 50 80513
ST 159 - 178 159 - 178 250 1 159 50 80514
ST 193 - 219 193 - 219 333 1 193 25 80516
ST 241 - 267 241 - 267 480 1 241 1 80518
ST 273 - 299 273 - 299 480 1 273 1 80519
ST 323 - 355 323 - 355 480 1 323 1 80520
Your Supplier for Specialist Sprinklersystem
Supports
Flamco offers three different clips for hanging In addition, BES and BCS clips are also UL
sprinkler system tubes: the BKS, BES and BCS approved. All these clips can be fitted easily,
clips. The BCS, the BKS and certain of the BES without tools, and stand out due to their
clips are FM approved. Some of the BES clips are excellent finish.
also available with a VdS mark.
The distance from the soffit can

be adjusted by screwing the
threaded rod in or out. Locknut
(VdS only).
BES clip.
Locknut.
BKS clip.
UL
LISTED
Pipe Hangers
12
BES Benefits BCS Benefits BKS Benefits
The one-piece clip guarantees a The one piece clip guarantees a The one piece clip guarantees a
high permissible load. high permissible load. high permissible load.
The special clasp mechanism The height of the mechanism can FM approved.
makes it easy to pre-assemble. be adjusted. Rigid mechanism mounting.
The height of the mechanism can FM/UL approved load bearing. FM approved finish with extra
be adjusted. locknut.
Depending on type, FM, VdS and
UL approved.
Heavy duty quality.
Flamco clips have been used in sprinkler

systems across the world for many years
to the satisfaction of installers, customers and
approval bodies. A fact you can rely on now and in
the future.
FOR SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
BKS Pipe Hangers

BKS pipe hangers are designed for mounting sprinkler system pipes to the ceiling.
FM-approved and NFPA regulations verified by Metaalinstituut TNO.

Electrolytically zinc plated (except for clip BKS 10: Sendzimir zinc plated).
Washer only supplied from 2 ".
Rigid fastening.
FM finishing with extra locking nut.
L1
L2
L3
Type Pipe Connection Min. test failure Strip Dimensions Order

Nom. load * dimensions Code
["] [N] [mm] L1 L2 L3
min. min. min.
[mm] [mm] [mm]
BKS 10 x 3/4 3/4" M 10 1512 12 x 1.5 87 104 72 100 35203
BKS 10 x 1 1" M 10 1824 12 x 1.5 87 107 75 100 35204
BKS 10 x 1 1/4 1 1/4" M 10 1913 12 x 1.5 87 111 79 100 35205
BKS 10 x 1 1/2 1 1/2" M 10 2313 12 x 1.5 87 114 82 100 35206
BKS 10 x 2 2" M 10 2815 12 x 1.5 87 120 88 100 35207
BKS 10 x 76 2 1/2" M 10 4181 16 x 1.9 132 173 111 50 35238
BKS 10 x 89 3" M 10 4715 16 x 1.9 132 180 118 50 35240
BKS 10 x 102 3 1/2" M 10 5583 16 x 1.9 132 186 124 50 35242
BKS 12 x 114 4" M 12 6561 25 x 2.75 186 242 180 50 35344
BKS 12 x 140 5" M 12 8896 25 x 2.75 190 260 198 50 35349
BKS 12 x 168 6" M 12 11632 25 x 2.75 195 279 217 50 35353
BKS 12 x 219 8" M 12 16903 25 x 2.75 210 320 258 50 35359
* Min. breaking load under to FM regulations.
Pipe Hangers
12
BES Pipe Hangers
A
Type Pipe Connection Approval Min. test failure load* Strip dimensions Order
[mm] Code
Nom. Ext. UL FM VdS UL FM VdS
["] dia. [N] [N] [N]
[mm]
BES 8 x 3/4 3/4" 26.9 M8 - - 4 - - 4000 25 x 1.5 50 35753
BES 8 x 1 1" 33.7 M8 - - 4 - - 4000 25 x 1.5 50 35754
BES 8 x 1 1/4 1 1/4" 42.4 M8 - - 4 - - 4000 25 x 1.5 50 35755
BES 8 x 1 1/2 1 1/2" 48.3 M8 - - 4 - - 4000 25 x 1.5 50 35756
BES 8 x 2 2" 60.3 M8 - - 4 - - 4000 25 x 1.5 50 35757
BES 10 x 3/4 3/ "
4 26.9 M 10 4 4 - 3336 1512 - 25 x 1.25 100 35703
BES 10 x 1 1" 33.7 M 10 4 4 - 3336 1824 - 25 x 1.25 100 35704
BES 10 x 1 1/4 1 1/4" 42.4 M 10 4 4 - 3336 1913 - 25 x 1.25 100 35705
BES 10 x 1 1/2 1 1/2" 48.3 M 10 4 4 - 3336 2313 - 25 x 1.25 100 35706
BES 10 x 2 2" 60.3 M 10 4 4 - 3336 2815 - 25 x 1.25 100 35707
BES 10 x 2 1/2 2 1/2" 76.1 M 10 4 4 4 3781 4181 7000 25 x 2.5 50 35708
BES 10 x 3 3" 88.9 M 10 4 4 4 4670 4715 7000 25 x 2.5 50 35709
BES 10 x 3 1/2 3 1/2" 101.6 M 10 4 4 4 5560 5583 7000 25 x 2.5 50 35710
BES 10 x 108 - 108 M 10 - 4 4 - 6055 7000 25 x 2.5 50 35711
BES 10 x 114 4" 114.3 M 10 4 4 4 6672 6561 7000 25 x 2.5 50 35712
BES 12 x 133 - 133 M 12 - 4 4 - 8534 10000 30 x 2.5 50 35713
BES 12 x 140 5" 139.7 M 12 4 4 4 8896 8896 10000 30 x 2.5 50 35714
BES 12 x 159 - 159 M 12 - 4 4 - 11104 10000 30 x 2.5 50 35715
BES 12 x 168 6" 168.9 M 12 4 4 4 11787 11632 10000 30 x 2.5 50 35716
BES 12 x 219 8" 219.1 M 12 4 4 - 18014 16903 - 30 x 2.5 25 35717
BES 16 x 219 8" 219.1 M 16 - - 4 - - 17000 37 x 3.0 25 35767
* Min. breaking load under to FM/UL/VdS regulations.
8/
/,67('
BCS Pipe Hangers
BCS pipe hangers are designed for mounting sprinkler system pipes to the ceiling.
Sendzimir zinc plated (except 8": electrolytically zinc plated)

Support nut M 10 up to 4", M 12 up to 8".
Mounting without any tools.
Adjustable in height.
UL/FM Approved.
Type Pipe Con- Max. Adjustable Slotted Strip Order

nection load * height hole dimensions Code
Nom. Ext. dia. [N] [mm] [mm] [mm]
["] [mm]
BCS M 10 x 3/4 3/4" 26.9 M 10 1512 35 - 20 x 1 100 35770
BCS M 10 x 1 1" 33.7 M 10 1824 35 - 20 x 1 100 35771
BCS M 10 x 1 1/4 1 1/4" 42.4 M 10 1913 35 - 20 x 1 100 35772
BCS M 10 x 1 1/2 1 1/2" 48.3 M 10 2313 35 - 20 x 1 100 35773
BCS M 10 x 2 2" 60.3 M 10 2815 35 - 20 x 1 100 35774
BCS M 10 x 2 1/2 2 1/2" 76.1 M 10 4181 40 27 x 12 25 x 1.25 100 35775
BCS M 10 x 3 3" 88.9 M 10 4715 40 27 x 12 25 x 1.25 50 35776
BCS M 10 x 3 1/2 3 1/2" 101.6 M 10 5583 49 27 x 12 25 x 1.25 50 35777
BCS M 10 x 4 4" 114.3 M 10 6561 60 27 x 12 25 x 1.25 50 35778
BCS M 12 x 5 5" 139.7 M 12 8896 73 60 x 15 30 x 2 50 35779
BCS M 12 x 6 6" 168.9 M 12 11632 83 60 x 15 30 x 2 50 35780
BCS M 12 x 8 8" 219.1 M 12 16903 85 60 x 15 30 x 3 25 35781
* Min. breaking load according to UL/FM regulations.
8/
/,67('
BDS clips
Type Pipe Con- Strip Max. Order
nection dimensions load * Code
(mm) (N)
Nom. Ext. dia.
(mm) (mm)
BDS 1/2 1/2" 20 - 23 M 10 25 / 2.5 2000 50 38150
BDS 3/4 3/4" 25 - 30 M 10 25 / 2.5 2000 50 38151
BDS 1 1" 31 - 35 M 10 25 / 2.5 2000 50 38152
BDS 1 1/2 1 1/2" 48 - 53 M 10 25 / 2.5 2000 50 38154
BDS 1 1/4 1 1/4" 40 - 45 M 10 25 / 2.5 2000 50 38153
BDS 2 2" 60 - 65 M 10 25 / 2.5 2000 50 38155
BDS 2 1/2 2 1/2" 76 - 81 M 10 30 / 3.0 3500 50 38156
BDS 3 3" 88 - 94 M 10 30 / 3.0 3500 50 38157
BDS 4 4" 110 - 116 M 10 30 / 3.0 3500 50 38159
BDS 5 5" 133 - 140 M 12 40 / 4.0 5000 50 38161
BDS 6 6" 159 - 165 M 12 40 / 4.0 5000 50 38162
BDS 7 7" 167 - 173 M 12 40 / 4.0 5000 50 38163
BDS 8 8" 219 - 226 M 16 40 / 4.0 5000 50 38164
BDS 100 102 - 108 M 10 30 / 3.0 3500 50 38158
BDS 127 124 - 129 M 10 30 / 3.0 3500 50 38160
* Min. breaking load according to VdS regulations.
Pipe Hangers
12
MOUNTING STRIPS
LB Mounting Strip
Type Dimensions Roll Max. working Order

[m] load Code
Width Perforations [N]
[mm] [mm]
LB 17 17 6.5 25 - 1 71020
LB 17 plasticized in cassette 17 6.5 10 800 1 71015
LB 17 plasticized in cassette 17 6.5 10 800 1 71016
LB 19 galvanized 19 6.5 10 800 1 71021
LB 27 27 8.5 10 - 1 71022
EB-LB Eye Bolts

For easy mounting of LB mounting strip to the ceiling.

NB.: EB 6 x 25 recommended for LB 27.
Type Characteristics Connection Order
Code
EB 6 x 25 Screw thread and slotted hole M 6 x 25 100 71024
EB 6 x 50 Wood screw thread and M 6 x 50 100 71023
slotted hole
EB 8 x 20 Screwthread and round hole M 8 x 20 100 71027
HM Mounting Strip Accessories

For easy mounting of LB mounting strip to the ceiling.

Nut and bolt together.
Note.: EB 6 x 25 recommended for LB 27.

Type Characteristics Connection Order
Code
HM 6 x 20 Hexagonal head bolt M 6 x 20 100 71028
HM 8 x 20 Cylinder head bolt M 8 x 20 100 71029
13.
FSS Flamco
Smart System
Accurately suspending pipes from the ceiling is a common problem, but
not if you use the Flamco Smart System. Setting the pipe clips, and
therefore the pipes, to the right distance is very simple.
The Smart System is especially suited to uneven ceilings. Only the
rst and last pipe clips need to be set to the exact height and distance
from the ceiling. The brackets in between will adjust to the correct
height automatically. In addition, the rails need not be cut as they are
produced in a number of standard lengths.
Flamco Smart System
13
With
The Flamco
FSS Flamco
SmartOffers
System a Range
Saves of
Time
Products
and to
Simplify
Ensures Every
Perfect
Installation
Results
Apart
Hangingfrom
pipes
the from
FlamcoFit
the ceiling
rail and
is not
the the
unit,easiest Flamco
But whyreally continue
doesmaking
make ititeasier,
difficultand
forenables
yourself?
the
the
of jobs.
FSS Flamco
For instance,
SmartoneSystem
needscan a lot
alsoofoffer
separate installer
The solution to save
is within
a lot of
reach!
time.
you
products,
a comprehensive
all of which range
are subject
of other
to gravity.
smart 'click' The
It is more
calledyouthe install,
FSS Flamco
the more you save!
products.
If the ceiling
Each
is uneven,
one hasyouthecan
samehave
ingenious
a tough time All
Smart
our System.
products are made with the proven Flamco
construction
positioning the and
clips
choice
and of
pipes
materials
at the and
correct
is attention to detail, so you know you can always
finished
distanceto from
perfection.
the ceiling.
This range offers you rely
The on FSS Flamco
Flagship:
accessories.
FlamcoFit
multiple areas of application. The fastest, all-in-one solution
for mounting pipes in the Flamco Smart
FSS ClickFit System product range is the FlamcoFit,
consisting of only 2 parts to do the job:
For use with the Flamco Rail R, fitted either horizontally or vertically.
With a stop function to prevent it turning back so that the FSS TheClickFit
FlamcoFit Rail and FlamcoFit Unit.
cannot
fall out of the rail. Then, just slide it into the correct position on the rail.
The right-angled shape of the FSS ClickFit offers you the possibility of visually
checking whether the FSS ClickFit has been fittedthe
Anchor correctly.
FlamcoFitMade entirely of
rail to the
steel. ceiling. The rail has a
standard length of 35 cm.
FSS ClickEasy
Easy to fit. Just press the FSS ClickEasy onto the Flamco rail R and
twist clockwise 45. Stop function to prevent it turning back, hence
the FSS ClickEasy cannot fall out of the rail. No loose parts, so
the installation time is minimal. All variations are available with
either M 6, M 8 or M 10 connection.
Both the FSS ClickFit and the FSS ClickEasy will stay
in place, even if they are fitted to a vertical rail. FSS
ClickFit and FSS ClickEasy are suitable for Flamco
rails R 0 - R 8. 1. In almost all cases,
the rail is strong
enough to be fitted
with just a single
fixing point in the
centre. More than
one pipe can be
attached to the rail.
Once you have
determined the position of
the pipe, the FlamcoFit unit can be locked by just
bending the lip as shown.
Easy height- The FlamcoFit can be adjusted

adjustment in either of three directions. Once the lip has
system. been bent, the position in the rail and the height
adjustment are locked.
FlamcoFit units are available with M 6,
M 8, M 10 and M 12 connections, and with a
maximum working load of 1500 N.
FSS FSS FSS FSS FSS FSS FSS CLICK-

CLICKEASY M CLICKEASY HBS CLICKEASY K CLICKFIT M CLICKFIT HBS CLICKFIT K CONNECTION X
Just click in the threaded rod when the unit is

open and adjust the height.
Flamco Smart System
13
FlamcoFit Advantages Fitting the ClickFit
Considerable time savings. No more separate parts: Everything is intergrated in
Particularly useful for uneven ceilings. the FlamcoFit unit.
Each individual hanger adjusts itself to the pipe's Fixed rail length: no need to saw the unit to length.
proper position. The special construction means that FlamcoFit rails
It is no longer necessary to deburr and turn in can be fitted seamlessly together.
threaded rods. The threaded rod can just be clicked Electrolytically galvanized.
into the FlamcoFit unit.
Slide the ClickFit into the Flamco R-rails. Turn the ClickFit 45.
You will hear the click. Now it is locked in Slide the ClickFit into the desired position.
place and cannot fall out. Secure it and - thats all there is to it!
FSS ClickConnection
A series of products to connect Flamco R-rails together: horizontally, vertically, at an
angle, layered or on the wall. Suitable for various Flamco R-rails. Easy to install: just
slide the FSS ClickConnection into the Flamco R-rails and twist the ClickConnection
2. Fit the FlamcoFit unit into 3.45.
InsertNo
the loose rod means 4.
parts
threaded quick
Lockinstallation.
the unit. The unit's 5. The FlamcoFit unit has an
the rail and twist it into into the unit and slide the position in the rail and the axial clearance of 5.
position. The unit cannot unit to the desired pipe's distance from the
now fall out of the rail. FSS Click-In
position. BSA
Until the unitand
is GP Backplate
ceiling is now locked.
Both
lockedproducts
by bending aretheavailable
lip, with M8 or M10 thread gauges. The FSS Click-In BSA is
it can be moved freely
available from " - 2". Thanks to the twist-lock system, the threaded rod no longer
and the distance from the
needs to be
ceiling can be deburred.
adjusted. The right position is obtained by turning the clip. All models
are electrolytically galvanized.
Once the clips are in the right position and the pipe has been fitted, just fold the lip of the
unit over. The unit and the pipe clip are now locked for good.
Two pipes hanging from the FlamcoFit rail? No problem.
Even with uneven ceilings, the clips can be hung at

the precise distance thanks to FlamcoFit.
Only the first and last hangers must be set to the

FSS CLICK-
exact distanceFSS CLICK
from FSS clips
the ceiling. The CLICK-in FSS CLICK- FSS CLICK- FSS CLICK-IN BSA FSS CLICK-IN GP
CONNECTION 45 CONNECTION L CONNECTION 90 CONNECTION RZ-V CONNECTION RZ-H
between will automatically adjust to the correct
distance from the ceiling, so that you can be sure
that the pipe is hanging in the right position.
With FSS Flamco Offers a Range of Products to
Simplify Every Installation
Apart from the FlamcoFit rail and the unit, Flamco really does make it easier, and enables the
the FSS Flamco Smart System can also offer installer to save a lot of time.
you a comprehensive range of other smart 'click' The more you install, the more you save!
products. Each one has the same ingenious All our products are made with the proven Flamco
construction and choice of materials and is attention to detail, so you know you can always
finished to perfection. This range offers you rely on Flamco accessories.
multiple areas of application.
FSS ClickFit
For use with the Flamco Rail R, fitted either horizontally or vertically.
With a stop function to prevent it turning back so that the FSS ClickFit cannot
fall out of the rail. Then, just slide it into the correct position on the rail.
The right-angled shape of the FSS ClickFit offers you the possibility of visually
checking whether the FSS ClickFit has been fitted correctly. Made entirely of
steel.
FSS ClickEasy
Easy to fit. Just press the FSS ClickEasy onto the Flamco rail R and
twist clockwise 45. Stop function to prevent it turning back, hence
the FSS ClickEasy cannot fall out of the rail. No loose parts, so
the installation time is minimal. All variations are available with
either M 6, M 8 or M 10 connection.
Both the FSS ClickFit and the FSS ClickEasy will stay
in place, even if they are fitted to a vertical rail. FSS
ClickFit and FSS ClickEasy are suitable for Flamco
rails R 0 - R 8.
FSS FSS FSS FSS FSS FSS FSS CLICK-

CLICKEASY M CLICKEASY HBS CLICKEASY K CLICKFIT M CLICKFIT HBS CLICKFIT K CONNECTION X
Flamco Smart System
13
Fitting the ClickFit
Slide the ClickFit into the Flamco R-rails. Turn the ClickFit 45.
You will hear the click. Now it is locked in Slide the ClickFit into the desired position.
place and cannot fall out. Secure it and - thats all there is to it!
FSS ClickConnection
A series of products to connect Flamco R-rails together: horizontally, vertically, at an
angle, layered or on the wall. Suitable for various Flamco R-rails. Easy to install: just
slide the FSS ClickConnection into the Flamco R-rails and twist the ClickConnection
45. No loose parts means quick installation.
FSS Click-In BSA and GP Backplate

Both products are available with M8 or M10 thread gauges. The FSS Click-In BSA is
available from " - 2". Thanks to the twist-lock system, the threaded rod no longer
needs to be deburred. The right position is obtained by turning the clip. All models
are electrolytically galvanized.
FSS CLICK- FSS CLICK FSS CLICK- FSS CLICK- FSS CLICK- FSS CLICK-IN BSA FSS CLICK-IN GP
CONNECTION 45 CONNECTION L CONNECTION 90 CONNECTION RZ-V CONNECTION RZ-H
FLAMCOFIT
Completely new pipe mounting system for irregular ceilings without deburring and turning threaded rods.
Product features:
Parts like sliding nut, check nut, clamping plate and ball-hanger integrated into one unit.
Rail mounting with just one anchor bolt.
Rail needs no sawing.
Deburring of threaded rods not needed.
No loose parts like studs, washers and nuts.
Adjustable in height.
Fire resistant.
FlamcoFit Rail
B
C D
H
A

Code
A B H C D
FlamcoFit Rail 46 350 20 13.5 x 30 5.3 25 50710
FlamcoFit Unit
Suitable for thread in accordance with ISO 965-2.
H
Type Connection Max. working load Dimension Order

[N] H Code
[mm]
FlamcoFit Unit M 6 M6 1200 70 25 50700
FlamcoFit Unit M 8 M8 1200 70 25 50701
FlamcoFit Unit M 10 M 10 1200 70 25 50702
FlamcoFit Unit M 12 M 12 1200 70 25 50703
Flamco Smart System
13
CLICK-IN
For quick mounting of clips or back plates.
Product features:
BSA M 8 Click-In
Details of clip: - see standard BSA clip.
Deburring of threaded rod is not neccesary.
Reduced installation time.
The correct position can be set by turning the clip.
["] [mm] [N]
BSA Click-In 12 - 13.5 1/4" 12 - 13.5 600 25 / 1.75 100 39170
BSA Click-In 14 - 16 - 14 - 16 600 25 / 1.75 100 39171
BSA Click-In 17 - 19 3/ "
8 17 - 19 600 25 / 1.75 100 39172
2 20 - 24 600 25 / 1.75 100 39173
4 25 - 28 600 25 / 1.75 100 39174
BSA Click-In 29 - 33 - 29 - 33 600 25 / 1.75 100 39175
BSA Click-In 33 - 37 1" 33 - 37 600 25 / 1.75 100 39176
BSA Click-In 38 - 42 1 1/4" 38 - 42 600 25 / 1.75 100 39177
BSA Click-In 44.5 - 49 1 1/2" 44.5 - 49 600 25 / 1.75 50 39178
BSA Click-In 50 - 54 - 50 - 54 600 25 / 1.75 50 39179
BSA Click-In 56 - 60 2" 56 - 60 600 25 / 1.75 50 39180
BSA M 10 Click-In
["] [mm] [N]
BSA Click-In 12 - 13.5 1/4" 12 - 13.5 600 25 / 1.75 100 39370
BSA Click-In 14 - 16 - 14 - 16 600 25 / 1.75 100 39371
8 17 - 19 600 25 / 1.75 100 39372
2 20 - 24 600 25 / 1.75 100 39373
4 25 - 28 600 25 / 1.75 100 39374
BSA Click-In 29 - 33 - 29 - 33 600 25 / 1.75 100 39375
BSA Click-In 33 - 37 1" 33 - 37 600 25 / 1.75 100 39376
BSA Click-In 38 - 42 1 1/4" 38 - 42 600 25 / 1.75 100 39377
BSA Click-In 44.5 - 49 1 1/2" 44.5 - 49 600 25 / 1.75 50 39378
BSA Click-In 50 - 54 - 50 - 54 600 25 / 1.75 50 39379
BSA Click-In 56 - 60 2" 56 - 60 600 25 / 1.75 50 39380
GP Click-In
H
A
B
Type Connection Max. working Max. torque Dimensions Order

load [Ncm] Code
[N] A B H
[mm] [mm] [mm]
GP Click-In M 8 M8 600 1250 54 30 80 50 39400
GP Click-In M 10 M 10 600 1500 54 30 80 50 39402
CLICKFIT
For quick mounting of rail nut, hammer head bolts and sets.
Product features:
Easy mounting by pushing and turning the unit in the rail 45 clockwise.
No-return stop.
Fire resistant (no plastic).
ClickFit M
Type Connection Max. working Max. tightening Rail nut Locking plate Order
load torque [mm] DxE Code
[N] [Nm] [mm]
ClickFit M 6 M6 2100 10 39 x 13.8 30 x 45 100 80306
ClickFit M 8 M8 2100 15 39 x 13.8 30 x 45 100 80307
ClickFit M 10 M 10 2100 15 39 x 13.8 30 x 45 100 80308
ClickFit HB
E
C
D
B
A
Type Con- Max. Max. Rail nut Locking Threaded Dimensions Order
nection working tigh- C plate rod Code
load tening [mm] DxE A B
[N] torque [mm] [mm] [mm]
[Nm]
ClickFit HB 6 M6 2100 10 39 x 13.8 30 x 45 M 6 x 20 8 20 50 80330

ClickFit HB 8 M8 2100 15 39 x 13.8 30 x 45 M 8 x 20 8 20 50 80331
ClickFit HB 10 M 10 2100 15 39 x 13.8 30 x 45 M 10 x 20 8 20 50 80332
Flamco Smart System
13
ClickFit HBS
D
A
Type Connection Max. Max. Rail nut Locking Threaded Dimensions Order
working tigh- E plate rod Code
[Nm]
ClickFit HBS 6 x 25 M6 2100 10 39 x 13.8 30 x 45 M 6 x 25 13 25 50 80340

ClickFit HBS 8 x 25 M 8 x 25 2100 15 39 x 13.8 30 x 45 M 8 x 25 13 25 50 80344
ClickFit K
E
B
A
D
Type Connection Max. Max. Rail nut Locking Ball hanger Dimensions Order
working tigh- C plate Code
[Nm]
ClickFit K 6 M6 1500 15 39 x 13.8 30 x 45 KS 8 x 6 50 10 50 80355

ClickFit K 8 M8 2100 15 39 x 13.8 30 x 45 KS 8 x 8 50 10 50 80356
ClickFit K 10 M 10 2100 15 39 x 13.8 30 x 45 K 10 x 10 50 10 50 80357
CLICKEASY
For quick mounting of rail nut, hammer head bolts and sets.
Product features:
No-return stop.
No loose parts such as studs, washers and nuts.
ClickEasy
d
Type Connection Max. working Max. tightening Rail nut Order
load torque C Dxd Code
[N] [Nm] [mm] [mm]
ClickEasy M 6 M6 1800 5 36 x 13.8 28 x 6.6 50 80360
ClickEasy M 8 M8 1800 10 36 x 13.8 28 x 8.6 50 80361
ClickEasy M 10 M 10 1800 15 36 x 13.8 28 x 10.6 50 80362
ClickEasy HB
C
D
d
B
A
Type Con- Max. Max. tightening Rail nut Threaded Dimensions Order
nection working torque C Dxd rod Code
load [Nm] [mm] [mm] A B
[N] [mm] [mm]
ClickEasy HB 6 M6 1800 5 36 x 13.8 28 x 6.6 M 6 x 18 6 18 50 80365
ClickEasy HB 8 M8 1800 10 36 x 13.8 28 x 8.6 M 8 x 18 6 18 50 80366
ClickEasy HB 10 M 10 1800 15 36 x 13.8 28 x 10.6 M 10 x 20 6 18 50 80367
Flamco Smart System
13
ClickEasy HBS
d
A
Type Connection Max. Max. tightening Rail nut Washer Threaded Dimensions Order
wor- torque C Dxd rod Code
king [Nm] [mm] [mm] A B
load [mm] [mm]
[N]
ClickEasy HBS 6 x 25 M6 1800 5 36 x 13.8 28 x 6.6 M 6 x 25 11 25 50 80370
ClickEasy HBS 10 x 25 M 10 1800 15 36 x 13.8 28 x 10.6 M 10 x 25 11 25 50 80378
ClickEasy K
C
B
d
A
Type Connection Max. Max. tightening Rail nut Locking Ball hanger Dimensions Order
wor- torque C washer Code
king [Nm] [mm] Dxd A B
load [mm] [mm] [mm]
[N]
ClickEasy K 6 M6 1800 5 36 x 13.8 28 x 6.6 KS 8 x 6 50 13 50 80390

ClickEasy K 8 M8 1800 10 36 x 13.8 28 x 8.6 KS 8 x 8 50 13 50 80391
ClickEasy K 10 M 10 1800 10 36 x 13.8 28 x 10.6 K 10 x 10 50 13 50 80392
CLICKCONNECTION
For quick connection of Flamco rail including rail support saddles.
Product features:
ClickConnection
For Flamco rail R 0 8.
L T
L
B
T
L
H T
L
Type Max. working load Dimensions Order

Code
Tensile Shear L B T H
[N] [N] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
ClickConnection L 3000 1000 95 35 5 - 10 71802
ClickConnection X 3000 1000 155 35 5 60 10 71803
ClickConnection T 3000 1000 95 35 5 60 25 71804
Flamco Smart System
13
ClickConnection RH
T
H
L
T
L

Code
Tensile Shear L B T H
[N] [N] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
ClickConnection 45 3000 1000 100 35 5 60 25 71800
ClickConnection 90 3000 1000 60 35 5 - 25 71801
ClickConnection PS31
For Flamco rail R 0, R 1, R 2 and R 8.
T
B
L
h H

Code
Tensile Shear L B T H h
[N] [N] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
ClickConnection PS31 3000 1000 105 35 5 60 21 20 71805
ClickConnection RZ-V
h
T
A
L
H B
Type Max. working load Dimensions Slotted Order

hole Code
Tensile Shear L B T H h A [mm]
[N] [N] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
ClickConnection RZ-V90 3000 1000 130 50 5 80 35.5 90 13 x 26 10 71806
Flamco Smart System
13
ClickConnection RZ-H
h
L
H B
Type Max. working load Dimensions Slotted Order

hole Code
Tensile Shear L B T H h A [mm]
[N] [N] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
ClickConnection RZ-H90 3000 1000 130 50 5 80 35.5 90 13 x 26 10 71807
14.
Rail and Rail
Accessories
Installing pipe suspension systems or wall bracket systems quickly and
efciently is easy if one uses Flamco rails and accessories.
Flamco has specically developed a complete range for this purpose.
The various brackets and clamps can be tted next to each other, on a
single rail, for instance. The at slotted construction makes tting in a
restricted space possible. Sliding rail lock nuts can also glide smoothly
to the correct position on the rail.
As we use an universal slot prole all rail accessories can be used in
each type of Flamco Rail. There is a selection of Flamco Rail proles to
provide the correct load handling capabilities.
Rail and Rail Accessories
14
Quick Fitting with Flamco Rail and
Rail Accessories
Flamco Rail is second to none for fast and The wide range of Flamco Rail and rail
professional installations. Several fixtures and accessories available on these pages makes
fittings can be mounted next to each other on one installation quick, easy and, more to the point,
rail. Flamco Rail is available in various sizes and adjustable.
load capacities.
M..s sliding nuts.
RD rail caps. R.x rail console.
FSS ClickFit. SP clamping plates. M nuts.
Flamco R 1i insert rail and Flamco Ai

anchor bracket
The calculation applies solely to
Flamco rail and the accessories from
FSS ClickEasy. our range.
The polystyrene filler strip prevents the
rail filling with concrete. This strip can
then be easily removed.
SR 4 noise suppressing strip RD rail end caps RL rail extenders

Noise suppressing lining for the Neatly finishes off the ends of all Ideal for connecting two Flamco rails
Flamco rail or M 8 threaded rod. types of Flamco Rail. in line.
Quick and easy to All required bolts are supplied
push into position. pre-assembled in the packaging.
14
R0 R1 R2 R3 R4 R6 R7 R8
The Advantages of Flamco Rail:

Short installation height thanks to the flat grooved Flamco fittings and components are common and
construction. compatible across the entire range of Flamco rail.
The ergonomic design of the rail ensures that sliding
nuts and similar components slide easily into place.
Selecting the Appropriate Flamco Rail NOTE

Selecting the correct Flamco rail is simple. Identify the Make sure there is always an
number of suspension points, the load to be applied even stress spread across the
at each point and the bending stress. Then refer to subsequent suspension points
the selection criteria below. of each pipe. Each suspension
The calculation applies solely to Flamco rail and the point is then loaded equally
accessories from our range. and evenly.
Nuts, sliding nuts, washers and

hammerhead bolts
For the easy mounting of a
suspension in Flamco Rail.
Sliding nuts and hammerhead bolts
can be inserted in situ where required.
After that, a twist of 90 is all that is
required before tightening with a nut.
R.x rail consoles SP clamping plates HBS hammerhead bolt sets

For attaching to the wall for support SP clamping plates are compatible with Pre assembled sets consisting of a
or hanging. Flamco Rail types R 2, R 3 and R 4. hammerhead bolt, nut and washer.
Stable fastening. SP..SR clamping plates are compatible A quick and easy way of fitting
Can also be used vertically. with Flamco Rail types R 6, R 7 and Flamco clips to a Flamco Rail.
R 8.
Even More Options with Flamco Rail
Structures
No two installations are the same. This means that In this respect, Flamco rail offers countless
we are often asked which specific fixtures and possibilities. With Flamco Rail and accessories,
fittings can best and most efficiently be deployed. you will never be faced with impossible situations.
Against the wall, on the ceiling, in a shaft or free
standing. Flexibly or specifically rigid.
Rail end stop for a

clean finish.
1X
Rail angles.
2X
HS 1 angle bracket
In combination with Flamco
R 1 or R 2 Rails, these can be
Flamco rail.
used to make a tailor made
hanger or support.
Comprises three brackets
and six pre assembled bolts.
Corner brackets.
HS 2 angle bracket
Comprises a bent corner
plate with reinforcing ribs.
For an adjustable hanger or
support structure.
HS 3 angle bracket
Available in various types for
Rail support saddles. Flamco Rail R 1, R 2 and R 4.
As with the other angle
brackets, this type is also
electrolytically galvanized.
14
GWK gas boiler wall console PS 31 perpendicular rail clamp
For fitting/supporting wall mounted gas For cross connection with Flamco Rail R 1.
boilers. Ideal for making rail structures, e.g. in shafts.
Corner brackets supplied with threaded rod,
to make roof or wall fixture.
Finished with rail end caps.
VH 200 VH 210 VH 165
VH mounting angles
Used for adjustable fixtures/wall mounted or ceiling mounted
RZ-V RAIL SUPPORT RZ-H RAIL SUPPORT support structures, or on the ground.
SADDLES SADDLES
RZ-V and RZ-H rail support saddles

For rail support for mounting to a wall, ceiling or on the
ground.
Flamco rail can be attached with a single bolt.
The slots make adjustment possible.
Suitable for Flamco Rail R 0 - R 4.
VP connector plates
The Flamco Rail can be attached to the holes with two bolts.
Used for adjustable fixtures/wall mounted or ceiling mounted
support structures, or on the ground.
KF rail support flanges RH rail mounting angles

For attaching all types of Flamco Rail to a wall, For connecting
ceiling or the ground. two Flamco Rail R 1 - R 6
With pre assembled bolts and washers. rails.
The slots make adjustment possible. Ideal for making rail structures,
e.g. in shafts.
Calculation method for Flamco Rail
Calculation method for Flamco Rail
There are two types of load situations. One whereby There are a number of examples shown with various
the force is outside the fixing points of the Flamco rail loads.
(see graph A) and one whereby the force is between
the fixing points of the Flamco Rail (see graph B). The following applies to both graphs:
In both cases, two values are important: Graphs A and B are based on the usual strength
force F. calculations and apply a maximum bending stress of
length L. 140 N/mm2.
The shaded areas show where a deflection of
Force F is dependent on the pipe diameter and the
distance between two suspension points. 1
L is exceeded.
250
With a load between two suspension points whereby
several forces are at work, an equivalent load (F1)
must be determined.
If the values of F and L are known, the Flamco rail

required can be determined from graph
A or B.
14
Graph A
Mb = F.L
F
3.5 L
3000 N HBS
3
R6 2700 N M...s/R6+SP
2500 N M...s/R3 /R4
2.5
F [kN]
R4 2200 N M..s/R6
R3 2100 N Clickt
2000 N M...s/R7
2
1800 N Clickeasy
R7
1500 N M...s/R8
1.5
R8
1
R2
R0
0.5
R1
0
5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 30 40 50 60
12.5 17.5 L. [cm]
Graph B
x1000
R6 98300 100
0
00
00
500
40
30
90
l
Mb = F.L F.L
l=
4 48.E.Ix
00
80
25
Mb [Ncm]
F
1
70 2 L
L
00
20
60
Mb maximum
)
F (N
R4 47700 50
00
15
R7 41700
50
40 12
R3 32300 0
100
30
800
l/L 1/200
20 600
953 400
R8 14400
R2 10750
10
R0 6850
R1 6300 200
100
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 120 140 160 180 200

110 130 150 170 190
L. [cm]
Table 1
Number of loads Equivalent load Adjustment factor
and distribution
F F F1 F1 = 1 x F
1/4 1/2 1/4
F F F F1 F1 = 1.68 x F
1/6 1/3 1/3 1/6
F F F F F1 F1 = 2 x F
1/8 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/8
When there are two or more loads between support points, graph B must not be used.
The equivalent load must first be determined with the above correction factor.
The equivalent load F1 is determined as follows:
F1 = correction factor x F
amc 0249
Using the equivalent load F1 graph B may now be used to select the rail.
The partition may not exceed 1/4, 1/6 or 1/8.
Calculation example 1
Two pipes of diameter 139.7 mm, filled with water, have to be fixed to a rail and have a centre distance of 20 cm.
The distance between the respective rails is 250 cm. What type of Flamco Rail should be used?
20 cm
F F F1
1/4 1/2 1/4
What to do
The weight of the pipe is 27.1 kg/m, which means 2.5 x 27.1 = 67.75 kg = 677.5 N per pipe.
Table 1 shows that the equivalent load (F1 = 1 x F) = 1 x 677.5 = 677.5 N.
The distance between the rail fixing points (L) is max. 40 cm. As graph B shows, the Flamco rail R 2 is most
suitable.
1872
Conclusion: Flamco rail R 2 meets the requirement.
1873
14
Four pipes, dia. 76.1 mm, need to be fixed to a rail underneath a profile.
The load is symmetrical in relation to the profile. The distance between the rails is 2 metres.
14 cm 14 cm
5 cm 5 cm
F F F F
A A
What to do
Pipe weight 76.1 mm plus water (gross weight) = 9.2 kg = 92 N/m = 184 N per 2 metres.
The bending moment in relation to A = 184 x 5 + 184 x 14 = 3,496 Ncm.

The maximum permitted bending moment of Flamco Rail R 1 = 5,350 Ncm.
Conclusion: Flamco Rail R 1 meets the requirement.
1988
An air heater of 200 kg (= 2,000 N) needs to be fixed on two rail consoles.
Will rail console R 4 x 350 meet the requirement?
Load information, Flamco rail R 4: Maximum point load (max. working load) = 2,500 N
Maximum bending stress = 36,550 Ncm.
Heater
R 4 X 350
Rail console
2000 N
35/2 = 17.5 cm
What to do
2,000 N
Working load= = 500 N < 2,500 N: OK.
4
2,000 N
Bending stress = 17.5 cm = 17,500 Ncm < 36,550 Ncm: OK.
2
Conclusion: Rail console R 4 x 350 meets the requirement.
FLAMCO RAIL
Flamco rail is exceptionally versatile when it comes to one or more suspensions or wall fixings. These can be achieved quickly
and skilfully whilst several suspensions can be mounted alongside each other on one rail. Flamco rails are available in several
types with differing strength characteristics.
Rail accessories, such as sliding nuts and hammer head bolts make mounting easy, and can be adjusted after installation.
A comprehensive system giving excellent results - fast!
R Flamco Rail
Material: St 02 Z 275 NA. as per DIN 17162 TL. 1.
Easy and quick mounting.
With slotted holes for adjustable mounting.
Type Stock Point load Mb Ix Wx Mass Order code
Length [cm2] recom- [cm4] [cm3] [kg/m] (priced per metre)
[m] Max. wor- Rupture mended
kingload load [Ncm] **
[N] [N]
R 0 Sendzimir zinc plated 2 0.86 2000 6000 6850 0.338 0.428 0.66 520 m 50020
R 1 Sendzimir zinc plated * 2 1.09 2000 6000 6300 0.315 0.394 0.85 520 m 50010
* Available in every desired length up to 6 metres.
** Maximum point load.
Dimensions R Flamco Rail
B
D
T B
D
E
E
10
5
H
H
30
20
S
S
R 0-2 / R4-8 R3
Type Dimensions
H B D E S T
R 0 Sendzimir zinc plated 18 28 1.25 9 14 8.5
R 1 Sendzimir zinc plated 15 30.5 2 8 14.5 10.5
R 2 Sendzimir zinc plated 20 34 2.4 10.5 14.5 10.5
R 3 Sendzimir zinc plated 40 34 2.4 - 14.5 10.5
R 4 Sendzimir zinc plated 46 35 2.5 23 14.5 13.5
R 6 Sendzimir zinc plated 60 40 3 30 14.5 13.5
R 7 Sendzimir zinc plated 41 41 2 21 14.5 13.5
14
INSERT RAIL
Flamco R 1i insert rail is identical to Flamco R 1 rail with the exception of the anchor brackets so that it can be cast into the soffit
or wall to give a flush finish.
R1i Flamco Insert Rail

R1i insert rail for cast in-situ applications.
Black finish.
Polystyrene filling strip, which ensures that the Flamco rail is not filled with concrete during pouring. The filling strip can be
easily removed after pouring.
D
E
H

Code
D B H E S L.
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [m]
R1i 2 30 17 7 14.5 2 2m 50003
A1i Anchor Bracket

For mounting Flamco R 1i insert rail in concrete constructions.
Bolt: electrolytically zinc plated.

Washer: electrolytically zinc plated.
Mounted in the Flamco rail prior to installation.
M 5 bolt and washer are supplied with the anchor.
G
F
M5
Type Suitable Dimensions Order

for rail Code
F G
[mm] [mm]
A1i R1i 75 85 1 50101
RAIL CONSOLES
For suspension or support directly against a wall.
R .x... Rail Console

Stable fastening.
Rail brackets with different sizes can be supplied on request.
R 1 x 150 - R 1 x 600 R 1 x 700
Type Flamco Rail Dimensions Max. load at Order

end point Code
A L Base plate Slotted L
[mm] [mm] [mm] hole [N]
[mm]
R 1 x 150 R1 80 150 115 x 20 11 x 22 400 1 71665
R 1 x 200 R1 80 200 115 x 20 11 x 22 300 1 71670
R 1 x 300 R1 80 300 115 x 20 11 x 22 200 1 71666
R 1 x 400 R1 80 400 115 x 20 11 x 22 150 1 71667
R 2 x 200 R2 80 200 115 x 40 11 x 22 500 1 71675
R 4 x 150 R4 90 150 130 x 50 13 x 26 3000 1 71680
R 4 x 250 R4 90 250 130 x 50 13 x 26 1800 1 71682
R 4 x 350 R4 90 350 130 x 50 13 x 26 1250 1 71684
R 6 x 480 R6 134 480 200 x 100 13 x 26 2000 1 71690
R 6 x 750 R6 134 750 200 x 100 13 x 26 1250 1 71692
R 7 x 200 R7 90 200 130 x 50 13 x 26 2000 1 71694
R 7 x 300 R7 90 300 130 x 50 13 x 26 1250 1 71695
R 7 x 400 R7 90 400 130 x 50 13 x 26 1000 1 71696
R 7 x 500 R7 90 500 130 x 50 13 x 26 750 1 71697
R 7 x 600 R7 90 600 130 x 50 13 x 26 500 1 71698
R 7 x 700 * R7 440 700 490 x 44 13 x 30 400 1 71699
* With shore.
14
RAIL END CAPS
For a neat finish to Flamco rail R 1 - R 8 and rail consoles. (For a neat finish to Flamco rail R 3, we advise two RD 2 rail end
caps.)
RD Rail End Cap

Black plastic.
Easy to fit and self-securing.
H
A D B

for rail Code
A B D H
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
RD 1 R1 12 15 5 30 100 50501
RD 2 R 2/3 12 20 5 35 100 50502
RD 4 R4 14 35 5 46 100 50504
RD 6 R6 14 41 5 60 100 50506
RD 7 R7 14 40 5 40 100 50507
RD 8 R8 14 30 5 40 100 50508
RAIL CLAMP SQUARES
PS 31 Rail Clamp (square)

For cross connection with Flamco rail R 1, for example in shafts.

D E B
= =
A
F
15
H
F
C
A

for rail Code
A B C D E F H
PS 31 R1 15 30 11 5 16 31 70 50 71650
ANGLE SUPPORT
HS 1 Angle Support Set

For making a customised (adjustable) suspension or support in combination with Flamco rail R 0, R 1 or R 2.

Consists of one 90 corner bracket, two 135 corner brackets and six M 10 x 15 bolts.
The rail can be ordered separately.
A B
A 3 9
d1 C 5 10 15 20 25 cm.
100 R2
200 R1
E
300
400
500
600
N 700
d1 800
900
1000
Type Suitable Dimensions Max. working load Order

for rail Code
A B max. E d1 C A A+B
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [N]
HS 1 R1 140 - 530 90 A+60 10 30 1000 260 25 71600
HS 1 R2 155 - 780 270 A+60 10 30 1000 100 25 71600
14
HS 2 Angle Support
For making a customised (adjustable) suspension or support in combination with Flamco rail R 0, R 1 or R 2, or with D 6 or
D 8 threaded rod.

Material thickness: 2 mm.
Consists of an angled corner plate with reinforcing ribs and mounting holes.
A B
d2 d2
d1
A B
8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 cm
150
R1 R2 200
400
600
E
800
1000 N
1200
1400
d1
1600
1800
2000
Type Suitable for Dimensions Max. working Order

threaded rod or rail load Code
A B max. E d1 d2 A A+B
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [N]
HS 2 D 6, D 8, R 0 - 2 80 220 56 6 9 1800 156 25 71602
HS 3 Angle Support
For making a customised (adjustable) suspension or support in combination with Flamco rail R 0, R 1 R 2 or R 4.

Angle support HS 3 can be supplied in two versions:
-HS 3/R 1 - R 2, including angle support, two M 10 x 35 bolts and two washers.
-HS 3/R 4, including angle support, two M 10 x 80 bolts, two washers and two clamping plates.
d1
22.5
25.1
26.6
32.2
30 35 40 45 50 5560 cm
d2 d2
E
250
500 N
1000
1500
d1
R1 2000
F G
R2 2500
A B
R4
Type Suitable Dimensions Max. working load Order

for rail Code
A B E F G d1 d2 A A+B
[mm] (max.) [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [N]
HS 3 R1-2 260 340 210 25 200 13 11 2500 194 - 260 20 71603
HS 3 R4 260 340 210 25 200 13 11 2500 625 20 71604
14
RAIL SUPPORT SADDLES
RZ-V Rail Support Saddles

For mounting Flamco rails R 0, R 1, R 2, R 3 and R 4 on the wall, ceiling or floor.

One bolt rail fastening because of hole pattern.
Adjustable through slotted holes.
F
A
E
RZ-V 90 L D
F
A
RZ-V 45 L D
Type Suitable Dimensions Slotted hole Order

for rail Code
A B C D E F L Base Base Saddle
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] Plate Plate [mm]
[mm] [mm]
RZ-V 90 R0-4 90 35.5 20 5 45 90 80 130 x 50 13 x 26 11 x 20 10 71631
RZ-V 45 R0-4 145 35.5 20 5 45 45 94 185 x 50 13 x 26 11 x 20 10 71636
RZ-H Rail Support Saddles
For mounting Flamco rails R 0, R 1, R 2, R 3 and R 4 on the wall, ceiling or floor.

One bolt rail fastening because of hole pattern.
Adjustable through slotted holes.
B
A
E
RZ-H 90 L D
C
F
B
A
RZ-H 45 E
L D

for rail Code
A B C D E F L Base Base Saddle
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] Plate Plate [mm]
[mm] [mm]
RZ-H 90 R0-4 90 35.5 15 5 45 90 80 130 x 50 13 x 26 11 x 20 10 71630
RZ-H 45 R0-4 145 35.5 15 5 45 45 94 185 x 50 13 x 26 11 x 20 10 71635
14
RAIL SUPPORT FLANGES
KF Rail Support Flanges

Slot 11 x 22 mm.
Screw M 10.
B
A
KF-H C L
A
KF-V
B L
Type Suitable Dimensions Bolts Order

for rail Code
A B C L Base Plate Slotted
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] Hole
[mm]
KF-H R0-8 80 25 10 75 115 x 40 11 x 22 M 10 10 71640
KF-V R0-8 80 25 20 75 115 x 40 11 x 22 M 10 10 71641
MOUNTING ANGLES
RH Rail Angle
A B
C
H
RH 90 -1 D
D
H
A
RH 45-1
B
H
L
D
RH 90 -2
B
D
H
L
RH 45 -2

for rail [mm] Code
A B C D H L
RH 90 - 1 R0- 8 40 30 6.5 4 60 - 11 x 22 50 71606
RH 45 - 2 R0- 8 25 35 - 5 110 110 11 x 40 25 71620
RH 90 - 2 R0- 8 - 35 - 5 110 110 11 x 40 25 71621
RH 135 - 2 R0- 8 - 35 - 5 115 115 11 x 40 25 71622
14
RAIL EXTENSIONS
RL Rail Extender
For the in-line connection of two Flamco rails.

Iincluding pre-assembled M 10 bolts.
A
C
B
D
M10
H
RL 80
A
B
C
E
D
F
M10
H
RL 140

for rail Code
A B C D E F H
RL 80 R0-R8 45 24 3 3 - - 80 50 71605
RL 140 R0-R8 110 80 30 35 6.2 5 140 50 71608
SLIDING NUTS
M..s Sliding Nuts

For easy mounting of a suspension in Flamco rail.
B
C
A
Type Suitable Connection Dimensions Order

for rail Code
A B C D
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
M 6s R0-8 M6 23 15 5 14 1000 80301
M 8s R0-8 M8 23 15 5 14 1000 80302
M 10s R0-8 M 10 23 15 5 14 1000 80303
M 12s R0-8 M 12 25 22 6 14 250 80304
M..SR Sliding Nuts
Extra strong version (Strut) for the easy mounting of a suspension in Flamco rail.
B C
A

for rail Code
A B C
[mm] [mm] [mm]
M 6 SR R6-8 M6 34.5 20 6 100 80311
M 8 SR R6-8 M8 34.5 20 8 100 80312
M 10 SR R6-8 M 10 34.5 20 9 100 80313
M 12 SR R6-8 M 12 34.5 20 10 100 80314
M 16 SR R6-8 M 16 34.5 20 12 100 80315
NUTS
M Nuts
Type Spanner size Connection Height of nut Order
(SW) [mm] Code
M6 10 M6 5 1000 70201
M8 13 M8 6.5 1000 70202
M 10 17 M 10 8 1000 70203
M 12 19 M 12 10 500 70204
M 16 24 M 16 13 250 70205
M 20 30 M 20 16 100 70206
M..h Nuts
Type Spanner size Connection Height of nut Order
(SW) [mm] Code
M 6h 10 M6 2.5 1000 70101
M 8h 13 M8 3 1000 70102
M 10h 17 M 10 4 1000 70103
14
CLAMPING PLATES
SP Clamping Plates
A
C
B
for rail Code
A B C D
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
SP 6 R2-4 M6 34 7 25 6.5 100 80606
SP 8 R2-4 M8 34 7 25 8.5 100 80608
SP 10 R2-4 M 10 34 7 25 8.5 100 80610
SP 12 R2-4 M 12 34 7 25 12.5 100 80612
SP..SR Clamping Plates
A
C

for rail Code
A B C D
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
SP 6 SR R6-8 M6 40 12 40 6.5 50 80630
SP 8 SR R6-8 M8 40 12 40 8.5 10 80632
SP 10 SR R6-8 M 10 40 12 40 11.5 50 80634
SP 12 SR R6-8 M 12 40 12 40 12.5 50 80636
WASHERS
S Washers
Code
D.
[mm] [mm]
S6 M6 14 0.8 250 70801
S8 M8 18 1.5 250 70802
S 10 M 10 22 1.5 250 70803
S 12 M 12 28 2.0 1000 70804
S 16 M 16 33 2.0 250 70805
S 20 M 20 40 2.5 250 70806
S..s Washers
Code
D.
[mm] [mm]
S 6s M6 25 2.0 1000 70811
S 8s M8 28 2.0 1000 70812
S 10s M 10 28 2.0 1000 70813
S..SR Washers
Code
D.
[mm] [mm]
S 6 SR M6 40 3.0 100 70831
S 8 SR M8 40 3.5 100 70832
S 10 SR M 10 40 3.5 100 70833
S 12 SR M 12 40 5.0 100 70834
S 16 SR M 16 40 6.5 25 70835
14
FIXED POINT CONSTRUCTIONS
BVP Fixed Point Construction

Specially suited for fixed point constructions in combination with BSP fixed point clips, D 10 stud and GP backplates.
A
F
G
= =
B
BVP 135-1
B
= =
G1
B
A C
D
X
L
E
G2
BVP 135-D

Code
A B C X G1 G2 D L Slotted hole
BVP 135-1 40 30 x 4 - 135 11 13 - - - 50 71623
BVP 135-D 39 40 x 4 34 90 11 13 140 100 11 25 71624
HAMMER HEAD BOLTS
HB Hammer Head Bolts
E
B
C
A
D

for rail Code
A B C D E
HB 6 R0-8 M6 24 14 5 14 14 500 70401
HB 8 R0-8 M8 24 14 5 14 15 500 70402
HB 10 R0-8 M 10 24 14 5 14 17 500 70403
HB 12 R0-8 M 12 24 14 6 14 20 500 70404
HB..SR Hammer Head Bolts

Extra strong version (Strut).
D B
C
A

for rail Code
A B C D
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
HB 6 SR R6-8 M6 34.5 20 6 20 100 70411
HB 8 SR R6-8 M8 34.5 20 8 24 100 70412
HB 12 SR R6-8 M 12 34.5 20 10 30 100 70414
14
HBS Hammer Head Bolt Sets
The hammer head bolt set makes simple and fast mounting possible of Flamco pipe mounting material to all types of Flamco
rail.
Supplied complete with nut and washer.

A E
D C
B
Type Connection Max. working Dimensions Order

load Code
[N] A B C D E
HBS 8 x 25 M8 3000 25 20 6.5 13.5 20 10 70450
HBS 8 x 30 M8 3000 25 20 6.5 13.5 25 10 70451
HBS 8 x 40 M8 3000 25 20 6.5 13.5 35 10 70452
HBS 8 x 50 M8 3000 25 20 6.5 13.5 45 10 70453
HBS 8 x 60 M8 3000 25 20 6.5 13.5 55 10 70454
HBS 8 x 70 M8 3000 25 20 6.5 13.5 65 10 70455
HBS 8 x 80 M8 3000 25 20 6.5 13.5 75 10 70456
HBS 8 x 90 M8 3000 25 20 6.5 13.5 85 10 70457
HBS 8 x 100 M8 3000 25 20 6.5 13.5 95 10 70458
HBS 8 x 120 M8 3000 25 20 6.5 13.5 115 10 70459
HBS 8 x 150 M8 3000 25 20 6.5 13.5 145 10 70460
HBS 8 x 200 M8 3000 25 20 6.5 13.5 195 10 70461
HBS 10 x 25 M 10 3000 25 20 6.5 13.5 20 10 70462
HBS 10 x 40 M 10 3000 25 20 6.5 13.5 35 10 70463
HBS 10 x 60 M 10 3000 25 20 6.5 13.5 55 10 70464
HBS 10 x 80 M 10 3000 25 20 6.5 13.5 75 10 70465
HBS 10 x 100 M 10 3000 25 20 6.5 13.5 95 10 70466
MOUNTING PLATES AND CORNERS
VH Corner Brackets
For making an adjustable suspension or support construction on the wall, ceiling or floor.

The hole pattern is such that the rail can be fixed with two bolts.
F
E
D
H
A
B
d1
F
B H
G
d1
F
D
E
A
B H
G
d1
Type Dimensions Slotted Order

hole Code
A B D E F G H d1 [mm]
VH 165 x 165 x 4 165 165 4 16.5 40 157.5 157.5 11 11 x 20 10 71612
VH 200 x 165 x 4 200 165 4 16.5 40 157.5 157.5 11 11 x 20 10 71613
VH 210 x 165 x 4 210 165 4 16.5 40 160.5 157.5 11 11 x 20 10 71614
14
VP Corner Plates
For making an adjustable suspension or support construction on the wall, ceiling or floor.

The hole pattern is such that the rail can be fixed with two bolts (M 10).
B
E
d1
A
F
B
E
E
F
A
d1

Type Dimensions Material Slotted Order

thickness hole Code
A B E F d1 [mm] [mm]
VP 160 x 100 x 4 160 100 16.5 20 11 4 11 x 22 25 71610
VP 160 x 160 x 4 160 160 4 16.5 27.5 4 11 x 22 25 71611
VG Angle Plate
For making a fixed point construction, adjustable suspension or support construction.

Supplied with slotted holes.
Sleeves suitable for M 10.
Specially suited for fixed point constructions in combination with BSP fixed point clips.
S
M
B
K L E
A
D

Code
A B C D E K L M S
VG 140 x 100 x 3 40 100 18.5 140 25 50 11 10 3 10 71616
14
RAIL GIRDER CLIPS
RB Rail Girder Clips

For mounting Flamco rail to steel profiles without drilling or welding.
Can be used in combination with Flamco rails R 1 - 8.

Load depends on Flamco rail.
Supplied complete with upper plate and lower plate, nut and bolt.
N.B.: Two RB clips per fixing.
A B
H
Type Suitable Bolt Max. Dimensions Order
for rail clamping height Code
H A B
[mm] [mm] [mm]
RB 1 R1 M 8 x 55 15 20 44 50 80601
RB 2 R2 M 8 x 55 15 20 44 50 80602
RB 3 / 4 R3/4 M 10 x 80 15 20 44 50 80604
RB 6 R6 M 10 x 100 15 20 50 50 80603
RB 7 / 8 R7/8 M 10 x 80 15 20 50 10 80605
GAS WALL CONSOLES
GWK Console
Parts zinc plated, uprights galvanized.
HS brackets for making various structures with Flamco rail.
HS brackets are zinc plated.
A
B
H

D Code
A B H
[mm] [mm] [mm]
GWK 490 M8 490 460 1700 1 71750
GWK 650 M8 650 620 1700 1 71751
GWK 900 M8 900 870 1700 1 71752
Cross beam 490 - 490 - - 1 71753
Cross beam 650 - 650 - - 1 71754
Cross beam 900 - 900 - - 1 71755
135 corner brackets - - - - 1 71756
15.
Strut Rail
and Accessories
Professionals who need high strength rail structures need look no further
than Flamcos Strut range of brackets and ttings.
A comprehensive range of proles and stock dimensions mean they
can be used without the need for cutting to size.
These heavy-duty ttings are designed specically for use in the
construction industry and consequently are more robust than those
ttings typically used in central heating and cooling systems.
STRUT Rail and Accessories
15
STRUT RAIL
STRUT Rail
Type Dimensions Treatment Order

Code
W. H. Th. L. Slotted
[mm] [mm] [mm] (m) hole
[mm]
R-STR 41 x 21 x 1.5 41 21 1.5 3 14 x 28 Sendzimir 10 50838
R-STR 41 x 21 x 2.5 41 21 2.5 3 14 x 28 Hot-dip galvanized 10 50948
R-STR 41 x 82 x 2.5 41 2 x 41 2.5 3 - Sendzimir 10 50834
R-STR 41 x 82 x 2.5 41 2 x 41 2.5 6 - Sendzimir 10 50863
STRUT Rail Consoles

Hot dip galvanized.
With slotted holes 14 x 28 mm.
Code
W. H. Th. L.
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
STRUT R 41 x 150 41 41 2.5 150 10 83015
STRUT R 41 x 300 41 41 2.5 300 10 83030
STRUT R 41 x 450 41 41 2.5 450 10 83045
STRUT R 41 x 600 41 41 2.5 600 10 83060
STRUT R 41 x 750 41 41 2.5 750 10 83075
STRUT Dual Rail Consoles

Hot dip galvanized.
With slotted holes 14 x 28 mm.
Code
W. H. Th. L.
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
STRUT R 82 x 150 41 82 2.5 150 5 83016
STRUT R 82 x 300 41 82 2.5 300 5 83031
STRUT R 82 x 450 41 82 2.5 450 5 83046
STRUT R 82 x 600 41 82 2.5 600 5 83061
STRUT R 82 x 750 41 82 2.5 750 5 83071
15
STRUT SLIDING NUTS
STRUT M Sliding Nuts

Code
STRUT M 6 M6 50 80311
STRUT M 8 M8 50 80312
STRUT M 10 M 10 50 80313
STRUT M 12 M 12 50 80314
STRUT M 16 M 16 50 80315
STRUT M-SS Sliding Nuts

Suitable for rail type 41 x 21 mm.
Code
STRUT M-SS 6 M6 50 83901
STRUT M-SS 8 M8 50 83902
STRUT M-SS 10 M 10 50 83903
STRUT M-SS 12 M 12 50 83904
STRUT M-SL Sliding Nuts

Suitable for rail type 41 x 41 mm.
Code
STRUT M-SL 6 M6 50 83905
STRUT M-SL 8 M8 50 83906
STRUT M-SL 10 M 10 50 83907
STRUT M-SL 12 M 12 50 83908
STRUT M-RAPID Sliding Nuts

Code
STRUT M-RAPID 6 M6 50 83909
STRUT M-RAPID 8 M8 50 83910
STRUT M-RAPID 10 M 10 50 83911
STRUT M-RAPID 12 M 12 50 83912
STRUT HBS-RAPID Hammer-head Bolt Sets

Code
STRUT HBS-RAPID 8 x 30 M 8 x 30 50 83913
STRUT ACCESSORIES
STRUT SP Clamping Plates

Hot dip galvanized.
Type Hole Bolt Order
Code
STRUT SP M 6 8 M6 200 83001
STRUT SP M 8 10 M8 200 83002
STRUT SP M 10 12 M 10 200 83003
STRUT SP M 12 14 M 12 200 83004
STRUT RV Flat Rail Connectors

Hot dip galvanized.
RV2 RV3 RV4 RV5 RV L3 RV T4
Type Number of holes Shape Order

( 14 mm) Code
STRUT RV 2 2 flat 100 83502
STRUT RV L3 3 L 50 83506
STRUT RV T4 4 T 50 83507
STRUT UK Mounting Crosses

Hot dip galvanized.
21 41 82 2x41 D41 T41
Type Number of holes Rail type Order

( 14 mm) Code
STRUT UK 21 3 21 25 83800
STRUT UK 41 5 41 25 83801
STRUT UK 82 3 82 10 83802
STRUT UK 2 x 41 6 2 x 41 10 83803
STRUT UK D41 4 2 x 41 25 83804
STRUT UK T41 8 41 10 83805
15
STRUT RH Mounting Angles
Hot dip galvanized.
135 45 135-T 90x2 90x3 90x2-2 90x1-3 90-LH
90-RH 90-T 90 DL 90 DS 90x2-2 W
Type Angle Number of holes Finish Order

( 14 mm) Code
STRUT RH 135 135 2 2-2 50 83615
STRUT RH 45 45 2 1-1 50 83616
STRUT RH 135 T 135 4 1-3 25 83617
STRUT RH 90 x 2 90 2 1-1 100 83601
STRUT RH 90 x 3 90 3 1-2 50 83603
STRUT RH 90 x 2-2 90 4 2-2 50 83605
STRUT RH 90 x 1-3 90 4 1-3 50 83606
STRUT RH 90 LH 90 4 T-shape, left handed 25 83607
STRUT RH 90 RH 90 4 T-shape, right handed 25 83608
STRUT RH 90 T 90 4 T-shape 25 83609
STRUT RH 90 DL 90 4 Delta, large 25 83610
STRUT RH 90 DS 90 3 Delta, small 50 83611
STRUT RH 90 2-2 W 90 4 Welded 25 83612
reinforcement
STRUT ZK Mounting Crosses

Hot dip galvanized.
L2 H3 D4
Type Number of holes Rail type Order

( 14 mm) Code
STRUT ZK L2 2 21 100 83700
STRUT ZK H3 3 41 50 83701
STRUT ZK D4 4 82 50 83702
STRUT RL Rail Extensions
Hot dip galvanized.
41 EXT 21-41 EXT 21-41 INT
Type Rail type Finish Order

Code
STRUT RL 41 EXT 41 external 10 83806
STRUT RL 21 - 41 EXT 21 - 41 external 20 83807
STRUT RL 21 - 41 INT 21 - 41 internal 50 83809
STRUT VL Floor Consoles

Hot dip galvanized.
E1 E2 D4 DE DD
Type Number of holes Rail type Finish Order

( 14 mm) Code
STRUT VL E1 2 21 / 41 single layer 25 83304
STRUT VL E2 3 21 / 41 single layer 25 83305
STRUT VL D4 6 2 x 41 double layer 10 83306
STRUT VL DE 6 41 single delta 10 83307
STRUT VL DD 6 2 x 41 double delta 10 83308
15
STRUT RP Profile Fixings
Hot dip galvanized.
EXT INT S41 S21 W41
U65 U110 U150 W82
Type Finish Rail type Order

Code
STRUT RP EXT external, with clamping plate in rail slot 21-41 100 83400
STRUT RP INT c-shape, internal 21-41 25 83401
STRUT RP S41 c-shape with bolt 41 25 83402
STRUT RP S21 s-shape with bolt 21 50 83403
STRUT RP W41 window, with bolt 41 25 83404
STRUT RP U65 u-shape (L=65) 21 25 83405
16.
Mounting
Accessories
All pipes are subject to thermal expansion or contraction. It is therefore
essential that the designer or installer selects the correct support system
to accommodate such movement.
The comprehensive range of Flamco pipe support systems and
components provide a solution for all conditions and pipe materials
including xed-point installations.
Mounting Accessories
16
Everything else you need for optimal installation
Proper pipe support demands there is a wide range of
quality fixtures and fittings available.
Because you'll need more than just a clip and a pipe,
Flamco offers an extensive range of mounting
accessories.
D threaded rod.
M nut.
DA noise suppressor.
PV parallel connector.
T cap.
BK pipe hanger.
ST spreader plate.
PROFILE CLIPS
AND CLAMPS EXPANSION UNITS CONNECTORS AND
ADAPTERS
16
Table of threaded products for wall mounting
Threaded rod Pipes with Pipes with external thread
(ISO 965-2, Quality 4.8) internal (ISO 228)
thread
(ISO 228)
M6 M8 M 10 M 12 M 16 M 20 M 22 M 24 " 3/ 8" " " 1"

Ix [mm4] 25 86 218 462 1655 4033 6250 8287 4189 1961 3429 8752 22151
Wx [mm3] 11 27 53 94 244 476 662 818 351912 164741 368 1293 1463
Mb [Nmm] 1705 4254 8535 15012 39078 76224 105880 130822 62940 41979 58902 206832 234011
L [mm] Max. load on end of rod/pipe L [N]
50 34 85 171 300 782 1524 2118 2616 1259 840 1178 4137 4680
75 19 57 114 200 521 1016 1412 1744 839 560 785 2758 3120
100 11 36 85 150 391 762 1059 1308 629 420 589 2068 2340
125 - 23 59 120 313 610 847 1047 504 336 471 1655 1872
150 - 16 41 86 261 508 706 872 420 280 393 1379 1560
175 - 12 30 63 223 436 605 748 360 240 337 1182 1337
200 - - 23 49 174 381 529 654 315 206 295 919 1170
225 - - 18 38 137 335 471 581 280 163 262 726 1040
250 - - 15 31 111 271 420 523 252 132 230 588 936
300 - - 10 22 77 188 292 387 196 92 160 408 780
350 - - - 16 57 138 214 284 144 67 118 300 669
400 - - - 12 43 106 164 218 110 51 90 230 581
450 - - - 10 34 84 130 172 87 41 71 182 459
500 - - - - 28 68 105 139 70 33 58 147 372
600 - - - - 19 47 73 97 49 23 40 102 258
700 - - - - 14 35 54 71 36 17 29 75 190
800 - - - - 11 26 41 54 27 13 23 57 145
900 - - - - - 21 32 43 22 10 18 45 115
1000 - - - - - 17 26 35 18 - 14 37 93
F x L3
f= mm Deection
3xExI
L
fmax=
150
mm Permissible deection L
FxL
= N/mm Tension
W
max= 160 N/mm Permissible bending stress
x d4
Ix = mm4 Moment of inertia
64
x d3
Wx = mm Section modulus
32
E= 21,000 N/mm Tensile modulus
Mb = 25 Nmm Bending moment
The lowest value is normative.
THREADED RODS THREADED STUDS AND SELF BOLTS, PLUGS, SCREWS

AND ROD ENDS TAPPING CONCRETE SCREWS AND ANCHORS
THREADED RODS AND STUDS
D Threaded Ends
For all fixing and constructions requiring threaded rod.

As per ISO 965-2.
Material S235JRG2 EN 10250/2.
Type Connection L. Order
[mm] Code
D 8 x 25 M8 25 100 70750
D 8 x 40 M8 40 100 70751
D 8 x 70 M8 70 100 70752
D 8 x 80 M8 80 100 70753
D 8 x 100 M8 100 100 70754
D 8 x 150 M8 150 100 70760
D 8 x 200 M8 200 100 70761
D 10 x 25 M 10 25 100 70755
D 10 x 40 M 10 40 100 70756
D 10 x 60 M 10 60 100 70757
D 10 x 80 M 10 80 100 70758
D 10 x 100 M 10 100 100 70759
D 10 x 120 M 10 120 100 70762
D 10 x 150 M 10 150 100 70763
D 10 x 200 M 10 200 100 70764
Threaded Tube
Female thread.
[mm] Code
Threaded pipe 1/2 x 1 m 1 /2" 1000 1m 51615
Threaded Tube
Male thread.
Type Size L. Order
[mm] Code
Threaded pipe R 3/8 x 2 m R 3/8" M 2000 1 51610
Threaded pipe R 1 x 2 m R 1" M 2000 1 51613
DS Threaded Nipples
For fixing BS universal clips.

In combination with BMF backplate assemblies, suitable for double wall clip fixing.
A B
L

Code
L A B
[mm] [mm] [mm]
DS 8 x 25 M8 25 5 5 10 63211
DS 8 x 35 M8 35 5 5 10 63212
DS 8 x 45 M8 45 5 5 10 63213
DS 8 x 55 M8 55 5 5 10 63214
DS 8 x 65 M8 65 5 5 10 63215
16
HO Dowel Screws
Machine thread to wood thread dowel screws for fixing BM wall clips and BS universal clips.
Without plug.
As per DIN 13, part 12, rolled thread.
With torques.
Without collar.
With hexagonal midsection.
SW
A B
L

Code
L A B Spanner
[mm] [mm] [mm] size [mm]
(SW)
HO 8 x 50 M8 50 15 30 - 7 100 70607
HO 8 x 50 M8 50 10 35 - 8 100 51700
HO 8 x 80 M8 80 40 30 6 7 100 70601
HO 8 x 80 M8 80 40 30 6 8 100 51701
HO 8 x 100 M8 100 40 40 6 7 100 51702
HO 8 x 120 M8 120 50 50 8 7 100 70604
HO 8 x 120 M8 120 50 50 8 7 100 51703
HO 8 x 140 M8 140 50 60 - 7 100 51704
HO 8 x 160 M8 160 50 50 - 7 100 51705
HO 10 x 60 M 10 60 20 30 - 9 100 51706
HO 10 x 70 M 10 70 30 30 8 9 100 70608
HO 10 x 80 M 10 80 20 50 - 9 100 51707
HO 10 x 90 M 10 90 30 50 8 9 100 70602
HO 10 x 100 (without Torx) M 10 100 30 60 - 9 100 51708
HO 10 x 120 M 10 120 50 60 8 9 100 70605
HO 10 x 120 (without Torx) M 10 120 50 8 10 100 52406
HO 10 x 120 M 10 120 40 55 8 9 100 51709
HO 10 x 140 M 10 140 50 60 - 9 100 51710
HO 10 x 160 M 10 160 40 60 - 9 100 51711
HO 10 x 180 M 10 180 40 60 - 9 100 51712
HO 12 x 100 M 12 100 35 50 - 9 100 51713
HO 12 x 120 (without Torx) M 12 120 40 60 9 12 100 51714
HO 12 x 120 M 12 120 40 60 9 11 100 70603
HO x 120 * (without Torx) G 1/2" 120 10 70 - 10 100 52405
* With two-sided midsection.
HD Dowel Screws
Machine thread to wood thread dowel screws for fixing BM wall clips and BS universal clips.
With plug.
With torques.
Without collar.
With hexagonal midsection.
sw
A B
L

Code
L A B Spanner
[mm] [mm] [mm] size [mm]
(SW)
HD 8 x 50 M8 50 15 30 - 7 100 71206
HD 8 x 80 M8 80 40 30 6 7 100 71201
HD 8 x 120 M8 120 50 50 6 7 100 71204
HD 10 x 70 M 10 70 30 30 8 9 100 71208
HD 10 x 90 M 10 90 30 50 8 9 100 71202
HD 10 x 120 M 10 120 40 60 8 9 100 71205
HD 12 x 120 M 12 120 40 60 9 11 100 71203
HO-K Threaded Studs With Collar

With torques.
With collar.
With rounded midsection.
A B
L

Code
L A B
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
HO-K 10 x 50 M 10 50 7 35 7 100 51730
HO-K 10 x 80 M 10 80 7 55 7.5 100 51731
HO-K 10 x 100 M 10 100 7 55 7.5 100 51732
HO-K 10 x 120 M 10 120 7 55 7.5 100 51733
HO-K 10 x 140 M 10 140 7 55 7.5 100 51734
16
HZ Hex Head Wood Screws
With hexagonal head.
SW
L

Code
Spanner size L
[SW] [mm] [mm]
HZ 8 x 50 13 50 8 50 70606
HZ 8 x 50 with plug 13 50 8 100 70616
HZI Wood Screw Studs

Type Suitable Order
[mm] for rail Code
HZI 6 x 40 8 R 1, R 2 50 70630
D Threaded Rods
For all fixing and constructions requiring threaded rod.

As per ISO 965-2.
Material S235JRG2 EN 10250/2.
Type Connection Length Max. working Order
(m) load Code
[N]
D6 M6 1 2500 100 70011
D6 M6 2 2500 50 70031
D8 M8 1 4500 50 70012
D8 M8 2 4500 50 70032
D 10 M 10 1 7000 25 70013
D 10 M 10 2 7000 25 70033
D 10 M 10 3 7000 25 70043
D 12 M 12 1 10000 25 70014
D 12 M 12 2 10000 20 70034
D 12 M 12 3 10000 20 70044
D 16 M 16 1 18000 10 70015
D 16 M 16 2 18000 10 70035
D 20 M 20 1 25000 1 70016
D 24 M 24 1 35000 10 70017
SCS Self Tapping Concrete Screws
The innovative fastening system for concrete and The advantage: signicant time savings when
brickwork with general type approval. The approved mounting/unmounting.
mounting system uses a new way of applying
anchoring technology. The screw anchor can be
tted without plugs.
SCS
SCS-I
SCS-P
SCS-St
The technical arguments will convince anyone

Low torquing levels, fastening without spread pressure There is no curing time, the anchor can be loaded immediately.
and approval for use with cracked uncracked concrete are Fastening from inside the rail is possible at all times.
the most signicant technical features of these concrete There is no prescribed turning torque monitoring.
screws. SCS concrete screws create a fastening that Machine assembly presents no problems.
retains its shape, without spread pressure, in half the time. Represents time savings of up to 50%.
Using SCS concrete screws it is possible to work close Can be completely disassembled.
to the edge, recycle elements and work without a torque Has general type approval.
ETA
spanner, among other things. Europische Technische Zulassung -
Option 1 fr gerissenen Beton
F 120
ETA-05/0010
16
SCS Self Tapping Concrete Screw
With hexagon head.
Type Dimensions Spanner Drill Drill depth Adm. tension load Rec. tensile Order
size diameter [mm] stress Code
L. (SW) [mm] cracked non- non-
[mm] [mm] concrete cracked cracked
C20/25 concrete concrete
[kN] C20/25 C20/C25
[kN] [kN]
SCS 7.5 x 50 7.5 50 13 6 55 0.5** 2.0** 3.7 100 82050
SCS 7.5 x 60 7.5 60 13 6 55 / 65 2.0* 3.1* 5.3 100 82051
SCS 7.5 x 80 7.5 80 13 6 55 / 65 2.0* 3.1* 5.3 50 82052
SCS 10 x 60 10 60 16 8 65 0.8** - 5 50 82055
SCS 10 x 80 10 80 16 8 75 3.7* 4.9* 6.8 50 82056
SCS 10 x 100 10 100 16 8 75 3.7* 4.9* 6.8 25 82057
* In accordance with ETA 05/0010.
** In accordance with DIBT-approval report no. Z-21.1-1503. ETA
Europische Technische Zulassung -

ETA-05/0010
F 120
SCS-St Self-tapping Concrete Screw

With metric outer thread.
Typ Dimensions Spanner Drill Drill depth Adm. tension load Rec. tensile Order
[kN] C20/25 C20/C25
[kN] [kN]
SCS-St 7.5 x 80 7.5 80 10 6 65 2.0* 3.1* 5.3 50 82053
ETA

ETA-05/0010
F 120
SCS-I Self-tapping Concrete Screw

With female thread.
Including removable combination nut.
Typ Dimensions Spanner Drill Drill depth Adm. tension load Rec. tensile Order
[kN] C20/25 C20/C25
[kN] [kN]
SCS-I 7.5 x 60 7.5 60 13 6 65 2.0* 3.1* 5.3 40 82054
ETA

ETA-05/0010
F 120
SCS-P Self-tapping Concrete Screw

With round head.
Typ Dimensions Torx Drill Drill depth Adm. tension load Rec. tensile Order
diameter [mm] stress Code
L. [mm] cracked non- non-
[kN] C20/25 C20/C25
[kN] [kN]
SCS-P 7.5 x 25 * 7.5 25 40 6 30 - - 1.2 200 82058
SCS-P 7.5 x 45 7.5 45 40 6 55 0.5** 2.0** 3.7 100 82059
* No part of the certification.
** In accordance with DIBT-approval report no. Z-21.1-1503.
F 120
ANCHORS
AS Segment Anchor
sw
L
Type Connection Dimensions Drill Drill depth Shear Pull-out load * Order
diameter [mm] load * [kN] Code
L Spanner [mm] [kN]
[mm] size
(SW)
AS 8 x 75 ** M8 75 13 8 65 5.31 4.84 100 82035
AS 8 x 50 M8 50 13 8 40 - - 100 82030
AS 8 x 90 M8 90 13 8 65 5.31 4.84 100 82036
AS 8 x 115 M8 115 13 8 65 5.31 4.84 100 82037
AS 10 x 90 M 10 90 17 10 70 8.19 6.03 100 82040
AS 10 x 120 M 10 120 17 10 70 8.19 6.03 50 82041
AS 10 x 150 M 10 150 17 10 70 8.19 6.03 50 82042
AS 12 x 110 M 12 110 19 12 85 11.77 9.29 50 82045
AS 12 x 150 M 12 150 19 12 85 11.77 9.29 50 82046
AS 12 x 160 M 12 160 19 12 85 11.77 9.29 50 82047
* In non-cracked concrete C20/25, -5 C - 50 C.
** Comes standard with S 8s 8 x 28 washer. ETA

Option 8 fr ungerissenen Beton
ETA-05/0242
AP Push-in Anchor
Type Con- Drill Drill Rec. Approval Order
nection diame- depth tension Code
ter [mm] load * FM VdS
[mm] [kN]
AP 6 M6 8 - - - - 100 82000
AP 8 M8 10 33 2.8 - 4 100 82001
AP 10 M 10 12 44 4.2 4 4 100 82002
AP 12 M 12 15 54 7.4 4 4 50 82003
* In non-cracked concrete C20/25. ETA

Option 10 fr ungerissenen Beton
ETA-04/0011
F 120
APP Pin
For AP push-in anchor.
Code
APP 6 M6 1 82005
APP 8 M8 1 82006
APP 10 M 10 1 82007
APP 12 M 12 1 82008
AB Brass Anchor
Code
AB 6 M6 100 82010
AB 8 M8 100 82011
AB 10 M 10 100 82012
16
AT Tipping Dowel
Special attachment for false ceilings, hollow walls and corrugated sheets.
VdS approved.
With large washer.
[mm] Code
AT 8 x 100 M8 100 25 82025
AT 10 x 100 M 10 100 25 82026
PM Steel Plug
Particularly suitable for aerated concrete blocks.
Code
L.
[mm] [mm]
PM 6 x 32 6 32 200 82015
PM 8 x 38 8 38 100 82016
PM 10 x 60 10 60 100 82017
PP Plastic Plug
Type Dimensions Drill Drill depth Min. ins. Order
diameter [mm] depth Code
L. [mm] [mm]
[mm] [mm]
PP 8 8 40 8 25 20 100 82020
PP 10 10 50 10 60 50 100 82021
PP 12 12 60 12 70 60 100 82022
DRIVE TOOL
For the easy tightening of wood screw studs, coach screws and studs.
Drive Tool
One assembly spanner with four different thread sizes.
Rotating lever.
Code
Drive tool M 6 / M 8 / M 10 / M 12 50 71400
NOISE SUPPRESSION STRIPS
For insertion in clip and rail fittings.
Rubber EPDM.
At normal frequency and pressure range, noise suppression 20 dB(A).
Electrical values: specific resistance: 2 x 109 cm.
Surface resistance: 2 x 109 .
N.B.: When noise suppression strip is used, the chosen clip must be able to accommodate the outside diameter of the pipe to
be fitted.
SR
Suitable for BM, BK or BSF clips.
Breaking elongation: 400%.

Tensile strength: 500 N/cm.
Impact resilience: 35%.
D
H
B
Type Dimensions Clip Order

Code
B H D Type For stripdimension
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
SR 0 13.5 5.7 3 BM 8 10 x 1.25 1 71121
SR 1 16 7.2 3.9 BK 6/BM 10 12 x 1.55 1 71111
SR 2 20.5 10.5 6.3 BK 8/BM 12 16 x 1.95 1 71112
SR 3 31 12 6.3 BK 12 25 x 2.75 1 71113
SR 25/ 26* - - - - 25 x 2.5 1 71141
SR 28* - - - - 20 x 2.5 1 71142
* For BSF clips.
SR 4
Suitable for Flamco rail (Except R0) and M8 threaded rod.
Breaking elongation: 400%.

Tensile strength: 500 N/cm.
Impact resilience: 35%.
B
D
H
Type Dimensions Suitable for Order

Code
B H D
[mm] [mm] [mm]
SR 4 30 20 7 Threaded rod M 8 / Rail R 1 - R 8 20 71114
16
CONNECTORS
KSM Connectors
For connecting BK pipe hangers under each other, two threaded rods, or BS universal clips.

L1
L2 L1
L2
C
D
B
D
C
A
KSM 1 KSM 2
L1 L1
L1
L2
L2
B
D
A
A
KSM 3 KSM 4, 6, 7, 9 KSM 10
L1 L1
L2 L2
D
A
D
B
D
A
KSM 11 KSM 12 KSM 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18
Type Connection Dimensions Shape Order

Code
A B C D L1 L2
KSM 1 - M 12 M8 M 12 46 15 round 250 70901
KSM 2 M 12 M8 M6 M8 35 40 round 500 70902
KSM 3 M8 - - m6 42 8 round 500 70903
KSM 4 - M 10 - - 30 - hex. 500 70904
KSM 6 - M6 - - 20 - hex. 500 70906
KSM 7 - M8 - - 20 - hex. 500 70907
KSM 9 - M 12 - - 30 - hex. 250 70909
KSM 10 M 10 - - M6 30 10 round 500 70910
KSM 11 - M 10 - M6 20 10 round 500 70911
KSM 12 M 10 - - M8 35 12 round 500 70912
KSM 13 M8 - - M 10 - - hex. 25 70913
KSM 14 M 10 - - M 12 - - hex. 25 70917
KSM 15 M 12 - - M 10 - - hex. 25 70918
KSM 16 M8 - - M 12 - - hex. 25 70916
KSM 17 M 12 - - M 16 - - - 1 70919
KSM 18 M 16 - - M 12 - - - 1 70920
Bushing
thread [mm] Code
Threaded coupling M 8 x 25 M8 25 100 61690
Threaded coupling M 10 x 25 M 10 25 100 61700
Threaded coupling M 10 x 35 M 10 35 100 61702
Connector
Code
Sleeve 1/2 /2"
1 100 52810
AD Adapters
For a rigid construction with a BS universal clip.

Can be used in conjunction with a GP " backplate.
D2
D1
B

Code
D1 D2 B L
[mm] [mm]
AD 8 x 1/2 M8 /2"
1 26 31 100 70914
AD 10 x 1/2 M 10 /2"
1 26 33 100 70915
PV Parallel Connectors
For the easy and fast connection of two threaded rods of the same diameter.
Zamac.
Vertical adjustment possible.
A
C B
Type Connection Dimensions Max. working Order

load Code
A B C D [N]
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
PV 6 M6 35 9 14 6 950 50 70950
PV 8 M8 34 11 18.5 8 2800 50 70951
PV 10 M 10 35 14 23 10 2800 50 70952
16
K Ball Hangers
For a flexible and vertically adjustable suspension.

Maximum swing of the ball element: 2 x 20.
Vertically adjustable by turning lowest part of the ball hanger after fitting the pipe.
Inspection hole for checking length of rod inside the hanger.
D1 20 20
D1
L1
L3
L2
D2
Type Connection Dimensions Max. Order

working load Code
D1 D2 L1 L2 L3 [N]
[mm] [mm] [mm]
K 6 x 6 M 6 bi. M 6 bi. 58 8 30 1500 50 80103
K 8 x 8 M 8 bi. M 8 bi. 58 8 30 2500 50 80104
K 12 x 12 M 12 bi. M 12 bi. 90 8 30 5000 50 80105
KS 8 x 6 M 8 bu. M 6 bi. 63 8 30 1500 50 80110
KS 8 x 8 M 8 bu. M 8 bi. 63 8 30 2500 50 80111
KS 10 x 6 M 10 bu. M 6 bi. 64 8 30 1500 50 80101
KS 10 x 8 M 10 bu. M 8 bi. 64 8 30 2500 50 80102
KS 10 x 10 M 10 bu. M 10 bi. 64 8 30 2500 50 80106
KK Short Ball Hangers

For a flexible suspension with close fitting.

Maximum swing of the ball element: 2 x 20.
Inspection hole for checking length of rod inside the hanger.
20 20
D1
L1
H
L2
D2

working load Code
D1 D2 L1 L2 min. Build in [N]
[mm] [mm] height H
[mm]
KK 8 x 8 M 8 bu. M 8 bi. 46 8 29 2500 50 80107
KK 10 x 10 M 10 bu. M 10 bi. 47 8 30.5 2500 50 80108
BACKPLATES
For a rigid wall or ceiling fastening of a clip by means of a threaded rod/pipe.

Slotted holes for fixing.
Can also be used in fixed point constuctions, in combination with KB clips or BVP bracket, fixed point.
GP Backplates 60
B
D
E
Type Connection Dimensions Slotted hole Order

[mm] Code
A B D E
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
GP 1/2 - 60 1/ "
2 44 60 18 3 16 x 16 / 15 x 8 50 39416
GP round with slotted hole 1/2" / M 10 44 60 13 3 16 x 16 / 15 x 8 50 39422
GP round without slotted hole 1/ " / M 10
2 - 60 13 3 - 50 39423
GP Backplates 80 x 30
B
A
H

[mm] Code
A B H D E
GP 8 - 80 x 30 * M8 54 30 80 11 3 9 x 16 50 39417
GP 8 / 10 - 80 x 30 M 8/10 54 30 80 18 3 9 x 16 50 39410
GP 10 - 80 x 30 * M 10 54 30 80 13 3 9 x 16 50 39413
GP 12 - 80 x 30 M 12 54 30 80 15 3 9 x 16 50 39415
GP 3/8 - 80 x 30 R 3/8" 54 30 80 15 3 9 x 16 50 39440
GP 1/2 - 80 x 30 1/ "
2 54 30 80 18 3 9 x 16 50 39418
GP 10 - 1/2 - 80 x 30 1/ " / M 10
2 54 30 80 11 3 9 x 16 50 39409
* Also available in stainless steel (316).
16
E
A
H

A [mm] Code
A B H D E
GP 8 - 120 x 40 M8 85 40 120 12 4 11 x 18 50 39432
GP 10 - 120 x 40 M 10 85 40 120 14 4 11 x 18 50 39433
GP 10 - 1/2 - 120 x 40 1/ " / M 10
2 85 40 120 12 4 11 x 18 50 39442
GP 12 - 120 x 40 M 12 85 40 120 16 4 11 x 18 50 39434
GP 16 - 120 x 40 M 16 85 40 120 20 4 11 x 18 50 39435
GP 3/8 - 120 x 40 3/ "
8 85 40 120 16 4 11 x 18 50 39430
GP 1/2 - 120 x 40 1/ "
2 85 40 120 19 4 11 x 18 50 39419
GP 3/4 - 120 x 40 3/ "
4 85 40 120 19 4 11 x 18 50 39411
GP 1 - 120 x 40 1" 85 40 120 25 4 11 x 18 50 39412
B
D
E
A
H

[mm] Code
A B H D E
GP 8 / 10 - 70 x 20 M 8 / 10 53 20 70 19 2 6.5 x 8.5 100 39404
Backplates GPS
Welded all around.
H
A
E
[mm] Code
A B H D E
GPS - 3/8 R 3/8" 85 40 120 16 4 13 x 8 50 39436
GPS - 1/2 R 1/2" 85 40 120 19 4 13 x 8 50 39437
GPS - 3/4 R 3/4" 85 40 120 21 4 13 x 8 50 39438
GPS - 1 R 1" 85 40 120 25 4 13 x 8 50 39439
Backplates RTG 4
Welded all around.
B
E
H

Code
B H D E
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
RTG 4 - 1/2 R 1/2" 60 120 20 5 10 53542
RTG 4 - 3/4 R 3/4" 60 120 20 5 10 53543
RTG 4 - 1 R 1" 60 120 20 5 10 53544
GPK Backplates 80 x 30
Copper.
With insert M 10 connection.
B
D
E
A
H

[mm] Code
A B H D E
GP insert 10 - 80 x 30 M 10 54 30 80 19 3 9 x 16 50 39444
16
EXPANSION UNITS
The expansion units are specially designed to allow for thermal expansion along the length of the pipe. This makes for a superb
and solid joint which if necessary can move with the pipe.
GK 50 Expansion Units
Sliding block: nylon PA 6.
Threaded connection: brass.
Applicable in Flamco rails R 1, R 2, R 3, R 4 and R 6.
Maximum axial movement depends on rail length.
M M
E
C D
B
Type Connection Dimensions Max. working load Order

M [N] Code
B C D E
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
GK 50 - M 6 M6 55 24 11 3.4 500 50 71720
GK 50 - M 8 M8 55 24 11 3.4 500 50 71722

Backplate S235JRG2 EN 10250/2: electrolytically zinc plated.
Carriage holder: nylon PA 6.
Tube S235JRG2 EN 10250/2: electrolytically zinc plated.
Plate stop: plastic.
Standard axial movement 60 mm.
Enlarged axial movement when Flamco rail R 2 is used instead of pipe.
Slotted holes for accurate adjustment of the expansion unit.
Applicable for different threaded connections.
D1 D1
B
C
D2 D2
Type Connection Dimensions Max. working Order

load Code
D1 D2 A B C Ground Slotted [N]
[mm] [mm] [mm] plate hole
[mm] [mm]
GK 150 - M 8/10 M8 M 10 120 82 35 117 x 140 11 x 22 1500 10 71724
GK 150 - M 10/12 M 10 M 12 120 82 35 117 x 140 11 x 22 1500 10 71726
Carriage holder S235JRG2 EN 10250/2: electrolytically zinc plated.
Sliding block: nylon PA 6.
Pressure plate S235JRG2 EN 10250/2: electrolytically zinc plated.
Maximum axial movement 90 mm.
Pressure plate completely enclosed in sliding block.
B
C
E
M
D

M working- Code
B C D E Slotted load
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] hole [N]
[mm]
GK 500 - M 6 M6 220 195 50 45 11 x 22 2500 10 71710
GK 500 - M 8 M8 220 195 50 45 11 x 22 4500 10 71712
GK 500 - M 10 M 10 220 195 50 45 11 x 22 5000 10 71714
GK 500 - M 12 M 12 220 195 50 45 11 x 22 5000 10 71716
GK 750 Expansion Unit

Bracket S235JRG2 EN 10250/2: electrolytically zinc plated.
Carriage holder: nylon PA 6.
Tube S235JRG2 EN 10250/2: electrolytically zinc plated.
Plate stop: plastic.
Axial movement well over 120 mm.
Applicable for heavy loads and different threaded connections.
D1 D1
B
D2 D2
C
Type Dimensions Max. working Order

load Code
A B C D Groundplate Slotted Pipe [N]
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] hole [mm]
[mm]
GK 750 200 112 89 13 150 x 15 13 x 26 245 x 40 x 40 7500 10 71728
16
PROFILE FIXINGS
For fixing a single suspension under a steel profile, obviating the need for drilling or welding. They are available in different
threaded connections and some versions may be adjusted vertically after fixing.
KC Profile Clamps
For securing a single mounting next to or under a steel profile without welding or drilling.
Forged steel C 22/C 35 - DIN 17200.
Bolt: steel DIN 564-8.8.
Uncoated or zinc plated.
H1
H2
A
F
E
Type Con- Max flange Bolt Max. Dimensions Treatment Approval Order
nection thickness working Code
A [mm] load H1 H2 E F
[N] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
KC 6 M6 18 M 8 x 45 2100 54 21 46 25 Zinc plated - 25 71521
KC 8 M8 18 M 8 x 45 3800 54 21 46 25 Zinc plated VdS * 25 71522
KC 10 M 10 18 M 10 x 45 5000 54 21 46 25 Zinc plated FM/ VdS * 25 71523
KC 12 M 12 18 M 10 x 45 5000 54 21 46 25 Zinc plated FM/ VdS * 25 71524
KC 6 M6 18 M 8 x 45 2100 54 21 46 25 Untreated - 25 71501
KC 8 M8 18 M 8 x 45 3800 54 21 46 25 Untreated - 25 71502
KC 10 M 10 18 M 10 x 45 5000 54 21 46 25 Untreated - 25 71503
KC 12 M 12 18 M 10 x 45 5000 54 21 46 25 Untreated - 25 71504
* VdS approval only in combination with AS anchor strip.
KCK Profile Clamps
Malleable cast iron, KCK GTS 45 - DIN 1692.
Steel bolt: steel DIN 564-8.8.
Uncoated or zinc plated.
Vertically adjustable.
The bottom provided with two different threaded connections.
H1
H2
B A
F
E
Type Connection Max Bolt Max. Dimensions Treatment Approval Order

A-B flange working Code
thick- load H1 H2 E F
ness [N] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
[mm]
KCK 6 M6-M8 18 M 6 x 35 2100 45 21 46 24 Untreated - 25 71516

KCK 8 M 8 - M 10 18 M 8 x 45 3800 45 21 46 24 Untreated - 25 71517
KCK 6 M6-M8 18 M 6 x 35 2100 45 21 46 24 Zinc plated - 25 71535
KCK 8 M 8 - M 10 18 M 8 x 45 3800 45 21 46 24 Zinc plated VdS * 25 71536
KCK 10 M 10 - M 8 18 M 10 x 45 4500 45 21 46 24 Zinc plated FM/VdS * 25 71537
KCK 12 M 12 - M 12 18 M 10 x 45 5000 45 21 46 24 Zinc plated FM/VdS * 25 71538
KCH Profile Clamps

Forged steel C 22/C 35 - DIN 17200.
Bolt: steel DIN 564-8.8.
Uncoated.
VdS approved. (VdS approval only in combination with AS anchor strip.)
H1
H2
A
E
Type Connection Max. Bolt Max. Dimensions Treatment Order

A flange working Code
thickness load H1 H2 E F
[mm] [N] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
KCH 8 M8 30 M 10 x 60 3800 65 32 54 30 Zinc plated 25 71541
KCH 10 M 10 30 M 10 x 60 6000 65 32 54 30 Zinc plated 25 71542
16
KCL Profile Clamps
Malleable cast iron, KCL GTS 35 - DIN 1692.

Steel bolt: steel DIN 564-8.8.
Zinc plated.
The bottom is provided with two different threaded connections.
E
F
H1
H2
Type Connection Max Bolt Max. Dimensions Treatment Order

flange working Code
A B thick- load H1 H2 E F
[mm] [mm] ness [N] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
[mm]
KCL 6 M6 M6 18 M 6 x 35 2100 39 21 36 20 Zinc plated 25 71570
KCL 8 M8 M8 18 M 8 x 45 2500 39 21 36 20 Zinc plated 25 71571
KVS-D Profile Clips

For mounting a suspension to a steel profile without drilling or welding.
Black spring steel.

Hinged fixture.
Fast assembly with a hammer.
B
H
Type Connection Flange Dimensions Max. Treatment Order

A thickness working Code
B H E load
[mm] [mm] [mm] [N]
KVS-D 6 x 1.6 - 4.8 M6 1.6 x 4.8 50 10 700 Untreated 250 71554
BC Profile Clips
C
H1
H2
B
F A
E
Type Connection Bolt Max. Dimensions Treatment Approval Order

working Code
A B load H1 H2 E F
[mm] [mm] [N] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
BC 8 M8 M8 M 8 x 30 1200 37 18 38 21 Zinc plated VdS 50 71506
BC 10 M 10 M 10 M 10 x 40 2500 42 19 44 23 Zinc plated VdS/ FM 50 71507
BC 12 M 12 M 12 M 10 x 40 3500 54 25 58 35 Zinc plated VdS/ FM 50 71508
BC 9 9 9 M 8 x 30 1200 37 18 38 21 Zinc plated VdS 50 71510
BC 11 11 11 M 10 x 40 2500 42 19 44 23 Zinc plated VdS/ FM 50 71511
BC 13 13 13 M 10 x 40 3500 54 25 58 35 Zinc plated VdS/ FM 50 71512
TRAPEZIUM FIXINGS
For mounting threaded rod to steel roof profiles.
LT : threadless opening.
LTM: with welded nut.
LTV: vertical re-adjustment by turning the lowest part of the threaded bush, after mounting the threaded rod.
Trapezium Fixings
Threaded rod not included.
C
d
E
A B
Type Dimensions Connection Order

(F) Code
A B C d E
LT 32 30 x 2 90 10.5 100 12 10 71900
LTM 8 32 30 x 2 90 10.5 100 M8 10 71910
LTM 10* 32 30 x 2 90 10.5 100 M 10 10 71912
LTM 12 32 30 x 2 90 10.5 100 M 12 10 71914
LTV 8 32 30 x 2 90 10.5 100 M8 10 71920
LTV 10 32 30 x 2 90 10.5 100 M 10 10 71922
* LTM 10 FM approved in combination with clips ranging from " to 3".
16
Trapezium Pliers
Type Order
Code
PT 1 27929
Spare cutting nipples 1 27939
AIR DUCT BRACKETS

For mounting air ducts.
Rubber shock absorber at the attachment point of the threaded rod for noise-suppression.
LR Air Duct Bracket

For mounting round air ducts.
Noise reduction: 18 dB(A) according to ISO 3822-1.
A
C
G
B
D
Type Dimensions [mm] Order

Code
A B G D C
LR 67 30 4.2 3 8.5 50 71930
LZ Air Duct Bracket

For mounting rectangular air ducts.
B
A
C
G
E

Code
A B G D E C
LZ 40 40 30 4.2 2 55 8.5 50 71937
LL Air Duct Bracket
For mounting rectangular air ducts.
A
B C
G
E

Code
A B G D E C
LL 55 40 30 4.2 2 55 8.5 50 71941
LL 85 40 30 4.2 2 85 8.5 50 71942
LL 130 40 30 4.2 2 130 8.5 50 71943
BACKPLATE ASSEMBLIES
For use in combination with Flamco BS universal clips.
BME Backplate Assembly

For double wall clip mounting.
Rigid pipe installation as a result of fixed centres.
Relative centres adjustable.
A
F

Code
hole A D E F
BME 8 x 50/90 M8 8 50 - 90 72 - 112 25 29 100 39420
16
BMD Backplate Assemblies
A
F
E
D

Code
hole A D E F
BMD 8 x 50 M8 8 50 76 25 40 100 39424
BMD 8 x 70 M8 8 70 96 25 40 100 39426
BMD 8 x 90 M8 8 90 116 25 40 100 39428
BMV Backplate Assembly

A
F

Code
hole A D E F
BMV 8 x 70 M8 8 70 96 25 25 50 39429
BMU Backplate Assembly


Relative centres adjustable.
A
F

Code
hole A D E F
BMU 8 x 60/72 M 11 11 60 - 72 90 16 40 50 39537
BMF Backplate Assemblies
For use with two wall clips.
Slotted hole for fixing.

Threaded connections M 8 for DS threaded nipples.
In combination with DS threaded nipples, suitable for BS universal clips.
Realisation of two different centres to the wall per backplate assembly possible.
F
D
E
Type Connection Slotted hole Dimensions Order
[mm] Code
A D E F
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
BMF 8 - 8 x 40 M8 8.2 x 22 40 60 25 5 50 37950
BMF 8 - 8 x 55 M8 8.2 x 22 55 75 25 5 50 37951
BMF 8 - 8 x 65 M8 8.2 x 22 65 85 25 5 50 37952
BMF 8 - 8 x 85 M8 8.2 x 22 85 105 25 5 50 37953
BMF 8 - 8 x 105 M8 8.2 x 22 105 125 25 5 50 37954
BMF 8 - 8 x 150 M8 8.2 x 22 150 170 25 5 50 37955
BMF 8 - 8 x 200 M8 8.2 x 22 200 220 25 5 50 37956
BMG Backplate Assembly

For use with two wall clips.
Slotted hole for fixing.

Threaded connections M 8 for DS threaded nipples.
In combination with DS threaded nipples, suitable for BS universal clips.
Realisation of two different centres to the wall per backplate assembly possible.
A
F

Code
Slotted hole A D E F
BMG 8 - 8 x 50 - 95 M8 10 x 10 - 40 50 - 95 72 -110 29 11.5 50 39421
16
NOISE-SUPPRESSION FIXTURES
For a noise reducing suspension.
DA Noise-suppression Fixtures
Housing: electrolytically zinc plated.
Noise suppression: 20 dB(A), see TNO-TH 807/410/1 report.
Suitable for temperatures of -50 C up to +110 C.
Hardness of rubber: 65 - 70 Shore A.
B
C C
F
D
E
E
A
A
B
Type Dimensions Max. working Order

load Code
A B C D E F [N] *
DA 6 M6 40 x 30 8.5 32 55 - 500 50 80800
DA 8 M8 40 x 30 8.5 32 55 - 500 50 80801
DA 12 M 12 50 x 40 M 12 - 99 21 2000 50 80802
* At 20 dB(A) noise reduction.
17.
Stainless Steel
Mounting Material
Flamco produces a wide range of stainless steel brackets and ttings
for stainless steel pipes and tubes. These are ideal for use, not only in
HVAC installations, but also in process industries where stainless steel
pipe systems are specied.
17
STAINLESS STEEL CLIPS
For use in situations where stainless steel mounting material is necessary, such as food processing, facilities, laboratories, the
chemical industry, etc.
BRS M 8/10 - SST Clips

Stainless steel 316 (1.4401 according to EN 10088).
Suitable for short distance mounting.
Type Pipe Strip Max. Order
Nom. Ext. dia. [mm] load
["] [mm] [N]
BRS 15 - 19 SST 3/8" 15 - 19 20 / 1.5 1000 50 38477
BRS 20 - 25 SST 1/2" 20 - 25 20 / 1.5 1000 50 38478
BRS 26 - 30 SST 3/ "
4 26 - 30 20 / 1.5 1000 50 38479
BRS 32 - 36 SST 1" 32 - 36 20 / 1.5 1000 50 38480
BRS 38 - 43 SST 1 1/4" 38 - 43 20 / 1.5 1000 50 38481
BRS 44 - 49 SST 1 1/2" 44 - 49 20 / 1.5 1000 50 38482
BRS 50 - 55 SST 50 - 55 20 / 1.5 1000 50 38483
BRS 56 - 61 SST 2" 56 - 61 20 / 1.5 1000 50 38484
BRS 62 - 67 SST 62 - 67 20 / 2.0 1000 50 38485
BRS 68 - 73 SST 68 - 73 20 / 2.0 1300 50 38486
BRS 75 - 80 SST 2 1/2" 75 - 80 20 / 2.0 1300 50 38487
BRS 82 - 86 SST 3" 82 - 86 20 / 2.0 1300 50 38488
BRS 95 - 102 SST 3 1/2" 95 - 102 20 / 2.5 2150 50 38490
BRS 108 - 116 SST 4" 108 - 116 20 / 2.5 2150 25 38491
BRS 121 - 127 SST 121 - 127 20 / 2.5 2150 25 38492
BRS 131 - 141 SST 5" 131 - 141 20 / 2.5 2150 25 38493
BRS 159 - 163 SST 6" 159 - 163 20 / 2.5 2150 25 38494
BRS 192 - 202 SST 192 - 202 20 / 3.0 2150 25 38496
BRS 210 - 220 SST 8" 210 - 220 20 / 3.0 2150 25 38497
BRS-A M 8/10 - SST Clips

Stainless steel 316 (1.4401 according to EN 10088).
Suitable for short distance mounting.
Noise-suppression rubber strip according to DIN 4109.
Type Pipe Strip Max. Order
Nom. Ext. dia. [mm] load
["] [mm] [N]
BRS-A 8 - 10 SST 1/8" 8 - 10 20 / 1.5 1000 50 38450
BRS-A 15 - 19 SST 3/8" 15 - 19 20 / 1.5 1000 50 38452
BRS-A 20 - 25 SST 1/ "
2 20 - 25 20 / 1.5 1000 50 38453
BRS-A 26 - 30 SST 3/ "
4 26 - 30 20 / 1.5 1000 50 38454
BRS-A 32 - 36 SST 1" 32 - 36 20 / 1.5 1000 50 38455
BRS-A 38 - 43 SST 1 1/4" 38 - 43 20 / 1.5 1000 50 38456
BRS-A 44 - 49 SST 1 1/2" 44 - 49 20 / 1.5 1000 50 38457
BRS-A 50 - 55 SST 1 3/4" 50 - 55 20 / 1.5 1000 50 38458
BRS-A 56 - 61 SST 2" 56 - 61 20 / 1.5 1000 50 38459
BRS-A 68 - 73 SST 2 1/4" 67 - 73 20 / 2.0 1300 50 38461
BRS-A 75 - 80 SST 2 1/2" 75 - 80 20 / 2.0 1300 50 38462
BRS-A 87 - 92 SST 3" 87 - 92 20 / 2.0 1300 50 38464
BRS-A 95 - 102 SST 3 1/2" 95 - 102 20 / 2.5 2150 50 38465
BRS-A 108 - 116 SST 4" 108 - 116 20 / 2.5 2150 25 38466
BRS-A 121 - 127 SST 121 - 127 20 / 2.5 2150 25 38467
BRS-A 131 - 141 SST 5" 131 - 141 20 / 2.5 2150 25 38468
BRS-A 159 - 163 SST 6" 159 - 163 20 / 2.5 2150 25 38469
BRS-A 192 - 202 SST 192 - 202 20 / 3.0 2150 25 38471
BRS-A 210 - 220 SST 8" 210 - 220 20 / 3.0 2150 25 38473
17
BSF / M 10 - SST Clips
Stainless steel 316.
Type Pipe Connection Strip Order
dimensions Code
Nom. Ext. dia. [mm]
["] [mm]
BSF 13 - 17.5 SST 3/8" 13 - 17.5 " / M 10 20 / 2.5 50 51851
BSF 21 - 25.5 SST 1/2" 21 - 25.5 " / M 10 20 / 2.5 50 51852
BSF 26.5 - 30.5 SST 3/4" 26.5 - 30.5 " / M 10 20 / 2.5 50 51853
BSF 33.5 - 38.5 SST 1" 33.5 - 38.5 " / M 10 20 / 2.5 50 51854
BSF 41.5 - 47 SST 1 1/4" 41.5 - 47 " / M 10 20 / 2.5 50 51855
BSF 48 - 54 SST 1 1/2" 48 - 54 " / M 10 20 / 2.5 50 51856
BSF 56 - 62.5 SST 2" 56 - 62.5 " / M 10 20 / 2.5 50 51857
BSF 69.5 - 76.5 SST 2 1/2" 69.5 - 76.5 " / M 10 20 / 2.5 50 51859
BSF 77.5 - 84 SST - 77.5 - 84 " / M 10 25 / 3.0 10 51860
BSF 85 - 92.5 SST 3" 85 - 92.5 " / M 10 25 / 3.0 10 51861
BSF 93 - 100.5 SST - 93 - 100.5 " / M 10 25 / 3.0 25 51862
BSF 101.5 - 110 SST - 101.5 - 110 " / M 10 25 / 3.0 25 51863
BSF 110 - 117.5 SST 4" 110 - 117.5 " / M 10 25 / 3.0 25 51864
BSF 119.5 - 127.5 SST - 119.5 - 127.5 " / M 10 25 / 3.0 25 51865
BSF 127.5 - 133.5 SST - 127.5 - 133.5 " / M 10 25 / 3.0 25 51866
BSF 134.5 - 142.5 SST 5" 134.5 - 142.5 " / M 10 30 / 3.0 25 51867
BSF 143.5 - 150.5 SST - 143.5 - 150.5 " / M 10 30 / 3.0 25 51868
BSF 151.5 - 159.5 SST - 151.5 - 159.5 " / M 10 30 / 3.0 25 51869
BSF 163.5 - 171.5 SST 6" 163.5 - 171.5 " / M 10 30 / 3.0 25 51870
BSF 172.5 - 182 SST - 172.5 - 182 " / M 10 30 / 3.0 25 51871
BSF 192.5 - 198 SST - 192.5 - 198 " / M 10 30 / 3.0 25 51872
BSF 215 - 220 SST 8" 215 - 220 " / M 10 30 / 3.0 25 51873
BSA / M 10 - SST Clips

Noise-suppressing rubber strip: 19 dB(A)* according to ISO 38221
( * To achieve good sound attenuation do not overload the fitting).
Type Pipe Connection Strip Order
dimensions Code
Nom. Ext. dia. [mm]
["] [mm]
BSA 14 - 16 SST - 14 - 16 " / M 10 25 / 1.75 50 51951
BSA 17 - 19 SST 3/8" 17 - 19 " / M 10 25 / 1.75 50 51952
BSA 20 - 24 SST 1/2" 20 - 24 " / M 10 25 / 1.75 50 51953
BSA 25 - 28 SST 3/ "
4 25 - 28 " / M 10 25 / 1.75 50 51954
BSA 33 - 37 SST 1" 33 - 37 " / M 10 25 / 1.75 50 51956
BSA 38 - 42 SST 1 1/4" 38 - 42 " / M 10 25 / 1.75 50 51957
BSA 44.5 - 49 SST 1 1/2" 44.5 - 49 " / M 10 25 / 1.75 50 51958
BSA 50 - 54 SST - 50 - 54 " / M 10 25 / 1.75 50 51959
BSA 56 - 60 SST 2" 56 - 60 " / M 10 25 / 1.75 50 51960
BSA 62 - 64 SST - 62 - 64 " / M 10 25 / 2.75 25 51970
BSA 75 - 80 SST 2 1/2" 75 - 80 " / M 10 25 / 2.75 25 51972
BSA 89 - 91 SST 3" 89 - 91 " / M 10 25 / 2.75 25 51974
BSA 108 - 116 SST 4" 108 - 116 " / M 10 25 / 2.75 25 51977
BSA 121 - 127 SST - 121 - 127 " / M 10 25 / 2.75 25 51979
BSA 159 - 162 SST - 159 - 162 " / M 10 25 / 2.75 25 51982
STAINLESS STEEL RAIL
For fast and easy mounting of one or more suspensions or wall fixings.
R . Rail - Stainless Steel

With slotted holes for adjustable mounting.
Code
L. H. W. Th.
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
R 1 SST 200 15 30.5 2.0 10 50030
R 4 SST 200 46 35.0 2.5 10 50034
STAINLESS STEEL RAIL CONSOLES

For suspension or support directly on the wall.
R . x ... Rail Consoles - Stainless Steel

Type L. Order
[mm] Code
R 1 x 100 SST 100 10 71671
R 1 x 200 SST 200 10 71672
R 1 x 300 SST 300 10 71673
R 1 x 400 SST 400 10 71674
R 4 x 300 SST 300 10 71683
R 4 x 500 SST 500 10 71686
STAINLESS STEEL RAIL SUPPORT NUTS
M ..s Rail Support Nuts - Stainless Steel

Code
M 8s SST M8 100 80322
M 10s SST M 10 100 80323
STAINLESS STEEL WASHERS
S Washers - Stainless Steel

Type Connection Ext. Order
[mm] Code
S 8 SST M8 18 100 70822
S 10 SST M 10 22 100 70823
S 12 SST M 12 28 100 70824
STAINLESS STEEL NUTS
M Nuts - Stainless Steel

Code
M 8 SST M8 100 70222
M 10 SST M 10 100 70223
M 12 SST M 12 50 70224
17
STAINLESS STEEL THREADED PRODUCTS
D Threaded Rods - Stainless Steel

For all suspensions and assemblies with threaded rod.
Type L. Connection Order
[mm] Code
D 8 SST 1000 M8 10 70052
D 10 SST 1000 M 10 10 70053
D 12 SST 1000 M 12 10 70054
Wood Screw Studs - Stainless Steel

[mm] Code
Dowel screw 10 x 60 SST 60 M 10 1 51750
HO Wood Screw Studs - Stainless Steel

Supplied with hexagonal midsection.
[mm] Code
HO 8 x 80 SST 80 M8 100 70621
HO 8 x 100 SST 100 M8 100 70624
HO 10 x 80 SST 80 M 10 100 70622
HO 10 x 100 SST 100 M 10 100 70625
Bushing - Stainless Steel

Code
Sleeve 1/2 SST 1/2" 100 52815
STAINLESS STEEL BACKPLATES

For mounting of a clip on a wall or ceiling, in conjunction with threaded rod or threaded pipe.
GP Backplates - Stainless Steel

Available with M 8, M 10 or M 8/10 connection.
Slotted holes for mounting.
Code
GP 8 - 80 x 30 SST M8 50 39445
GP 10 - 80 x 30 SST M 10 50 39446
GP 8/10 - 70 x 20 SST M 8/10 100 39403
STAINLESS STEEL HAMMERHEAD BOLT SETS
HBS - Stainless Steel

Type Connection Length thread Order
[mm] Code
HBS 10 x 60 SST M 10 55 100 70484
18.
Pipe Rozettes
When piping passes through a wall, ceiling or oor the tting of Flamco
rozettes ensures that the installation is completed professionally and
is pleasing to the eye. They are both functional and effective as they
cover any unsightly or over-drilled holes. They are sleek in design and
are available in various shapes and colours. The comprehensive Flamco
range of rozettes provides that nal nishing touch!
Pipe Rosettes
18
STANDARD
A neat and efficient method of concealing pipe holes in floors, walls and ceilings.
Manufactured from polypropylene.

Max. temperature: 120 C.
Has clamping lips, so that the rosettes cannot slide.
RK Pipe Rozettes
Colour: Gray.
Snap-on fitting bracket (pin-hole fastening).
d
H

Code
Nom. Ext. dia. d H D
["] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
RK 8 8 8 12 40 500 12308
RK 1/8 1/8" 10 10 12 40 500 12310
RK 12 12 12 12 43 500 12312
RK 1/4 1/ "
4 14 14 12 40 500 12314
RK 15 15 15 12 55 500 12315
RK 16 16 16 12 55 500 12316
RK 3/8 3/ "
8 18 18 12 55 500 12300
RK 20 20 20 12 55 500 12320
RK 1/2 1/ "
2 22 22 12 55 500 12301
RK 25 25 25 12 60 500 12325
RK 3/4 3/ "
4 28 28 12 60 500 12302
RK 1 1" 35 35 12 68 500 12303
RK 1 1/4 1 /4"
1 42.9 42.9 12 75 500 12304
RK 1 1/2 1 1/2" 48.8 48.8 12 88 500 12305
RK 57 57.6 57.6 12.5 109 500 12357
RK 2 2" 60.8 60.8 12.5 109 500 12306
RKW Pipe Rozettes

Colour: White.
Snap-on fitting bracket (pin-hole fastening).
d
H

Code
["] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
RKW 8 8 8.8 12 40 500 12108
RKW 1/8 1/8" 10 10.8 12 40 500 12110
RKW 12 12 12.8 12 40 500 12112
RKW 1/4 1/ "
4 14 14.8 12 55 500 12114
RKW 15 15 15.8 12 55 500 12115
RKW 16 16 16.8 12 55 500 12116
RKW 3/8 3/ "
8 18 18.8 12 55 500 12100
RKW 20 20 20.8 12 55 500 12120
RKW 1/2 - 22 1/ "
2 22 22.8 12 60 500 12101
RKW 25 25 25 12 60 500 12125
RKW 3/4 3/ "
4 28 28.8 12 68 500 12102
RKW 1 1" 35 35.8 12 75 500 12103
RKW 1 1/4 1 1/4" 42.9 42.9 12 88 500 12104
RKW 1 1/2 1 1/2" 48.8 48.8 12 95 500 12105
RKW 57 57.6 57.6 12.5 105 500 12157
RKW 2 2" 60.8 60.8 12.5 105 500 12106
Pipe Rosettes
18
RV Pipe Rozettes
Colour: White.
Dovetail joint.
H
D

Code
["] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
RV 1/8 1/8" 10 10 11.6 40 500 12410
RV 12 12 12 11.6 42 500 12412
RV 15 15 15 11.6 45 500 12415
RV 3/8 3/ "
8 18 18 11.6 48 500 12400
RV 1/2 1/ "
2 22 22 11.3 52 500 12401
RV 3/4 3/ "
4 28 28 11.3 52 500 12404
RVC Pipe Rozettes

Chromium-plated.
Dovetail joint.
d
H

Code
["] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
RVC 1/8 1/8" 10 10 11.6 40 500 12460
RVC 12 12 12 11.6 42 500 12462
RVC 15 15 15 11.6 45 500 12465
RVC 3/8 3/ "
8 18 18 11.6 48 500 12450
RVC 1/2 1/ "
2 22 22 11.3 52 500 12451
RVC 3/4 3/ "
4 28 28 11.3 52 500 12454
RME Pipe Rozettes
A neat and efficient method for concealing pipes.
A
d
B
Code
A B E d
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
RME 54 76 - 94 30-048 30 1 12581
DOUBLE PIPE ROSETTES

A neat and efficient method of concealing pipe holes in floors, walls and ceilings.
Manufactured from polypropylene.

Maximum temperature: 120 C.
HRDB/RDC Double Pipe Rozettes
E
H
HRDB 50
E
H
RDC 50

ext. dia. Code
[mm] B H E
[mm] [mm] [mm]
HRDB 50 14, 16, 17, 20 99 20 50 50 12550
RDC 50 - 99 18 50 50 12555
Pipe Rosettes
18
RVD Double Pipe Rozettes
Colour: White.
D
d
B

ext. dia. Code
[mm] d B D E
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
RVD 15/50 15 15 110 60 50 50 12569
RVD 16/50 16 16 110 60 50 50 12570
RVDC Double Pipe Rozettes

Chromium-plated.
E
D
d
B

ext. dia. Code
[mm] d B D E
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
RVDC 15/50 15 15 110 60 50 50 12529
RMD Double Pipe Rozettes
A
d
E

Code
A B E
[mm] [mm] [mm]
RMD 92 76 - 94 30 - 48 1 12582
19.
Clevis Pipe Hangers,
Supports and
Accessories
A comprehensive range of pipe hangers, supports and accessories,
many of which are UL Listed and have FM approval. Most products in
this range comply with MSS-SP-69 and A-A-1192 A.
Please enquire about items that are not specically shown in this
section.
Clevis Hangers and Accessories
19
Alternative Finishes
Flamco can offer alternative coatings for all galvanized, electro zinc, copper, COPPER-GARD,
products detailed in this chapter such as plastic, chrome and colour coordinated finishes.
red and yellow oxide primer, epoxy, hot dip Specialized finishes may be available upon request.
Zinc Coating Primer

Electroplated Zinc (ASTM B633) Flamco offers Red Primer and Yellow Primer. Both
This type of coating is recommended for indoor use in offer a degree of protection from the elements. These
relatively dry areas. This process deposits a coating coatings are also used in applications where painting
of zinc on the steel or iron by electrolysis from a bath of the metal is desired. EPA is restricting the use of
of zinc salts. This coating is pure zinc and adheres to certain primers. Consult Flamco for specific primer
the steel or iron with a molecular bond. A maximum chemical components, as well as corrosive capabilities
of 12 m of zinc can be applied using this method. of specific primers.
Pre-Galvanized Zinc (ASTM A653) Plastic Coating

This type of coating is suitable for extended exposure Vinyl coating of the metal prevents galvanic reaction
in dry or mildly corrosive atmospheres, but not between dissimilar metals, provides corrosion
generally recommended for outdoor use, or in resistance, reduces noise, and can be used where
industrial environments. This coating is also referred glass or plastic pipe contact with metal is not desired.
to as mill galvanized or hot dip mill galvanized.
This process continuously rolls steel coils or sheets Epoxy Coating
through molten zinc. The steel is then cut or slit to Flamco offers various epoxy finish es in both
size. Coating thickness of .90 ounces per square foot commercial and military grades. These finishes offer a
of steel surface (referred to as G90) is used on high degree of corrosion resistance.
Flamcos Figures 310G and 310NFPA. Cut edges are
not zinc coated, however, zinc near the uncoated steel Flamco provides COPPER-GARD finish for copper
becomes a sacrificial anode, which protects the bare tubing installations. The finish provides superior
areas after a short period of time. corrosion protection and insulates against dissimilar
metal contact, thus preventing electrolysis. The
Hot Dip Galvanized (ASTM 123) process applies a baked-on epoxy paint to steel
This type of coating provides extended corrosion stampings and iron castings. In the three step
protection for steel and iron products exposed to process, the parts are zinc plated to .0002 thick, an
extreme humidity commonly evident in outdoor epoxy copper colored powder is then applied by an
exposure or in uncontrolled atmospheric conditions. electrostatic method, and finally, the coated parts are
This coating provides superior corrosion resistance to baked at 180 for 20 minutes.
that of electroplating. The process calls for the steel
Copper Plating
or iron product to be completely immersed into a bath
This coating is designed for copper tubing
of molten zinc, which creates a metallurgical bond.
installations. The coating is intended to identify the
The minimum coating thickness is 1.5 ounces per
product size only. This finish is not intended for
square foot per side (3 ounces per square foot of steel
corrosion resistance.
or iron). Caution should be taken when specifying Hot
Dip Galvanizing on certain products. Products with Chrome Plating
threaded components should either have the threads This coating is intended to support chrome plated
protected from the galvanizing process or chase the pipe and provides corrosion resistance for commercial
threads subsequent to hot dipping. Products with installations such as hospitals, schools and prisons.
critical size tolerances should account for the
thickness of the coating.
19
CLEVIS HANGERS
CH - G Clevis Hangers
Type 11
Standard, adjustable clevis hangers.
Material: Carbon steel *.

Finish: Electrogalvanized *.
Service: Designed for the suspension of non-insulated, stationary pipe lines.
Approvals: U.L. - U.L.C. listed (sizes 21/2" - 8").
FM approved (3/4" - 8").
Complies with: Federal Specification WW-H-171-E (Type# 1), A-A-1192 A (Type# 1).
Manufacturers Standardization Society MSS SP-58 and SP-69 (Type# 1).
Notes: Upper locknut must be tightened securely to assure proper hanger performance. Stainless steel hangers are
recommended for applications where protection from corrosive environments is needed.
F
B
E
C
Pipe
Type Pipe Material size Dimensions Weight Max. rec. Order

[lbs] working Code
Nom. OD Top Bottom Bolt A B C E ** F load
["] ["] ["] ["] ["] ["] ["] ["] ["] ["] [lbs]
CH-G 1/2 1/2 0.840 13ga x 7/8 13ga x 7/8 1/
4
3/8 1 11/16 2 1/16 15/16 7 /16 0.18 610 1 87000
CH-G 3/4 3/4 1.050 13ga x 7/8 13ga x 7/8 1/
4
3/8 1 11/16 2 9/16 15/16 7 /16 0.18 610 1 87001
CH-G 1 1 1.315 13ga x 7/8 13ga x 7/8 1/
4
3/
8 2 1/16 2 11/16 1 1/4 5/
8 0.22 610 1 87002
CH-G 1 1/4 1 1/4 1.660 13ga x 7/8 13ga x 7/8 1/
4
3/
8 2 1/2 3 3/16 1 11/16 7/
8 0.26 610 1 87003
CH-G 1 1/2 1 1/2 1.900 12ga x 7/8 12ga x 7/8 1/
4
3/
8 2 7/8 3 11/16 2 1/16 1 1/16 0.34 610 1 87004
CH-G 2 2 2.375 12ga x 7/8 12ga x /87 1 /4 3/
8 3 5/16 4 7/16 2 1/2 1 /4
1 0.38 610 1 87005
CH-G 2 1/2 2 1/2 2.875 9ga x 1 3/16 10ga x 1 3/16 5/16 1/
2 4 1/2 5 7/8 3 3/8 1 15/16 0.86 1130 1 87006
CH-G 3 3 3.500 9ga x 1 3/16 10ga x 1 3/16 5/16 1/
2 4 3/4 6 1/2 3 11/16 1 3/4 0.96 1130 1 87007
CH-G 3 1/2 3 1/2 4.000 8ga x 1 3/16 10ga x 1 3/16 5/16 1/
2 5 7/8 7 15/16 4 13/16 2 9/16 1.14 1130 1 87008
CH-G 4 4 4.500 8ga x 1 3/16 10ga x 1 3/16 3/8 5/
8 5 15/16 8 3/16 4 9/16 2 1/8 1.26 1430 1 87009
CH-G 5 5 5.563 4ga x 1 1/4 8ga x 1 1/4 1/2 5/
8 5 11/16 8 7/16 4 5/16 1 7/16 2.04 1430 1 87010
CH-G 6 6 6.625 3ga x 1 1/2 8ga x 1 1/2 1/2 3/
4 6 13/16 10 1/8 5 3/16 1 3/4 2.80 1940 1 87011
CH-G 7 7 7.625 3ga x 1 1/2 8ga x 1 1/2 1/2 3/
4 7 13/16 11 5/8 6 3/16 2 3.24 2000 1 87012
CH-G 8 8 8.625 3ga x 1 3/4 8ga x 1 3/4 5/8 3/
4 8 1/16 12 7/16 6 1/4 1 7/8 4.46 2000 1 87013
CH-G 10 10 10.750 3/8 x 1 3/4 3ga x 1 3/4 3/4 7/
8 10 15 7/16 8 2 1/4 8.06 3600 1 87014
CH-G 12 12 12.750 3/8 x 2 3ga x 2 3/
4
7/
8 11 9/16 18 9 9/16 2 13/16 10.34 3800 1 87015
CH-G 14 14 14.000 1/2 x 2 1/2 1/ x 2
4
7/
8 1 12 9/16 19 9/16 10 9/16 2 9/16 14.80 4200 1 87016
CH-G 16 16 16.000 1/2 x 2 1/2 1/ x 2 1/
4 2 1 1 13 15/16 21 15/16 11 15/16 2 13/16 21.00 4600 1 87017
CH-G 18 18 18.000 5/8 x 3 1/ x 2 1/
4 2 1 1 16 25 13 7/8 3 3/4 24.40 4800 1 87018
CH-G 20 20 20.000 5/8 x 3 3/ x 3
8 1 1/4 1 1/4 17 1/2 27 1/2 15 1/8 3 3/4 47.00 4800 1 87019
CH-G 24 24 24.000 5/8 x 3 3/ x 3
8 1 1/4 1 1/4 19 3/4 31 3/4 17 3/8 4 54.00 4800 1 87020
CH-G 30 30 30.000 3/4 x 3 3/ x 3
8 1 1/4 1 1/4 24 1/8 39 1/8 21 1/2 4 3/4 69.50 6000 1 87021
* Material 304 and 316 stainless steel and finishes such as plain, painted or hot dip galvanized are available upon request.
**E dimension includes exposed rod threads beyond bottom of the hex nut. Exposed rod thread dimension is equal to the diameter of the
rod used.
CH - E Clevis Hangers
Type 11x
Clevis hangers with extended bottom.
Material: Carbon steel.

Service: Designed for the suspension of non-insulated, stationary pipe lines. The bottom section of the hanger is
elongated to allow for easier installation of insulation.
Complies with: Federal Specifications WW-H-171-E (Type# 1), A-A-1192 A (Type# 1).
Notes: Upper locknut must be tightened securely to assure proper hanger performance.
B
C E
Pipe

[lbs] working Code
["] ["] ["] ["] ["] ["] ["] ["] ["] ["] [lbs]
CH-E 1/2 1/ "
2 0.840 13ga x 7/8 12ga x 7/8 1/4 3/8 3 3/4 4 3/16 2 15/16 7/16 0.30 610 1 87200
CH-E 3/4 3/
4 1.050 13ga x 7/8 13ga x 7/8 1/4 3/8 3 3/4 4 3/16 2 15/16 7/16 0.33 610 1 87201
CH-E 1 1 1.315 13ga x 7/8 13ga x 7/8 1/
4
3/
8 4 1/8 4 3/4 3 5/16 5/
8 0.34 610 1 87202
CH-E 1 1/4 1 1/4 1.660 13ga x 7/8 13ga x 7/8 1/
4
3/
8 4 7/16 5 1/4 3 5/8 7/
8 0.39 610 1 87203
CH-E 1 1/2 1 1/2 1.900 12ga x 7/8 12ga x 7/8 1/
4
3/
8 4 3/4 5 3/4 3 15/16 1 1/16 0.47 610 1 87204
CH-E 2 2 2.375 12ga x 7/8 12ga x 7/8 1/
4
3/
8 7 1/4 8 7/16 6 7/16 1 1/4 0.65 610 1 87205
CH-E 2 1/2 2 1/2 2.875 9ga x 1 3/16 10ga x 1 3/16 5/
16
1/
2 8 13/16 10 3/16 7 3/4 1 15/16 1.24 1130 1 87206
CH-E 3 3 3.500 9ga x 1 3/16 10ga x 1 3/16 5/
16
1/
2 9 10 3/4 7 15/16 1 3/4 1.34 1130 1 87207
CH-E 4 4 4.500 8ga x 1 3/16 10ga x 1 3/16 3/
8
5/
8 10 1/8 12 3/8 8 13/16 2 1/8 1.92 1430 1 87208
CH-E 5 5 5.563 4ga x 1 1/4 8ga x 1 1/4 1/
2
5/
8 9 7/8 12 9/16 8 7/16 1 7/16 2.58 1430 1 87209
CH-E 6 6 6.625 3ga x 1 1/2 8ga x 1 1/2 1/
2
3/
4 10 7/8 14 1/8 9 1/4 1 3/4 3.36 1940 1 87210
CH-E 8 8 8.625 3ga x 1 3/4 8ga x 1 3/4 5/
8
3/
4 12 1/4 16 9/16 10 7/16 1 7/8 5.08 2000 1 87211
CH-E 10 10 10.750 3/ x 1 3/
8 4 3ga x 1 3/4 3/
4
7/
8 14 1/2 19 7/8 12 1/2 2 1/4 9.08 3600 1 87212
CH-E 12 12 12.750 3/ x 2
8 3ga x 2 3/
4
7/
8 15 7/8 22 1/4 13 7/8 2 13/16 11.54 3800 1 87213
* Plain finish available upon request.
rod used.
19
CH - GL Clevis Hangers
Type 110
Adjustable clevis hangers, lightweight.

Service: Designed for the suspension of light stationary pipe or conduit.
Galvanized and coated only.
Notes: Conduit comes in various outside diameters. Verify outside diameter of conduit is equal to outside diameter
of schedule 40 steel pipe.
F
B
E
C
Pipe

[lbs] working Code
["] ["] ["] ["] ["] ["] ["] ["] ["] ["] [lbs]
CH-GL 1/2 1/ "
2 0.840 18ga x 7/8 18ga x 7/8 1 /4 /8"
3 1 3/4 2 1/8 1 1/2 0.12 150 1 87250
CH-GL 3/4 3/ "
4 1.050 18ga x 7/8 18ga x 7/8 1 /4 3/8 1 3/16 2 5/16 1 1/16 1/2 0.12 250 1 87251
CH-GL 1 1" 1.315 18ga x 7/8 18ga x 7/8 1/
4
3/
8 2 1/8 2 3/4 1 5/16 3/
4 0.12 250 1 87252
CH-GL 1 /4 1 /4"
1 1 1.660 18ga x 7/8 18ga x 7/8 1/
4
3/
8 2 1/2 3 1/4 1 3/4 15/
16 0.18 250 1 87253
CH-GL 1 1/2 1 1/2" 1.900 14ga x 7/8 16ga x 7/8 1/
4
3/
8 2 13/16 3 13/16 2 1/16 1 1/8 0.24 250 1 87254
CH-GL 2 2" 2.375 14ga x 7/8 16ga x 7/8 1/
4
3/
8 3 5/16 4 1/2 2 9/16 1 1/4 0.26 250 1 87255
CH-GL 3 3" 3.500 12ga x 1 3/16 14ga x 1 3/16 1/
4
1/
2 4 13/16 6 9/16 3 3/4 1 7/8 0.66 350 1 87257
CH-GL 3 1/2 3 1/2" 4.000 11ga x 1 3/16 14ga x 1 3/16 5/
16
1/
2 5 15/16 7 7/8 4 7/8 2 5/8 0.82 350 1 87258
CH-GL 4 4" 4.500 11ga x 1 3/16 14ga x 1 3/16 3/
8
1/
2 6 1/16 8 5/16 5 2 3/8 0.94 400 1 87259
* Plain or painted finish available upon request.
rod used.
PIPE COVERS
CPS Pipe Covers

Type 167/168
Pipe covering protection shield.
Material: Pre-galvanized carbon steel *.

Finish: Pre-galvanized.
Service: Designed for outside of foam or fiberglass insulation on stationary pipe lines (not designed for pipe rollers) to
prevent crushing of insulation without breaking the vapor barrier.
Complies with: Federal Specifications WW-H-171-E (Type# 41), A-A-1192 A (Type# 40).
Type Size. No. Dimensions Weight Order

shield [lbs] Code
Length Stock size Hanger
["] C ["] size
["] ["]
CPS 0 x 8 / 12 0 8 / 12 24ga 1 7/8 1 1/2 0.17 1 87300
CPS 1 x 8 / 12 1 8 / 12 24ga 2 3/8 2 0.21 1 87301
CPS 2 x 8 / 12 2 8 / 12 24ga 2 7/8 2 1/2 0.25 1 87302
CPS 3 x 8 / 12 3 8 / 12 18ga 3 1/2 3 0.60 1 87303
CPS 4 x 8 / 12 4 8 / 12 18ga 4 3 1/2 0.63 1 87304
CPS 5 x 8 / 12 5 8 / 12 18ga 4 1/2 4 0.73 1 87305
CPS 6 x 8 / 12 6 8 / 12 18ga 5 5 0.83 1 87306
CPS 7 x 8 / 12 7 8 / 12 18ga 5 9/16 5 0.93 1 87307
CPS 8 x 8 / 12 8 8 / 12 18ga 6 5/8 6 1.10 1 87308
CPS 0 x 12 0 12 24ga 1 7/8 1 1/2 0.25 1 87300
CPS 1 x 12 1 12 24ga 2 3/8 2 0.31 1 87330
CPS 2 x 12 2 12 24ga 2 7/8 2 1/2 0.37 1 87331
CPS 3 x 12 3 12 18ga 3 1/2 3 0.90 1 87332
CPS 4 x 12 4 12 18ga 4 3 1/2 0.95 1 87333
CPS 5 x 12 5 12 18ga 4 1/2 4 1.10 1 87334
CPS 6 x 12 6 12 18ga 5 5 1.25 1 87335
CPS 7 x 12 7 12 18ga 5 9/16 5 1.40 1 87336
CPS 8 x 12 8 12 18ga 6 5/8 6 1.65 1 87337
CPS 9 x 12 9 12 18ga 7 5/8 8 1.90 1 87338
CPS 10 x 12 10 12 18ga 8 5/8 8 2.10 1 87339
CPS 13 x 12 13 12 18ga 9 5/8 10 2.35 1 87340
CPS 14 x 12 14 12 18ga 10 3/4 10 2.65 1 87341
CPS 15 x 12 15 12 18ga 11 3/4 12 2.95 1 87342
CPS 16 x 12 16 12 18ga 12 3/4 12 3.15 1 87343
CPS 17 x 12 17 12 16ga 14 14 4.45 1 87344
CPS 18 x 12 18 12 16ga 15 16 4.46 1 87345
CPS 19 x 12 19 12 16ga 16 16 4.90 1 87346
CPS 20 x 12 20 12 16ga 17 18 5.15 1 87347
CPS 21 x 12 21 12 16ga 18 18 5.50 1 87348
CPS 22 x 12 22 12 16ga 19 20 5.70 1 87349
CPS 23 x 12 23 12 16ga 20 20 6.35 1 87350
CPS 24 x 12 24 12 16ga 21 24 6.45 1 87351
CPS 25 x 12 25 12 16ga 22 24 6.60 1 87352
CPS 26 x 12 26 12 16ga 23 24 7.00 1 87353
CPS 27 x 12 27 12 16ga 24 24 7.85 1 87354
CPS 28 x 12 28 12 16ga 26 30 7.90 1 87355
CPS 29 x 12 29 12 16ga 27 30 8.05 1 87357
CPS 30 x 12 30 12 16ga 28 30 8.60 1 87358
* 304 stainless steel also available upon request.
19
CPS Shield Size No. Selection
Find the correct CPS shield size number.
Based on tube size and insulation thickness.
Tubing Insulation thickness
size (A)
" " 1" 1 " 2"

1/2" 0 1 2 4 5
3/ " 0 1 2 4 6
4
1" 1 2 3 4 6
1 1/4" 1 2 3 5 7
1 1/2" 2 3 3 5 7
2" 3 4 4 6 8
2 1/2" 4 5 5 7 8
3" 5 6 6 8 9
3 1/2" 6 7 7 8 9
4" 7 7 8 9 10
5" 8 8 9 10 13
6" 9 9 10 13 14
CPS Shield Size No. Selection

Find the correct CPS shield size number.
Based on pipe size and insulation thickness.
Piping Insulation thickness
size (A)
" " 1" 1 " 2"

1/2" 0 1 - - -
3/4" 1 1 2 4 6
1" 1 2 3 5 7
1 1/4" 2 3 3 6 7
1 1/2" 2 3 4 6 7
2" 3 4 5 7 8
2 1/2" 4 5 6 7 8
3" 5 6 7 8 9
3 1/2" - - 8 9 10
4" - - 8 9 10
5" - - 9 10 13
6" - - 10 13 14
8" - - 14 15 16
10" - - 16 17 18
12" - - 18 19 20
14" - - 19 20 21
16" - - 21 22 23
18" - - 23 24 25
20" - - 25 26 27
24" - - 28 29 30
ROLLER HANGERS
RHA Roller Hanger

Type 272
Adjustable roller hanger.
Material: Carbon steel yoke and crossbolt with cast iron roller
Service: Designed for the suspension of pipe where longitudinal movement of pipe may occur due to the expansion
and contraction, and where vertical adjustment may be necessary.
Manufactures' Standardization Society MSS SP-58 and SP-59 (Type# 43).
B E
Type Material size Dimensions Weight Max. rec. Order

["] [lbs] load Code
A B C D E** L [lbs]
["] ["] ["] ["] ["] ["]
RH-A 2 8ga x 1.25 1/2 3 3/8 1 9/16 2 7/8 2 1/4 5 5/8 1.14 150 1 87400
RH-A 2 1/2 8ga x 1.25 1/2 3 15/16 1 7/8 3 1/4 2 13/16 6 1/2 1.47 225 1 87401
RH-A 3 8ga x 1.25 1/
2 4 5/16 2 1/8 313/16 3 3/16 7 3/16 1.62 310 1 87402
RH-A 3 1/2 3ga x 1.50 1/
2 4 5/8 2 1/2 4 5/16 3 7/16 7 15/16 2.76 390 1 87403
RH-A 4 3ga x 1.50 5/
8 4 13/16 2 13/16 4 7/8 3 3/8 8 1/2 3.16 475 1 87404
RH-A 5 3ga x 2.00 5/
8 5 3/4 3 3/8 5 7/8 4 5/16 9 15/16 4.62 685 1 87405
RH-A 6 3ga x 2.00 3/
4 6 3/8 3 15/16 7 4 5/8 11 1/4 6.08 780 1 87406
RH-A 7 3ga x 2.00 3/
4 6 5/16 4 1/2 8 4 9/16 11 5/8 7.59 780 1 87407
RH-A 8 3/ x 2.00
8
7/
8 7 9/16 5 1/8 9 5 7/16 13 7/8 11.83 780 1 87408
RH-A 10 1/ x 2
2
7/
8 8 3/4 6 1/4 11 1/8 6 5/8 16 1/4 11.83 965 1 87409
RH-A 12 1/ x 2 1/
2 2
7/
8 9 5/8 7 3/8 13 7 7/8 18 7/8 22.50 1200 1 87410
RH-A 14 1/ x 3
2 1 11 1/4 8 3/8 14 1/4 9 1/4 21 7/8 33.00 1200 1 87411
RH-A 16 1/ x 3
2 1 12 1/4 9 3/8 16 1/4 10 1/4 24 1/8 46.00 1200 1 87412
RH-A 18 1/ x 3
2 1 13 1/4 10 1/2 18 1/4 11 1/2 26 1/2 50.50 1400 1 87413
RH-A 20 5/ x 3
8 1 1/4 14 1/4 11 5/8 20 1/4 12 1/4 28 1/8 65.00 1600 1 87414
* Plain or painted finish available upon request.
rod used.
19
RRH Roller Hanger
Type 277
Adjustable two rod roller hanger.
Material: Carbon steel axle with cast iron roller and sockets ends.
Service: Designed for the suspension of pipe where longitudinal movement of pipe may occur due to the expansion
and contraction, and where vertical adjustment is necessary.
E B
R
C
L
Type Pipe OD Axle size Dimensions Weight Max. rec. Order

["] ["] [lbs] load Code
A B C E L R [lbs]
["] ["] ["] ["] ["] ["]
RRH 2 2.375 3/8 3/8 1 9/16 4 3/8 2 3/16 5 5/8 2 7/8 0.76 600 1 87600
RRH 2 1/2 2.875 1/2 1/2 1 7/8 5 1/8 2 5/8 6 1/2 3 1/8 1.185 670 1 87601
RRH 3 3.5 1/
2
1/
2 2 1/8 5 5/8 2 7/8 7 3 3/4 1.385 700 1 87602
RRH 3 1/2 4 1/
2
1/
2 2 1/2 5 7/8 3 1/4 7 1/4 3 7/8 1.5 750 1 87603
RRH 4 4.5 1/
2
1/
2 2 13/16 7 3 13/16 8 9/16 4 3/4 2.11 750 1 87604
RRH 5 5.563 5/
8
5/
8 3 3/8 8 1/8 4 3/8 9 3/4 5 3/4 2.57 750 1 87605
RRH 6 6.625 3/
4
3/
4 3 15/16 9 3/4 4 15/16 11 5/8 6 7/8 4.395 1070 1 87606
RRH 7 7.625 3/
4
3/
4 4 1/2 10 1/2 5 1/4 12 1/2 8 5.16 1100 1 87607
RRH 8 8.625 7/
8
7/
8 5 1/8 12 1/8 6 3/8 14 1/4 8 7/8 7.425 1350 1 87608
RRH 10 10.75 7/
8
7/
8 6 1/4 14 7 1/2 16 1/4 11 9.17 1750 1 87609
RRH 12 12.75 7/
8
7/
8 7 5/16 15 3/4 8 9/16 18 13 13.15 2400 1 87610
RRH 14 14 1 1/8 1 8 3/8 17 3/4 9 13/16 20 1/2 14 1/4 18.745 3130 1 87611
RRH 16 16 1 1/4 1 9 1/2 20 9/16 10 15/16 23 3/8 16 7/8 24.54 3970 1 87612
RRH 18 18 1 1/4 1 10 7/16 22 11 7/8 24 7/8 18 5/16 27.2 4200 1 87613
RRH 20 20 1 1/2 1 1/4 11 1/2 24 13 3/8 27 20 1/4 32 4550 1 87614
RRH 24 24 1 3/4 1 1/2 13 13/16 28 3/4 16 1/6 32 24 1/4 54 6160 1 87615
RRH 30 30 1 3/4 1 1/2 17 1/4 35 5/8 19 5/8 39 3/4 30 1/4 82 7290 1 87616
* Painted or hot dip galvanized are available upon request.
ROLLER CHAIR
RC Roller Chair
Type 275
Roller chair.
Material: Carbon steel chair and axle with cast iron roller.
Service: Designed for the support of pipe where longitudinal movement of pipe may occur due to the expansion and
contraction, and where vertical adjustment is not necessary. May be bolted or welded to supporting
member.
F
D
E
Type Material size Axle Dimensions Weight Max. rec. Order

["] size [lbs] load Code
["] B C D E F [lbs]
["] ["] ["] ["] ["]
RC 2 4ga x 1.25 3/8 1 9/16 1 3/8 1 1/4 4 1/4 3/8 0.94 390 1 87500
RC 2 1/2 4ga X 1.25 1/2 1 7/8 1 5/8 1 1/4 4 7/8 3/4 1.18 390 1 87501
RC 3 4ga X 1.25 1/
2 2 1/8 1 3/4 2 5 11/32 3/
4 1.32 390 1 87502
RC 3 1/2 3/ x 1.500
8
1/
5 2 1/2 2 2 1/2 6 11/32 3/
8 2.58 390 1 87503
RC 4 3/ x 1.500
8
1/
2 2 13/16 2 5/16 2 7 11/32 1/
2 2.94 950 1 87504
RC 5 3/ x 1.500
8
5/
8 3 3/8 2 1/2 3 8 1/4 1/
2 3.64 950 1 87505
RC 6 3/ x 2.00
8
3/
4 3 15/16 2 3/4 3 1/8 9 1/2 1/
2 5.72 950 1 87506
RC 7 3/ x 2.00
8
3/
4 4 1/2 2 13/16 3 3/8 10 1/
2 6.98 1350 1 87507
RC 8 3/ x 2.00
8
7/
8 5 1/8 3 3 3/8 12 1/4 5/
8 8.16 1350 1 87508
RC 10 1/ x 2
2
7/
8 6 3/8 3 5/8 5 14 1/2 5/
8 11.96 1730 1 87509
RC 12 1/ x 2
2
7/
8 7 1/2 4 1/8 6 16 1/4 5/
8 15.86 2400 1 87510
RC 14 1/ x 2.50
2 1 1/8 8 3/8 4 11/26 6 1/2 18 3/
4 21.58 3130 1 87511
RC 16 1/ x 3
2 1 1/4 9 3/8 5 3/8 8 1/4 21 3/
4 34.50 3970 1 87512
RC 18 1/ x 3
2 1 1/4 10 7/16 6 9 1/4 22 7/8 3/
4 36.50 4200 1 87513
RC 20 1/ x 3
2 1 1/4 11 5/8 6 1/2 10 1/4 25 1/4 3/
4 45.00 4550 1 87514
RC 24 5/ x 4
8 1 1/2 14 7 7/8 12 1/4 30 7/
8 77.50 6160 1 87515
* Material 304 and 316 stainless steel and finish such as plain, painted or hot dip galvanized are available upon request.
19
PIPE ROLL STANDS
RS Pipe Rol Stand

Type 279
Pipe rol stand, carbon steel.
Material: Carbon steel chair and axle with cast iron roller *.
Service: Designed for support of pipe where longitudinal movement of pipe may occur due to the expansion and
contraction, and where vertical adjustment is not necessary.
Notes: Stainless roller chairs are recommended for applications where protection from corrosive environments is
needed.
G
E
F
A
J D
H C
B
Type Dimensions Weight Max. rec. Order

[lbs] load Code
A B C D E Dia. Dia. H J [lbs]
["]** ["] ["] ["] ["]*** F G ["] ["]
["]**** ["]******
RS 2 1 3/4 8 3/8 6 4 3 11/16 9/
16 1 3 3/8 6 3/8 5.08 390 1 87700
RS 2 1/2 1 3/4 3 15/16 6 4 3 15/16 9/
16 1 3 3/8 6 3/8 5.08 390 1 87700
RS 3 1 3/4 8 3/8 6 4 4 /4
1 9 /16 1 3 3/8 6 3/8 5.08 390 1 87700
RS 3 1/2 1 3/4 8 3/8 6 4 4 1/2 9/
16 1 3 3/8 6 3/8 5.08 390 1 87700
RS 4 2 9 7/8 6 4 1/4 5 9/
16 1 4 3/4 7 7/8 6.31 650 1 87704
RS 5 2 9 7/8 6 4 1/4 5 9/16 9/
16 1 4 3/4 7 7/8 6.31 950 1 87704
RS 6 2 9 7/8 6 4 1/4 6 1/16 9/
16 1 4 3/4 7 7/8 6.31 950 1 87704
RS 8 3 3/8 8 5/8 8 5 8 /16
13 11 /16 1 7 4 13.65 2100 1 87707
RS 10 3 3/8 8 5/8 8 5 9 7/8 11/
16 1 7 4 13.65 2100 1 87707
RS 12 3 7/8 11 8 5 8 13/16 13/16 1 9 5 3/4 21.00 3075 1 87709
RS 14 3 7/8 11 8 5 9 7/8 13/
16 1 9 5 3/4 21.00 3075 1 87709
RS 16 4 1/4 12 3/8 10 6 1/2 13 5/8 13/16 1 10 3/8 6 3/4 34.23 4980 1 87711
RS 18 4 1/4 12 3/8 10 6 1/2 14 11/16 13/16 1 10 3/8 6 3/4 34.23 4980 1 87711
RS 20 4 1/4 12 3/8 10 6 1/2 15 11/16 13/16 1 10 3/8 6 3/4 34.23 4980 1 87711
RS 24 4 3/8 13 1/2 10 6 1/2 17 11/16 13/16 1 11 1/2 7 1/2 40.00 6100 1 87714
RS 30 5 1/8 17 10 7 3/4 21 3/4 1 1/16 1 14 1/4 10 71.32 7500 1 87715
RS 36 5 3/4 20 12 9 25 3/4 1 3/8 1 17 12 147.00 12000 1 87716
RS 42 5 3/4 20 12 9 28 7/8 1 3/8 1 17 12 147.00 12000 1 87716
** Center of axle to bottom of plate.
*** Center of pipe to bottom of base plate.
**** Two holes.
***** Four holes.
RSA Pipe Rol Stand
Type 280
Adjustable pipe rol stand, carbon steel, galvanized.

Material: Carbon steel chair and axle with cast iron roller *.
Finish: Galvanized *.
Service: Designed for support of pipe where longitudinal movement of pipe may occur due to the expansion and
contraction, and where vertical adjustment is necessary.
Notes: Stainless steel roller chairs are recommended for applications where protection from corrosive environments
is needed.
C
E
F
D D
A B
Type Dimensions Weight Max. rec. Order

[lbs] load Code
A B C** C** D*** E**** F G***** [lbs]
["] ["] ["] ["] ["] ["] ["] ["]
min. max.
RS-A 2 6 7/8 6 4 3/4 5 5/8 3 7/8 1 1 1/2 11.00 390 1 87800
RS-A 2 1/2 6 7/8 3 7/8 5 5 7/8 3 7/8 1 1 1/2 11.00 390 1 87800
RS-A 3 6 7/8 6 5 5/16 6 9/16 3 7/8 1 1 1/
2 11.00 390 1 87800
RS-A 3 1/2 6 7/8 6 5 9/16 6 7/16 3 7/8 1 1 1/
2 11.00 390 1 87800
RS-A 4 8 1/2 6 6 3/16 7 7/16 5 1/8 1 1 1/
2 13.10 950 1 87804
RS-A 5 8 1/2 6 6 3/4 8 5 1/8 1 1 1/
2 13.10 950 1 87804
RS-A 6 8 1/2 6 7 1/4 8 1/2 5 1/8 1 1 1/
2 13.10 950 1 87804
RS-A 8 10 1/2 7 1/2 10 1/8 11 11/16 7 3/8 1 1 3/
4 29.00 2100 1 87807
RS-A 10 10 1/2 7 1/2 11 3/16 12 3/4 7 3/8 1 1 3/
4 29.00 2100 1 87807
RS-A 12 12 1/5 8 1/4 12 3/4 14 1/8 9 1/2 1 1 7/
8 40.00 3075 1 87809
RS-A 14 12 1/2 8 1/4 13 3/8 14 3/8 9 1/2 1 1 7/
8 40.00 3075 1 87809
RS-A 16 14 5/8 10 15 3/8 17 1/4 11 1/8 1 1 1 1/8 63.84 4980 1 87811
RS-A 18 14 5/8 10 16 3/8 18 1/4 11 1/8 1 1 1 1/8 63.84 4980 1 87811
RS-A 20 14 5/8 10 17 3/8 19 1/4 11 1/8 1 1 1 1/8 63.84 4980 1 87811
RS-A 24 15 3/4 10 19 1/4 21 1/4 12 1/4 1 1 1 1/4 71.00 6100 1 87814
RS-A 30 19 1/2 10 3/4 24 7/16 26 11/16 15 3/4 1 1 1/2 1 3/4 125.28 7500 1 87815
RS-A 36 23 12 3/4 23 4/9 29 4/9 18 4/7 1 3/8 2 2 202.00 12000 1 87816
RS-A 42 23 12 3/4 29 3/4 32 3/4 18 4/7 1 1/8 2 2 202.00 12000 1 87816
** Centre of pipe to bottom of base plate.
*** Center to center of mounting holes in bottom plate.
**** Mounting holes in bottom plate.
***** Axle diameter.
19
PIPE ROLLER SUPPORTS
PRS Pipe Roller Support

Type 9100
Pipe roller support, galvanized.
Material: Carbon steel chair base plate and axle with cast iron roller *.
Finish: Galvanized *.
Service: Designed to be mounted on slotted rail for the support of pipe where longitudinal movement of pipe may
occur due to the expansion and contraction.
Notes: Stainless steel adjustable roller chair support are recommended for applications where protection from
corrosive environments is needed.
E A
B
D
Type Material size Dimensions Max. rec. load Weight Order

["] [lbs] [lbs] Code
A C D E
["] ["] ["] ["]
PRS 2 1/4 x 1 5/8 1 7/16 3 11/64 7 5/8 9 /16 390 177 1 87850
PRS 2 1/2 1/4 x 1 5/8 1 7/16 3 27/64 7 5/8 9 /16 390 177 1 87850
PRS 3 1/ x 1 5/
4 8 1 7/16 3 47/64 7 5/8 9/
16 390 177 1 87850
PRS 3 1/2 1/ x 1 5/
4 8 1 7/16 3 63/64 7 5/8 9/
16 390 177 1 87850
PRS 4 1/ x 1 5/
4 8 1 7/16 4 13/64 8 1/2 9/
16 600 231 1 87854
PRS 5 1/ x 1 5/
4 8 1 7/16 4 47/64 8 1/2 9/
16 600 231 1 87854
PRS 6 1/ x 1 5/
4 8 1 7/16 5 17/64 8 1/2 9/
16 600 231 1 87854
PRS 8 1/ x 1 5/
4 8 1 13/16 7 10 1/4 9/
16 800 542 1 87857
PRS 10 1/ x 1 5/
4 8 1 13/16 8 1/16 10 1/4 9/
16 800 542 1 87887
PRS 12 3/ x 2
8 2 7/16 9 27/32 14 1/4 13/
16 1300 1040 1 87859
PRS 14 3/ x 2
8 2 7/16 10 15/32 14 1/4 13/
16 1300 1040 1 87859
PRS 16 3/ x 2
8 2 5/8 11 7/8 15 1/4 13/
16 2300 1508 1 87861
PRS 18 3/ x 2
8 2 5/8 12 7/8 15 1/4 13/
16 2300 1508 1 87861
PRS 20 3/ x 2
8 2 5/8 13 7/8 15 1/4 13/
16 2300 1508 1 87861
PROTECTION SADDLES
CS Protection Saddles
Type 1900 - 1905
Pipe covering protection saddles.

Finish: Plain *.
Service: Designed for use on insulated high temperature pipe lines to protect insulation from damage and minimize
heat loss.
Complies with: Federal Specification WW-H-171-E (Type# 40A and 40B), A-A-1192 A (Type# 39A and 39B).
Manufactures' Standardization Society MSS SP-58 and SP-69 (Type# 39A and 39B).
Notes: All saddles are 12" long when side edges beveled in. Stainless steel and alloy saddles are available and
priced on aplication.
CS 1: 1" Insulation 1900
C
D
Type Actual Hanger roller size Center line Center line Center line Weight Max. rec. Order
thickness of use with model of pipe to of pipe to of pipe to [lbs] load Code
covering outside of center line center line [lbs]
["] RC RH-A RS saddle of roll of roll
RRH RS-A C D E
["] ["] ["]
CS 1 x 3/7 /73 5 5 1/2 5 - 3 1/2 4 9/16 4 15/16 5 1/4 0.96 1203 1 88001
CS 2 x 3/4 /43 3 3 1/2 2 - 3 1/2 2 1/8 2 5/8 2 7/8 1.74 1200 1 88002
CS 3 x 3/4 3/
4 4 5 2 - 3 1/2 2 3/4 3 3/8 3 3/8 2.60 1200 1 88003
CS 1 x 1 1 2 1/2 3 2 - 3 1/2 1 13/16 2 1/4 2 7/16 0.93 1200 1 88011
CS 2 x 1 1 3 4 2 - 3 1/2 2 7/16 2 15/16 3 1.74 1200 1 88012
CS 3 x 1 1 4 5 2 - 3 1/2 2 7/8 3 1/2 3 1/2 2.60 1200 1 88013
CS 1 x 1 1/4 1 1/4 2 1/2 3 2 - 3 1/2 1 15/16 2 1/2 2 9/16 1.32 1200 1 88021
CS 2 x 1 1/4 1 1/4 3 1/2 5 2 - 3 1/2 2 9/16 3 1/8 3 3/16 1.82 1200 1 88022
CS 3 x 1 1/4 2 1/16 5 5 2 - 3 1/2 3 11/16 3 11/16 3 11/16 2.60 1200 1 88023
CS 1 x 1 1/2 1 3 3 1/2 2 - 3 1/2 2 1/8 2 5/8 2 11/16 1.32 1200 1 88031
CS 2 x 1 1/2 1 1/2 3 1/2 5 2 - 3 1/2 2 11/16 3 1/4 3 5/16 1.82 1200 1 88032
CS 3 x 1 1/2 2 5/16 5 6 4-6 6 7/16 4 1/8 3 7/8 2.75 1800 1 88033
CS 4 x 1 1/2 2 13/16 7 7 4-6 3 13/16 4 5/8 4 1/2 3.01 1800 1 88034
CS 1 x 2 1 1/16 3 1/2 4 2 - 3 1/2 2 7/16 3 3 1/16 1.34 1200 1 88041
CS 2 x 2 1 9/16 4 5 2 - 3 1/2 2 7/8 3 1/2 3 9/16 1.98 1200 1 88042
CS 3 x 2 2 1/8 5 6 4-6 3 11/16 4 3/8 4 3/16 2.80 1800 1 88043
CS 4 x 2 2 5/8 7 7 4-6 3 15/16 4 3/4 4 3/4 3.18 1800 1 88044
CS 5 x 2 3 1/8 8 8 4-6 4 11/16 5 1/2 5 1/4 3.97 1800 1 88045
CS 1 x 2 1/2 1 1/16 3 1/2 5 2 - 3 1/2 2 11/16 3 1/4 3 5/16 1.34 1200 1 88051
CS 2 x 2 1/2 1 7/8 5 6 4-6 3 3/4 4 1/8 3 15/16 1.98 1200 1 88052
CS 3 x 2 1/2 2 5/16 6 7 4-6 3 15/16 4 5/8 4 1/2 2.80 1800 1 88053
CS 4 x 2 1/2 2 7/8 7 7 4-6 4 7/16 5 1/4 5 3.20 1800 1 88054
CS 5 x 2 1/2 3 3/8 8 10 4-6 4 15/16 5 3/4 5 1/2 3.98 1800 1 88055
CS 1 x 3 1 4 5 2 - 3 1/2 2 15/16 3 1/2 3 9/16 1.48 1200 1 88061
CS 2 x 3 1 9/16 5 6 4-6 3 1/2 4 3/16 4 1/4 2.08 1800 1 88062
CS 3 x 3 2 1/16 7 7 4-6 4 1/8 4 7/8 4 11/16 2.90 1800 1 88063
19
Type Actual Hanger roller size Center line Center line Center line Weight Max. rec. Order
thickness of use with model of pipe to of pipe to of pipe to [lbs] load Code
covering outside of center line center line [lbs]
["] RC RH-A RS saddle of roll of roll
RRH RS-A C D E
["] ["] ["]
CS 4 x 3 2 9/16 8 8 4-6 4 11/16 5 3/8 5 5/16 3.01 1800 1 88064
CS 5 x 3 3 1/16 10 10 8 - 10 5 5 15/16 6 1/16 4.49 1800 1 88065
CS 1 x 3 1/2 1 1/4 5 6 4-6 3 7/16 4 3 15/16 1.48 1200 1 88071
CS 2 x 3 1/2 1 13/16 7 7 4-6 4 4 11/16 4 1/2 2.08 1800 1 88072
CS 3 x 3 1/2 2 1/4 8 8 4-6 4 3/8 5 3/16 5 2.90 1800 1 88073
CS 4 x 3 1/2 2 3/4 8 10 8 - 10 4 13/16 5 3/4 5 11/16 3.43 1800 1 88074
CS 5 x 3 1/2 3 5/16 10 10 8 - 10 5 1/2 6 7/16 6 3/8 4.49 1800 1 88075
CS 1 x 4 1 1/16 5 6 4-6 3 9/16 4 3/16 4 3/16 1.58 1800 1 88081
CS 2 x 4 1 9/16 7 7 4-6 3 7/8 4 11/16 4 3/4 2.14 1800 1 88082
CS 3 x 4 2 1/16 8 8 4-6 4 11/16 5 1/2 5 1/4 2.95 1800 1 88083
CS 4 x 4 2 9/16 8 10 8 - 10 5 1/8 6 1/16 6 3.43 1800 1 88084
CS 5 x 4 3 1/16 10 10 8 - 10 5 9/16 6 1/2 6 5/8 4.49 1800 1 88085
CS 6 x 4 4 1/16 12 14 8 - 10 6 9/16 7 11/16 7 9/16 6.09 1800 1 88086
CS 1 x 5 1 7 7 4-6 4 1/8 4 13/16 4 3/4 2.62 1800 1 88091
CS 2 x 5 1 1/2 8 8 4-6 4 1/2 5 5/16 5 3/8 3.30 1800 1 88092
CS 3 x 5 2 8 10 8 - 10 4 15/16 5 7/8 6 1/8 3.45 1800 1 88093
CS 4 x 5 2 9/16 10 12 8 - 10 5 9/16 6 1/2 6 5/8 6.85 1800 1 88094
CS 5 x 5 3 1/16 10 12 8 - 10 6 1/8 7 1/16 7 1/4 4.49 1800 1 88095
CS 6 x 5 4 3/16 12 14 4-6 7 3/16 8 1/4 8 3/16 9.06 1800 1 88096
CS 1 x 6 1 8 8 4-6 4 9/16 5 3/8 5 1/4 3.82 1800 1 88101
CS 2 x 6 1 1/2 8 10 8 - 10 5 1/16 5 7/8 6 4.28 1800 1 88102
CS 3 x 6 2 10 12 8 - 10 5 1/2 6 1/2 6 1/2 5.40 1800 1 88103
CS 4 x 6 2 1/2 10 12 8 - 10 6 1/16 7 1/16 7 1/4 6.85 1800 1 88104
CS 5 x 6 3 12 12 8 - 10 6 9/16 7 5/8 7 5/8 7.69 1800 1 88105
CS 6 x 6 4 1/8 14 16 12 - 14 7 5/8 91/
8 8 3/4 10.24 1800 1 88106
CS 2 x 8 1 1/2 10 12 8 - 10 6 7 1/8 7 1/16 5.82 1800 1 88111
CS 3 x 8 2 12 12 8 - 10 6 1/2 7 5/8 7 9/16 6.41 1800 1 88112
CS 4 x 8 2 11/16 12 14 8 - 10 7 1/4 8 5/16 8 5/16 7.21 1800 1 88113
CS 5 x 8 3 1/8 14 16 12 - 14 7 5/8 9 1/8 8 3/4 9.14 1800 1 88114
CS 6 x 8 4 1/8 16 18 12 - 14 8 11/16 10 1/8 9 7/8 10.24 1800 1 88115
CS 2 x 10 1 9/16 12 14 8 - 10 7 1/4 8 5/16 8 5/16 6.66 5000 1 88121
CS 3 x 10 2 1/16 14 16 12 - 14 7 5/8 9 1/16 8 13/16 8.57 5000 1 88122
CS 4 x 10 2 9/16 14 16 12 - 14 8 3/16 9 5/8 9 5/16 8.91 5000 1 88123
CS 5 x 10 3 1/16 16 18 16 - 20 8 7/8 10 1/4 10 11.10 5000 1 88124
CS 6 x 10 4 1/16 18 20 16 - 20 9 11/16 11 5/16 11 1/8 14.10 5000 1 88125
CS 2 x 12 1 1/2 14 16 12 - 14 8 1/16 9 5/8 9 1/4 7.61 5000 1 88131
CS 3 x 12 2 1/16 16 18 16 - 20 8 13/16 10 3/16 10 8.73 5000 1 88132
CS 4 x 12 2 5/8 16 18 16 - 20 9 1/8 10 11/16 10 1/2 9.69 5000 1 88133
CS 5 x 12 3 1/16 18 20 16 - 20 9 11/16 11 5/16 11 11.38 5000 1 88134
CS 6 x 12 4 1/8 20 - 16 - 20 10 13/16 12 3/8 12 3/16 14.20 5000 1 88135
CS 2 x 14 1 1/2 16 18 12 - 14 8 7/8 10 3/16 10 1/16 7.67 5000 1 88141
CS 3 x 14 2 16 18 16 - 20 9 1/4 10 3/4 10 11/16 9.43 5000 1 88142
CS 4 x 14 2 1/2 18 20 16 - 20 9 3/4 11 5/16 11 3/16 9.69 5000 1 88143
CS 5 x 14 3 18 20 16 - 20 10 1/4 11 7/8 11 5/8 11.82 5000 1 88144
CS 6 x 14 4 20 - 24 11 7/16 13 1/8 12 5/8 18.48 7200 1 88145
CS 2 x 16 1 1/2 18 20 16 - 20 9 7/8 11 3/8 11 1/8 8.35 5000 1 88151
CS 3 x 16 2 18 20 16 - 20 10 1/4 11 7/8 11 9/16 10.00 5000 1 88152
CS 4 x 16 2 1/2 20 - 16 - 20 10 7/8 12 7/16 12 3/16 14.62 7200 1 88153
CS 5 x 16 3 24 - 24 11 3/16 13 1/8 12 7/16 18.17 7200 1 88154
CS 6 x 16 4 24 - 24 12 5/16 14 3/16 12 3/16 21.80 7200 1 88155
CS 2 x 18 1 1/2 20 - 16 - 20 10 7/8 12 1/2 12 3/16 8.92 5000 1 88161
CS 3 x 18 2 20 - 24 11 1/2 13 1/16 12 11/16 13.19 7200 1 88162
CS 4 x 18 2 1/2 24 - 24 12 13 15/16 13 1/16 16.89 7200 1 88163
CS 5 x 18 3 24 - 24 12 5/16 14 1/4 13 5/8 18.20 7200 1 88164
CS 6 x 18 4 24 - 24 13 1/2 15 7/16 14 3/4 21.95 7200 1 88165
CS 2 x 20 1 1/2 24 - 24 11 3/4 13 11/16 13 1/16 13.76 7200 1 88171
CS 3 x 20 2 24 - 24 12 5/16 14 1/4 13 5/8 14.98 7200 1 88172
CS 4 x 20 2 1/2 24 - 24 12 7/8 14 13/16 14 3/16 16.79 7200 1 88173
CS 5 x 20 3 24 - 24 13 1/2 15 1/2 14 3/4 18.40 7200 1 88174
CS 6 x 20 4 30 - 30 14 3/16 16 5/8 15 7/8 22.83 7200 1 88175
CS 2 x 24 1 1/2 30 - 30 13 5/8 16 1/16 15 1/4 16.05 7200 1 88181
CS 3 x 24 2 30 - 30 14 3/16 16 5/8 15 3/4 17.62 7200 1 88182
CS 4 x 24 2 1/2 30 - 30 14 3/4 17 3/16 16 7/16 18.75 7200 1 88183
CS 5 x 24 3 30 - 30 15 3/8 17 13/16 17 19.72 7200 1 88184
CS 6 x 24 4 30 - 30 16 9/16 19 19 1/4 23.14 7200 1 88185
* Electrogalvanized finish available upon request.
STANDARD RISER CLAMPS
SRC Riser Clamps

Type 50
Riser clamps, electrogalvanized.
Material: Carbon steel *.

Service: Designed for supporting and stabilizing vertical pipe runs.
Complies with: U.L. - U.L.C. listed (sizes 2" - 8").

Federal Specification WW-H-171-E (Type# 8), A-A-1192 A (Type# 8).
Notes: Plastic coated riser clamps are completely plastic coated with zinc plated hardware. The plastic coating
prevents pipe from coming in contact with the clamp and is designed to reduce noise, vibration and prevent
electrolysis between pipe and clamp. Stainless steel riser clamps are recommended for applications where
protection from corrosive environments is needed.
A
B
Type Pipe Material Dimensions Weight Max. rec. Order

size [lbs] load Code
Nom. OD ["] A B [lbs]
["] ["] ["] ["]
SRC 1/2 1/2 0.840 8ga x 1.0 8 5/8 2 1/8 0.88 220 1 88201
SRC 3/4 3/4 1.050 8ga x 1.0 8 13/16 2 5/16 0.92 220 1 88202
SRC 1 1 1.315 8ga x 1.0 9 1/16 2 5/8 0.94 220 1 88203
SRC 1 1/4 1 1/4 1.660 8ga x 1.0 9 7/16 2 15/16 1.00 250 1 88204
SRC 1 1/2 1 1/2 1.900 8ga x 1.0 10 3 7/16 1.04 250 1 88205
SRC 2 2 2.375 8ga x 1.0 10 9/16 4 1.14 300 1 88206
SRC 2 1/2 2 1/2 2.875 3ga x 1.0 11 1/8 4 9/16 1.60 400 1 88207
SRC 3 3 3.500 3ga x 1.0 11 13/16 5 1/4 1.70 500 1 88208
SRC 3 1/2 3 1/2 4.000 3ga x 1.0 13 6 2.06 600 1 88209
SRC 4 4 4.500 3ga x 1.0 13 5/8 6 5/8 2.20 750 1 88210
SRC 5 5 5.563 3ga x 1.0 14 1/8 7 5/8 3.40 1500 1 88211
SRC 6 6 6.625 3ga x 1.0 15 3/8 8 7/8 3.72 1600 1 88212
SRC 8 8 8.625 3/ x 1.5
8 18 5/8 12 7.22 2500 1 88213
SRC 10 10 10.750 3/ x 2.0
8 21 14 1/2 10.94 2500 1 88214
SRC 12 12 12.750 1/ x 2.0
2 22 3/4 16 3/4 16.10 2700 1 88215
SRC 14 14 14.000 5/ x 2 1/
8 2 24 16 7/8 17.00 2700 1 88216
SRC 16 16 16.000 5/ x 2 1/
8 2 26 21 29.16 2900 1 88217
SRC 18 18 18.000 5/ x 2 1/
8 2 28 23 1/8 31.91 2900 1 88218
SRC 20 20 20.000 5/ x 2 1/
8 2 30 25 35.00 2900 1 88219
SRC 24 24 24.000 5/ x 2 1/
8 2 36 30 42.00 2900 1 88220
19
CONVERSIONS AND CALCULATIONS
(METRIC AND IMPERIAL)
Heating and electrical data

1 British Thermal Unit = the amount of heat required to raise 1 lb of water through 1 F.
1 watt (W) = 1 joule per second (1 J/s).
1 kilowatt hour (kWh) = 3413 British Thermal Units (Btu).
= 860 kilocalories.
1 Kilocalorie = the amount of heat required to raise 1 liter of water through 1 C.
F = (C x 1.8) + 32.
C = (F - 32) x 0.555.
1 kWh raises 3.41 gallons of water through 100 F.

1 kWh raises 15.5 liters of water through 56 C.
Water heating calculations

kW loading = (gallons x temp. rise F) / (5.7 x time in mins)
= (liters x temp. rise K)/(14.3 x time in mins)
Time in mins = (gallons x temp. rise F) / (5.7 x kW loading)
= (liters x temp. rise K) / (14.3 x kW loading)
Gallons = (5.7 x kW loading x time in mins) / (temp. rise F)
Liters = (14.3 x kW loading x time in mins) / (temp. rise K)
Temp rise F = (5.7 x kW loading x time in mins) / (gallons)
Temp rise K = (14.3 x kW loading x time in mins) / (liters)
Mean Water Temperature:

in F = (Galls hot x temp. hot F) + (Galls cold x temp. cold F) /
Total (hot + cold) Galls
in C = (Liters hot x temp. hot C) + (liters cold x temp. cold C) /
Total (hot + cold) liters
Oil heating calculations

kW loading = Gallons per hour x temp. rise F / 580
= Liters per hour x temp. rise C / 1464
Capacity calculations
Cylinders: = Height x pr2
Height x 0.785 2
Tanks:
Gallons = Length x Width x Height (in) / 277
Liters = Length x Width x Height (cm) / 1000
Technical Information

Conversion formulae
Metric Imperial
1 liter = 1000 cm 3 1 gallon = 277 in3
(61 in3) (4546 cm3)

0.22 gal. 10 lb. (4.533 kg.)
1.76 pt. 4.54 liters.
1 cu. meter = 1000 litres. 1 cubic foot = 6.23 gal.

( 1 m2 ) 35.31 ft3. 0,028 m3.
1.31 yd3. 1 inch = 25,4 mm.
1 meter = 39.37 in. 1 foot = 304,8 mm.

3.28 ft.
1.09 yd. 1 yard = 914,4 mm.
1 sq. meter = 1550.39 in2
( 1 m2 ) 10.763 ft2 1 sq. yard = 0,836 m2.
1.195 yds2
1 pound = 0,4536 kg.
1 kilogram = 2.204 lb.
Volume flow rate

L/s L / min m3 / hr l.g.p.m. l.g.p.h. U.S.g.p.m.
1 60 3.6 13.2 792 15.84
0.01667 1 0.06 0.22 13.2 0.264
0.2778 16.67 1 3.667 220 4.4
0.07577 4.546 0.2727 1 60 1.2
0.001263 0.07577 0.004546 0.01667 1 0.02
0.06314 3.788 0.2273 0.8333 50 1
Volume
Liters m3 Imp galls U.S. galls ft3
1 0.001 0.22 0.264 0.03532
1000 1 220 264.17 35.32
4.546 0.004546 1 1.2 0.16054
3.788 0.003788 0.8333 1 0.1339
28.32 0.02832 6.229 7.475 1
Heat flow rate

kW joules / sec Btu / hr k.cal / hr
1 1000 3412 859.8
0.001 1 3.412 0.8598
0.0002931 0.2931 1 0.252
0.001163 1.163 3.968 1
Pressure
bar psi kPa
1 14,5 100
0.06895 1 6,89476
0.01 0.145 1
Velocity
Ft / sec m / sec
1 0.3048
3.28084 1
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS FOR TUBES
To support selections and calculations of the right pipe supporting materials we have selected an overview of a number of
common tube types. The data have been distributed by third parties (such as standardisation institutes and suppliers) and are
subject to occasional changes. The data mentioned in the tables are indicative and dependent on the used material and local
standards. The data for maximum recommended span are mentioned according to DIN 1988-2 (TWRI) and are valid for straight
lengths inbetween two brackets. In the case of a bend or a loose extremity the span between two brackets is 0.65 x the span as
mentioned in the table.
Seamless steel pipes according to

EN 10220 (replaces DIN 2448)
Pipe D s Weight of pipe Water content Water filled weight L max.
[mm] [kg/m] [l/m] [kg/m] [m]
[DN] O.D.
[mm]
6 10.2 1.6 0.34 0.04 0.38 1
8 13.5 1.8 0.52 0.08 0.6 1
- 16 1.8 0.63 0.121 0.751 1.1
10 17.2 1.8 0.68 0.145 0.825 1.2
- 20 2 0.89 0.201 1.091 1.2
15 21.3 2 0.95 0.235 1.185 1.3
- 25 2 1.13 0.346 1.476 1.4
20 26.9 2.3 1.4 0.39 1.79 1.5
- 30 2.6 1.76 0.483 2.243 1.8
- 31.8 2.6 1.87 0.555 2.425 1.8
25 33.7 2.6 1.99 0.638 2.628 2
- 38 2.6 2.27 0.845 3.115 2.2
32 42.4 2.6 2.55 1.086 3.636 2.3
- 44.5 2.6 2.69 1.212 3.902 2.4
40 48.3 2.6 2.95 1.458 4.408 2.5
- 51 2.6 3.1 1.647 4.747 2.8
- 57 2.9 3.87 2.058 5.928 3
50 60.3 2.9 4.11 2.332 6.442 3.1
- 63.5 2.9 4.33 2.614 6.944 3.1
- 70 2.9 4.8 3.235 8.035 3.2
65 76.1 2.9 5.24 3.88 9.12 3.3
- 82.5 3.2 6.26 4.546 10.806 3.7
80 88.9 3.2 6.76 5.343 12.103 4.2
- 101.6 3.6 8.7 6.995 15.695 4.3
- 108 3.6 9.27 7.976 17.246 4.4
100 114.3 3.6 9.83 9.004 18.834 4.5
- 127 4 12.13 11.116 23.246 4.7
- 133 4 12.73 12.266 24.996 4.9
125 139.7 4 13.39 13.616 27.006 5.1
- 152.4 4.5 16.41 16.144 32.554 5.3
- 159 4.5 17.15 17.663 34.813 5.5
150 168.3 4.5 18.18 19.921 38.101 5.8
- 177.8 5 21.31 22.103 43.413 6
- 193.7 5.4 25.08 26.26 51.34 6
200 219.1 5.9 31.02 33.734 64.754 6
- 244.5 6.3 37.01 42.215 79.225 6
250 273 6.3 41.44 53.26 94.7 6
300 323.9 7.1 55.47 75.33 130.8 6
350 355.6 8 68.58 90.58 159.16 6
400 406.4 8.8 86.29 118.73 205.02 6
450 457 10 110.24 149.99 260.23 6
500 508 11 134.82 185.51 320.33 6
600 610 12.5 184.19 268.78 452.97 6

Steel fire tube
[mm] [kg/m] [l/m] [kg/m] [m]
DN O.D.[mm]
(DN)
6 10.2 1.6 0.34 0.04 0.38 1
8 13.5 1.8 0.52 0.08 0.6 1
- 16 1.8 0.63 0.121 0.751 1.1
10 17.2 1.8 0.68 0.145 0.825 1.2
- 20 2 0.89 0.201 1.091 1.2
15 21.3 2 0.95 0.235 1.185 1.3
- 25 2 1.13 0.346 1.476 1.4
20 26.9 2 1.23 0.41 1.64 1.5
- 30.0 2 1.38 0.53 1.91 1.8
- 31.8 2 1.47 0.61 2.08 1.8
25 33.7 2 1.56 0.69 2.25 2
- 38 2.3 2.02 0.88 2.9 2.2
32 42.4 2.3 2.27 1.12 3.39 2.3
- 44.5 2.3 2.39 1.25 3.64 2.4
40 48.3 2.3 2.61 1.5 4.11 2.5
- 51 2.3 2.76 1.69 4.45 2.8
- 57 2.3 3.1 2.16 5.26 3
50 60.3 2.3 3.29 2.44 5.73 3.1
- 63.5 2.6 3.9 2.67 6.57 3.1
- 70.0 2.6 4.32 3.3 7.62 3.2
65 76.1 2.6 4.71 3.95 8.66 3.3
- 82.5 2.6 5.12 4.69 9.81 3.7
80 88.9 2.9 6.15 5.42 11.57 4.2
- 101.6 2.9 7.06 7.21 14.27 4.3
- 108 2.9 7.52 8.2 15.72 4.4
100 114.3 3.2 8.77 9.14 17.91 4.5
- 127 3.2 9.77 11.42 21.19 4.7
- 133 3.6 11.49 12.43 23.92 4.9
125 139.7 3.6 12.08 13.79 25.87 5.1
- 152.4 4 14.64 16.38 31.02 5.3
- 159 4 15.29 17.91 33.2 5.5
150 168.3 4 16.21 20.18 36.39 5.8
- 177.8 4.5 19.23 22.38 41.61 6
- 193.7 4.5 21 26.79 47.79 6
200 219.1 4.5 23.82 34.67 58.49 6
- 244.5 5 29.53 43.19 72.72 6
250 273 5 33.05 54.33 87.38 6
300 323.9 5.6 43.96 76.8 120.76 6
350 355.6 5.6 48.34 93.16 141.5 6
400 406.4 6.3 62.16 121.8 183.96 6
450 457 6.3 70.02 155.11 225.13 6
500 508 6.3 77.95 192.75 270.7 6
600 610 6.3 93.8 280.3 374.1 6
Stainless steel dairy pipe

DIN 11850
Pipe D s Weight of pipe Water content Water filled weight
[mm] [kg/m] [l/m] [kg/m]
DN O.D.[mm]
(DN)
10 12 1 0.28 0.079 0.359
- 12 1.5 0.39 0.064 0.454
15 18 1 0.43 0.201 0.631
- 18 1.5 0.62 0.177 0.797
20 22 1 0.53 0.314 0.844
- 22 1.5 0.77 0.284 1.054
25 28 1 0.68 0.531 1.211
- 28 1.5 1 0.491 1.491
32 34 1 0.83 0.804 1.634
- 34 1.5 1.22 0.755 1.975
40 40 1 0.98 1.134 2.114
- 40 1.5 1.45 1.075 2.525
50 52 1 1.28 1.963 3.243
- 52 1.5 1.9 1.886 3.786
65 70 2 3.41 3.421 6.831
80 85 2 4.16 5.153 9.313
100 104 2 5.11 7.854 12.964
125 129 2 6.36 12.272 18.632
150 154 2 7.61 17.671 25.281
200 204 2 10.12 31.416 41.536
250 254 2 12.7 49.087 61.787
AKB (Multilayer pipe)
O.D.al [mm] (kg/m) (L/m) (kg/m) (m)
14 2 0.111 0.079 0.19 1
16 2 0.129 0.113 0.242 1
16 2.5 0.135 0.104 0.239 1
20 2 0.175 0.201 0.376 1
20 2.5 0.185 0.177 0.362 1
25 2.5 0.274 0.314 0.588 1.5
26 3 0.3 0.314 0.614 1.5
32 3 0.415 0.531 0.946 2
40 3.5 0.595 0.855 1.45 2
50 4 0.84 1.385 2.225 2
63 4.5 1.1 2.29 3.39 2.5
Stainless steel pharma tube

DIN 11866
Pipe D s Weight of pipe Water content Water filled weight
[mm] [kg/m] [l/m] [kg/m]
DN O.D.[mm]
(DN)
10 13 1.5 0.432 0.079 0.511
15 19 1.5 0.658 0.201 0.859
20 23 1.5 0.808 0.314 1.122
25 29 1.5 1.034 0.531 1.565
32 35 1.5 1.26 0.804 2.064
40 41 1.5 1.485 1.134 2.619
50 53 1.5 1.937 1.963 3.9
65 70 2 3.409 3.421 6.83
80 85 2 4.161 5.153 9.314
100 104 2 5.114 7.854 12.968
HDPE
DIN 8074, column 5
O.D.al [mm] (kg/m) (L/m) (kg/m) (m) *
10 2 0.05 0.028 0.078 0.5
12 2 0.06 0.05 0.11 0.5
16 2 0.08 0.113 0.193 0.5
20 2 0.11 0.201 0.311 0.75
25 2.3 0.16 0.327 0.487 0.9
32 3 0.26 0.531 0.791 1
40 3.7 0.4 0.835 1.235 1
50 4.6 0.62 1.307 1.927 1.15
63 5.8 0.99 2.075 3.065 1.25
75 6.9 1.4 2.942 4.342 1.33
90 8.2 2 4.254 6.254 1.45
110 10 2.98 6.362 9.342 1.6
125 11.4 3.87 8.203 12.073 1.7
140 12.8 4.86 10.279 15.139 1.75
160 14.6 6.34 13.437 19.777 1.9
180 16.4 8.01 17.018 25.028 1.95
200 18.2 9.88 21.021 30.901 2
225 20.5 12.51 26.59 39.1 2.1
250 22.8 15.46 32.813 48.273 2.25
280 25.5 19.37 41.187 60.557 2.4
315 28.7 24.52 52.117 76.637 2.5
* At 40 C (314 K).

Round airduct (Spiral tube)
EN 12237 (replaces DIN EN 24147)
Pipe D s Weight of pipe L max.
O.D.al [mm] (kg/m) (m)
80 0.5 1.1 3
100 0.5 1.4 3
125 0.5 1.8 3
160 0.5 2.3 3
200 0.5 2.8 3
250 0.5 3.5 3
315 0.6 5.3 3
355 0.6 6 3
400 0.6 6.8 3
450 0.6 7.6 3
500 0.6 8.4 3
560 0.6 9.5 3
630 0.8 14.2 3
710 0.8 16 3
800 0.8 18 3
900 0.8 20.3 3
1000 1 28.1 3
1120 1 31.5 3
1250 1 35.2 3
Seamless copper pipes according to

O.D.al [mm] (kg/m) (L/m) (kg/m) (m) *
10 1 0.252 0.05 0.302 1.25
12 1 0.308 0.079 0.387 1.25
15 1 0.391 0.133 0.524 1.25
18 1 0.475 0.201 0.676 1.5
22 1 0.587 0.314 0.901 2
28 1.5 1.11 0.491 1.601 2.25
35 1.5 1.41 0.804 2.214 2.75
42 1.5 1.7 1.194 2.894 3
54 2 2.91 1.963 4.873 3.5
64 2 3.47 2.828 6.298 4
76,1 2 4.17 4.08 8.25 4.25
88,9 2 4.89 5.66 10.55 4.75
108 2.5 7.42 8.33 15.75 5
133 3 10.98 12.67 23.65 5
159 3 13.17 18.39 31.56 5
219 3 18.24 35.63 53.87 5
267 3 22.29 53.5 75.79 5
* According to DIN 1988-2.
Seamless threaded steel pipes according to

[mm] [kg/m] [l/m] [kg/m] [m] *
Nom. O.D.
(") [mm]
1/4" 13.5 2.35 0.65 0.061 0.711 1.5
3/8" 17.2 2.35 0.86 0.123 0.983 2.25
1/ "
2 21.3 2.65 1.22 0.201 1.421 2.75
1/ "
4 26.9 2.65 1.58 0.366 1.946 3
1" 33.7 3.25 2.44 0.581 3.021 3.5
1 /4"
1 42.4 3.25 3.14 1.012 4.152 3.75
1 1/2" 48.3 3.25 3.61 1.372 4.982 4.25
2" 60.3 3.65 5.1 2.205 7.305 4.75
2 1/2" 76.1 3.65 6.52 3.716 10.236 5.5
3" 88.9 4.05 8.47 5.125 13.595 6
4" 114.3 4.5 12.19 8.704 20.894 6
5" 139.7 4.85 16.13 13.267 29.397 6
6" 165.1 4.85 19.17 18.957 38.127 6
* According to DIN 1988-2.
GA cast iron drainage pipes according to
DIN 19500
[mm] [kg/m] [l/m] [kg/m] [m] **
DN O.D.
[mm] [mm]
50 60 3.5 5.2 2.205 7.405 1.5
70 80 3.5 7 4.183 11.183 1.5
100 112 4 11.3 8.491 19.791 1.5
125 137 4 14 13.063 27.063 1.5
150 162 5 20.6 18.137 38.737 1.5
200 212 6 32.4 31.4 63.8 1.5
** A minimum of 2 clips per trade length.
PVC drainage pipes

DIN 8062, column 3
[mm] [kg/m] [l/m] [kg/m] [m] *
DN O.D.
[mm] [mm]
40 50 1.8 0.4 1.69 2.09 1.10 *
50 63 1.9 0.53 2.75 3.29 1.20 *
70 75 2.2 0.73 3.91 4.65 1.35 *
80 90 2.7 1.08 5.62 6.7 1.50 *
100 110 3.2 1.57 8.43 10 1.70 *
125 125 3.7 2.06 10.86 12.92 1.95 *
150 160 4.7 3.35 17.81 21.16 2.10 *
- 180 5.3 4.25 22.54 26.78 2.2
- 200 5.9 5.25 27.82 33.07 2.2
- 225 6.6 6.61 35.23 41.84 2.3
- 250 7.3 8.13 43.52 51.65 2.5
- 280 8.2 10.22 54.57 64.8 2.8
- 315 9.2 12.91 69.09 82 3
* According to DIN 1988-2, at 40 C (314 K).
PVC-hart
PN16 DIN 8062, column 5
[mm] [kg/m] [l/m] [kg/m] [m] *
DN O.D.
[mm] [mm]
10 16 1.2 0.08 0.15 0.23 0.50 *
15 20 1.5 0.13 0.23 0.35 0.60 *
20 25 1.9 0.2 0.35 0.55 0.65 *
25 32 2.4 0.33 0.58 0.91 0.70 *
32 40 3 0.51 0.91 1.42 0.90 *
40 50 3.7 0.79 1.43 2.21 1.10 *
50 63 4.7 1.26 2.26 3.51 1.20 *
70 75 5.6 1.78 3.2 4.98 1.35 *
80 90 6.7 2.56 4.61 7.17 1.50 *
100 110 8.2 3.83 6.88 10.71 1.70 *
125 125 10.4 6.18 11.16 17.34 1.95 *
150 160 11.9 8.08 14.57 22.65 2.10 *
- 180 13.4 10.24 18.43 28.67 2.2
- 200 14.9 12.65 22.75 35.4 2.2
- 225 16.7 15.96 28.83 44.79 2.3
- 250 18.6 19.74 35.57 55.31 2.5
- 280 20.8 24.73 44.64 69.37 2.8
- 315 23.4 31.3 56.49 87.79 3
* According DIN 1988-2, at 40 C (314 K).

SML waste pipe (cast iron)
DIN 19522-2010-12 + DIN EN 877 (replaces DIN 19522-2000-1)
[mm] [kg/m] [l/m] [kg/m] [m] *
DN [mm] O.D. [mm]
40 48 3 3.07 1.39 4.46 1.5
70 78 3.5 5.94 3.96 9.9 1.5
80 83 3.5 6.34 4.54 10.88 1.5
100 110 3.5 8.49 8.33 16.82 1.5
125 135 4 11.93 12.67 24.6 1.5
150 160 4 14.21 18.15 32.36 1.5
50 58 3.5 4.34 2.04 6.38 1.5
200 210 5 23.35 31.42 54.77 1.5
250 274 5.5 33.64 54.33 87.97 1.5
300 326 6 43.73 77.44 121.17 1.5
400 429 8.1 77.65 133.83 211.48 1.5
500 532 9 107.21 207.5 314.71 1.5
600 635 9.9 140.95 297.25 438.2 1.5
* A minimum of 2 clips per trade length.
PE drainage pipes
DIN 19535
[mm] [kg/m] [l/m] [kg/m] [m]
DN [mm] O.D. [mm]
26 32 3 0.273 0.531 0.804 0.95
34 40 3 0.348 0.907 1.255 0.95
40 (44) 50 3 0.443 1.52 1.963 1.05
50 56 3 0.5 1.963 2.463 1.2
57 63 3 0.566 2.55 3.116 1.2
70 75 3 0.679 3.737 4.416 1.3
80 90 3.5 0.952 5.408 6.36 1.45
100 110 4.3 1.432 8.071 9.503 1.6
115 (125) 125 4.8 1.817 10.454 12.271 1.7
125 140 5.4 2.296 13.104 15.394 1.8
150 160 6.2 3.004 17.102 20.106 1.9
200 200 6.2 3.83 27.627 31.457 2
250 250 7.8 6.019 43.131 49.15 2.2
300 315 9.8 9.4 68.51 77.91 2.4
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS FOR FLANGES
Flanges
According to EN 1092-1 PN 16.
Material: C 22.3 according to DIN 17243. without corrosion protection.
d1
S
d2 h1
r
b
d3
d4
k
D
DN d1 D d3 s b r k h1 Holes D2 d4 Weight
[kg]
50 60.3 165 75 2.9 18 6 125 45 4 18 102 2.53
65 76.1 185 90 2.9 18 6 145 45 8 18 122 3.06
80 88.9 200 105 3.2 20 8 160 50 8 18 138 3.7
100 114.3 220 125 3.6 20 8 180 52 8 18 158 4.62
125 139.7 250 156 4 22 8 210 55 8 18 188 6.3
150 168.3 285 184 4.5 22 10 240 55 8 22 212 7.75
200 219.1 340 235 5.9 24 10 295 62 12 22 268 11.0
250 273 405 292 6.3 26 12 355 70 12 26 320 15.6
300 323.9 460 344 7.1 28 12 410 78 12 26 378 22.0
350 355.6 520 390 8 30 12 470 82 16 26 438 28.7
400 406.4 580 445 8 32 12 525 85 16 30 490 36.3
450 457 640 490 8 32 12 585 85 18 30 550 44.1
500 508 715 548 8 34 12 650 90 20 33 610 61.0
600 610 840 652 8.8 36 12 770 95 20 36 725 75.4
Thermal Length Change in Pipes
The pipe length changes due to thermal variations Installing length compensators, for instance, and/or by
within systems. The extent of the change depends on integrating a mixture of sliding and fixed clips, or
the type of material of which the pipe is made. Slight expansion bolts/bends in the pipework.
changes in length can be absorbed by 'elasticity' in The length that needs to be compensated for can be
the pipe network. Larger changes in length demand calculated by working out the length differences in the
action of some sort. pipework prior to installation.
Expansion of pipes
The equation for calculating the change in the length Expansion coefcient of Expansion [mm/m C]
of pipes is as follows: steel 0.0120
L = L x x T stainless steel 0.0166
copper 0.0168
aluminium 0.0232
L = total change in the length of the pipe [mm] PE 0.1800
PVC 0.2000
L = original pipe length [m]
= linear expansion coefficient
T = difference in temperature [C]
Example 1: Example 2:
Pipe material: steel Pipe material: copper
Pipe length: 30 metres Pipe length: 10 metres
T-max. = +80 C T-max. = +30 C
T-min. = +15 C T-min. = -30 C
System temperature: +15 C. System temperature: +15 C.
T = +80 C - +15 C = 65 C T hot = +30 C - +15 C = 15 C
L = 30 x 0.0120 x 60 = 23.4 mm T cold = +15 C - -30 C = 45 C
T total = T hot + T cold = 10 C + 50 C = 60 C
Caution: If the system temperature exceeds T-min. L = 10 x 0.0186 x 60 = 10.08 mm
(for instance with chilled water pipes), the pipe will
shrink somewhat.
Expansion at a temperature difference of 30 C.

Length of pipe Expansion of Expansion of Expansion of Expansion of Expansion of Expansion of
[m] steel stainless steel copper aluminium PE PVC
10 4 5 5 7 54 60
25 9 12 13 17 135 150
50 18 25 25 35 270 300
75 26 37 38 52 405 450
100 35 50 50 70 540 600
150 53 75 76 104 810 900
200 70 100 101 139 1080 1200
300 105 149 151 209 1620 1800

10 6 8 8 12 90 100
25 15 21 21 29 225 250
50 29 42 42 58 450 500
75 44 62 63 87 675 750
100 59 83 84 116 900 1000
150 88 125 126 174 1350 1500
200 117 166 168 232 1800 2000
300 176 249 252 348 2700 3000

10 9 12 13 17 135 150
25 22 31 32 44 338 375
50 44 62 63 87 675 750
75 66 93 95 131 1013 1125
100 88 125 126 174 1350 1500
150 132 187 189 261 2025 2250
200 176 249 252 348 2700 3000
300 263 374 378 522 4050 4500
Selection Table
Universal Clips
Type of Pipe / Application
Steel Plastic Copper Cast Iron Thin Air Duct Wicu Stainless Sprink- Gas and Chilled Fixed
Walled Steel ler Mains Water Point
Type Page Steel Water
BSA 258
BSA-S 262
BSB 263
BSI 264
BSI-WH 265
BSI-HDI 266
BSH 267
BSG 268
BSA-G 269
Variofit 272
KS 272
KSC 273
KSD 273
KSDC 273
CA 276
CB 278
CC 280
BSF 282
Selection Tables

BSF-D 286
BSU 287
UB 288
KB 289
BSL 291
BSL-A 292
BRS - SST 412
BRS-A - SST 412
BSA - SST 413
BSF - SST 413
Selection Table
Wall- and Floorclips
Steel Plastic Copper Cast Thin Air Duct Wicu Stain- Sprink- Gas and Chilled Fixed Rain
Iron Walled less ler Mains Water Point Water
Steel Steel Water Drain
Type Page Pipe
BMA 298
BM 300
BMK 302
DP 304
Omega 305
PC (floor) 305
Selection Tables
Selection Table
Pipe Hangers and Sprinkler Clips
BKI 310
BSC 311
BK 312
BKK 314
BKP 315
BKS 320
BES 321
BCS 322
LB Mounting Strip 323
A BSA M 16 Clips ............................................................................ 254
BSA-S Clips ................................................................................. 256
A1i Anchor Bracket ...................................................................... 345 BSB Clips ..................................................................................... 257
AB Brass Anchor .......................................................................... 384 BSC Pipe Hangers ....................................................................... 305
AD Adapters ................................................................................. 388 BSF Clips ................................................................................. 278
Additional Connection Sleeves ...................................................... 142 BSF / M 10 Clips ...................................................................... 279
Airfix A .......................................................................................... 115 BSF Clips - Stainless Steel ........................................................... 407
AirfixControl .................................................................................. 130 BSF-D Clips ................................................................................. 280
Airfix D .......................................................................................... 115 BSF M 8/10 Clips ......................................................................... 276
Airfix D-E - 10.0 bar ...................................................................... 120 BSF M 8 Clips .............................................................................. 276
Airfix D-E - 16.0 bar ...................................................................... 120 BSF M 10 Clips ............................................................................ 277
Airfix D-E-B - 10.0 bar .................................................................. 122 BSF M 12 Clips ............................................................................ 277
Airfix D-E-B - 16.0 bar .................................................................. 122 BSF M 16 Clips ............................................................................ 277
Airfix D-E-B - 25.0 bar .................................................................. 123 BSG M 8 Clips .............................................................................. 262
Airfix D-E Bladder Rupture Sensor ................................................ 120 BSG M 10 Clips ............................................................................ 262
Airfix D-E-L ................................................................................... 121 BSH M 8/10 Clips ........................................................................ 261
Airfix P 2 - 35 ................................................................................ 124 BSI-HDI M 8/10 Clips ................................................................... 260
Airfix P 50 - 300 ............................................................................ 124 BSI M 8/10 Clips .......................................................................... 258
Airfix P 500 - 3000 ........................................................................ 125 BSI M 10/12 Clips ........................................................................ 258
Airfix P Horizontal ......................................................................... 125 BSI-WH Clips ............................................................................... 259
Analogue Signalling ........................................................................ 64 BSL-A Clips .................................................................................. 286
APP Pin ........................................................................................ 384 BSL Clips ..................................................................................... 285
AP Push-in Anchor ....................................................................... 384 BSU M 8/10 Clips ......................................................................... 281
AS Segment Anchor ..................................................................... 384 BSU M 10/12 Clips ....................................................................... 281
ATH Build-on Thermostat ............................................................. 143 BT-FIX PE Clips ............................................................................ 263
AT Tipping Dowel ......................................................................... 385 Bus Coupler LONWorks Standard .................................................. 64
Automatic Air Vent ......................................................... 203, 225, 237 Bushing ........................................................................................ 387
Bushing - Stainless Steel .............................................................. 409
B BVP Fixed Point Construction ....................................................... 359
Backflow Security ........................................................................... 63 C

Backplates GPS ........................................................................... 392
Backplates RTG 4 ........................................................................ 392 CA Clips - 9 mm ........................................................................... 270
Ball Valve ........................................................................................ 61 CA Clips - 13 mm ......................................................................... 271
Basepak Expansion Equipment ...................................................... 73 CA Clips - 19 mm ......................................................................... 271
BC Profile Clips ............................................................................ 398 CB Clips - 13 mm ......................................................................... 272
BCS Pipe Hangers ....................................................................... 316 CB Clips - 19 mm ......................................................................... 273
BES Pipe Hangers ........................................................................ 315 CC Clips - 30 mm ........................................................................ 274
Bimetallic Temperature Switch ........................................................ 61 CC Clips - 40 mm ........................................................................ 275
BKI Pipe Hangers ......................................................................... 304 CH - E Clevis Hangers .................................................................. 419
BKK Pipe Hangers ........................................................................ 308 CH - G Clevis Hangers ................................................................. 419
BK M 6 Pipe Hangers ................................................................... 306 CH - GL Clevis Hangers ............................................................... 421
BK M8 Pipe Hangers .................................................................... 307 ClickConnection ........................................................................... 330
BK M12 Pipe Hangers .................................................................. 307 ClickConnection PS31 .................................................................. 332
BKP Pipe Hangers ........................................................................ 309 ClickConnection RH ..................................................................... 330
BKS Pipe Hangers ........................................................................ 314 ClickConnection RZ-H .................................................................. 332
Blind Flange .................................................................................. 143 ClickConnection RZ-V .................................................................. 332
BMA-HK Wall Clips ....................................................................... 293 ClickEasy ...................................................................................... 328
BMA-SU Wall Clips ....................................................................... 292 ClickEasy HB ................................................................................ 328
BMD Backplate Assemblies .......................................................... 400 ClickEasy HBS ............................................................................. 328
BME Backplate Assembly ............................................................. 400 ClickEasy K .................................................................................. 329
BMF Backplate Assemblies .......................................................... 401 ClickFit HB ................................................................................... 326
BMG Backplate Assembly ............................................................ 402 ClickFit HBS ................................................................................. 326
BM-HK Wall Clips ......................................................................... 294 ClickFit K ...................................................................................... 327
BM-HL Wall Clips ......................................................................... 295 ClickFit M ..................................................................................... 326
BMK-HK Wall Clips ....................................................................... 296 Connector .................................................................................... 388
BMK-HL Wall Clips ....................................................................... 297 Contra-Flex 100 - 200 .................................................................... 24
BMK-SU Wall Clips ....................................................................... 296 Contra-Flex W 35 ........................................................................... 24
BM-SU Wall Clips ......................................................................... 294 Contra-Flex W 50 - 80 .................................................................... 24
BMU Backplate Assembly ............................................................ 401 CPS Pipe Covers .......................................................................... 422
BMV Backplate Assembly ............................................................. 401 CPS Shield Size No. Selection .............................................. 422, 423
BRS-A Clips ................................................................................. 406 CS Protection Saddles ................................................................. 430
BRS Clips ..................................................................................... 406 Cubex R ......................................................................................... 31
BSA Clips ................................................................................. 254 Cubex R Bracket ............................................................................ 84
BSA / M 10 Clips ...................................................................... 254
BSA Clips - Stainless Steel ........................................................... 407
D
BSA-G Clips ................................................................................. 262
BSA M 8/10 Clips ......................................................................... 253 DA Noise-suppression Fixtures ..................................................... 403
BSA M 8 Click-In .......................................................................... 325 Diaphragm Rupture Sensor ............................................................ 63
BSA M 8 Clips .............................................................................. 252 Dirt Wiper ..................................................................................... 234
BSA M 10 Click-In ........................................................................ 325 Double Pump Control (PN 10) ........................................................ 59
BSA M 10 Clips ............................................................................ 253 Double Pump Control (PN 16) ........................................................ 59
BSA M 12 Clips ............................................................................ 253 DP Double Pipe Clips ................................................................... 298
..
C.
$/3+$%(7,&,1'(;
B/
A/
Drain and Refill Sets ....................................................................... 61 Flexair F - PN 10 ........................................................................... 202
Drive Tool ..................................................................................... 385 Flexair F - PN 16 ........................................................................... 202
DS Threaded Nipples ................................................................... 378 Flexair F - PN 25 ........................................................................... 202
D Threaded Ends ......................................................................... 378 Flexair G ....................................................................................... 201
D Threaded Rods ......................................................................... 381 Flexair S ....................................................................................... 201
D Threaded Rods - Stainless Steel ............................................... 409 FlexBalance EcoPlus C ................................................................. 105
Duo 120 - 500 .............................................................................. 162 FlexBalance F ............................................................................... 100
Duo 750 - 1000 ............................................................................ 164 FlexBalance Plus F ....................................................................... 102
Duo 1500 - 2000 .......................................................................... 165 FlexBalance Plus R ....................................................................... 103
Duo Connections .......................................................................... 123 FlexBalance Plus S ....................................................................... 103
Duo FWS 550 - 1000 ................................................................... 187 FlexBalance R .............................................................................. 101
Duo HLS 300 - 500 ...................................................................... 169 FlexBalance S ............................................................................... 101
Duo HLS-E 100 - 500 ................................................................... 170 Flexbrane ..................................................................................... 133
Duo HLS-E 750 -910 .................................................................... 171 Flexcon 110 - 1000 - 6.0 bar .......................................................... 27
Duo HLS-E Solar 200 - 500 .......................................................... 173 Flexcon 110 - 1000 - 10.0 bar ........................................................ 28
Duo HLS-E Solar 750 -910 ........................................................... 173 Flexcon C 2 - 25 ............................................................................. 25
Duo Solar 200 - 500 ..................................................................... 166 Flexcon C 35 - 80 ........................................................................... 25
Duo Solar 750 - 1000 ................................................................... 166 Flexcon C 110 - 1000 ..................................................................... 26
DWH Water Heaters ..................................................................... 175 Flexcon Connection Set .............................................................. 80
Flexcon Connection Set 1 ............................................................... 80
E Flexcon DT ............................................................................. 96, 131
Flexcon GVA 90 .............................................................................. 97
Easycontact ................................................................................... 63 Flexcon M - 6.0 bar ........................................................................ 33
EB Eye Bolts For BSC .................................................................. 305 Flexcon M-K - 3.0 bar .................................................................... 52
EB-LB Eye Bolts ........................................................................... 317 Flexcon M-K - 6.0 bar .................................................................... 53
EBTH Built-in Thermostat ............................................................. 143 Flexcon M-K - 10.0 bar .................................................................. 53
EHF Heating Element ................................................................... 144 Flexcon M-K/C ............................................................................... 49
EHK Heating Element ................................................................... 144 Flexcon M-K Connecting Kit (pneumatic) ........................................ 53
ENA 5 - 30 ................................................................................... 228 Flexcon M-K/S - 3.0 bar ................................................................. 50
Flexcon M-K/S - 3.0 bar Internal Coating ........................................ 50
Flexcon M-K/S - 6.0 bar ................................................................. 51
F Flexcon M-K/S - 10.0 bar ............................................................... 51
Flamco Clean ............................................................................... 229 Flexcon M-K/U - 6.0 bar ................................................................. 48
Flamco Clean EcoPlus .................................................................. 230 Flexcon M-K/U - 10.0 bar ............................................................... 48
Flamco Clean EcoPlus V ............................................................... 231 Flexcon M-P/B Auxiliary Vessels ..................................................... 66
Flamco Clean F ............................................................................ 233 Flexcon M-P/G Main Vessels .......................................................... 66
Flamco Clean R ............................................................................ 233 Flexcon P ....................................................................................... 31
Flamco Clean S ............................................................................ 233 Flexconpak Expansion Equipment .................................................. 73
Flamco Clean Smart ..................................................................... 230 Flexcon PRO .................................................................................. 35
Flamco Clean Smart EcoPlus ....................................................... 231 Flexcon Solar 8 - 25 ....................................................................... 30
Flamco Clean V ............................................................................ 229 Flexcon Solar 35 - 80 ..................................................................... 30
Flamco EG ..................................................................................... 85 Flexcon Solar 110 - 1000 ............................................................... 30
Flamco-Fill PE Top-up Unit (pressurisation) ..................................... 68 Flexconsole ................................................................................ 82
FlamcoFit Rail ............................................................................... 324 Flexconsole Plus ............................................................................. 82
FlamcoFit Unit .............................................................................. 324 Flexconsole Plus S 20 .................................................................... 83
Flamco IsoPlus ..................................................................... 225, 234 Flexconsole S 20 ............................................................................ 82
Flamco Large and Custom Made Vessels ..................................... 189 Flexcon Top 2 - 25 .......................................................................... 29
Flamco LTA Air Accumulator ......................................................... 199 Flexcon Top 35 - 80 ........................................................................ 29
Flamcomat BB Auxiliary Vessels ..................................................... 60 FlexControl ................................................................................. 80
Flamcomat GB Main Vessels .......................................................... 60 Flexcon V-B - 6.0 bar ..................................................................... 37
Flamconsole S 25 ........................................................................... 83 Flexcon V-B - 10.0 bar ................................................................... 37
Flamcovent ................................................................................... 214 Flexcon VSV - 6.0 bar ..................................................................... 37
Flamcovent Clean ......................................................................... 235 Flexcon VSV - 10.0 bar ................................................................... 37
Flamcovent Clean F ...................................................................... 237 Flexfast ....................................................................................... 81
Flamcovent Clean R ..................................................................... 237 Flexfiller Digital Glycol Pressurisation ............................................... 70
Flamcovent Clean S ...................................................................... 236 Flexfiller Midi ................................................................................... 70
Flamcovent Clean Smart .............................................................. 235 Flexfiller Mini ................................................................................... 70
Flamcovent Clean Smart EcoPlus ................................................. 235 Flexfiller Standard ........................................................................... 70
Flamcovent EcoPlus ..................................................................... 215 Flexfiller Twin System ...................................................................... 71
Flamcovent EcoPlus V .................................................................. 216 Flexfill Plus ...................................................................................... 71
Flamcovent F - PN 10 ................................................................... 223 Flexible Connecting Kit ................................................................... 62
Flamcovent F - PN 16 ................................................................... 224 Flexofit S ...................................................................................... 136
Flamcovent F - PN 25 ................................................................... 224 Flexofit S T-fitting .......................................................................... 136
Flamcovent R ............................................................................... 223 Flexvent ........................................................................................ 198
Flamcovent S ............................................................................... 223 Flexvent H .................................................................................... 198
Flamcovent Smart ........................................................................ 214 Flexvent MAX ............................................................................... 199
Flamcovent Smart EcoPlus ........................................................... 216 Flexvent Solar ............................................................................... 199
Flamcovent Solar .......................................................................... 216 Flexvent Super .............................................................................. 199
Flamcovent Solar V ....................................................................... 217 Flexvent Top ................................................................................. 198
Flamcovent V ................................................................................ 214 Flexvent Top Solar ........................................................................ 199
Flange Connection ......................................................................... 53 Flopress ......................................................................................... 89
Flanged Lock-shield Valves PN 6 .................................................... 97 Flopressmano ................................................................................. 92
Flanged Lock-shield Valves PN 16 .................................................. 97 Foot Levelling Set ......................................................................... 142
FSA Anode ................................................................................... 142 L
FSA/E Anode ................................................................................ 142
FWP 750 - 1000 ........................................................................... 188 LB Mounting Strip ........................................................................ 317
LL Air Duct Bracket ...................................................................... 399
LPG Tanks .................................................................................... 189
G
LR Air Duct Bracket ...................................................................... 399
Gaskets ........................................................................................ 143 LS 200 - 2000 .............................................................................. 178
Gas Sensor .................................................................................. 228 LS-E 300 - 500 ............................................................................. 179
Gas Sensor Connecting Group ....................................................... 62 LS-E 750 -1000 ............................................................................ 180
GK 50 Expansion Units ................................................................. 393 LZ Air Duct Bracket ...................................................................... 399
GK 150 Expansion Units ............................................................... 393
GK 500 Expansion Units ............................................................... 393 M
GK 750 Expansion Unit ................................................................ 394
GP Backplates 70 x 20 ................................................................. 391 Manofiller ........................................................................................ 93
GP Backplates 80 x 30 ................................................................. 390 MB ......................................................................................... 84, 131
GP Backplates 120 x 40 ............................................................... 390 MgA Anode .................................................................................. 142
GP Backplates 60 ..................................................................... 390 M..h Nuts ..................................................................................... 356
GP Backplates - Stainless Steel .................................................... 409 MidiFill Plus ..................................................................................... 72
GPK Backplates 80 x 30 .............................................................. 393 Mild Steel Dosing Pots .................................................................... 85
GWK Console ............................................................................... 365 M Nuts ......................................................................................... 356
M Nuts - Stainless Steel ............................................................... 408
Mono Connections ....................................................................... 123
H
M-P 10-40 Pump Unit .................................................................... 67
HB Hammer Head Bolts ............................................................... 360 MPR-S Double Pump Unit .............................................................. 65
HBS Hammer Head Bolt Sets ....................................................... 360 MPR-S Single Pump Unit ............................................................... 65
HB..SR Hammer Head Bolts ........................................................ 360 M ..s Rail Support Nuts - Stainless Steel ....................................... 408
HBS - Stainless Steel ................................................................... 409 M..SR Sliding Nuts ....................................................................... 356
HD Dowel Screws ........................................................................ 379 M..s Sliding Nuts .......................................................................... 355
HLS Solar 400 - 500 ..................................................................... 172 MVE 1 Direct Pressurisation Control ............................................... 67
HM Mounting Strip Accessories .................................................... 317 MVE 2 Solenoid Valve Unit .............................................................. 68
HO Dowel Screws ........................................................................ 379
HO-K Threaded Studs With Collar ................................................ 380 N
HO Wood Screw Studs - Stainless Steel ...................................... 409
HRDB/RDC Double Pipe Rozettes ................................................ 414 NFE 1 Top-up Unit .......................................................................... 68
HS 1 Angle Support Set ............................................................... 348 NFE 2 Top-up Unit .......................................................................... 68
HS 2 Angle Support ..................................................................... 348 NFE 3 Ball Valve With Dirt Collector ................................................ 68
HS 3 Angle Support ..................................................................... 349
HZ Hex Head Wood Screws ......................................................... 380 O
HZI Wood Screw Studs ................................................................ 381
HZWH Water Heaters ................................................................... 177 Omega Clips ................................................................................ 299
I P
Impulse Output Water Meter ........................................................... 63 PC Plugclips ................................................................................. 299
Insulating Mantle Duo/Duo-Solar .................................................. 145 PM Steel Plug ............................................................................... 385
Insulating Mantle FWP/DUO FWS ................................................. 148 PP Plastic Plug ............................................................................. 385
Insulating Mantle KPS ................................................................... 148 Precharge Pressure Tester .............................................................. 95
Insulating Mantle LS(/E) ................................................................ 145 Prescofiller ...................................................................................... 92
Insulating Mantle PS(/R) ................................................................ 149 Prescomano ................................................................................... 92
IVS Isolating Joints ....................................................................... 142 Prescor ........................................................................................... 88
Prescor B ..................................................................................... 130
K Prescor IC .................................................................................... 133
Prescorplus T ............................................................................. 93
K Ball Hangers .............................................................................. 388 Prescor S ....................................................................................... 90
KB Fixed Point Clips (hot Dip Galvanized) ..................................... 283 Prescor SB ................................................................................... 130
KB Fixed Point Clips (steel) ........................................................... 284 Prescor Solar .................................................................................. 89
KCH Profile Clamps ...................................................................... 396 Presspak Digital Packaged Sealed System Sets ............................. 73
KCK Profile Clamps ...................................................................... 396 Pressure Gauges ............................................................................ 94
KCL Profile Clamps ...................................................................... 396 Pressure Reducing Valves ............................................................... 95
KC Profile Clamps ........................................................................ 395 Pressure Safety Switch ................................................................... 96
KF Rail Support Flanges ............................................................... 353 PRS Pipe Roller Support .............................................................. 429
KK Short Ball Hangers .................................................................. 389 PS 31 Rail Clamp (square) ............................................................ 347
KPS 500 ....................................................................................... 185 PS 50 - 850 .................................................................................. 181
KPS 750 - 1000 ........................................................................... 186 PS 1000 - 3000 ............................................................................ 181
KSC Clips ..................................................................................... 266 PS/R 500 - 750 ............................................................................ 183
KS Clips ....................................................................................... 266 PS/R 1000 - 1500 ........................................................................ 184
KSDC Clips .................................................................................. 267 PV Parallel Connectors ................................................................. 388
KSD Clips ..................................................................................... 267
KSM Connectors .......................................................................... 387 R
KVS-D Profile Clips ....................................................................... 397
R1i Flamco Insert Rail ................................................................... 345
RB Rail Girder Clips ...................................................................... 365
RC Roller Chair ............................................................................. 426
..
C.
$/3+$%(7,&,1'(;
B/
A/
RD Rail End Cap .......................................................................... 347 T
Red Brass Safety Valve ................................................................... 92
Reducing Flange ........................................................................... 143 T Caps ......................................................................................... 310
Reduction Fitting ............................................................................ 81 Thermo Pressure Gauges ............................................................... 94
R Flamco Rail ............................................................................... 344 Threaded Tube ............................................................................. 378
RHA Roller Hanger ....................................................................... 424 TH Tank Thermometer .................................................................. 143
RH Rail Angle ............................................................................... 354 T-Plus Brass ................................................................................. 245
RK Pipe Rozettes ......................................................................... 412 T-Plus Brass With Ball Valve .......................................................... 245
RKW Pipe Rozettes ...................................................................... 412 T-Plus Cast Iron ............................................................................ 244
RL Rail Extender ........................................................................... 355 Trapezium Fixings ......................................................................... 398
RMD Double Pipe Rozettes .......................................................... 415 Trapezium Pliers ........................................................................... 399
RME Pipe Rozettes ...................................................................... 413 TRD Safety Valves .......................................................................... 91
Rotating Connection, Face Sealed .................................................. 63 TR Immersion Pipe ....................................................................... 143
R . Rail - Stainless Steel ................................................................ 408 TS 120 - 200 ................................................................................ 177
RRH Roller Hanger ....................................................................... 424 Tundish ........................................................................................... 93
RSA Pipe Rol Stand ..................................................................... 427
RSL-G Clips ................................................................................. 285 U
RS Pipe Rol Stand ........................................................................ 427
RVC Pipe Rozettes ....................................................................... 413 UB U-bolts ................................................................................... 282
RVDC Double Pipe Rozettes ........................................................ 415 U/HP 110 - 160 ............................................................................ 176
RVD Double Pipe Rozettes ........................................................... 414
RV Pipe Rozettes ......................................................................... 413 V
RWT Finned-pipe Heat Exchanger ................................................ 144
R .x... Rail Console ....................................................................... 346 Variofit Clips .................................................................................. 266
R . x ... Rail Consoles - Stainless Steel ......................................... 408 Vessel Carrier ......................................................................... 96, 136
RZ-H Rail Support Saddles ........................................................... 351 VG Angle Plate ............................................................................. 363
RZ-V Rail Support Saddles ........................................................... 351 VH Corner Brackets ..................................................................... 362
VP Corner Plates .......................................................................... 362
S
W
SB-A Band ................................................................................... 131
SCS-I Self-tapping Concrete Screw .............................................. 383 WMS-E Low Water Level Protection Device .................................... 96
SCS-P Self-tapping Concrete Screw ............................................ 383 WMS Low Water Level Protection Device ....................................... 95
SCS Self Tapping Concrete Screw ................................................ 378 Wood Screw Studs - Stainless Steel ............................................. 409
SCS-St Self-tapping Concrete Screw ........................................... 383 WPS-E 200 - 500 ......................................................................... 168
SD Card Module ............................................................................. 64
Second Compressor Unit ............................................................... 52
Shut-off Valves ............................................................................... 94
Single Pump Control (PN 10) .......................................................... 58
Single Pump Control (PN 16) .......................................................... 58
Soft Foam Heat Insulation ............................................................... 61
Soft Start For Pumps ...................................................................... 63
SP Clamping Plates ...................................................................... 357
SP..SR Clamping Plates ................................................................ 357
SR ................................................................................................ 386
SR 4 ............................................................................................. 386
SRC Riser Clamps ........................................................................ 432
S..SR Washers ............................................................................. 358
S..s Washers ................................................................................ 358
Steel Cabinet .................................................................................. 61
STRUT Double Rail ....................................................................... 368
STRUT Dual Rail Consoles ........................................................... 368
STRUT HBS-RAPID Hammer-head Bolt Sets ............................... 369
STRUT M-RAPID Sliding Nuts ...................................................... 369
STRUT M Sliding Nuts .................................................................. 369
STRUT M-SL Sliding Nuts ............................................................ 369
STRUT M-SS Sliding Nuts ............................................................ 369
STRUT Rail ................................................................................... 368
STRUT Rail Consoles ................................................................... 368
STRUT RH Mounting Angles ........................................................ 370
STRUT RL Rail Extensions ............................................................ 370
STRUT RP Profile Fixings .............................................................. 372
STRUT RV Flat Rail Connectors .................................................... 370
STRUT SP Clamping Plates .......................................................... 370
STRUT UK Mounting Crosses ...................................................... 370
STRUT VL Floor Consoles ............................................................ 372
STRUT ZK Mounting Crosses ....................................................... 371
ST Spreader Plates ....................................................................... 310
Surge Vessel (PN 6) ........................................................................ 63
S Washers .................................................................................... 358
S Washers - Stainless Steel .......................................................... 408
General Sale & Delivery Terms and Conditions
1. General 5.7 With the exception of intentional acts or negligence on the part of Flamco,
exceeding the agreed delivery time does not give the customer the right to
1.1 These General Sale & Delivery Conditions are part and parcel of all whole or partial dissolution of the agreement. Failure to meet the delivery date
Flamco quotations and agreements with the exception of service contracts. for whatever reason, does not entitle to give the customer the right to perform
Deviations from these conditions must be put down in writing. Flamco does not work in order to perform the contract without court authorisation.
accept references to the customers own terms and conditions unless otherwise
specifically agreed in writing. 5.8 With the exception of intentional acts or negligence, Flamco is not liable for
damage of any nature which is the result of late delivery by Flamco. However,
1.2 In these terms and conditions the following words shall have the following if Flamco has still not delivered when the new date for delivery (as specified in
meanings: article 5.6) passes, the customer shall be entitled to compensation from the date
Flamco: Flamco B.V., a group enterprise or a company that is contracted for in question. This fixed compensation amounts to 0.5% of the purchase price
an assignment. for every full week that the delivery date is exceeded, subject to a maximum of
Customer: The entity to which the quotation is addressed or with which 7.5%.
Flamco has concluded an agreement. The customer loses his right to the fixed compensation if he does not claim the
Product(s): Any product, any service or any execution of work activities. compensation in writing within six months after the day on which the delivery
should have occurred.
2. Quotations
5.9 The customer must report any problems, such as incorrect products,
2.1 All quotations or offers are without commitment and revocable. incorrect quantities or damage to Flamco, in writing, within ten (10) working
days. Flamco is obliged to respond to this in writing within five (5) working days.
2.2 Flamco may alter any data specified in the quotation, including (but not
limited to) technical specifications, weights and measures, until such time as 6. Risk and transfer of title
Flamco confirms the order in writing.
6.1 Immediately after delivery within the meaning of Article 5.6, the risk for all
3. Documentation the direct or indirect damage that might arise to these goods or be caused by
these goods shall be transferred to the customer. This applies both to damage
3.1 Any data regarding measures, weights and other properties of products sustained by the customer or by third parties.
stated in catalogues, price lists, quotations, mailshots, illustrations, drawings,
diagrams and other Flamco documentation is non-binding. Flamco reserves the 6.2 Without prejudice to the statements in the previous sub-section and in sub-
right to modify its products without prior notice, even if the customer has already section 5.6, title to the goods is not transferred until the customer has carried
ordered these products. out all his/her obligations arising from this agreement including payment of any
interest and costs. Before such time, the customer may not use the products as
3.2 These publications are protected by copyright. These publications may collateral, sell them, destroy them or make them part of a system not owned by
not be copied, handed over to third parties or given for inspection without the Flamco.
explicit permission of Flamco.
6.3 If the customer fails to pay Flamcos invoices, any goods in stock at the
4. Prices customer's warehouse delivered by Flamco shall be considered to pertain to
these invoices.
4.1 The prices specified are subject to change. Flamco has the right to adjust
the agreed price if factors which have an impact on the cost price, including (but 7. Warranty
not limited to) an increase in material prices, wages, National Insurance or Tax
contributions (including import duties and Value Added Tax) arise, even after an 7.1 Subject to the restrictions stated below, we warrant the reliability of the
agreement has been concluded, whether or not such a factor could have been products delivered by us as well as the quality of the material used for that
anticipated. purpose. The customer must prove defects to delivered products within a
timeframe which may vary from product to product. The warranty starts on the
4.2 The customer is considered to agree to the adjusted price if the customer day that the system is put into operation. If the installer fails to record this in
does not notify Flamco in writing that he/she objects to the adjusted price within writing, the production date specified for the product by means of a code shall
eight (8) days of Flamco sending the announcement of the price adjustment to be accepted in principle Flamco will replace without charge only those products
the customer. designed by Flamco that show defects as a result of faulty construction,
imperfect finishing or the use of substandard materials.
4.3 Once sold, products will not be taken back or exchanged.
7.2 The customer must return the defective goods carriage paid to Flamco.
4.4 Flamco reserves the right to charge for packaging at cost. Flamco is not obliged to repair any defects on the spot. Any warranty obligation
regarding a certain product delivered by Flamco expires if and when the
5. Delivery customer and/or third parties execute work on the product without Flamcos
written permission.
5.1 Delivery is subjects to agreements made individually on a case-by-case
basis. 7.3 If Flamco must replace products for new ones in settlement of its warranty
obligation, Flamco will deliver these replacements free of charge under the same
5.2 Delivery is "Ex Works" (EXW as explained in the INCOTERMS) unless conditions as those that applied to the products to be replaced. Flamco obtains
specific delivery agreements have been made. the ownership of the products that are replaced by new ones.
5.3 If delivery is Ex Works, the customer bears the risk of delivery, even if the 7.4 The warranty does not apply to defects that are the result of any government
carrier demands a declaration in the bills of carriage that all damage during regulation regarding the nature or the quality of the materials used.
transport are to be borne by the shipper. Lacquering and chrome plating are excluded from the warranty unless damage
to lacquering and chrome plating are the result of defects in other parts.
5.4 Partial deliveries are permitted unless otherwise agreed. In these cases,
Flamco has the right to demand payment of an invoice relating to such a partial 7.5 A claim under these warranty conditions may be made only if the product
delivery according to the current payment terms. has been installed and maintained according to the installation instructions
provided by Flamco.
5.5 The delivery time shall commence once Flamco has confirmed the order in
writing, and all formalities needed for the start of work have been completed, 7.6 The warranty does not cover damage caused by pollution, by the addition
and the customer has provided the data that in Flamcos opinion is required of additives other than those approved by Flamco, or by water with a pH level
for delivery of the product. If payment in advance has been agreed upon, the lower than 5.0 or higher than 9.0.
delivery time does not start earlier than after the payment is made and after
compliance with the aforementioned conditions. 7.7 Any objection against defects visible on the outside of the products must
be made in writing within eight (8) working days of receipt of the goods by the
5.6 A product is considered delivered once it is ready for shipment to the customer. In the absence of such an objection, Flamco's warranty obligation
customer. If Flamco foresees that it cannot deliver within the agreed upon regarding such defects shall lapse.
delivery time, Flamco shall inform the customer about this in writing and if
possible state the date when delivery is expected. Flamco is not liable for any 7.8 Flamco's failure to comply with this guarantee obligation does not release
damage as a result of late delivery except where Flamco has failed to notify the the principal from the obligations arising from this or any other agreement.
customer within the agreed delivery time that delivery as initially agreed could
not occur. 7.9 These warranty conditions shall lapse if the customer fails to comply in any
In that case, the customer has the right to compensation of any additional costs way with any obligation that might arise for him from this agreement or any
incurred by him/her, which could have avoided if notification had been received. other agreement corresponding to this agreement, including without limitation
installation and maintenance instructions.

7:10 Flamcos liability is limited to the warranty obligation. Flamco 8. Payment

is not liable for damage caused by the operation or non-operation of the product
delivered or modified by Flamco, including 8.1 Payment is made within 30 days of the invoice date unless agreed otherwise.
(but not limited to) loss of production, loss of profit, impairment of use,
commercial damage or any consequential damage or any indirect damage. 8.2 Flamco concludes every agreement under the suspensive condition that
the creditworthiness of the customer can be elicited to its satisfaction from the
7:11 Additional costs such as transport, special packing requirements, labour, information that Flamco obtains.
travelling and accommodation expenses must be borne by the customer.
8.3 Prior to further deliveries, Flamco is entitled at all times to demand from the
7:12 Flamco's warranty does not cover damage caused by explosions, fire and customer that he/she furnish security for the payment obligations, even after an
natural disasters such as hurricanes and earthquakes. agreement has been met in full or in part.
7:13 The warranty obligations shall be suspended if the warranty obligations 8.4 Where the term of payment is exceeded, the customer must pay interest at
cannot be met, for example due to import and/or export prohibitions, strikes and a rate of 1.5% per month on the outstanding amount from the due date, without
other unforeseen circumstances. notice of default being required. All judicial and extra-judicial costs, which
Flamco incurs in order to collect the amount owed by the customer shall be
7:14 For the warranty conditions, Flamcos products are divided into the borne by the customer. Flamco is authorised to dissolve the agreement wholly or
following product groups: partially out of court.
Product Group 1: 8.5 Contrary to the statement in Article 8.1, Flamco may demand where
Expansion vessels Flamco deems appropriate that payment be made solely in the form of an
- Flexcon expansion vessels 5-year warranty immediate cash payment or by sending cash on delivery (C.O.D.), even if the
- Airfix A and D expansion vessels 3-year warranty agreement stipulates otherwise.
- B and C expansion vessels 2-year warranty
- private label expansion vessels 8.6 All claims become due and payable in the event of late/tardy compliance.
depending on customer, at least 1-year warranty
- Airfix P expansion vessels 2-year warranty 8.7 Flamco reserves the right to settlement at all times. Settlement on the part of
- Flexcon VSV and VB intermediate vessels 3-year warranty the customer is excluded.
Flamco accessories 9. LImitation of liability

- safety valves, connection assemblies 3-year warranty
- vents, air and dirt separators 3-year warranty 9.1 If Flamco can be held responsible for any damage, the extent of the
- private label products compensation is limited to the insured amount that qualifies for payment
depending on customer, at least 1-year warranty under Flamco's companies liability insurance, without prejudice to the other
- T-plus 3-year warranty stipulations of these General Sale & Delivery Terms and Conditions.
Pipe supports/installation equipment 10. Venue clause

- all Flamco pipe supports/mounting equipment 3-year warranty
10.1 The District Court in Amsterdam has exclusive jurisdiction to settle any
Flamco is obliged to replace defective products without additional costs if a disputes resulting from agreements.
product becomes defective within the stated warranty period and this defect is
the result of a production or material error and the installation is functioning and 11. Jurisdiction
constructed according to our general terms and conditions.
11.1 The laws of the Netherlands apply to all agreements.
Product Group 2:
- Flamco compressor expansion vessels Flamco B.V.
- Flamco pump devices January 2012
- Flexcon M expansion vessels
- Flexcon PRO expansion vessels
- Airfix DE, DEL and DEB expansion vessels
- Flamco ENA supplementation and venting devices
- Flamco top-up devices
- Flamco water heaters and storage tanks
5-year warranty on tank corrosion from the inside.

3-year sliding-scale warranty for the parts that are liable to wear such as pumps,
diaphragms and gauges. Compensation consists of 100% of the costs in the
first year, 70% in the second year and 35% in the third year. Material costs,
labour and KM are compensated in the Benelux and countries with their own
service organisation; only the replaced part in other countries).
1-year warranty on all electrical components such as control units.
Flamco or a registered installation company must put the product into operation
according to the supplied installation instructions.
Flamco or a registered installation company must periodically maintain these

products.
Flamco is obliged to replace defective products without additional costs if a

product becomes defective within the stated guarantee period and this defect is
the result of a production or material error and the installation is functioning and
constructed according to our general conditions.
The breakdown must always be reported within eight (8) working days to the
Flamco organisation in the country concerned.
The costs of the service (material, labour, travel and accommodation expenses)
are charged to the customer if it is detected on site that the breakdown is not
covered by the warranty conditions.
Servicing performed by Flamco is subject to a 1-year warranty.
Product Group 3:
Separate warranty conditions are agreed upon with every OEM customer.
Notes
Notes
Notes
Notes
Notes
Notes

Catalogue Exp

Transféré par

Informations du document

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Catalogue Exp

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Flamco Product Overview

Copyright Flamco B.V., Bunschoten, The Netherlands.

Flamco is continuing to invest in research, product development and growth. In collaboration

Martin P.N. Verdegaal

Flamco: supplying quality products across the globe!

Australia Finland Jordan Peoples Republic Slovakia Ukraine

2. Pressurisation and Expansion Automats 44

3. Accessories for Heating and Cooling Installations 80

4. Expansion Vessels for Sanitary Installations 112

5. Accessories for Sanitary Installations 132

7. Accessories for Water Heaters and Storage Vessels 144

6. Water Heaters and Storage Vessels 156

8. Venting Range and Dirt Separators 196

9. Flamco T-Plus 244

Flamco mounting material

10. Universal Clips 254

11. Wall and Floor Clips 294

12. Pipe Hangers 306

13. Flamco Smart System 324

14. Rail and Rail Accessories 340

15. STRUT Rail and Accessories 372

16. Mounting Accessories 380

17. Stainless Steel Mounting Material 410

18. Pipe Rosettes 416

19. Clevis Hangers and Accessories 422

Cubex R Flexcon M-P 10-60

System accessories Vessel carrier

9. Flamco T-Plus For steel pipes

Stainless steel rail

18. Pipe Rosettes

Expansion Vessels for Sanitary

Accessories for Water Heaters and

Water Heaters and Storage Vessels

Fixed Diaphragm Removable bladder

Flexcon C Flexcon M Flexcon VSV

Contraex Flexcon PRO Flexcon V-B

Vessel volume Maximum working pressure

Pre-charge pressure 0.5 bar Pre-charge pressure 1.0 bar

Temperature increase Volume increase

Approximation of the water capacity Central heating system with Capacity

(3.0 + 1) - (0.5 + 1) 2,464 x 2.25

Minimum working pressure An incorrect, excessive boost pressure may lead to

To make the correct calculation in respect of which

N.B.: The right place for the expansion vessel is in the

Expansion coefcient of water with and without added anti-freeze

10 0.04 0.35 0.67 0.89 1.31 1.63

lowest operating pressure - initial pressure

Residual factor = 1 - fill level.

The output is calculated using the formula below:

end pressure - lowest operating pressure

Flexcon expansion vessels

Qualified Flamco employees

FLEXCON 2 - 4 FLEXCON 8 - 25 FLEXCON 35 - 80 FLEXCON 110 - 1,000

Other reasons for choosing Flexcon

The diaphragm has a

The thread of the water

The rolling action of the

The unique clamp

Diaphragm: Flexible rubber with rolling action.

Contra-Flex 100 - 200

Flexcon C 80 80 1.5 519 551 1" 15.0 12 16817

Flexcon 110 - 1000 - 6.0 bar

Diaphragm: Flexible rubber with rolling action.

Suitable for addition of glycol-based anti-freeze up to 50%.